GRAMMAR 


LATIN  LANGUAGE: 


|0r  %  1st  uf  Scjproto  snfr  Calltgts. 


WITH    EXERCISES   AND   VOCABULARIES 


BY 
WM.  BINGHAM,  A.M. 

SUPERINTENDENT  OF  TELE  BINGHAM  SCHOOL. 
AUTHOK  OF 

BINGHAM'S  LATIN  READEH,  BINGHAM'S  C^SAR,  BINGHAM'S  ENOLisn  GRAMMAR,  ETC. 


PUBLISHED  BY  E.  H.  BUTLER  &  CO. 

1871. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1866,  by 
WILLIAM  BINGHAM, 

in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States  for  the  Pamlico 
District  of  North  Carolina. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1870,  by 
WILLIAM   BINGHAM, 

in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States  for  the  Pamlico 
District  of  North  Carolina. 


CAXTON  PRESS  OP 
SHERMAN  &  CO.,  PHILADELPHIA. 


PREFACE 

TO  THE  SECOND  EDITION. 


IN  preparing  the  accompanying  work,  it  has  been  the 
aim  of  the  author  to  supply  what  he  has  felt  in  his  own 
experience  to  be  a  great  desideratum, — a  practical  first 
book  in  Latin,  simple  enough  for  beginners,  and  yet  full 
enough  for  more  advanced  students.  Free  use  has  been 
made  of  the  works  of  the  best  German,  English,  and 
American  authors,  and  no  pains  has  been  spared  to  pro- 
duce a  book  adapted  to  the  wants  of  our  youth. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  paradigms  have  been  syllabi- 
cated with  reference  to  the  English  method  of  pronuncia- 
tion ;  but  the  teacher  can  without  difficulty  use  either  the 
Roman  or  the  Continental  method. 

Madvig's  system  of  gender  in  the  third  declension  has 
been  adopted,  as  the  most  philosophical  and  the  shortest, 
all  the  rules  and  exceptions  occupying  but  two  pages; 
and,  though  teachers  will  find  it  inconvenient  to  have  old 
associations  broken  up,  the  author  is  convinced  that  a 


4  PREFACE. 

fair  trial  will  satisfy  all  that  this  system  is  the  best.  The 
gender  of  nouns  is  purposely  omitted  in  the  vocabularies, 
to  compel  the  pupil  to  apply  the  rules,  which  will  be 
found  to  cover  all  cases. 

The  exercises  have  been  taken,  for  the  most  part,  from 
classical  authors,  and  are  so  arranged  as  to  constitute  a 
continual  review  of  what  precedes.  Those  teachers  who 
prefer  the  synthetic  method  of  instruction,  to  the  exclu- 
sion of  the  analytic,  can  omit  the  exercises,  as  the  work  is 
complete  without  them. 

Many  facts  of  the  language,  which  the  pupil  will  readily 
find  out  for  himself,  have  been  omitted;  also  a  number 
which  properly  pertain  to  the  subject  cf  Latin  prose  com- 
position, on  which  subject  the  author  proposes  to  prepare 
a  work  for  the  use  of  schools. 

In  revising  for  a  second  edition,  great  care  has  been 
taken  to  remedy  all  defects  discovered  in  the  practical 
working  of  the  book  as  at  first  presented  to  the  public ; 
and  the  author  commends  it  to  teachers  with  the  hope 
that  they  will  find  it  a  valuable  auxiliary  in  their  noble 
work  of  developing  mind. 

BINGHAM  SCHOOL,  MEBANEVILLE,  N.C. 
October  30,  1866. 


CONTENTS. 


ETYMOLOGY. 


PAGE 

LETTERS 9 

DIPHTHONGS 10 

PRONUNCIATION 10 

SYLLABLES 10 

EXPLANATION  OF  MARKS 11 

QUANTITY,  ACCENT 11 

DIVISION  OP  WORDS 12 

NOUNS 12 

Gender 13 

General  Rules 13 

Number 14 

Case 14 

Person 14 

Inflection 15 

First  Declension 15 

Second  Declension 25 

Stems  in  er 28 

Dative  Case 29 

Ablative  Case  ., 31 

Third  Declension 32 

Class  1 34 

Class  II 37 

Class  III 41 

Class  IV 43 

Class  V 45 

Masculine  Forms 45 

Neuter  Forms 47 

Class  VI 48 

Masculine  Forms 49 

Feminine  Forms 51 

Neuter  Forms 53 


PAGE 

Irregular  Nouns,  Third  Decl....    55 
Summary  of  Rules  of  Gender..    57 

Masculines 57 

Femiuines 58 

Neuters 59 

Peculiar  Case-Endings 59 

Fourth  Declension 64 

Fifth  Declension 67 

Variable  Nouns 69 

Heterogeneous  Nouns 69 

Heteroclites 70 

Defective  Nouns 70 

ADJECTIVES 75 

Adjectives  of  First  and  Second 

Declension 75 

Adjectives  of  Third  Declension...    80 

Numeral  Adjectives 85 

Cardinals 86 

Ordinals,  Distributives,  and  Ad- 
verbs      88 

Comparison  of  Adjectives 93 

Formation  of  Comparative  and 

Superlative 94 

Irregular  Comparison 98 

Defective  Comparison 100 

PRONOUNS 105 

Substantive  Personal  Pronouns..  106 
Adjective  Personal-,  or  Possessive, 

Pronouns , 109 

Demonstrative  Pronouns 112 

Is,  idem 114 

Hie,  Iste,  11U 116 

»  5 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

Intensive  Pronoun 118 

Relative  Pronouns 121 

Interrogativt'S 124 

Indefinites 127 

Correlatives 130 

VERBS 19,  133 

Moods 19, 134 

Tenses 20,  61, 134 

Voices 136 

Persons  and  Numbers 136 

The  Indefinite  Verb 137 

Conjugation 138 

Conjugation  of  Esse 139 

First  Conjugation 20, 141 

Second  Conjugation 71,149 

Third  Conjugation 102,154 

Fourth  Conjugation 102, 159 

Table  of  Endings 164 

Verbs  in  io  of  the  Third  Conju- 
gation   167 

The  Passive  Construction.... 169 

Deponent  Verbs 170 


PAGE 

Irregular  Verbs 174 

Defective  Verbs 184 

Impersonal  Verbs 187 

Endings  of 187 

PARTICLES 189 

Adverbs 189 

Comparison  of  Adverbs 193 

Prepositions 193 

Prepositions  in  Composition ...  195 

Conjunctions 197 

Copulative 197 

Disjunctive 198 

Adversative 199 

Causal 200 

Conclusive 201 

Final 202 

Conditional 202 

Concessive 202 

Temporal 202 

Comparative 202 

Interjections 203 


SYNTAX. 


SUBJECT  AND  PREDICATE 203 

AGREEMENT 204 

APPOSITION 206 

ADJECTIVES 207 

RELATIVES 209 

NOMINATIVE  CASE 210 

GENITIVE  CASE 211 

Genitive  of  Quality 212 

Genitive  of  Property 212 

Partitive  Genitive 212 

Objective   Genitive  with  Adjec- 
tives and  Verbs 213 

Genitive  of  Crime 214 

Genitive  of  Price 215 

DATIVE  CASE 220 

Dative  of  Indirect  Object 220 

Dative  of  Advantage  or  Disad- 
vantage    220 

Dative  of  Reference 221 

Dative  of  Possession 221 


Dative  of  Purpose  or  End 221 

Dative  of  the  Agent 222 

Dativus-  Ethicus 222 

ACCUSATIVE  CASE 225 

Direct -Object ?, 225 

Accusative  of  Time  and  Space  ...  227 

Accusative  of  Place  whither 227 

Accusative  of  Limitation 228 

VOCATIVE  CASE 231 

ABLATIVE  CASE 231 

Ablative  of  Cause,  etc 231 

Ablative  of  Limitation 233 

Ablative  of  Price 233 

Ablative  of  Separation 233 

Ablative  of  Quality 233 

Ablative  of  Comparison 234 

Ablative  of  Place  where 235 

Ablative  of  Time  when 235 

Ablative  of  Difference 236 

Ablative  with  Prepositions 236 

THE  PASSIVE  CONSTRUCTION 2H 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

THE  INDEFINITE  VERB 242 

Infinitive 242 

Subject  Infinitive 242 

Complementary  Infinitive..-.^  242 

Historical  Infinitive 243 

Gerund  and  Gerundive 243 

Supine 245 

PROPOSITIONS,  SYNTAX  OF 248 

THE  MOODS .....249. 

TENSES 250 

Succession  of  Tenses 250 

PARTICIPIAL  PROPOSITIONS 251 

Ablative  Absolute 252 


INFINITIVE  PROPOSITIONS , 255 

CAUSAL  PROPOSITIONS 259 

FINAL  PROPOSITIONS 262 

CONDITIONAL  PROPOSITIONS 26$ 

CONCESSIVE  PROPOSITIONS .272 

COMPARATIVE  PROPOSITIONS 274 

TEMPORAL  PROPOSITIONS 276 

RELATIVE  .PROPOSITIONS 281 

INTERROGATIVE  PROPOSITIONS 286 

ORATIO  OBLIQUA 2»y 


APPENDICES. 


I. — GREEK  NOUNS  OF  THE  FIRST  DE- 
CLENSION   292 

II. — GREEK  NOUNS  OF  THE  SECOND 

DECLENSION 292 

III.— GREEK  NOUNS  OF  THE  THIRD  DE- 
CLENSION   293 

IV. — DERIVATION  OF  NOUNS 293 

Denominative  Nouns 294 

Abstract  Nouns 291 

Verbal  Nouns 294 

DERIVATION  OF  ADJECTIVES 295 

Denominative  Adjectives 296 

Verbal  Adjectives 296 

DERIVATION  OF  VERBS 297 

V.— ANALYSIS  OF  TENSE-FORMATION....  298 

Personal  Endings 299 

Mood-Signs 299 

Tense-Signs 300 

Parts  on  the  Present-Stem...  300, 302 
Parts  on  the  Perfect-Stem....  301, 302 

VI.— PECULIARITIES   OF   TENSE-FORM- 
ATION    303 

Tenses  formed  on  the  Present- 
Stem  303 

Tenses   formed  on  the  Perfect- 
Stem  303 

Compound  Verbs 304 


VII.— THE  VARIOUS   FORMATIONS   OP 
THE   PERFECT    AND   SUPINK 

STEMS 304 

First  Conjugation 304 

Second  Conjugation 305 

Third  Conjugation 308 

Inceptive  Verbs 313 

Deponent  Verbs,  Third    Conju- 
gation    315 

Fourth  Conjugation 315 

Deponent  Verbs,  Fourth  Conju- 
gation   316 

VIII. — ROMAN  MODE  OF  RECKONING 

TIME 317 

IX.— PROSODY 318 

Quantity 318 

Increments 321 

Singular  Increments 321 

Plural  Increments 322 

Increment  of  Verbs 322 

Penults 323 

Antepenults 326 

Final  Syllables 326 

Monosyllables 226 

Polysyllables 326 

Versification 328 

Metre  and  Verses 329 

Figures  of  Prosody 330 

Rhythm 331 


8 


CONTENTS. 


PROSODY  (continued).  PAGE 

Dactylic  Metre 332 

Anapaestic  Metre ?....  334 

Iambic  Metre 334 

Trochaic  Metre 336 

Choriambic  Metre 337 

Ionic  Metre 338 

Compound  Metres 338 


PAGE 

Stanzas 339 

Horatian  Metres 339 

Metrical    Key    to    the    Odes    of 

Horace 341 

X.— FIGURES 342 

Figures  of  Etymology 342 

Figures  of  Syntax 343 

XL— MODELS  OF  ANALYSIS 345 


VOCABULAKIES. 

LATIN-ENGLISH 345  |  ENGLISH-LATIN  . 


LATIN  GRAMMAR. 


§  1.  LATIN  GKAMMAR  is  the  science  of  the  Latin 
language.  It  treats  of  the  words  of  the  language,  and 
of  the  laws  by  which  they  are  combined  into  sentences, 

It  is  divided  into  Etymology  and  Syntax. 

ETYMOLOGY. 

§  2.  Etymology  treats — 1.  Of  the  letters  which  make 
up  words,  and  their  pronunciation ;  2.  Of  the  changes 
which  words  undergo;  3.  Of  their  derivation. 

LETTERS. 

§  3.  A  letter  is  a  mark  used  to  represent  a  sound  of 
the  human  voice. 

In  the  Latin  alphabet  there  are  twenty-five  letters. 
They  are  A,  a;  B,  b;  C,  c;  D,  d;  E,  e;  F,  f;  G,  gj 
H,  h;  I,  i;  J,j;  K,  k;  L,  1;  M,  m;  N,  n;  O,  o;  P,  p; 
Q,  q;  R,  r;  S,  s;  T,  t;  U,  u;  V,  v;  X,  x;  Y,  y;  Z,  /.. 

Remark. — I  and  J  were  originally  the  same  letter;  so  also  were 
U  and  V.  K,  Y,  and  Z  are  used  only  in  words  derived  from  the 
Greek.  H  is  a  breathing.  The  Romans  used  only  the  capital 
letters. 

§  4.  Letters  are  divided  into  vowels  and  consonants. 
The  vowels  are  a,  e,  i,  o,  u,  y. 


10  SYLLABLES. 

(  four  are  liquids,  1,  m,  n,  r; 

;   c  • ,  ;  ;  ,;  'three  are  c  sounds,  c,  g,  q; 

Of  thle  consonants,  '•  :     lj  'four  are  p  sounds,  p,  b,  f,  v; 

(    e  «     -I   two  are  t  sounds,  t,  d ; 

<,r<  '< '  »l0r  **T  * ,       '        '  (j  twtf.are  double  consonants,  x,  z. 

DIPHTHONGS. 

§  5.  A  diphthong  is  the  union  of  two  vowels  in  one 
sound.  The  diphthongs  are  ae,  oe  (often  written  together, 
se,  oe),  ai,  au?  ei,  eu,  oi. 

PRONUNCIATION. 

§  6.   Continental  Method. 

Short  a,  as  in  hat.  Long  o,  as  in  no. 

Long  a,  as  in  father.  u,  as  o  in  do. 

Short  e,  as  in  met.  ce  and  oe,  as  a  in  made. 

Long  e,  as  a  in  made.  au,  as  ow  in  our. 

Short  i,  as  in  sit.  eu,  as  inyew^. 

Long  i,  as  in  machine.  ei,  as  i  in  ice. 
Short  o,  as  in  not. 

§  7.  English  Method. 

The  letters  are  pronounced  as  in  English. 

Exc.  1.  Final  a  has  the  broad  sound,  as  in  ah.  Other  final 
vowels  have  the  long  sound. 

Exc.  2.  Es  final  is  pronounced  like  the  English  ease. 

Exc.  3.  Os  final  in  plural  cases  is  pronounced  like  ose  in  dose. 

Exc.  4.  C  has  the  sound  of  s  before  e,  i,  and  y,  and  the 
diphthongs  ce,  02,  and  m.  Otherwise  it  has  the  sound  of  k. 

Exc.  5.   Ch  has  the  sound  of  k. 

Exc.  6.   G  has  the  sound  of  j  before  e,  i,  y,  ce,  and  ce. 

SYLLABLES. 

§  8.  There  are  no  silent  vowels  in  Latin ;  but  every 


QUANTITY,  ACCENT.  11 

word  has  as  many  syllables  as  it  has  vowels  or  diph- 
thongs: as,  ma-re. 

A  word  of  one  syllable  is  called  a  monosyllable;  a 
word  of  two  syllables,  a  dissyllable;  a  word  of  more 
than  two,  a  polysyllable. 

The  last  syllable  of  a  word  is  called  the  ultimate; 
the  next  'to  the  last,  the  penult;  the  third  from  the 
last,  the  antepenult. 

EXPLANATION   OF   MARKS. 

$  9.  The  marks  of  punctuation  are  the  comma  (,),  used  to  mark 
the  shortest  pause;  the  semicolon  (;),  used  to  mark  a  pause  twice 
as  long  as  the  comma;  the  colon  (:),  used  to  mark  a  pause  three 
times'  as  long  as  the  comma;  the  period  (.),  used  to  mark  the 
longest  pause;  the  interrogation  point  (?),  which  shows  that  a 
question  is  asked;  and  the  exclamation  point  (!),  used  to  mark 
expressions  of  surprise,  grief,  &c. 

The  marks  of  quantity  are  (-)  to  indicate  a  long  vowel;  (~)  to 
indicate  a  short  vowel ;  and  (- )  to  indicate  that  a  vowel  is  some- 
times long  and  sometimes  short. 

The  diceresis  (")  shows  that  the  vowel  over  which  it  is  placed 
does  not  form  a  diphthong  with  the  vowel  before  it:  as,  aer. 

The  circumflex  (^)  marks  a  contracted  syllable:  as,  quits  for 
guibus. 

QUANTITY,  ACCENT. 

§  10.  Rule  1. — All  diphthongs  are  long. 

Rule  2. — A  vowel  before  another  vowel  is  short:  as, 
d$-us,  le-o. 

Rule  3. — A  vowel  before  two  consonants  or  a  double 
consonant  is  long  by  position:  as,  o  in  propter;  a  in 
axis. 

Rule  Jf. — Dissyllables  are  accented  on  the  penult :  as, 
cfe-us. 


J  2  NOUNS. 

Rule  5. — Polysyllables  are  accented — 
(a)  on  the  penult  if  the  penult  is  long :  as,  le-o-nis ; 
(6)  on  the  antepenult  if  the  penult  is  short:  as,  clom* 
i-nus. 

DIVISION   OP   WORDS. 

§  11.  I.  Words  are  divided  according  to  their  forma- 
tion into — 

1.  Primitive;  i.e.  not  derived  from  other  words:  as, 
man,  king. 

2.  Derivative;  i.e.  derived  from  other  words :  as,  manly, 
kingdom. 

3.  Simple;  i.e.  not  made  up  of  other  words:  as,  man. 

4.  Compound;  i.e.  made  up  of  other  words:  as,  man- 
kind. 

II.  Words  are  divided  according  to  their  meaning 
into  eight  classes,  called  parts  of  speech :  viz.  the  Noun, 
Adjective,  Pronoun,  Verb,  Adverb,  Preposition,  Conjunct 
tion,  Interjection. 

NOUNS. 
§  12.  1.  A  noun  is  the  name  of  a  thing:  as,  man,  city. 

NOTE. — A.  thing  is  whatever  one  can  think  of '.  (Thing, — think;  res, 
— reSr.) 

2.  A  common  noun  is  the  name  of  any  one  of  a  class 
of  things :  as,  man,  city. 

3.  A  proper  noun  is  the  name  of  an  individual  thing : 
as,  Ccesar,  Rome. 

4.  An  abstract  noun  is  the  name  of  a  quality,  action, 
being,  or  mode  of  action  or  being:  as,  goodness,  running, 
sickness. 


5.  A  material  noun  is  the  name  of  a  substance  or 
material :  as,  gold,  iron,  water. 

6.  A  collective  noun  is  a  common  noun  which  in  the 
singular  denotes  more  than  one :  as,  multitude. 

GENDER,  NUMBER,  CASE,  PERSON. 

§  13.  1.  To  nouns  belong  gender,  number,  case,  and 
person. 

Gender. 

2.  Gender  means  kind,  or  class.     As  used  by  gram- 
marians, it  denotes  the  kind  or  class  of  a  noun  with 
reference  to  the  sex  of  the  thing  the  noun  denotes. 

3.  Natural  gender  is  determined  by  sex:  thus,  the 
names  of  males  are  naturally  masculine. 

4.  Grammatical  gender  is  determined,  not  by  sex,  but 
by  declension  and  termination :   thus,  mensa,  a  table,  is 
feminine  (though  it  is  the  name  of  a  thing  without  life), 
because  it  is  of  the  first  declension. 

5.   General  Rules  of  Gender. 

Rule  1. — Names  of  male  beings,  and  of  most  rivers, 
winds,  months,  mountains,  and  nations,  are  masculine. 

Rule  2. — Names  of  female  beings,  cities,  countries,  trees, 
plants,  islands,  ships,  and  gems,  are  feminine. 

Rule  3. — Nouns  which  are  neither  masculine  nor 
feminine  are  neuter. 

Rule  4- — Some  nouns  are  either  masculine  or  feminine. 
These,  if  they  are  names  of  living  beings,  are  said  to 
be  of  the  common  gender;  if  of  things  without  life,  of 
the  doubtful  gender. 


14  PERSON. 

Number. 

§14.  Number  is  the  variation  of  form  which  shows 
whether  one  thing  is  meant,  or  more  than  one. 

The  singular  number  is  the  form  which  denotes  one 
thing:  as,  stell-a,  a  star;  the  plural  is  the  form  which 
denotes  more  than  one:  as,  stell-ce,  stars. 

Case. 

§  15.  Case  is  the  variation  of  form  which  shows  the 
relation  of  the  noun  to  other  words. 

Latin  nouns  have  six  cases :  viz. 

(a)  The  nominative,  which  answers  the  question  who? 
or  what?  and  gives  the  simple  name  of  the  thing 
spoken  of. 

(6)  The  genitive,  which  marks  those  relations  expressed 
in  English  by  of,  or  the  possessive  case:  as,  umbra,  the 
shade  (of  what?},  sylvce,  of  the  forest. 

(c)  The  dative,  which  denotes  that  to  or  for  which,  or 
with  reference  to  which,  any  thing  is,  or  is  done. 

(d)  The  accusative,  which  is  the  object  of  a  transitive 
verb,  or  of  certain  prepositions. 

(e)  The   vocative,  which   is   used  when  a  person   is 
addressed. 

(/)  The  ablative,  which  marks  those  relations  expressed 
in  English  by  from,  with,  in,  by. 

Person. 

§  16.  Person  means  the  character  which  a  noun  or  a 
pronoun  has,  according  as  it  represents  the  speaker,  the 
person  spoken  to,  or  the  thing  spoken  of. 

A  noun  or  a  pronoun  representing  the  speaker  is  of  the 


FIRST   DECLENSION.  15 

first  person:  as,  I,  Darius,  make  a  decree.     Here  " I" 
and  "  Darius"  are  of  the  first  person. 

A  noun  or  a  pronoun  representing  the  person  spoken 
to  is  of  the  second  person  :  as,  Do  you  hear  me,  Robert  ? 
Here  "you"  and  "Robert"  are  of  the  second  person. 

Remark. — Things  without  life  are  sometimes  addressed,  and 
are  then  said  to  be  personified,  or  treated  as  persons. 

A  noun  or  a  pronoun  representing  the  thing  spoken 
of  is  of  the  third  person :  as,  John  runs,  water  freezes. 
Here  "John"  and  "water"  are  of  the  third  person. 

INFLECTION. 

§  17.  The  changes  which  words  undergo  to  express 
their  different  relations  are  called  inflection. 

The  inflection  of  nouns  is  called  declension;  that  of 
verbs,  conjugation. 

There  are  five  declensions  in  Latin,  distinguished  by 
the  endings  of  the  genitive  singular. 

THE  FIRST  DECLENSION. 

§  18.  Latin  nouns  which  have  ce  in  the  genitive 
singular  are  of  the  first  declension.  The  terminations 

are —  Singular.  Plural. 

Nom                &,  S3, 

Gen.                 S3,  arum, 

Dat.                 S3,  is, 

Ace.                 am,  as, 

Voc.                 a,  S3, 

Abl.                a ;  is. 

By  adding   these  terminations   to   the    stem  mens-, 

Avhich  means  a  table,  we  have  the  following 


16  NOUNS. 

PARADIGM.* 

Singular.  Plural. 

Nom.  men'-sa,     a  table.  men'-sse,  tables. 

Gen.    me^'-sse,     o/  a  ta6Ze.  raen-sa'-rum,  o/  tables. 

Dat.    men'-ssd,     to  or  /or  a  me/i'-sis,  £o  or  /or 

ta&fe.  tables. 

Ace.    wim'-sam,  a  £a&fe.  men'-sas,  tables. 

Voc.   me?i'-sa,      0  table !  men'-sse,  0  £a&/es  / 

Abl.    men/-sa,     with,  from,  in,  men' -sis,  with,  from,  in< 

by  a  table.  by  tables. 

Remark  1. — The  Latin  has  no  article:  therefore  mensa  may  be 
rendered  a  table,  or  the  table,  according  to  the  connection. 

Remark  2. — An  old  genitive  in  di  sometimes  occurs. 

Remark  3. — The  noun  fdmllid  has  fdmllids  in  the  genitive 
after  pater,  mater,  fllius,  &ndfllid:  as,  paterfamilias,  the  father 
of  a  family. 

Remark  4. — A  contracted  genitive  plural  in  um  is  sometimes 
found,  especially  in  words  of  Greek  origin. 

Remark  5. — Ded,  a  goddess,  equd,  a  mare,  fllid,  a  daughter, 
and  -maid,  a  she-mule,  have  sometimes  abas  in  the  dative  and 
ablative  plural. 

Rule  of  Gender. — Latin  nouns  of  the  first  declen- 
sion are  feminine. 

Exc.  1.  Names  of  male  beings,  rivers,  and  mountains  are  mascu- 
line by  the  general  rule  ($  13) ;  but  a  few  names  of  rivers  and 
mounta;ns  are  feminine. 

Exc.  2.  Hadrid,  the  Adriatic  Sea,  is  masculine;  ddmd,  a 
fallow  deer,  and  talpd,  a  mole,  are  common. 

For  Greek  nouns  of  first  declension,  see  Appen- 
dix I. 

EXERCISE  I. 

§  19.  Like  mensa  decline  the  following  nouns,  and  com- 
mit to  memory  their  meanings. 

*  In  all  paradigms  the  accented  syllable  is  italicized. 


FIEST   DECLENSION. 


17 


epistola, 

letter. 

nauta,* 

sailor. 

insuia, 

island. 

lun  a, 

moon. 

medicina, 

medicine. 

poeta, 

poet. 

reglna, 

queen. 

fuga, 

flight. 

plum  a, 

feather. 

fllia, 

daughter. 

aquila,  eagle. 

aqua,  water. 

columba,  dove. 

corona,  crown. 

ara,  altar. 

agricola,*'  farmer. 

ala,  wing. 

ancilla,  matd-servant. 

injuria,  injury. 

Belga,  a  Belgian. 


I  Translate  into  English. 

C5lumb9e.  Ctfronarum.  Aris.  Regmam.  Filiabils. 
Injuriis.  Belgarum.  FugiL  Alls.  Ancillse.  Ancillis. 
Injuriarum.  Columbis. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Of  water.  For  the  farmer.  Of  the  maid-servants. 
To  the  farmers.  By  wings.  Of  feathers.  To  sailors. 
The  letter.  By  the  letters.  In  the  island.  Of  islands. 
Of  the  moon. 

EXERCISE  II. 

§  20.  Rule  of  Syntax. — A  noun  in  the  genitive  limits 
the  meaning  of  another  noun  denoting  a  different  thing. 

Thus,  pluma  means  a  feather,  any  feather  ;  but  when  the  genitive 
columbse  is  added,  the  application  of  pluma  is  limited  or  confined 
to  the  dove :  columbse  pluma  means  a  dove's  feather,  and  no  other 
sort.  Observe  that  thft  feather  and  the  dove  are  different  things. 

Rule  of  Position. — The  emphatic  word,  whether  limit- 
ing or  limited,  stands  first.  Thus,  fllia  reginse,  the 
daughter  (not  the  son)  of  the  queen ;  rcglnce  filial,  the 
queen's  (not  the  king's)  daughter. 


See 


18,  Exc.  1. 

2* 


18  SUBJECT   AND   PREDICATE. 

Translate  into  English. 

Columbse  pluma.  Columbarum  plumse.  Columbse  alls. 
Filia  agricolse.  Agricolse  fllia,  Agricolarum  flliubus. 
Reginariim  cSronse.  Coronas  regmarum.  Nautse  gpistola. 
Injuria  poetse.  Insula  Belgarum.  Fuga  ancillse.  Ancil- 
larum  fuga. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

(Emphatic  words  are  in  italics.) 

In  the  island  of  the  Belgians.  For  the  altars  of  the 
Belgians.  A  sailor's  letter.  The  queen's  letter.  By  the 
flight  of  the  farmer.  The  flight  of  the  farmer's  doves. 
The  injury  of  the  queen's  maid-servants.  O  daughters 
of  the  queen's  maid-servants !  The  water  of  the  island. 

EXERCISE  III. 
Subject  and  Predicate.     Partial  Conjugation  of  Verbs. 

§21.  I.  A  proposition  is  a  thought  expressed  in 
words  :  as,  snow  melts. 

A  simple  sentence  consists  of  a  single  proposition ;  a 
compound  sentence  consists  of  several  propositions  com- 
bined. 

1.  Every  proposition  consists  of — 

(a)  A  Predicate ;  i.e.  that  which  is  declared; 
(6)  A  Subject;  i.e.  that  of  which  the  declaration  is 
made. 

In  the  proposition  "snow  melts"  the  predicate  is  "melts"  because 
"melts"  is  what  is  declared  or  asserted  about  "snow;"  the  subject 
is  "snow,"  because  it  is  the  thing  about  which  the  declaration  is 
made.  What  melts  ?  snow. 

2.  The  Predicate  consists  of  a  verb  alone  (as,  melts 
in  the  above  example),  or  the  verb  to  be  with  a  noun, 
adjective,  or  participle  :  as,  snow  is  cold. 


VERBS.  19 

3.  The  Subject  consists  of  a  noun,  or  some  word  or 
phrase  used  as  a  noun,  and  may  be  known  by  asking 
the  question  who?  or  what?  with  the  predicate:    us, 
John  runs.     ( Who  runs  ?     John.)     To  play  is  pleasant. 
(  WJiat  is  pleasant  ?     To  play*} 

4.  The   subject   and  predicate  may  stand  alone,  or 
each  may  have  other  words  limiting  its  meaning :  as, 
boys  run;  some  boys  run  fast. 

II.  A  verb   is  a  word   which   declares   or  affirms 
something. 

1.  Verbs  have — 

(a)  Moods,  or  different  forms  which  express  different 
kinds  of  affirmation. 

(6)  Tenses,  or  different  forms  to  show  the  time  when 
the  thing  declared  takes  place,  and  whether  the  action 
is  complete  or  incomplete. 

(c)  Voices,  or  different   forms  which    show  whether 
the  subject  acts  (as,  John  strikes)  or  is  acted  upon  (as, 
John  is  struck). 

(d)  Persons  and  Numbers,  or  different  forms  which 
correspond  to  the  person  and  number  of  the  subject. 

2.  These  various  forms  are  distinguished  from  one 
another  by  certain  endings;    and  the  adding  of  these 
endings  to  the  stem  is  called  Conjugation. 

III.  1.  The  Infinitive   expresses   the  action  of  the 
verb  simply,  without  limiting  it  to  any  subject:    as, 
am-dr&,  to  love. 

2.  The  Indicative  mood  declares  a  thing  as  a  fact,  or 
asks  a  question :  as,  timdt,  he  loves ;  timat-ne1  ?  docs  he 
love  ? 


20 


ACTIVE   TERMINATIONS. 


TENSES. 

IV.  1.  The  Present  tense  expresses  incomplete  action 
in  present  time  :  as,  dmo,  I  love,  I  am  loving. 

2.  The  Imperfect   tense   expresses  incomplete  action 
in  past  time :  as,  timdbdm,  I  was  loving. 

3.  The   Future   tense   expresses    incomplete    action 
in    future    time:    as,   dmdbo,  I   will  love,  I   will  be 
loving. 

CONJUGATIONS. 

V.  1.    There  are  four  Conjugations,   distinguished 
from  one  another  by  the  termination  of  the  Infinitive 
Present  Active.      The  Infinitive  Present  Active  of  the 
First  Conjugation  ends  in  -are1. 

Rule. — To  find  the  stem  of  a  verb,  strike  off  the  In- 
jmitive  ending. 


ACTIVE   TERMINATIONS.* 

INFINITIVE,  a'-rg. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present.  Imperfect. 

Singular. 

1st  Person,          6,  a'-bam, 

2d       "  as,  a'-bas, 

3d       "  at;  a'-bat; 

Plural. 

1st  Person,          a'-miis,  a-&a'-mus, 

2d       "  a;-tis,  a-5ar-tis, 

3d       "  ant.  a'-bant. 


Future. 

ar-b5, 
a'-bis, 
ar-bit ; 

a&'-i-miis, 


*  Accented  syllables  are  italicized. 


**<  t**/y 

VERBS.  iU*p^21 

By  adding   these  terminations  to  the  stem  dm-  of 
timdrZ,  to  love,  we  have  the  following 

PARTIAL  PARADIGM. 
INFINITIVE  PRESENT,  ft-ma'-re",  to  love. 

INDICATIVE   MOOD. 

Present. 
Sing,  a'-md,  I  love,  or  am  loving, 


thou  lovest,  or  art  loving, 
he  loves,  or  is  loving, 
Plur.  ii-ma'-mus,  we  love,  or  are  loving, 

a-ma'-tis,  ye  or  you  love,  or  are  loving, 

&'-mant,  they  love,  or  are  loving. 

Imperfect. 

Sing,  £-ma'-bam,  I  was  loving, 

a-ma'-bas,  thou  wast  loving, 

£-ma'-bat,  he  was  loving, 

Plur.  £m-a-6a'-miis,  ive  were  loving, 

am-a-6a'-tis,  ye  or  you  were  loving, 

ii-ma'-bant,  they  were  loving. 

Future. 

Sing,  a-wa'-bo,  I  shall  love, 

a-ma'-bis,  thou  wilt  love, 

a-ma'-bit,  he  will  love, 

Plur.  £-ma6'-i-mus,  we  shall  love, 

ii-ma&'-i-tis,  ye  or  you  will  love, 

a-ma'-bunt,  they  will  love. 

(The  principal  parts  of  a  verb  are  the  indicative 
present,  the  infinitive  present,  the  indicative  present- 
perfect,  and  the  supine.  These  will  be  given  in  the 
vocabularies,  thus : 

a'mare',  &mavi,  £matiini,  to  love.) 


22 


VERBS. 


Form  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  indicative  of 


vol-o, 

vol-are, 

vol-avi, 

vol-atum, 

to  fly. 

salt-o, 

salt-are, 

salt-a\7i, 

salt-atum, 

to  dance. 

cant-o, 

cant-are, 

cant-avi, 

cant-atum, 

to  sing. 

delect-o, 

delect-are, 

delect-avi, 

delect-atum, 

to  delifjlit. 

par-o, 

par-are, 

par-avi, 

par-atum, 

to  prepare. 

laud-o, 

laud-are, 

laud-avi, 

laud-atum, 

to  praise. 

voc-o, 

voc-are, 

voc-avi, 

voc-atum, 

to  call. 

occup-o, 

occup-are} 

occup-avi, 

occup-atum, 

to  seize. 

arm-o, 

arm-are, 

arm-avi, 

arm-atum, 

to  arm. 

aedlflc-o, 

sedific-are, 

sedific-avi, 

aedific-atum, 

to  build. 

EXERCISE  IV. 

1.  A  Transitive  verb  is  one  which  requires  an  object 
to  complete  the  sense :  as,  poctd  regln&m  laudat,  the  poet 
praises  the  queen. 

2.  An  Intransitive  verb  is  one  which  does  not  require 
an  object  to  complete  the  sense:    as,  aquild  vtilat,  the 
eagle  flies. 

3.  Rule  of  Syntax. — The  subject  of  a  finite  verb  is  in 
the  nominative. 

4.  Rule  of  Syntax. — The  direct  object  of  a  transitive 
verb  is  in  the  accusative.     (Reginam,  above,  is  the  direct 
object  of  laudat;  i.e.  the  thing  to  which  the  praising  is 
directed.) 

5.  Rule  of  Syntax. — The  verb  agrees  with  its  subject 
in  number  and  person. 

6.  Rule  of  Position. — The  subject  usually  stands  at 
the  beginning  of  the  sentence. 

7.  Rule  of  Position. — The  direct  object  precedes  the 
verb. 

8.  To  analyze  a  sentence  is  to  separate  it  into  its  parts 
and  show  their  relation  to  each  other. 


ANALYSIS.  23 

9.  To  analyze  or  parse  a  word  is  to  tell  its  properties, 
and  its  relation  to  other  words. 

ANALYSIS   OF   THE  SENTENCE. 

Poeta  regmam  laudat. 

(Suggestions  to  the  Learner. — We  look  first  for  the  predicate,  which  must  be  a  verb 
(see  §21, 2) ;  and  we  find  laud-dt,  which  we  see  by  the  ending  -at  is  indicative-present 
active,  third  person  singular,  of  lauddre,  to  praise.  We  now  look  for  the  subject, 
which,  as  we  have  learned,  must  be  a  noun  in  the  nominative  (§  21,  3;  and  Rule  3, 
above) ;  and  we  find  by  the  ending  -d  that  poetd  is  in  the  nominative.  Hence,  we 
translate  poetd  laudat,  the  poet  praises.  Regindm,  as  the  ending  -dm  shows,  must  be 
in  the  accusative  singular ;  so  we  take  it  as  the  direct  object  of  lauddt,  and  translate 
the  sentence,  "  The  poet  praises  the  queen.") 

This  is  a  simple  sentence,  because  it  consists  of  but  one  proposi- 
tion. 

The  predicate  is  laudat,  because  it  is  that  which  is  declared  or  as- 
serted about  the  poet. 

The  subject  is  poeta,  because  it  is  that  of  which  the  praising  is 
declared.  (Who  praises?  The  poet.) 

The  predicate  is  limited  by  reglnam,  the  direct  object  (i.e.  the 
thing  upon  which  the  praising  is  directly  exerted). 

ANALYSIS   OF   THE  WORDS. 

Poetd,  is  a  common  noun,  masculine,  first  declension  (here  decline 
it),  found  in  the  nominative  singular,  subject  of  laudat.  Rule,  The 
subject  of  a  finite  verb  is  in  the  nominative.  (Here  let  the  teacher  ask, 
"Why  called  a  noun?  Why  a  common  noun?  Why  masculine? 
Why  of  the  first  declension?  Why  accented  on  the  penult?"  &c.) 

Reglnam  is  a  common  noun,  feminine,  first  declension  (here  decline 
it),  found  in  the  accusative  singular,  direct  object  of  laudat.  Rule, 
The  direct  object  of  a  transitive  verb  is  in  the  accusative. 

Laudat  is  a  verb,  transitive,  first  conjugation,  laudo,  laudare, 
lauddvi,  laudalum,  found  in  the  Indicative-Present  active,  third 
person  singular  (here  inflect  the  tense),  agreeing  with  poeta  as  its 
subject.  Rule,  The  verb  agrees  with  its  subject  in  number  and  person. 
[Here  let  the  teacher  ask,  "Why  called  a  verb?  Why  transitive? 
Why  of  first  conjugation?  Why  indicative?"  &c.) 

Translate  into  English. 
§  22.  Agricola  poetam  araat.    Aquila  volaMt.    Ancillse 


24  NOUNS. 

mgdicin£m  piirabunt.  Belgae  aras  sedificabant.  Nautse 
insulam  occtipabunt.  Corona  regm&m  delectabit.  Agri- 
cola  filiam  vflcabat. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  maid-servants  are  preparing  the  table.  The  queen 
was  calling  the  farmer's  daughter.  The  poets  will 
praise  the  queen.  The  sailor's  daughter  will  sing.  The 
farmers  are  building  an  altar.  The  moon  delights  the 
poet.  We  love  the  queen.  You  were  calling  the  maid- 
servants. ^i*~***: 

EXERCISE  V. 
§  23.      Vocabulary. 

umbra,  -as,  shadow.  puella,  -93,  girl. 

terra,  -33,  earth.  copias,  -arum,  forces. 
incola,  -ae,  inhabitant.  (copia,  in  the  singular,  means  abun- 

insidiae,  -arum  (ambush,  dance;  in  the  plural,  forces.) 

(used  only  in  plural),  (snares.  obscur-6,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  obscure. 

1.  The  subject,  as  well  as  the  predicate,  may  have 
words  limiting  its  meaning. 

2.  The  pronouns  /,  thou,  we,  you,  are  not  usually  ex- 
pressed in  Latin,  as  the  endings  of  the  verb  show  the 
person  and  number. 

3.  The  words  my,  thy,  his,  their,  &c.  are  not  expressed 
in   Latin,  where   the  relation  is  obvious.     Thus,  The 
queen  loves  her  daughter,  Regma  f ili^m  £mat. 


Translate  into  English. 

ntences,  give  the  predicate  wil 
i  limiters.) 

Ancilla  reginse  agrleolse  flli&in  vtfcabit.     Terrse  umbra" 


(In  analysis  of  sentences,  give  the  predicate  with  its  limiters,  then 
the  subject  with  its  limiters.) 


SECOND   DECLENSION. 


25 


lunam  obscurat.  Fuga"  nautariim  incolas  insulse  delectat. 
Copise  Belgarum  insiilam  occupabant.  Nautse  puellas 
vocant.  Plumse  columbarum  regmse  ancillas  delecta- 
bunt. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  flight  of  the  queen  delights  the  Belgians.  Farmers 
love  (their)  daughters.  The  sailor  loves  the  queen's  maid- 
servant. The  farmer's  daughter  will  prepare  the  queen's 
table.  A  dove's  feather  delights  the  sailor's  daughter  ;  a 
crown  delights  the  queen's  daughter..  An  eagle's  feather 
delights  the  queen's  maid-servant;  a  crown  delights  the 
queen's  daughter. 


THE  SECOND  DECLENSION. 

§  24.  Latin  nouns  whose  genitive  ending  is  i  are  of 
the  second  declension. 

Those  which  have  urn  in  the  nominative  are  neuter  ; 
the  rest  are  masculine. 


ENDINGS. 


Masculine. 

Neuter. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Nom. 

US, 

1, 

Nom. 

um, 

&, 

Gen. 

i, 

ortim, 

Gen. 

i, 

ortim, 

Dat. 

o, 

Is, 

Dat. 

o, 

is, 

Ace. 

iim, 

6s, 

Ace. 

um, 

*, 

Voc. 

e, 

i, 

Voc. 

tim, 

& 

Abl. 

6; 

is. 

Abl. 

6; 

is. 

By   adding    these    endings    to    the    stem 
master,  and   the   stem   regn-,  kingdom)  we  obtain  the 
following 

3 


26 


NOUNS. 


PARADIGMS. 

Singular. 

c?#m'-i-nus,   a  master. 
Gen.   dom'-i-m,      of  a  master. 
Dat.    dom'-i-uo,     to  or  for  a 
master. 

Ace.  c?om'-i-niim,  a  master. 
Voc.  domf-i-u&,      0  master ! 
Abl.  dom'-i-no,     with,  &c.  a 
master. 


Plural. 


d8m'-i-m, 

masters. 

dom-i-no'-rum, 

of  masters. 

dom'-i-ms, 

to  or  for 

masters. 

dom'-i-nos, 

masters. 

dom'-i-ul, 

O  masters  ! 

d6mf-i-ms, 

withy  (Sec. 

masters. 

D: 


Singular.  Plural. 

Nom.  reg'-num,  a  kingdom.        reg'-nsi,          kingdoms. 
Gen.   reg'-iu,       of  a  kingdom.   reg-?io'-rum,  of  kingdoms. 


'at.    reg  -no, 


reg'-ms, 


Ace. 


reg'-ms, 


to  or  for  king- 
doms. 

kingdoms. 

O  kingdoms  ! 

with,  &c.  king- 
doms. 


to  or  for  a 
kingdom. 

r  eg' -num.,  a  kingdom. 
Voc.    reg'-num,  0 kingdom! 
Abl.    reg'-no,      with,  &c.  a 
kingdom. 

Remark  1. — Names  of  trees,  plants,  &c.  are  feminine  by  the 
general  rule.*  Alvus,  belly;  carbasus,  linen;  colus,  distaff;  humus, 
ground ;  and  vannus,  fan,  are  fern,  j  and  plinthus,  brick,  is  masc. 
and  fern. 

Virus,  juice,  and  pelagus,  sea,  are  neuter.  Vulgus,  common 
people,  is  neuter, — rarely  masculine. 

Remark  2. — In  proper  names  in  ius,  with  filius,  son,  and  genius, 
guardian  spirit,  the  vocative  ending  e  is  absorbed :  as,  Tullius, 
voc.  Tulll.  But  adjectives  and  national  names  in  ius  retain  em 
the  vocative :  as,  Helvetius,  Helvetia. 

Remark  3. — Meus  has  ml  in  the  vocative, — rarely  meus.  Deus, 
a  god,  has  deus  in  the  vocative,  and  in  the  plural  nominative  and 
vocative  dil  or  di;  genitive  deorum;  dative  and  ablative  dils,  dels, 
dis  ;  accusative  deos. 

*  But  acanthus,  amiantus,  cactus,  calamus,  coctmus,  and  paliurus, 
are  masc. 


SECOND   DECLENSION.  *  ff  27 


Remark  4> — The  ending  drum  of  the  ^StiJaesplsiSfTs  some- 
times contracted  into  um,  and  n  in  the  genitive  singular  is 
sometimes  contracted  into  i:  as,  nummum  for  nummorum  ;  ingeni 
for  ing  t  nil. 

Remark  5. — Neuter  nouns  of  all  declensions  have  the  nomina- 
tive, accusative,  and  vocative  alike ;  and  these  cases  in  the  plural 
end  always  in  a. 

EXERCISE  VI. 
§  25.      Vocabulary. 

(  master  (of  a  family).     Galliis,  -i,  a  Gaul. 
dominiis,  -i,  \  ., 

(  lord.  auxihum,  -i,  aid. 

servus,  -I,  slave.  _    (  ambassador, 

legatus,  -I,  i;,. 
nuntius,  -i,  messenger.  (  lieutenant. 

Tullius,  -I,  Tally.  vicus,  -I,  village. 

Crassus,  -i,  Crassus.  hortiis,  -I,  garden. 

captivus,  -I,  captive.  lupus,  -I,  wolf. 

Helvetius,  -I,  a  Helvetian.  Gerrrfinus,  -I,  a  German. 

re-voc-5,  -are,  -avl,  -atum,  to  call  back,  recall,      (re-  means  back.) 
con-voc-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  call  together,     (con-  means  together.) 
rog-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  entreat,  ask  for. 
tilul-5,  -are,,  avi,  -atum,  to  howl. 

nec-6,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  rarely  nectum,  to  murder,  to  kill  (usually  by  poi- 
son, hunger,  &c.f  sometimes  with  a  weapon). 

Translate  into  English. 

Lupi  tiltilant.  Dominiis  servos  iimiit.  Regmse  filios 
^mant.  Crassus  nuntios  Gallorum  convocabit.  Tullius 
agric6lae  hortum  occupabat.  Crassus  vicos  Helvetiorum 
occupiibit.  Galli  Germanorum  legatos  n^cabunt.  Ger- 
mani  captivos  n^cant.  Helvetii  legatos  revocant.  Belga3 
insularum  inc^las  nScabant.  Tullius  servum  v6cat. 

Latin. 


Tully's  slaves  love  (their)  master.  The  master  calls 
together  (his)  slaves.  The  slaves  of  Crassus  will  call  the 
queen's  maid-servants.  The  inhabitants  of  the  island  are 


28  NOUNS. 

killing  the  captives.  We  will  call  together  the  sons  of 
Crassus.  Tully's  son  loves  the  sailor's  daughter.  The 
ambassadors  of  the  Helvetians  praise  the  queen.  He  will 
call  together  the  farmer's  sons.  The  messengers  ask-for 
aid.  The  Belgians  will  ask-for  aid. 

Stems  in  £r. 

§  26.  Nouns  whose  stems  end  in  %r  drop  the  endings 
us  of  the  nominative  and  £  of  the  vocative : .  as,  gen&r, 
not  g$n$rus.  Most  of  them  likewise  drop  the  8  of  the 
stem  in  the  oblique  cases :  as,  dg&r,  genitive  agrl,  not 
tiyer-i. 

PARADIGMS. 

Singular.  Plural.  Singular.          Plural. 

(A  son-in-law.)  (Afield.) 


N.    ge'-n&r,         gen'-&-ri. 

G. 

D. 

Ac. 

V.    ^e'-ngr,         gen'-&-ri. 

Ab. 


§£",.._- 

G.   a'-gri,  a-gro'-rum. 

D.    d'-gro,  d'-gris. 

Ac.  d'-grum,  d'-gros. 

V.    a'-ger,  d'-gri. 

Ab.  d'-gro,  d'-gris. 

Remark  1. — The  following  nouns  retain  e  of  the  stem  in  all  the 
cases:  adulter,  adulterer;  gener,  son-in-law;  Liber,  Bacchus; 
libeii,  children  ;  puer,  boy  ;  socer,  father-in-law  ;  vesper,  evening  ; 
and  compounds  of  fer  and  ger  ;  also,  the  national  names  Iber  and 
Celtiber. 

Remark  2. — The  solitary  noun  vlr,  man,  is  declined  like  gener: 
nom.  vlr;  gen.  virl,  &c. 


For  Greek  nouns  of  the  second  declension,  see  Ap- 
pendix II. 


SECOND   DECLENSION.  29 

EXERCISE  VII. 

§  27.      Vocabulary. 

puer,  -i,  boy.  liberi,  -orum,  children. 

vir,  -I,  ina.n.  equus,  -I,  horse. 

socer,  -I,  father-in-law.  bellutn,  -I,  war. 

goner,  -I,  son-in-law.  folium,  -I,  leaf. 

magister.  -1,  master  (of  a  school).       ovum,  -I,  eyg. 
ager,  -i,  field.  aper,  -i,  wild  boar. 

infren-8,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  bridle. 

lani-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atuin,  to  tear  in  pieces. 

Translate  into  English. 

Agricola  gquiim  f ilise  infrenat.  Apri  ggn£riim  regmso 
laniabunt.  Folia  silvse  ancillam  reglnse  delectant.  M^gis- 
t^r  puSros  convocabat.  Pu^ri  magistrum  amant.  Tullii 
f ilia  soceriim  amabit.  German!  Gallorum  agros  occiipa- 
bant.  Columbarum  6v£  liberos  delectant.  Viri  ^quos  in- 
frenabunt.  Bellum  Germanos  delectat.  SoeSr  gSnSriim 
am3.t.  Servus  domini  £quum  infrenat.  Nauta  HbSros 
^mat. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  poet's  children  love  the  queen.  Crassus  praises  the 
fields  of  the  Helvetians.  The  Germans  love  war.  The 
wolves  will v tear  in  pieces  the  farmer's  children.  Wild 
boars  love  the  shade  of  the  forest.  The  master  will  call 
back  the  boys.  Tully's  horse  loves  his  master.  The 
farmer's  slaves  are  bridling  the  horses. 

EXERCISE  VIII. 

§  28.     The  Dative  Case. 

1.  The  Dative  expresses  that  to  or  for  which,  or  with 
reference  to  which,  any  thing  is,  or  is  done. 

2.  Rule  of  Syntax. — The  indirect  object  of  a  verb  is 


30  NOUNS. 

in  the  Dative :  as,  serves  domino  medicinam  partit,  the 
servant  prepares  medicine  for  his  master. 

Remark. — The  indirect  object  of  a  verb  is  the  thing  towards 
which  its  action  tends  without  necessarily  reaching  it.  Thus,  in 
the  above  example,  the  action  expressed  by  parat  is  exerted 
directly  upon  the  medicine, — medicinam, — and  the  point  to  which 
it  tends  is  the  master, — domino, — though  it  does  not  necessarily 
reach  that  point,  since  it  is  not  implied  that  the  master  receives  or 
uses  the  medicine  prepared  for  him. 

3.  Rule  of  Position. — The  indirect  object  precedes  the 
direct. 

Vocabulary. 

liber,  -I,  look,  agnus,  -i,  lamb. 

via,  -ae,  ivay.  haedus,  -I,  kid. 

taurus,  -I,  bull. 

monstr-5,  -are,  ~avi,  -atum,  to  show. 
mact-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  sacrifice. 

d-o,  dare,  dedl,  datum,  to  give.     (The  only  verb  of  the  first 
conjugation  having  a  in  the  infinitive  present.) 

Translate  into  English. 

Magister  pue'ro  librum  dat.  Puella  Crasso  viam  mon- 
strabat.  Agricola  diis  aram  sedificabit.  Galli  dils  taurd's 
mactant.  Servi  regmse  ha3dum  parant.  Lupi  agnos  Mni- 
abunt.  Agrictflse  filius  puellse  ovum  dat.  Galli  Germams 
insidias  parabunt.  Crassiis  copiis  Gallorum  insidias  parat, 
Regma  agricolse  ^quum  dat.  Galli  nautis  insulam  mon- 
strant.  Eegmse  ancilla  Gallis  Germanorum  insidias  mon- 
strat. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  queen's  father-in-law  will  give  (to)  the  poet  a  field, 
The  queen  of  the  Helvetians  is  preparing  snares  for  Tully's 
forces.  The  inhabitants  of  the  island  were  sacrificing  a 
lamb  to  the  gods.  The  master  is  preparing  a  book  for  the 


SECOND   DECLENSION.  31 

« 

boys.  The  slaves  are  preparing  a  way  for  their  master. 
The  master  gives  (to)  his  slave  a  kid.  The  slave  gives  (to) 
the  farmer's  son  a  dove's  egg. 

EXERCISE   IX. 
The  Ablative  Case. 

§  29.  1.  Rule  of  Syntax. — The  Ablative  expresses  the 
cause,  manner,  means,   or   instrument:  as, 

Cseciis  avarifid,  Blinded  by  avarice.      (Cause.) 
Hoc  modo  fecit,  He  did  it  in  this  manner.     (Manner.} 
Aquila  alls  volat,  The  eagle  flies  with  his  wings.     (Means.) 
Captivum  gladio  occldit,  He  kills  the  captive  with  a  sword.    (Instru- 
ment.) 

2.  Rule  of  Syntax. — The  Ablative  (usually  with  the 
preposition  in)  expresses  the  place  where. 

3.  Rule  of  Position. — Expressions  of  cause,  time,  and 
place  usually  precede  the  direct  object ;  those  of  man- 
ner, means,  and  instrument  are  placed  after  it ;  and  all 
precede  the  predicate. 

Remark. — A  preposition  with  its  case  is  called  an  adjunct. 

Vocabulary. 

in  (preposition  with  abl.),  in.  veneniim,  -I,  poison. 

terra,  -se,  the  earth,  ground,  gladius,  -I,  sword. 

tuba,  -SB,  trumpet.  Marcus,  -i,  Marie. 

signum,  -i,  signal,  sign.  culter,  -trl,  knife. 

ar-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  plough. 
vex-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  annoy,  to  trouble. 
vulner-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  loound. 
ambul-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  walk. 

Translate  into  English  and  analyze. 
Marci  filiiis  Gallis  signum  tuba  dat.     (The  predicate  is 


32  NOUNS. 

here  limited  by  Gallis,  the  indirect  object;  signum,  the  direct 
object;  and  tuba,  the  ablative  of  the  instrument.)  Agricola 
terrain  gquis  arat.  Captivus  Tullium  cultro  vulnerubit. 
Poeta  in  silvis  ambiilat.  Marcus  Helvetios  injurils  vexa- 
bat.  Nauta  regma3  g£n£rum  gladio  ngcabit.  Germanl 
captivos  gladiis  nScant.  Aquilse  alls  volant.  Regina 
filio  regnum  dat.  Ancilla  reginse  Crassum  vSneno  nSca- 
bit.  Umbram  silvae  amamus.  Dominus  servos  tuba  con- 
vocat.  Eeginse  socSrf ilium  Tullii  injurils  vexat. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  farmer's  sons  will  plough  the  fields  with  horses.  The 
girls  are  dancing  in  the  forest.  The  poet  was  walking  in 
the  garden.  The  slaves  of  Tully  are  preparing  snares  for 
the  ambassadors  of  the  Helvetians  in  the  forest.  The  in- 
habitants of  the  islands  will  kill  the  ambassadors  with 
their  swords.  The  Germans  were  annoying  the  Gauls  with 
injuries.  Doves  fly  with  their  wings.  The  farmer  will 
give  the  sailor's  daughter  a  lamb.  Wolves  are  howling  in 
the  forest. 

THE   THIRD  DECLENSION. 

§  30.  Nouns  whose  genitive-ending  is  te  are  of  the 
third  declension. 

CASE-ENDINGS. 

Masc.  and  Fern.  Neuter. 

Singular.  Plural.  Singular.  Plural. 


N.  s,  es, 

G.  is,  iim  (iiim), 

D.  I,  ibus, 

Ac.  ^m  (im),  es, 

V.  s,  es, 

Ab.  £  (I) ;  ibiis. 


—  (e),  &  (ia), 

is,  um  (iiim). 

i,  ibiis, 

—  (6),  a  (ia,), 

—  (S),  a  (i&), 
£  (I) ;  ibds. 


THIRD   DECLENSION.  33 

Remark  1. — Many  masculine  and  feminine  nouns  have  no 
ending  in  the  nominative,  but  present  the  simple  stem:  as,  honor. 
The  regular  ending  of  the  accusative  singular  is  em;  that  of  the 
ablative,  e ;  of  the  genitive  plural,  urn. 

Remark  2. — But  few  neuter  nouns  have  a  nominative-ending, 
most  of  them  presenting  the  stem  alone  in  the  nominative.  The 
regular  endings  are  given  in  the  first  column ;  the  others  are  oc- 
casional only. 

Remark  3. — An  old  accusative-ending  Is  or  els  is  found  with 
stems  that  take  mm  in  the  genitive  plural :  as,  vallls  or  vallels. 

CLASSES. 

Nouns  of  the  third  declension  are  divided  into  six 
classes,  according  to  the  formation  of  the  nominative 
singular :  three  classes  having  the  nominative-ending 
s;  one,  the  nominative-ending  8;  and  two  having  no 
nominative-ending  at  all,  but  presenting  the  simple 
stem. 

CLASS  I. — Nouns  which  add  the  nominative-ending 
s  to  the  stem  without  any  vowel  change :  as,  urb-s. 
(Feminine.) 

CLASS  II. — Nouns  which  add  the  nominative-ending 
s  to  the  stem  with  a  connecting  vowel  e  or  i :  as,  stem 
rup-9  nominative  -rup-e-s,  rupes  ;  stem  vail-,  nominative 
vall-i-s,  vallis.  (Feminine?) 

CLASS  III. — Nouns  which  change  the  stem-vowel  fc 
into  8,  and  add  s:  as,  stem  mllit-,  nominative  mil&t-s, 
miles.  (Masculine.) 

CLASS  IV. — Nouns  which  have  the  nominative-, 
ending  £:  as,  mdr-e1.  (Neuter.) 

CLASS  V. — Nouns  which  have  no  nominativfe-ending,  - 
but   present   the   unchanged   stem:    as,  htintir,   consul, 
calcdr.     (Masculine  and  neuter.) 


34 


NOUNS. 


CLASS  VI. — Nouns  which  have  no  nominative-ending, 
but  present  the  stem  changed  in  the  nominative :  as, 
stem  virgin-,  nominative  virgo.  (Masculine,  feminine, 
and  neuter.) 

Rule  of  Euphony. — A  c  sound  with  s  makes  x :  as, 
leg-s,  lex ;  arc-s,  arx.  A  t  sound  with  s  is  dropped : 
as,  font-s,  fons. 

CLASS  I. 

§  31.  Nouns  which  add  the  nominative-ending  s  to 
the  stem  without  vowel  change. 


PARADIGMS. 


Singular. 

N. 

u. 

D. 
Ac. 
T. 

Abl. 

City. 
Urb-s, 
wr'-bis, 
wr'-bi, 
w'-bem, 
urbs, 
•wr'-b6. 

Law. 

Lex  (leg-s), 
Ze'-gls, 
fe'-gT, 
Ze'-gem,     t 
lex, 
Ze'-g5. 

Praise. 

Laus  (laud-s), 
iaw'-dls, 
iaw'-di, 
Zaw'-dem, 
laus, 
Zcm'-de. 

^;^. 

Ars  (art-s), 
ar'-tis, 
ar'-ti, 
ar'-tem, 
ars, 
ar'-te. 

Citadel. 

Arx  (arc-s), 
a)*'-cis, 
ar'-cl, 
ar'-cem, 
arx, 
ar'-ce. 

m   Plural 

N. 

(T. 
D. 

Ac.  &  V. 

Abl. 

w'-bes, 
wr'-bi-Om, 
wr'-bi-bus, 
w'-bes, 
wr'-bi-bus. 

Ze'-ges,  . 
Ze'-gum, 
%'  I-bus, 

Ze'-ges, 
Ze^'-i-bfts. 

/aw'-des, 
Zaw'-dum, 
tow'-di-bus, 
Zcrw'-des, 
Zcm'-di-biis. 

a?''-te,^, 
ar'-ti-tiin, 
ar'-ti-bus, 
ar'-tes, 
ar'-ti-bGs. 

ar'-ces, 
ar'-ci-um, 
a?-'-ci-bus, 
a>'-ce.s, 
a?-r-ci-bus. 

Rule  1. — Stems  ending  in  two  consonants,  with  c?os,  lls, 
fraus,  vis,  faux  (nom.  obs.),  nix,  compes,  strix,  have 
ium  in  the  genitive  plural. 

Rule  2. — Stems  of  more  than  one  syllable  in  nt  and 
rt  (adding  s),  with  names  of  nations  in  as,  have  ium 
and  sometimes  um :  as,  cliens,  clientium  or  clientum. 

It-mark  1. — Other  nouns  in  as,  with  forn'tx  and  palus,  some- 
times have  ium.  Quins  and  Samnls  have  ium. 


THIRD    DECLENSION.  35 

Remark  2. — Pars,  part,  and  lens,  lentil,  have  sometimes  im 
in  the  accusative ;  and  the  same,  with  sors,  lot,  and  trldens, 
trident,  have  e  or  I  in  the  ablative.  Partlm  is  usually  an  ad- 
verb. 

Rule  of  Gender. — Nouns  which  add  the  nominative- 
ending  s  to  the  stem  without  vowel  change,  are  feminine; 
except — 

Masculines. 

1.  Dens,   tooth,   and  its   compounds ;  fons,  fountain ;   pons, 
bridge;   mons,   mountain;    cliens,  client;    rudens,   rope    (rarely 
feminine) ;  and  compounds  of  as  and  uncid;  paries,  wall ;  pes, 
foot ;  lapis,  stone. 

2.  Grex,  flock ;  Greek  nouns  in  ax,  ix,  yx,  ps,  and  as  (antis) ; 
with  cdlix,  cup ;  fornix,  arch;  produx,  twig;  sentix,  brier;  tra- 
dux,  vine-branch;  and/ races,  dregs. 

Masculine  or  Feminine. 

Many  nouns  denoting  living  beings,  with  scro'bs,  ditch ;  stirps, 
trunk  of  a  tree ;  calx,  heel ;  calx,  lime ;  and  frons,  forehead, 
rarely  masculine. 

EXERCISE   X. 

§  32.  1.  The  ablative  is  used  with  prepositions  which 
imply  rest  in  a  place :  as,  \n  urb%  h&bitat,  he  lives  in  the 
city ;  or  motion  from  a  place :  as,  ex  urbe  Zqtittdt,  he 
rides  out  of  the  city. 

2.  The  accusative  (the  whither  case)  is  used  with  pre- 
positions implying  motion  to  a  place :  as,  \n  urbZm  v$nU,f 
he  conies  into  the  city;    ad  regZm  vbrtlt,  he  comes  to 
the  king. 

3.  Caution. — To,  whei*  it  implies  motion,  must  be 
translated  by  ad  with  the  accusative. 

4.  Rule  of  Position. — A  preposition  with  its  case  pre- 
cedes the  predicate. 


36  KOUNS. 

Vocabulary. 

in  (with  &oo.),  into;  dens,  dent-is,  tooth. 

(with  abl.),  in.  pes,  ped-is,  foot. 

ad  (prep,  with  ace.),  to,  towards.         calx,  calc-is,  heel. 
e,  out  of  (prep,  with  abl.,  used         rex,  reg-is,  king. 

only    with    words    beginning          plebs,  pleb-is,  common  people. 
with  a  consonant).  grex>  greg-is,  flock. 

ex,  out  of  (prep,  with  abl.,  used         ferriim,  -I,  iron,  the  sword. 

before  vowels  and  consonants).         cliens,  client-is,  client. 
rudens,  rudent-is,  rope.  lapis,  lapid-is,  a  stone. 

.  antenna,  -ae,  sail-yard.  malus,  -I,  mast. 

pilum,  -I,  javelin.  libertas,  Kbertat-is,  liberty. 

Gallia,  -s&,  Gaul.  nobilitas,  nobilitat-is,  nobility. 

Germania,  -se,  Germany.  Orgetorix,  Orgetorig-is,  Orgetorix. 

cquit-6,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  ride  on  horseback. 
hiem-8,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  t*  winter,  spend  the  winter 
serv-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  preserve,  protect. 
viol-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  dishonor,  violatet  break  (a  law,  &c.). 
habit-8,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  dwell,  live. 
mand-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  intrust. 
-destin-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  fasten. 

a  or  ab,  from,  by  (prep,  with  abl.,  a  being  used  only  before  conso- 
nants, ab  before  vowels  and  consonants). 

Translate  into  English. 

Orgetftrix  leges  Helvetiorum  violaMt.  Plebs  liberta- 
tSm  ferro  servabit.  Nautse  antennas  ad  malos  rudentibus 
destinant.  PuSr  calc^m  servi  lapidg  vulnSrat.  Crassus  ex 
urb6  ad  vicum  ^quitat.  Copise  Germanorum  in  Gallia 
hiemabunt.  Galli  in  Gallia  habitant.  Rex  nobilitati 
urb^m  mandat.  Crassi  f  iliiis  clientes  ex  agris  in  urb^m 
conv5cat.  Lupi  dentibus  agnos  laniant.  Galli  Crasstim 
pills  n^cabunt.  German!  Gallos  bellis  vexant. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  boys  are  riding  from  the  village  to  the  city.  The 
farmer's  sons  live  in  the  forest.  The  doves  will  fly. out  of 


THIRD    DECLENSION. 


37 


the  fields  into  the  forest.  The  king  was  calling  together 
the  common  people  out  of  the  village  into  the  city.  The 
king  will  give  the  kingdom  to  his  son.  Crassus  will  break 
the  laws  of  Gaul.  The  king's  son  will  preserve  the  liberty 
of  the  common  people.  The  boys  are  wounding  the  king's 
messengers  with  stones.  The  inhabitants  of  Germany  will 
winter  in  the  island  of  the  Belgians.  Horses  walk  with 
(their)  feet.  A  flock  of  doves  is  flying  out  of  the  forest. 
The  sailor  will  fasten  the  yard  to  the  mast  with  ropes. 
The  king  was  slaying  the  nobility  with  the  sword. 


CLASS  II. 

§  33.  Nouns  which  add  the  nominative-ending  .9  to 
the  stem  with  a  connecting  vowel  (e  or  i) :  as,  rup-e-s, 
vall-l-s. 


Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Voc. 

Abl. 


PARADIGMS. 

Singular, 
rti'-pes,  a  rock. 
ru'-pis, 


ru-pes, 


val'-lis,  a  valley. 

val'-\is, 

val'-lij 

val'-l&m, 

val'-lis, 

val'-le  • 


Plural 


Nom. 

ril'-pes, 

Gen. 

rw'-pi-um, 

Dat. 

ru  '-pi-bus, 

Ace. 

ril'-pes, 

Voc. 

ru'-pes, 

Abl. 

rtl'-pi-bus. 

wf-li-iim, 

?W-li-bus, 

val'-les, 

val'-les, 

mMi-bus. 


38  NOUNS. 

Remark  1. — The  following  nouns  have  im  in  the  aecusa. 
tive  : — 

(«)  Names  of  places,  rivers,  and  gods  in  is :  these  sometimes  also  have 
in  in  the  accusative.  Scaldla  has  In  and  \m ;  Llrla  has  Im,  in,  and  tin ; 
and  Llger  has  Liyerlm. 

(b)  Amussis,  a  mason's  rule.  Ravis,  hoarseness.  - 

Buris,  a  plough-tail.  Securis,  an  axe. 

Cannabis,  hemp.  Sinapis,  mustard. 

Cucumis  (gen.  -is),  a  cucumber.  Sitis,  thirst.  y 

Mephitis,  foul  air.  Tussis,  a  cough. 

Pelvis,  a  basin.  Vis,  strength. 

Remark  2. — The  following  have  im,  and  sometimes  em : — 
Fcbris,  a  fever.  Restis,  a  rope. 

Puppis,  the  stern.  Turns,  a  tower. 

Remark  3. — The  following  have  em,  and  rarely  im : — 

Bipe-nnis,  a  battle-axe.        Messis,  a  harvest.          Praesepis,  a  stall. 
Clavis,  a  key.  Navis,  a  ship.  Sementis,  a  sowing. 

Strigilis,  a  flesh-brush. 

Remark  4- — Nouns  which  have  im  in  the  accusative,  with 
names  of  months  in  er  and  is,  have  I  in  the  ablative :  as,  vis, 
vim,  vl ;  Aprllls,  Aprlll. 

But  Boetls,  canndbis,  and  smdpis  have  e  or  I. 

Remark  5. — Nouns  which  have  em  or  im  in  the  accusative 
have  e  or  I  in  the  ablative:  as,  turns,  turre  or  twKri. 

But  restls  has  e  only. 

Remark  6. — The  following  have  only  em  in  the  accusative,  but 
have  e  or  I  in  the  ablative : — 


Amnis, 

Canalis, 

Convallis, 

Ignis, 

Postis, 

Anguis, 

Civis, 

Corbis, 

Mugilis, 

Sordes, 

Avis, 

Classis, 

Finis, 

Orbis, 

Unguis, 

Bills, 

Collis, 

Fustis, 

Ovis, 

Vectis. 

Remark  7. — Nouns  of  this  class  (adding  s  with  connecting 
vowel  e  or  i)  have  ium  in  the  genitive  plural. 

Exc.  Canis,  dog;  jtivems,  young  man;  foris,  door;  mugilis, 
mullet;  proles,  offspring;  strues,  pile;  vates,  prophet,  have  urn  ; 
also,  generally,  apis,  bee;  strigilis,  flesh-brush;  volucris,  bird; 
sometimes  mensis,  and  ccedes. 


Rule  of  Gender. — Nouns  of  this  class  are  feminine. 
Exc.  1.  Pdlumbes,  vales,  vepres,  are  masculine  or  feminine. 
Exc.  2.  The  following  in  Is  are  masculine  or  feminine  : — 
Amnis,  river.  Canis,  dog.  Funis,  rope. 

Anguis,  snake.  Clunis,  haunch.  Scrobis,  ditch. 

Callis,  path.  Corbis,  basket.  Tigris,  tiger. 

Canalis,  pipe.  Finis  (end,  f.;  boundary,  m.).   Torquis,  chain. 

Fines,  boundaries,  is  always  masculine. 

Exc.  3.  The  following  are  masculine : — in  es,  antes,  gausapes, 
gerres  :-^Tn  is, 

Axis,  axle.             v'     ^Follis,  bellows.  Piscis,/sA. 

Burls,  plow-tail.              Fustis,  club.  Postis,  post. 

Cassis,  net.  **                   Ignis,  fire.  Sentis,  brier. 

Caulis,  stalk.                   Manes,  pi.,  shades.  Sodalis,  companion. 

Collis,  hill.    •     ^            Mensis,  month.  Torris,  firebrand. 

Crinis,  hair.    ^              Mugilis,  mullet.  TJnguTs,  nail. 

Ensis,  sword.                    Orbis,  circle.  Vectis,  lever. 

Fascis,  bundle.  ^.             Panis,  bread.  Vermis,  worm. 

Aqualfs-  (properly  an  adjective)  is  masculine  and  feminine. 
^**  EXERCISE   XI. 

§  34.  1.  Conjunctions  connect  words  which  are  in  the 
same  construction:  as,  Ccesar  H  Brutus,  Caesar  and 
Brutus ;  glddils  pilisquV,  with  swords  and  javelins. 

N.B. — Et  connects  things  which  are  separate  and  distinct,  and  of 
equal  importance ;  qu8  (always  written  at  the  end  of  a  word)  con- 
nects one  thing  closely  to  another  as  an  appendage,  the  two  making 
one  complete  idea.  Thus,  the  "swords  and  javelins"  above  con- 
stitute together  offensive  armor.  Atqug  generally  introduces  some- 
thing of  greater  importance. 

' 

2.  If  the  subject  consists  of  more  than  one  thing,  the 
verb  must  be  plural.  Hence — 

Rule  of  Syntax. — A  collective  noun  may  have  a  plural 
verb :  as,  plebs  clamant,  the  people  shout, 

Vocabulary. 


ignis,  -is,  fire. 
vallis,  -is,  valley. 


parsr  part-is,  part. 
pax,  pac-is,  peace. 


40  NOUNS. 

Athense,  -arum,  Athens.  hostis,  -is,  enemy  (§  13,  R.  4). 

cum,  with,  in  company  with  (prep.        civis,  -is,  citizen  ($  13,  R.  4). 

with  ablative).  avis,  -is,  bird. 

in  (prep,  with  abl.),  on,  in;  (with       ovis,  -is,  sheep. 

ace.),  upon,  into.  classis,  -is,  fleet. 

per  (prep,  with  ace.),  through.  collis,  -is,  hill. 

Gra)cia,  -83,  Greece.  litera,  -83,  letter  (of  the  alphabet). 

Cccrops,  Cecrop-is,  Cecrops.  anncitia,  -se,  friendship. 

Cadinus,  -I,  Cadmus.  sitis,  -is,  thirst. 

port-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  carry. 

im-port-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  carry  in,  import. 

formid-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  dread. 

vigil-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  watch. 

festln-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  hasten. 

confirm-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  establish. 

vast-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,    to  lay  waste. 

mdif  ic-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  build  a  nest. 

lev-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  relieve. 

Translate  into  English. 

Cadmii?  in  Grseciam  Htgras  importat.  Aves  in  silvis 
mdif  leant.  Aqua  sitim  l^vat.  Fons  in  vallS  poetam 
delectat.  Helvetii  agros  Germanoriim  ferro  igniqug  vasta- 
bunt.  Galli  ctim  Germanis  pac&n  gt  amlcitiam  confirmant. 
Crassijs  ex  agro  in  urbSm  festmat.  Plebs  in  urbe  nobilita- 
t^m  nScat.  Crassiis  cdpias  gladiis  pilisquS  armabat.  Gives 
Cecropi  claves  urbis  dant.  Lupi  oves  ^t  hsedos  laniant. 
Crassiis  in  col  IS  turrina  sedificat.  Galli  naves  St  copias 
Germanoriim  formidant.  Crassus  part^m  plebis  cultris 
l.apidibusqug  armabit.  Columbse  p^r  silvern  v6lant.  Ce- 
crops  Athenas  sedificabit.  Canes  ^t  lupi  ^ves  laniant. 
Rex  £t  regma  in  hortd  ambulant.  Gives  in  urbS  vigilant. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Crassus  will  lay  waste  the  fields  of  the  Belgians  with 
fire  and  sword  (ferro  ignique).  The  nobility  dread  the 
fleet  of  Tullius.  The  nobility  will  preserveJthe  liberty  of 


THIRD   DECLENSION. 


41 


the  citizens  with  the  sword.  The  maid-servant  is  prepar- 
ing a  mullet  for  her  master.  The  queen  will  walk  in  the 
garden  with  her  daughters.  The  farmer's  sons  will  carry 
sheep  and  kids  to  the  city.  The  nobility  will  arm  their 
slaves  with  stones  and  knives.  The  farmer's  son  will  show 
(to)  the  ambassadors  of  the  Belgians  the  way  through  the 
forest.  Tullius  will  take  possession  of  the  hill.  Medicine 
will  relieve  fevers. 


into 


Nom.  wile's, 
Gen.  mll'-i-tis, 
Dat.  mit-i-tl, 
Ace.  ml£'-i-te/m, 
Voc.  mi'-l&s, 
Abl. 


CLASS  III. 

§  35.  Nouns  which  change  the  stem-  vowel 
and  add  s. 

PARADIGMS. 
Mile's  (milet-s),  soldier.     Princeps  (princep-s),  chief. 

Singular. 

Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat.  prin'-ci-pi, 

Ace.   prin'-ci-p&m, 

Yoc.  ^rm'-ceps, 

Abl.   priri-ci-p&; 

Plural. 

Nom.  jprm'-ci-pes, 

Gen.  j9TOi'-ci-pum, 

Dat.  prin-c^'-i-bus. 

Ace.  j9riV-ci-pes, 

Voc.  prin'-ci-pes, 

Abl.  prin-cip'-i-bus. 

Rule  of  Gender.  —  Nouns  which  change  the  stem-vowel 
£  into  %,  and  add  s,  are  masculine. 

Exc.  1.  Feminine,  merges,  sheaf  \forfex,  shears  -,forpex,  tongs. 
Exc.  2.  Masculine  or  feminine,  ddeps,  grease;   cortex,  bark; 

forceps,  pincers  ;  imbrex,  tile  ;  obex,  bolt. 

4* 


Kom.  mif-i-tes, 
Gen.  ml^-i-tum, 
Dai  mi-ftM-btts 
Ace.  mir-i-tes, 
Voc. 
Abl. 


42  NOUNS. 

EXERCISE  XII. 

§  36.  1.  A  noun  limiting  another,  and  denoting  the 
same  thing,  is  said  to  be  in  apposition  with  it. 

2.  Rule  of  Syntax. — Nouns  in  apposition  agree  in 
case :  as,  Jugurtha  rex,  Jugurtha  the  king. 

Remark. — A  noun  in  apposition  with  two  or  more  nouns  is  put 
in  the  plural:  as,  Jugurtha  et  JBocchus,  reges,  Jugurtha  and 
Bocchus,  kings. 

--. 

Vocabulary. 

virtus,  virtut-is,  valor.  hospes,  hospit-is,  guest. 

a,  or  ab,/>-om  (prep,  with  abl.).  obses,  obsid-is,  hostage. 

proelium,  -I,  battle.  eques,  equit-is,  horseman. 

Numldia,  -83,  Numidia.  pedes,  pedit-is,  footman. 

numerus,  -I,  number.  horreuin,  -I,  granary. 

veles,  velit-is,  a  light-armed  sol-         merges,  mergit-is,  sheaf. 

dier,  a  skirmisher.  comes,  comit-is,  companion. 

Davus,  -I,  Davus.  caespes,  csespit-is,  turf. 

Balbus,  -I,  Balbus.  trames,  tramit-is,  by-path. 

Jugurtha,  -ae,  Jugurtha. 

sec-5,  sec-are,  sec-ui,  sectum  and  sec-atum,  to  cut. 

postul-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  demand. 

viol-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  maltreat,  violate. 

dtiplic-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  double. 

redintegr-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  renew. 

explor-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  explore,  search  out. 

crem-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  burn. 

profilg~§,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  dash  to  pieces,  to  rout. 

fug-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  put  to  flight,  to  rout. 

Translate  into  English. 

Milites  gladiis  csespitem  sScabant.  Agricola  in  horreum 
mcrgites  portabit.  -Tullius  a  Germanls  obsides  postiilat. 
Jugurtha,  rex  Niimidise,  Crasso  obsides  dat.  Dilvus  et 
Balbus,  servi  agricolse,  domini  Hbgros  amant.  Orgetorix, 
princeps  Helvetiorilm,  ab  ^Eduis  obsides  postulabit.  Hel- 


THIRD    DECLENSION.  43 

vetii  Orggtorige'm  igni  cremabunt.  Equites  £t  pgdites 
prceliiim  redintegrabunt.  Poeta  virtutem  Jugurthse,  regis 
Numidi^,  laudat.  Copise  Grass!  gquites  peditesqug  hostium 
profligabant.  Velites  Tullii  tramites  pgr  silvam  explorant. 
Comites  Orggtorigis,  principis  Helvetioriim,  agros  Gal- 
lorum  ferro  igniqug  vastant.  Jugurtha  numerum  obsidiim 
dftplicat. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  farmer  is  walking  with  his  sons,  Davus  and  Balbus, 
in  the  forest.  The  Gauls  dread  the  ships  of  Crassus. 
Davus,  the  king's  slave,  will  show  (to)  the  boys  the  way 
through  the  forest.  Part  of  the  skirmishers  will  occupy 
the  hill.  The  Germans  will  maltreat  their  guests.  Tully 
will  give  the  signal  to  the  king's  horsemen  with  the  trumpet. 
The  horsemen  are  bridling  their  horses. 
<s 

CLASS  IV. 

§  37.  Nouns  which  add  £  to  the  stem  to  form  the 
nominative. 

Singular.  Plural. 

Nom.,  Ace.,  and  Voc.     mar'-g,  the  sea,  ma/-i-a, 

Gen.  war'-is,  ??ia/-i-um, 

Dat.  and  Abl.  mar' -I ;  war'-i-bus. 

Remark. — Nouns  of  this  class  have  I  in  the  ablative  singular, 
id  in  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative  plural,  and  ium  in 
the  genitive  plural. 

Exc.  Names  of  towns  in  e  have  e  in  the  ablative.  Rete,  a  net, 
has  e  or  I  in  the  ablative. 

Rule  of  Gender. — Nouns  which  have  the  nominative- 
ending  e  are  neuter. 


44  NOUNS. 

EXERCISE  XIII. 
Vocabulary. 

terra  marique,  by  sea  and  land.  rete,  ret-is,  net. 

celeiitas,  ccieritat-is,  Hwiftnens.  navale,  naval-is,  dock-yard. 

crudGiiius,  crudeiitat-is,  cruelty.  sedile,  sedil-is,  seat. 

Marcus,  -I,  Marcus,  Mark,  monlle,  monll-is,  necklace. 

Lucius,  -I,  Lucius.  Roinaniis,  -i,  Ituman. 

Cassius,  -I,  Casisius.  Carthaginiensis,  -is,  Carthaginian. 

Syphax,  Syphacis,  Syphax.  dux,  due-is,  leader. 

cublle,  cubll-is,  couch.  Marius,  -I,  Marina. 

oppidum,  -i,  town.  Cams,  -I,  Caiua. 

dormito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  fall  asleep. 

expugnS,  -are^  -avi,  -atuin,  to  storm. 

Translate  into  English. 

Keginse  filia  in  ciibili  dormitabit,  Deus  cervis  £t  cani- 
bus  c6lentat6m  dat.  Marcus  et  Lucius,  agrlc6lsB  filii  (§  36, 
Remark},  agros  equis  arabunt.  Cassius  in  navalibus  naves 
sedificat.  Dux  Caio  auriim  dat.  Syphax,  dux  Carthagi- 
niensiiim,  Komanis  insidias  parabat.  Galli  crudelitat^m 
Germanorum  formidant.  Marius^  dux  Romanorum,  oppida 
Jiigurthse  expugnabit.  Lucius,  Romanorum  dux,  terra 
mariqug  copias  hostium  fugabit.  Regma  filiabus  m6nilia 
dabit.  Servi  in  silva  domino  sgdilS  parant.  Davus  apris 
retia  parabit. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Syphax,  the  leader  of  the  Carthaginians,  will  build  ships 
fn  the  dock-yards.  The  forces  of  the  Gauls  will  storm  the 
city.  Jugurtha,  king  of  Numidia,  will  rout  the  forces  |f 
the  Romans  by  sea  and  by  land.  Lucius  and  Balbus, 
slaves  of  Marius,  will  prepare  seats  for  their  master  The 
queen's  daughter  gives  (to)  the  poet  a  necklace.  Marius 
will  lay  waste  the  fields  of  Numidia  with  fire  and  sword. 
The  foot-soldiers  are  bridling  the  horses  of  the  horsemen. 
Orgetorix  dreads  the  cruelty  of  the  Helvetians. 


THIRD   DECLENSION.  45 

CLASS  V. 

§  38.  Nouns  which  have  no  nominative-ending,  but 
present  the  unchanged  stem  in  the  nominative. 

MASCULINE  FORMS. 


Pat£r,  father  (masc.). 

Singular.  Plural. 


j9tt'-tris,         ^a'-trum, 
jpd'-tri,          pat'-ri-bus, 


Hftnftr,  honor  (masc.). 

Singular.  Plural. 

N".     /i,0'-nor,  h6-n0r-res, 

G.     ho-Titf'-ris,  ho-w>'-rum, 

D.     hft-wo'-ri,  h6-nor'-i-bus, 

Ac.  ho-fio'-re'm,  h5-?i0'-res, 

V.     /w'-nor,  lift-no' -res,  pa'-t&r,          jpd'-tres, 

Ab.  ho-mT-re' ;  hft-nor'-i-bus.        ^d'-trS;         ^tt£'-ri-bus. 

Remark  1. — Nouns  in  ter  and  ber  drop  e  in  the  oblique  cases  : 
as,  imber,  imbris ;  pater,  patrls. 

Remark  2. — Lnber,  pugil,  and  vesper  have  e  or  I  in  the  ablative  ; 
imber,  linter,  venter,  uter,  have  ium  in  the  genitive  plural;  and 
ren  has  utn  or  mw. 

Remark  3. — Some  names  of  towi*s,  when  denoting  the  place 
where,  have  I  in  the  ablative:  as,  Anxurl. 

Rule  of  Gender. — Nouns  which  present  the  unchanged 
stem  in  the  nominative  (except  stems  in  dl,  dr,  and  ur) 
are  masculine. 

Exc.  1.  (OR.)  Arbor,  tree,  is  feminine.  Ador,  spelt,  aequor,  sea, 
and  marmor,  marble,  are  neuter.  Masculines  in  or  have  d  long 
in  the  oblique  cases  ;  neuters  have  d  short :  as,  honoris,  marnwris. 

Exc.  2.  (ER.)  LfnTer,  boat,  is  feminine.  Cadaver,  corpse; 
spiother,  clasp;  tuber,  swelling;  uber,  udder;  ver,  spring; 
verber,  lash;  and  names  6f  trees  and  plants  in  cr,  are  -neuter. 
But  laver  and  tuber,  names  of  trees,  are  feminine,  and  siser  is 
masculine  in  the  plural. 

Exc.  3.  Alec,  alec-is,  brine,  and  vas,  vas-is,  vessel,  are  neuter. 


46  NOUNS. 

EXERCISE    XIV. 
Vocabulary. 

Caesar,  Caesar-is,  Csesar.  linter,  lintr-is,  boat. 

imperator,  -or-is,  commander.  imber,  imbr-is,  rain. 

consul,  consul-is,  consul.  conjux,  conjug-is,  husband  or  wife. 

anser,  anser-is,  goose.  Sagittarius,  -I,  archer. 

fratcr,  fratr-is,  brother.  funditor,  -or-is,  slinger. 

mater,  matr-is,  mother.  pastor,  -or-is,  shepherd. 

soror,  soror-is,  sister.  venator,  -or-is,  hunter. 

hiberna,  -orum,  winter  quarters.  rnercator,  -or-is,  merchant. 

in   hiberna   collocare,  to  pnt  into     telum,  -i,  dart, 
winter  quarters. 

colloc-5,  -are,  -avij-^atum,  to  place,  put  together. 
defens-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  defend. 

Translate  into  English. 

Plebs  libertatgm  ferro  servabit.  Imp^ratSr  ^qmtes 
pMitesqug  conv5cabat.  Csesar  ab  urbe  in  Galliam  festi- 
nabat.  Agricola  conjug^m  libgrosqug  amat.  Pastor  gr^gem 
a  lupo  defensabit.  Crassus  consul  in  navalibus  naves  ^t 
lintres  sedif icat.  Agricolse  ansSres  in  horto  habitant. 
Milites  imperator^m  a  gladiis  telisquS  hostiiim  defensabunt. 
Csesar  copias  in  hiberna  collocat.  Venator  in  silva  apris 
retia  parat.  Caesar  cum  s^gittariis  funditoribusqug  ad 
montSm  festlnat.  Rex  mercatores  convocat.  Balbus, 
Lucii  gSnSr,  fratres  sororesquS  S,m^lt.  Imbres  agricolas 
delectant. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  horsemen  will  rout  the  archers  and  slingers  of  the 
enemy.  The  shepherds  are  sacrificing  bulls  and  sheep  to 
the  gods.  The  geese  are  flying  into  the  forest.  The  sis- 
ters of  Orgetorix  are  dancing  in  the  garden.  The  brother 
of  Lucius  was  defending  his  mother  and  sisters  with  (his) 


THIRD    DECLENSION.  47 

sword.  The  common  people  intrust  their  liberty  to  the 
consul.  The  hunter  will  show  (to)  the  shepherd  a  by-path 
through  the  forest.  Csesar  will  hasten  from  the  winter- 
quarters  into  the  city.  The  slingers  are  wounding  the 
horsemen  of  the  enemy  with  stones. 

NEUTER  FORMS. 

§  39.  Nouns  which  present  the  unchanged  stem  in 
til,  ar,  ur. 


Animal,  an  animal  (neuter). 

Singular.  Plural. 

N.     aTi'-i-mal,      an-i-md'-li-a, 
G.     an-i-md'-lis,  an-i-wa'-li-um, 
D.     an-i-md'-li,    an-i-ma/'-i-bus, 


Ac.  ftn'-l-m&j  an-i-?7itt'-li-a, 
V.  cm'-i-mal,  an-i-md'-li-a, 
Ab.  an-i-wa'-li;  an-i-md/'-i-bus. 


Calcar,  a  spur  (neuter). 

Singular.  Plural. 

ca/'-car,  cal-cd'-ri-a, 
cal-ctt'-ris,  cal-ca'-ri-iim, 

cal-ca'-ri,  cal-cdr'-i-bus, 

ca^'-car,  cal-cd'-ri-a, 

ca^-car,  cal-cd'-ri-a, 

cal-cd'-ri ;  cal-cd/-i-bus. 


NOTE. — Nouns  in  e,  al,  ar,  were  originally  adjectives,  the  adjective- 
ending  of  those  in  al  and  ar  having  been  dropped.  Thus,  amm-a, 
breath;  neuter  adjective  anlm-al8  (animal],  a  thing  having  breath, 
an  animal;  calc-s  (calx],  the  heel;  calc-ar$  (calc-ar),  a  thing  per- 
taining to  the  heel,  a  spur. 

Remark  1. — Nouns  ending  in  dl  and  dr  hav6  i  in  the  ablative 
singular,  iam  in  the  genitive  plural,  and  id  in  the  nominative, 
accusative,  and  vocative  plural. 

Remark  2. — Baccdr,jtibdr,  nectar,  and  sal  have  e  in  the  abla- 
tive singular;  and  far  and  lar  have  um  en?  ium  in  the  genitive 
plural. 

Rule  of  Gender. — Nouns  which  present  in  the  nomi-* 
native  the  unchanged  stem  in  al,  ary  ur,  are  neuter. 

Exc.  Sal,  salt,  is  masculine  or  neuter  in  the  singular,  and 
always  masculine  in  the  plural.  Fur,  thief,  furfur,  bran,  salar, 
trout,  turtur,  dove,  vultur,  vulture,  are  masculine. 


48  NOUNS. 

EXERCISE   XV. 

§  40.      Vocabulary. 

jumentum,  -I,  work-horse,  beast  of    furfur,  furfur-is,  bran. 

burden.  stimulus,  -I,  goad. 

jubar,  jubar-is,  sunshine.  tempestas,  tempestat-is,  tempest. 

vultur,  vultur-is,  vulture.  templum    de    mannore,  a  temple  of 

templum,  -I,  temple.  marble. 

marmor,  marmor-is,  marble.  de  (prep,  with  abl.),  from,  of. 

dic-5,  -are,  -avi,  -alum,  to  dedicate. 

concit-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  urge  on,  stir  up,  arouse. 

rapt-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  snatch  away,  carry  off. 

Translate  Into  English. 

Crassiis  diis  templum  de  marmore'  dicabit.  Vultures 
agnos  et  hsedos  raptant.  Jubar  nautas  delectat.  Agri- 
c6la  jumenta  stimulo  concit^t.  Cecrops,  rex  Grsecise, 
^quum  calcaribiis  concitat.  Kegm£  in  insula  ar^im  de 
marrnore'  sedificat.  A^ricolse  jumentis  furfurgm  dant. 
Velites  Csesaris  hostiiim  sagittarios  f  unditoresque'  fuglbunt. 
Tempestates  maris  hostium  classSm  profligabunt. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  boys  love  the  master.  Csesar  will  lay  waste  the 
fields  of  the  Gauls  with  fire  and  sword,  Tully  will  rout 
the  forces  of  the  enemy  by  sea  and  land.  Tully's  foot- 
soldiers  occupy  the  hill.  Farmers  plough  their  fields  with 
work -horses.  Eagles  and  vultures  build  nests  in  the  rocks. 
Caesar's  skirmishers  will  search  out  the  by-paths  through 
the  forests.  Jugurtha,  king  of  Numidia,  was  storming 
his  brother's  towns.  Sailors  dread  tempests.  Horsemen 
urge  on  their  horses  with  spurs. 

CLASS  VI. 

§  41.  Nouns  which  have  no  nominative-ending,  but 
present  the  stem  changed  in  the  nominative. 


THIRD    DECLENSION. 


I.  —  MASCULINE  FORMS  OF  CLASS  VI. 


49 


n  of  stem  dropped. 

er  changed  into  is. 

r  changed  into  s. 

Sermo,  speech  (m.). 

Pulvis,  dust  (m.). 

Flos,  flower  (m.). 

Singular. 

Singular. 

Singular. 

N.     ser'-mo, 

pul'-vis, 

fids, 

G.     ser-m6'-nis, 

pul'-V&TlS, 

yZo'-ris, 

D.     ser-mo'-ni, 

pul'-V&-Yl, 

/o'-ri, 

Ac.  ser-mo'-n&n, 

pulf-v&-Y&m, 

/o'-r6m, 

V.     ser'-mo, 

pul'-vis, 

flos, 

Ab.  ser-mo'-ng; 

pul'-vt-rt  ; 

/o'-rg; 

Plural. 

Plural. 

Plural. 

N.     ser-mo'-nes, 

pul'-v&-res, 

/o'-res, 

G.     ser-mo'-num, 

pul'-v&-rum, 

/o'-rum, 

D.     ser-moV-i-biis, 

pul-verr-i-bus, 

/or'-i-bus, 

Ac.  ser-mo'-nes, 

pul'-v&-res, 

/o'-res, 

V.     ser-mo'-nes, 

pul'-v&-res, 

j^o'-res, 

Ab.  ser-moV-i-bus. 

pul-t;er'-i-bus. 

y?or'-i-bus. 

Remark  -/. — Two  nouns,  sanguls,  sangmn-ls,  blood,  and  pollls, 
pollm-ls,  fine  flour,  change  n  of  the  stem  into  s. 

Remark  2.— Some  nouns  of  the  fifth  class,  whose  stems  end  in 
or,  have  an  old  form  of  the  nominative  in  os:  as,  T\pnos,  arbos,  fa? 
honor,  arbor.  Cucumis  (ms,masc.)  is  also  of  class  II. ;  §33,Rem.l.,6. 

Remark  3. — Mas,  mar-is,  and  glls,  gllr-is,  have  ium-  in  the  geni- 
tive plural;  and  mas,  milr-is,  has  urn  and  ium;  r&s,  riir-is,  has  e 
or  I  in  the  ablative  singular. 

Rule  of  Gender* — Nouns  which  drop  n  of  the  stem 
in  the  nominative  are  masculine. 

Exc.  Abstracts  in  io  (mostly  formed  by  adding  io  to  the  supine 
stem  of  verbs)  are  feminine.  Bubo  is  masculine  and  feminine. 

Rule  of  Gender. — Nouns  which  change  er  of  the  stem 
into  is,  r  into  s,  or  n  into  s,  are  masculine. 

Exc.  1.  JEs,  crus,  galllcrus,  jus,  pus,  rus,  tils,  and  os,  mouth, 
are  neuter.  TellUs  is  feminine. 

5 


50  NOUNS. 

Exc.  2.  Cinis  is  masculine  or  feminine  in  the  singular  ;  cingres, 
ashes  of  the  dead,  is  always  masculine.  Pulvis,  dust,  is  very 
rarely  feminine. 

EXERCISE  XVI. 
Vocabulary. 

mos,  mor-is,  manner,  custom.  Varro,  -on-is,  Varro. 

ceriturio,  -on-is,  centurion.  oratiS,  -on-is,  speech,  oration. 

leo,  -on-is,  lion.  Cicer5,  -on-is,  Cicero. 

mons,  mont-is  ($  31,  Exc.  1),  orator,  -or-is,  orator. 

mountain.  more  regis,  after  the  manner  of  a  king, 

Iatr5,  -on-is,  roller.  Spud,  among,  with  (prep,  with  ac.). 

pirata,  -se,  pirate.  aptid  Helvetios,  among  the  Helvetians. 

Ca^to,  -on-is,  Cato.  apud  Catonem,  at  the  house  of  Cato, 

rebellio,  -on-is,  rebellion.  with  Cato. 

trucid-o,  -are,  -a'vi,  -atum,  to  slay. 

coen-o,  -arQ,  -avi,  -atum,  to  sup. 

rebellionem  concitare,  to  excite,  raise  a  rebellion. 

NOTE. — Rebellio  and  ordtio,  being  abstracts  in  io,  are  feminine; 
but  centurio  is  the  name  of  a  male  being,  and  is,  therefore,  mascu- 
line. 

Translate  into  English. 

Csesar,  morS  regis,  obsides  ab  Helvetiis  postulat.  Cen- 
turio turres  (§  33,  Remark  2}  ^dificat.  Varro  consiil  in 
silvis  morg  latronia^  habitat.  Orgetorix  apud  Helvetios 
rgbellidngm  concitabit.  CicSrO  orator  plebgm  orationS 
delectat.  Oratio  Catonis  nobilitatgrn  delectat.  Pars  116- 
bilitatis  apud  regem  coen^nt.  Leones  in  montibus  ^t  silvis 
habitant.  Latrones  in  .silva  f ilium  regmse  trticidabant. 
Eex  latrones  piratasquS  trucldabit.  Regis  filise  apud 
agricolam  coenant.  Nobilitas  rebellion^m  apud  plebgm 
formidat.  Cecrops  nobilitatem  concitat.  Nautse  piratas 
formidant. 


THIRD    DECLENSION.  51 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  conversation  (sermo')  of  the  poet  delights  the  queen. 
A  lion  will  tear  in  pieces  the  children  of  Cadmus.  The 
daughter  of  Cecrops  gives  flowers  to  her  father-in-law. 
The  common  people  are  breaking  the  laws  of  the  city. 
Marcus,  the  brother  of  Marius,  was  building  a  tower  upon 
a  hill.  Crassus  will  sup  at  the  house  of  Cicero.  Caesar 
dreads  a  rebellion  among  the  Gauls.  Caesar  demands  host- 
ages of  (from)  the  Germans.  The  Gauls,  after  the  manner 
of  the  Germans,  burn  pirates  with  fire.  Kings  slay  rob- 
bers and  pirates.  Part  of  the  nobility  dread  Cato.  The 
poet  loves  Cato's  daughter. 

II. — FEMININE  FORMS  OF  CLASS  VI. 

§  42.  Nouns  which  change  In  of  the  stem  into  o  to 
form  the  nominative. 

Virgo,  a  virgin  (feminine ;  stem  virgin). 

Singular.  Plural. 

Norn.  wV-gS,  wV-gi-nes, 

Gen.  wV'-gi-ms,  wY'-gi-num, 

Dat.  wV-gi-ni,  vir-^m'-i-bus, 

Ace.  wr'-gi-n&n,  wV-gi-nes, 

Voc.  w/-g8,  wV'-gi-nes, 

Abl.  wY'-gi-ng;  vir-^m'-t-bus. 

Rule  of  Gender. — Nouns  'which  change  \n  of  the 
stem  into  o  are  feminine. 

Exc.  Ordo,  cardo,  and  turbo  are  masculine.  Nemo,  homo,  and 
margo  are  masculine  or  feminine. 

Remark. —  Cdro,  flesh,  has  carnis,  &c.,  contracted  for  cdrinis, 
and  has  ium  in  the  genitive  plural. 


52  NOUNS. 

EXERCISE  XVII. 

§  43.  Rule  of  Position. — Adverbs  usually  stand  imme- 
diately before  the  words  they  limit. 

Rule  of  Position. — A  genitive  limiting  the  object  of  a 
preposition  usually  stands  between  the  preposition  and 
its  case  :  as,  %n  Ccesaris  fyorto. 

Rule  oj  Syntax. — Adverbs  limit  verbs,  adjectives,  and 
other  advfcrbs. 

Vocabulary.   • 

multitude,  -in-is,  multitude.  immortalitas,  -at-is,  immortality. 

turb5,  turbin-is,  ivhirlicind.  non  (adverb),  not.        ;% 

origo,  origin-is,  origin.  de  (prep,  with  abl.),  concerning. 

ordo,  ordin-is,  rank.  periciilum,  -I,  danger. 

consuetudo,  -in-is,  custom,  habit.         animus,  -I,  soul,  mind. 

magnitudS,  -in-is,  greatness.  ex  consuetudine,  according  to  custom. 

disput-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  discuss,  debate,  dispute. 

turb-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  confuse,  disorder. 

per-turb-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  throw  into  great  confusion)  to  confound. 

Translate  into  English. 

Oratio  Csesaris  multitudingm  delect^t.  Equites  Crassf 
multitudin^m  hostium  fugabunt.  C^to  de  animi  6rigin6 
cum  CicSronS  disputftt.  Magnitudo  pgriciili  consul^m  per- 
turbsit.  Equites  copias  hostium  turbabunt.  Rex  ex  con- 
suetudm^  in  Crassi  horto  ambulabat.  CicSrO  de  animi 
immortalitatS  disputabat.  P^dites  ordines  non  servabant. 
Nautse  piratas  ^t  turbines  formidant.  Rex  captives  non 
ngcabit.  Lucius  ex  agricolse  agro  in  victim  festiniit.  Con- 
sul multitudingm  hostium  non  formidat.  V^lites  in  Hel- 
vetiorum  agris  proelium  rgdintegrabunt. 

Translate  into  Latin. 
The  Gauls  sacrifice  virgins  to  the  gods.     The  poet,  ac- 


THIRD   DECLENSION. 


53 


cording  to  custom,  was  walking  in  Tully's  field.  The  king 
of  the  Belgians  is  sacrificing  bulls  and  sheep  in  the 
queen's  garden.  The  Gauls  do  not  debate  concerning  the 
origin  of  the  soul.  The  Helvetians  will  not  burn  Orge' 
torix  with  fire.  Csesar  will  not  arm ^  the  skirmishers  with 
javelins.  Csesar  rides  into  the  city  after  the  manner  of  a 
king.  Tully,  according  to  custom,  demands  hostages  from 
the  Belgians.  The  soldiers  will  confuse  the  ranks  of  the 
enemy.  Csesar  does  not  dread  the  whirlwind. 

III. — NEUTER  FORMS  OF  CLASS  VI. 
§  44.  Nouns  which  form  the  nominative  by  changing 
\n  of  the  stem  into  &i,  dr  into  fir,  Zr  or  fir  into  us,  or 
which  change  the  stem  otherwise  than  as  stated  under 
masculine  and  feminine  forms  of  Class  VI. 

NOTE. — Thus,  caput,  capit-is,  forms  the  nominative  by  changing 
It  into  ut;  cdr,  cord-is;  far,  farr-is;  f$l,  fell-Is;  lac,  lact-is  ;  mgl, 
mell-ls;  os,  oss-is ;  and  as,  ass-is,  drop  the  last  letter  of  the  stem. 

PARADIGMS. 
Work. 

Singular. 


Verse. 

Singular. 
N.     car'-mSn, 
G.     ca/-mi-nis, 
D.     car'-mi-ni, 
Ac.   car'-mgn, 
V.     car'-mSn, 
Ab.  car'-mi-ng; 

Plural. 

N.     car'-mi-na, 
G.     car'-mi-ntim, 
D.     car-mm'-i-bus, 
Ac.   ca/-mi-na, 
V.     car'-mi-na, 
Ab.  car-mw/-i-bus. 


#'-pus, 
o'-ptis, 
op'-^-rS  ; 

Plural. 
op'-S-ra, 
op'-S-rum, 
6-j9e/-i-bus 
op'-S-ra, 


5* 


Head. 

Singular. 
ca'-put, 
cap'-i-tis, 
cap'-\-t\, 
ca'-put, 
ca'-ptit, 
c^p'-i-t^  ; 

Plural. 
ca^'-i-ta, 
cop'-i-tiim, 
ca-pi^-i-bus, 
cop'-i-ta, 
cop'-i-ta, 
ca-p^-i-bus. 


54" --.s  .;  ^  :>•  Q  -f.       -'  NOUNS. 

"*--:rr..;.-.i-.-?i-'"' 

Remark. —  Occiput  has  I  in  the  ablative  singular;  and  mel  has 
e,  sometimes  i.  Os,  bone,  has  ossium  in  the  genitive  plural,  and 
as  has  assiam. 

Rule  of  Gender. — Nouns  which  change  \n  into  $n,  fir 
into  UT7  &r  or  6r  into  $s;  Ac.,  are  neuter. 

Exc.  As,  ass-is,  pound ;  lepus,  lepor-is,  hare ;  oscen,  oscims, 
divining  bird ;  and  pecten,  pectin-is,  comb,  are  masculine. 

EXERCISE  XVIII. 
Vocabulary. 

robur,  robor-is,  strength.  tard-are,  to  hinder. 

corpus,  corpor-is,  body.  munus,  muner-is,  gift. 

jus,  jur-is,  justice,  law  (generally  lepus,  lepor-is,  hare. 

umorittcn  law,  as  opposed  to  lex,  foedus,  foedcr-is,  treaty. 

written  law).  onus,  oner-is,  burden. 

mus,  mfir-is,  mouse.  fliiuien,  flumin-is,  river. 

port-are,  to  carry.  tran-are,  to  sioim  across. 

iiatura,  -ae,  nature.  Tiberis,  -is,  the  Tiber  (ft  33,  Hem.  1). 

nemus,  nemoris,  grove. 

Translate  into  English. 

Dominus  robur  servi  laudat.  Kegina  ancillis  mune'ra 
dabit.  Belgse  foedus  non  violabunt.  LSpores  et  mures  in 
agris  habitant.  Servi  regmse  in  oppidum  onera  portant. 
Carmina  poetae  impe'ratorem  delectant.  Crassus  Tiberim 
tranabit.  Robur  corporis  multitudin^m  delectat.  Robiir 
animi  Caton^m  delectat.  Equites  flumgn  tranant.  Cicero 
de  jurS  l^gibusqu^  disputat.  Poeta  Csesari  carmina  dica- 
bit.  Magnitude  operis  consul^m  non  tardabit.  Puellse 
in  Csesaris  n^morS  saltant.  CicSro  de  animi  €t  corporis 
natura  disputat. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  poet  was  walking  with  the  king  in  Caesar's  garden. 

:  The  boys  and   girls  are  dancing  in  Tully's  grove.     The 

soldiers  ,of  Orgetorix  will  swim  across  the  river.     Whirl- 


THIRD   DECL 


winds  will  dash  in  pieces  the  fleet  oi^¥5«Bif^¥fr*  The 
commander  praises  the  valor  of  the  soldiers.  The  consul 
is  building  ships  and  boats  in  the  dock-yards  of  Gaul. 
/  The  enemy  violates  the  treaty.-  The  nature  of  the  work 
hinders  the  forces  of  the  enemy.  '  Davus  and  Balbus, 
Tully's  slaves,  will  carry  burdens  into  the  city. 

§  45.  IRREGULAR  NOUNS  OP  THE  THIRD 


Singular. 

Norn.  J'il'-pi-te'r, 
Gen.  J"o'-vis, 
Dat.  Jo'-vi, 
Ace.  Jo'-ve'm, 
Voc.  JiV-pi-tgr, 
Abl.  Jo'-veV 


DECLENSION. 

Singular. 

vis,  (fern.) 
vis, 

vim, 
vis, 
vi ; 


Plural. 
w'-res, 
wr'-i-iim, 
w/-i-bus, 
w'-res, 
m'-res, 
vlr'-i-bus. 


Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. 

Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. 


It^r,  a  journey  (neuter). 

Singular.  Plural. 

2'-tSr,  i-^m'-g-ra, 

i-im'-^-ris,  i-^^'-S-rum, 

i-Zm'-S-ri,  it-i-7ie/-i-bus. 


Jus-jurandum,  oath  (neuter), 
jus-ju-rcw'-dum,  ju-ra-ju-r<m'-da, 

j  u-r  is-j  u-ran'-di, 
ju-ri-ju-ran'-do, 

j  us-j  u-rcm'-dum,  j  u-ra-j  u-ra?i'-da, 

jus-ju-ra^'-diim,  j 


56 


NOUNS. 


Materfamilias,  mother  of  a  family. 

Singular. 

Nom.  ma- 
Gen,  ma- 
Dat.  ma-tri-fa-w^'-i-as, 
Ace.  ma-trem-fa-mi/'-i-as, 
Voc.  ma-ter-fa-?mZ'-i-as, 
Abl.  ma-tr5-fa-mi?-i-as. 

Plural. 

N".  ma-tres-fa-mil-i-as  or  -familiarum,  &c. 

In   the  same  manner  decline  paterfamilias. 
Remark  3. 

Supellex,  furniture  (fern.). 
Nona,    su-joe^-lex, 


See  §  18, 


Gen. 
Dat. 


Voc. 
Abl. 


supel-fec'-ti-lis, 

siiDel-fec'-ti-li, 

supel-fec'-ti-lgm, 


siipel-fcc'-ti-le'  or  -i. 


J^ciir,  liver  (neuter). 
N.   je'-ciiY, 
G.    j&-cmf-6-Yis  orjec'-ft-ris, 
D.    j^-cm'-o-ri  or  j8c'-6-n, 
Ac.  ye'-cur, 
V.   je'-cur, 
Ab. 


Bos,  an 
Nom.  bos, 
Gen.  bo'-T< 
Dat.  bo'-\ 
Ace.  b( 
Voc.  bos, 
Abl.  6#'-\ 


or  cow  (masculine  or  feminine), 


or 


b6r-ve$j 

65'-btis  or  fru'-btis. 


EXERCISE  XIX. 


comedS,  -on-is,  glutton. 
provincia,  -a3,  province. 
aurum,  -I,  gold. 
argentum,  -i,  silver. 
cibus,  -I,  food. 


tent-are,  to  attempt. 
per  viin,  by  force. 
decor-are,  to  adorn. 
vor-are,  to  devour,  gulp  down. 


THIED   DECLENSION.  57 

Translate  into  English. 

Helvetii  jurgjurando  fcedtis  confirmant.  Paterfamilias 
servos  tuba  convocat.  Imperattfr  Jovi  5ves  taurosqug 
mactftt.  Jugurtha,  rex  Numidise,  Jovi  templiim  de  mar* 
mftre'  dicabit.  Helvetii  iter  pgr  provinciam  per  vim  tenta- 
bant.  J^cmora  ansSrum  co'me'dones  delectant.  Leones 
incolas  insulse  vorabunt.  C(!)inSdo  cibum  mor^  canis  vorat. 
Galli  templa  deorum  auro  fit  argento  dScorant.  Mater-  " 
familias  ancillis  cibum  dat.  Agricola  ggnfiro  supellectilem 
dabit.  Agricola  agros  bubiis  arat. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  king  will  not  violate  his  oath.  Farmers  plough  their 
fields  with  horses  and  oxen.  Gluttons  love  the  liver  of 
the  goose.  The  queen  of  the  Belgians  will  sacrifice  a  flock 
of  sheep  to  Jupiter.  Dumnorix,  the  chief  of  the  ^Eduans, 
will  attempt  a  journey  through  the  province  by  force. 
The  Gauls  will  bring  sheep  and  oxen  to  (ad)  Csesar.  The 
mother  of  the  family  will  give  food  to  her  children- 
Farmers  urge  on  their  oxen  with  the  goad.  Robbers 
dread  the  power  (vis)  of  kings.  The  soldiers'  of  Marius 
were  cutting  turf  "with  their  swords.  The  merchants  will 
import  swords  into  the  villages  of  the  Helvetians. 

§  46.  SUMMARY  OF  THE  RULES  OF  GENDER, 
AND  PECULIAR  ENDINGS. 

I. — MASCULINES. 

1.  Nouns  which  change  stem-vowel  (i  into  e)  and 
add  s:  as,  miles  (stem  mUtf),  princeps  (stem  princtp). 
Class  III. 

Exc.  Merges,  forfex,  and  forpex,  feminine;  ddeps,  cortex,  for- 
ceps, imbrex,  and  obex,  masculine  or  feminine. 


58  NOUNS. 

2.  Nouns  which  present  the  stem  unchanged  in  the 
nominative:  as,  hdndr,  consul,  ans$r.     Class  V. 

Exc.  1.  Unchanged  stems  in  dl,  dr,  ur,  with  ddor,  cequor,  mar- 
mor,  neuter. 

Exc.  2.  Arbor  and  linter,  feminine.  Cadaver,  spintlier,  tuber, 
uber,  ver,  verber,  with  names  of  trees  and  plants  in  er,  are  neuter. 
But  lavtr  and  tuber  (names  of  trees)  are  feminine;  and  siser 
is  masculine,  in  the  plural.  Alec  and  vas,  vdsis,  are  neuter. 

3.  Nouns  which  drop  n  of  the  stem  in  the  nomina- 
tive, without  adding  s :  as,  sermo,  sermonis.     Class  VI. 

Exc.  Abstracts  in  io,  all  feminine.  Bubo,  masculine  or  femi- 
nine \ 

4.  Nouns  which  change  8r  of  the  stem  into  fe,  r  into 
s,  n  into  s :  as,  pulvis,  pulv&r-is  ;  flos,  flor-is. 

Exc.  j3£$,  crus,  ftp,  p.iis,  rus,  tUs,  os.  (or-ls),  neuter;  telltis, 
feminine.  Qy&Ls,  masculine  or  feminine  in  singular,  always 
masculine  in  plural ;  pulvis,  masculine,  rarely  feminine. 

II. — FEMININES. 

1.  Nouns  which  add  s  to  the  stem  without  vowel 
change:    as,  urbs,  lex  (%-s),  ars  (art-s\  arx,  (arc-s). 
Class  I. 

Exc.  1.  Masculine,  dens  and  its  compounds,  fons,  pons,  mons, 
cliens,  rudens  (rarely  feminine),  and  compounds  of  as  and  uncid, 
paries,  pes,  lapis,  grex,  Greek  nouns  in  ax,  ix,  yx,  ps,  and  as 
(antls],  with  cdlix,  fornix,  produx,  sentix,  trddux,  and  J races. 

Exc.  2.  Masculine  or  feminine,  many  nouns  denoting  living 
beings,  with  scrobs,  stirps,  calx;  frons,  forehead,  rarely  masc. 

2.  Nouns  which  insert  a  vowel  (e  or  i)  before  adding 
s:  as,  vall-i-s,  rup-e-s.     Class  II. 

Exc.  1.  Masculine  and  feminine,  pdlumbes,  vdtes,  vepres,  amnis, 
anguls,  callls,  cdndlis,  cams,  clams,  corbis,  finis  (always  mas- 
culine in  plural),  ftlnls,  scrobls,  tigrls,  torqms,  and  dqudlls. 


PECULIAR  CASE-ENDINGS.  59 

Exc.  2.  Masculine,  antes,  gausdpes,  gerres ;  axis,  burls,  caulls, 
cassis,  collls,  crlnls,  ensls,  fastis,  follls,fustls,  ignis,  manes,  mensls, 
mug  ills,  orbls,  panls,  piscls,  postls,  sentls,  soddlls,  torrls,  unguls, 
vectls,  vermls. 

3.  Nouns  which  change  in  into  o :  as,  virgo,  virgin-is. 
Class  VI. 

Exc.  Or  do,  car  do,  turbo,  masculine.  Nemo,  homo,  mar  go, 
masculine  or  feminine. 

III. — NEUTERS. 

1.  Nouns  which  add  e  to  the  stem ;  as,  mtire,  mar-is. 

2.  Nouns  which  present  the  unchanged  stem  in  &l, 
tir,  ur:  as,  tiritm&l,  tinymdl-ts;  calctir,  calcar-ts  ;  fulgUr, 
fulgur-is.     Class  V. 

Exc.  Sal,  masculine  or  neuter  in  the  singular,  always  mascu- 
line in  the  plural.  Masculine,  fur,  furfur,  sdldr,  turtur,  vultur. 

3.  Nouns  changing  fai  into  $n  ;  6r  into  ur  ;  %r,  6r,  into 
us,  &c.     Class  VI. 

Exc.  Masculine,  as,  lepus,  oscen,  pecten. 
N.B. — Many  nouns,  on  account  of  their  meaning, 
vary  from  these  rules.     See  §  13,  Rules. 

IV. — PECULIAR  CASE-ENDINGS. 
Accusative  Singular ;  regular  ending  em. 

CLASS  I. — Pars  and  lens  have  em  or  im. 

CLASS  II. — Names  of  places,  rivers,  and  gods,  in  is  have  im, 
sometimes  in.  Scaldls  has  in,  Im;  Llrls  has  Im,  In,  em;  Llger 
has  Im.  Amussls,  burls,  cannabls,  cucumls,  mephitis,  pelvis, 
ravls,  seciirls,  slndpls,  sltls,  tussls,  vis,  have  Im. 

Febrls,  restls,  puppls,  turns,  have  Im,  and  sometimes  em. 

Blpennls,  clams,  messls,  navis,  prcesepls,  sementis,  strlgllls, 
have  em,  sometimes  Im. 


60  NOUNS. 


Ablative  Singular;  regular  ending  £. 

CLASS  I. — Pars,  lens,  sors,  trldens,  have  e  or  I. 

CLASS  II. — Nouns  which  have  Im  in  the  accusative,  with  names 
of  months  in^r  and  is,  have  I  in  the  ablative.  But  Boetls,  can- 
ndbls,  smajfys,  have  e  or  I. 

Nouns  which  have  em  or  Im  in  the  accusative,  have  e  or  lin 
the  ablative'  But  restls  has  e  only. 

The  following  have  e  or  1:  amnls,  anguls,  avis,  bills,  clvls, 
classls,  collls,jconvattls,  corbls,  finis,  fastis,  cdndlls,  ignis,  mugills, 
orbls,  ovls,  postls,-  sordes,  unguis,  vectls. 

CLASS  IV. — Nouns  of  this  class  have  I  in  the  ablative;  but 
names  of  towns  have'e,  and  rete  has  e  or  I. 

CLASS  V. — Imber,  pugil,  vesper,  have  e  or  I. 

Nouns  in  dl  and  dr  havej|;  but  baccdr,jubdr,  nectar,  and  sal, 
have  e. 

CLASS  VI. — Occiput  has  I,  and  mel  and  rus  have  e  or  I.  Names 
of  towns  denoting  the  place  wliere  have  sometimes  I;  as,  Carthd- 
glnl,  Anxurl.  These  are  probably  datives. 


Genitive  Plural;  regular  ending  iim. 

CLASS  I. — Stems  ending  in  two  consonants,  with  dos,  lls,fraus, 
vis,  faux,  nix,  compes,  strix,  have  ium. 

Stems  of  more  than  one  syllable  in  nt  and  rt,  with  national 
names  in  as,  have  ium,  and  sometimes  um.  Other  nouns  in  as, 
with  fornax  and  pdltis,  have  um,  sometimes  ium.  Quirls  and 
Samnis  have  ium. 

CLASS  II. — Nouns  of  this  class  have  ium ;  but  cams,  jtivenls, 
ftrls,  mtlgilis,  proles,  strues,  vates,  have  um;  also,  generally, 
dpls,  strigilis,  volucrls  ;  sometimes  mensls  and  ccedes. 

CLASS  IV. — Nouns  of  this  class  have  ium. 

CLASS  V. — Imber,  linter,  venter,  uter,  have  ium  ;  ren,  fur,  and 
Idr,  have  um  or  ium. 

Neuters  in  dl  and  dr  have  ium. 

CLASS  VI.  Mas,  glls,  as,  and  os,  bone,  have  ium;  mils  has  um 
or  mm.  Cdro  has  carnium. 


TENSES    EXPRESSING   COMPLETED    ACTION.         61 


Accusative  Plural;  regular  ending  es,  neuter  a. 

Nouns  which  have  ium  in  the  genitive  plural  have  an  old  form 
of  the  accusative  in  els;  and  neuters  in  e,  dl,  and  dr  have  id  in 
the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative  plural. 


TENSES  EXPRESSING  COMPLETED  ACTION. 

§  47.  I.  The  tenses  which  express  incomplete  action 
are  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future;  those  which  ex- 
press completed  action  are  the  present-perfect  (perfect), 
past-perfect  (pluperfect],  and  future-perfect.  These 
three  tenses  are  always  formed  on  the  same  stem,  called 
the  perfect-stem. 

II.  The  perfect-stem  in  the  first  conjugation  is  formed 
by  adding  -dv-  to  the  ptesent-stem :  as,  present-stem, 
dm-;  perfect-stem,  dm-dv-. 

III.  The  present-perfect  tense  expresses   completed 
action  in  present  time  :  as,  pres.  coeno,  I  sup;  pres.  perf. 
ccenavi,  /  have  supped.     The  same  form  of  the  verb  is 
also  used  to  express  an  action  indefinitely  as  past,  without 
reference   to  its  continuance  or  completion.     This   is 
called  the  aorist-perfect,  or  indefinite-perfect;  as,  cceimvi, 
I  supped  (at  some  indefinite  past  time). 

IV.  The  past-perfect  tense  expresses  completed  action 
in  past  time :  as,  imp.  ccenabilm,  /  was  supping  ;  past- 
perf.  coenav-Sram,  I  had  supped. 

V.  The   future-perfect  tense  expresses  action  com- 
pleted  in  future  time :    as,  fut.  coenabo,  I  shall  sup ; 
future-perf.  ccenav-&ro;  /  shall  have  supped. 

6 


62         TENSES   EXPRESSING   COMPLETED   ACTION. 

ENDINGS,  INDICATIVE  MOOD. 

Present-Perf.               Past-Perf.  Future-Perf. 

Singular. 

1st  Person,        I,                         g-ram,  £-r5, 

2d        "             tV-ti,                   £-ras,  £-r!s, 

3d        "             it;                      £-rat;  g-rft; 


1st  Person,        i-mus,  eVa'-miis,        er'-i-mus, 

2d        "  iV-tis,  S-m'-tis,          e/-i-tis, 

3d  e'-runt  or  e'-r£.  g-rant.  ^S-rint. 

By  adding  these  endings  to  the  perfect  stem;  &m-dv-, 
of  &mdr&,  we  obtain  the  following 

PARTIAL   PARADIGM.—  INDICATIVE   MOOD. 

Present-Perfect,  have  loved  (Aorist-Perfect,  loved). 

Singular. 

a-ma'-vi,  I  have  loved, 

am-a-wV-ti,  thou  hast  loved, 

a-ma'-vit,  he  has  loved. 

Plural. 

a-mai/-i-miis,  we  have  loved, 

am-a-vis'-tis,  ye  have  loved, 

uni-a-v^-runt  or  -r£,  they  have  loved. 

Past-Perfect,  had. 

Singular. 

a-wav'-e'-ram,  I  had  loved, 

a-ma'v'-e'-ras,  thou  hadst  loved, 

a-mai;'-S-rat,  he  had  loved." 

Plural. 

a-mav-eVa'-miis,  we  had  loved, 

a-mav-e'-ra'-tis,  ye  had  loved, 

a-wai/-e-rant,  they  had  loved. 


TENSES   EXPRESSING   COMPLETED   ACTION.         63 

Future-Perfect,  shall  or  will  have. 

Singular. 
a-mcw'-g-ro,  I  shall  have  loved, 

thou  wilt  have  loved, 
he  will  have  loved. 

Plural. 

we  shall  have  loved, 
£m-a-t;er'-i-tis,  ye  will  have  loved, 

a-mav'-e'-rmt,  they  will  have  loved. 

Remark  1. — A  few  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  form  the  per- 
fect by  adding  u  to  the  present-stem ;  as,  sec-dt,  he  cuts ;  sec-u-U, 
he  has  cut ; — or  by  lengthening  the  present-stem ;  as,  juv-dt  (u 
short),  he  helps ;  jtiv-lt  (u  long),  he  has  helped. 

Remark  2. — The  supine-stem  is  generally  formed  in  the  first 
conjugation  by  adding  -at  to  the  present-stem;  as,  dmo,  dm-dt-um. 
The  ending  of  the  supine  is  -um. 

EXERCISE  XX. 
Vocabulary. 

d5,  dare,  ded-I,  dat-um,  to  give. 

nec-o,  nee-are,  nec-avi,  nec-atum  (rarely  nectum),  to  kill. 
.  sec-8,  sec-are,  sec-u-i,  sect-um  and  sec-atum,  to  cut. 

Translate  into  English. 

German!  in  flumimbiis  lavant.  Rex  f  ilio  regnum  dedit. 
Princeps  captives  vgneno  n^cavit.  Milites  csespites  gladiis 
sgcuerunt.  OrgStorix  leges  Helvetioriim  violavit.  Hel- 
vetii  iter  p^r  provinciam  pgr  vim  tentaverunt.  Principes 
Gallorum  Csesari  obsides  ded^rant.  Caesar  cum  Gallis 
foedus  jurejurando  confirmav^rat.  Lupi  £t  leones  incolas 
insulse  voraverunt.  Jugurtha  morS  regis  a  Romanis  ob? 
sides  postulaverat.  Servl  ^quos  infrenave'rmt.  Grass!  copise 
in  Gallorum  agrls  higmaverant.  Latrones  tramites  per 


64  NOUNS. 

silvam  exploraverunt.  Equites  Csesftris  hostiiim  fundi- 
tores  fiigavSrant,  £t  in  victim  festmabant.  Marius  numfirum 
obsidum  duplicavit.  MagistSr  pufiro  librum  dgdit. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Cicero  disputed  concerning  the  origin  of  the  soul.  The 
consul  had  routed  the  forces  of  the  enemy  by  land  and  sea. 
The  brother  of  Cicero  the  orator  called  together  the  com- 
mon people.  Balbus,  Tully's  slave,  brought  burdens  into 
the  city.  The  queen  had  walked  in  the  farmer's  garden. 
The  king's  son  had  given  (to)  his  sister  a  necklace.  The 
boys  loved  the  master's  children.  The  ambassadors  of 
the  ^Eduans  had  asked  aid.  The  nobility  dreaded  a  rebel- 
lion among  the  common  people.  Cassar  hastened  into  Gaul. 
The  Gauls  prepared  snares  for  Crassus. 


THE  FOURTH  DECLENSION. 

§  48.  Nouns  whose  genitive-ending  is  us  (long)  are 
of  the  fourth  declension.  The  nominative-endings  are 
us  and  u. 

Remark  1. — These  nouns  were  originally  of  the  third  declen- 
sion, the  termination  us  of  the  genitive  being  contracted  from 

HIS. 

Masculine  Endings.  Neuter  Endings. 

Sing.      Plural.  Singular.  Plural. 


N.  andV.  us,  us, 

Gen.  us,  uum, 

Dat.  ui,  ibus  (tibus;, 

Ace.  iim,  us, 

Abl.  u ;  ibus  (films). 


u,  ua, 

us,  uum, 

u,  ibus  (libiis), 

u,  ua, 

u ;  ibus  (ubus). 


FOUKTH   DECLENSION.  65 

PARADIGM. 
Fructus,  fruit  (masc.).  Cornu,  a  horn  (neut.). 

Singular.         Plural.  Singular.  Plural. 


N.    fruc'-tus,  /ritc'-tus, 

G.    fruc'-tus,  /rwc'-tu-um, 

D.    /rwc'-tu-i,  /rwc'-ti-bus, 

Ac.  fruc'-tum,  frue'-tus, 

V.    fruc'-tus,  /mc'-tus, 

Ab.  fruc'-tu ;  /rwc'-ti-bus. 


cor'-nu,  cor'-nu-a, 

co/-nus,  cor'-nu-tim, 

cor'-nu,  cor'-ni-bus, 

cor'-nu,  cor'-nu-a, 

cor'-im,  co/-nu-a, 

cor'-nu ;  cor'-ni-bus. 


Remark  2. — Some  nouns  of  this  declension  have  likewise  the 
inflection  of  the  second  declension,  especially  in  the  genitive 
singular:  as,  stndtus,  sendtl. 

Remark  3. — A  contracted  form  of  the  dative  in  u  sometimes 
occurs. 

Remark  4- — The  following  nouns  have  ubus  in  the  dative  and 
ablative  plural : — 

Acus,  a  needle.         Artus,  a  joint.         Partus,  a  birth.         Specus,  a  den. 
Arcus,  a  bow.  Lacus,  a  lake.         Pecu,  a  flock.  Tribus,  a  tribe. 

Genu,  a  knee ;  portus,  a  harbor  ;  tonitrus,  thunder ;  and  verti, 
a  spit,  have  ibus  or  ubus. 

Remark  5. — Domus,  a  house,  is  thus  declined : — • 

Singular.  Plural. 

Nom.  do'-mus,  e?o'-mus, 

Gen.  c?o'-mus  or  rfo'-mi,  dom'-u-um.  or  do-mJ'-rum, 

Dat.  dom'-u-i  or  do'-mo,  c?om'-i-bus, 

Ace.  «fo'-mum,  e?o'-mus  or  c?o'-mos, 

Voc.  dd'-musf  dd'-mus, 

Abl.  do'-nid'j  dom'-i-lous. 

Domus  in  the  genitive  singular  generally  means  of  a  house; 
doml,  at  home.  The  ablative  doma  is  found.  Domurum  and 
domos  are  the  most  common  forms  of  the  genitive  and  accusative 
plural. 

Rule  of  Gender. — Nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  in 
us  are  masculine  ;  those  in  u,  neuter. 

6* 


66  NOUNS. 

Exc.  1.  T&o» following  are  feminine : — 

Acus,  needle.  Idus,  Ides.  Maniis,  hand.  Tribus,  tribe. 

Dooms,  house.  Flcus,  Jig.  Porticus,  gallery. 

Exc.  2.  Petius,  storehouse,  is.  masculine  or  feminine.  Secus, 
sex,  is  neuter.  Spectis,  den,  is  masculine,  rarely  feminine  or 
neuter. 

Remark  £.— Names  of  female  beings,  etc.,  are  feminine  by 
the  general  rule  (§  13,  Rule  2).  But  myrtus,  a  myrtle-tree,  is 
sometimes  masculine. 

Remark  7. — Cornus,  ficus,  lawrus,  and  myrtus,  are  also  of  the 
second  declension  ;  &n<lpenus  is  of  the  second,  third,  and  fourth; 
penus,  -us  or  4,  masculine  and  feminine;  penus,  -dm,  neuter. 

EXERCISE  XXI. 
Vocabulary. 

fluctus,  -us,  wave.  Rhenus,  -I,  Rhine. 

homo,  -in-is,  man.  exercitus,  -us,  army. 

Lemannus,  -I,  Lemannus.  adventiis,  -us,  arrival. 

expect-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  await. 

cre-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  create. 

Translate  into  English. 

Agricola  in  p^num  mergites  portavSrat.  Detts  fructus 
arborum  creavit.  Poeta  in  domo  ambulat.  Agricola  do- 
mum  sediHcat.  Deus  tauris  cornua  dedit.  Deiis  homini- 
bus  animos  dSdit.  Agricola  in  domum  fructus  terrse  portat. 
Venator  arcum  sagittasque  parat.  Nautse  fluctus  non  for- 
midant.  Csesar  a  lacu  Lemanno  ad  flum^n  Rhenum  festi- 
navit.  Csesar  adventum  legatorum  expectav^.rat.  ImpSra- 
toris  adventus  exercitum  delectat.  Leones  in  specubus 
habitant. 

Translate  into  Latin.  >-^ 

The  soldiers  bathed  in  the  lake.  The  consul  will  hasten 
with  the  army  to  Lake  Lemannus.  The  master  will  build 
houses  for  his  slaves  in  the  field.  Marcus  gave  (to)  his 


FIFTH    DECLENSION. 

son  Lucius  a  bow  and  arrows. 
father's  arrival.  The  waves  will  dash  in  pieces  the  enemy's 
ships.  The  sailors  fastened  the  yar,ds  to  the  masts  with 
ropes.  Lions  do  not  dread  the  horns  of  bulls.  The  chief 
of  the  Germans  lives  in  a  cave.  A  hunter  wounded  the 
consul's  son-in-law  in  the  king's  forest. 


THE  FIFTH  DECLENSION. 

§  49.  Nouns  which  have  el  in  the  genitive  from  es  of 
the  nominative  are  of  the  fifth  declension.  They  are 
all  feminine  except  dies,  day  (masc.  or  fern,  in  the 
singular,  and  always  masculine  in  the  plural),  and 
m&rldies,  midday  (masculine). 


ENDINGS. 


Singular. 

N.  and  V. 

es, 

Gen. 

ei, 

Dat. 

ei, 

Ace. 

em, 

Abl. 

e* 

Plural. 

es, 

erftm, 

ebiis, 

es, 

ebus, 


PARADIGM. 

Res,  a 

thing. 

Dies,  a 

day. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Nona. 

res, 

res, 

di'-es, 

e&'-es, 

Gen. 

re'-i, 

re'-rum, 

di-e'-i, 

di-e'-rum, 

Dat. 

rc'-i, 

re'-biis,  " 

di-e'-i, 

di-e'-biis, 

Ace. 

rem, 

res, 

di'-em, 

di'-es, 

Voc. 

res, 

res, 

di'-es, 

c^'-es, 

Abl. 

re; 

re'-bus. 

di!-Q  ; 

di-e'-bus. 

NOTE 

.  —  A  vowel 

before  another  vowel  is  short  : 

as,  rti.    Bu< 

e  between  two  i's  is  long:  as,  di-e-l. 


68  NOUNS. 

Remark  1. — Dies,  day,  is  rarely  feminine,  and  thus  only  when 
it  denotes  a  fixed  day. 

Remark  2. — The  genitive  and  dative  singular  sometimes  end  in 
e  or  I  instead  of  el. 

Remark  3. — There  are  only  about  eighty  nouns  of  the  fifth  de- 
clension, and  but  two  of  these,  res  and  dies,  are  complete  in  the 
plural.  Acies,  effigies,  eluvies,  Jades,  oldcies,  progenies,  series, 
species,  spes,  are  not  found  in  the  genitive,  dative,  and  ablative 
plural ;  and  the  rest  are  not  found  in  the  plural  at  all. 

Remark  4- — All  nouns  of  this  declension,  except  fides,  faith  ; 
res,  a  thing  ;  spes,  hope ;  and  plebes,  the  common  people,  end  in 
ies ;  and  all  nouns  in  ies  are  of  this  declension,  except  dbies, 
dries,  paries,  quies,  and  requies,  which  are  of  the  third  declen- 
sion. 

Remark  5. — The  noun  respubllcd,  the  commonwealth,  is  com- 
pounded of  the  noun  res  and  the  adjective  publlcd,  and  is  thus 
declined : — 

Singular.  Plural. 


Nom.  and  Voc.  res-pw&'-li-ca, 
Gen.  and  Dat.    re-i-pnb' -li-cse, 
Accusative,         rem-p«6'-li-cam, 
Ablative,  re-^u&'-li-ca ; 


N.  and  V.  res-pub' -li-ese, 
Gen.  re-rum-pub-li-cd'-rum, 

Dat.  re-bus-pu&'-li-cis, 

Ace.  res-pui'-li-cas. 


EXERCISE  XXII. 

senatus,  -us,  senate  ($  48,  Remark  2).             currus,  -us,  chariot. 

plebes,  -ei,  common  people.  fides,  -el,  faith,  promise. 

tribunus,  -I,  tribune.  spes,  -el,  hope. 

acies,  -el,  edge,  point ;    also  line  of             victoria,  -se,  victory. 

battle.  progenies,  -el,  offspring. 

parens,  -ent-is,  parent.  effigies,  -ei,  likeness,  image. 

f acies,  -v\,face.  prseda,  -ae,  booty. 

vultiis,  -us,  countenance.  sceliis,  -er-is,  crime. 

sal  us,  salut-is,  snfety,  health.  dictator,  -or-is,  dictator. 
nox,  noct-Is,  night. 

Translate  into  English. 

SSnatiis  dictator!  salut£m  urbis  mandavSrat.      Animalia 
proggnigm   amant.      Leones   faci^m   vultumqu^   hominis 


VARIABLE   NOUNS.  69 

formidant.  Spes  prsedse  latrones  £d  sc£ler£  concitat. 
Lucius,  tribuniis  plebis,  centuriones  convocavit.  Marcus 
filium  acie  gladii  vulngravit.  Spes  victories  exercitum 
delectavit.  Jiigurtha,  rex  Numidise,  fidem  non  servavit. 
Tribuni  HbertatSm  plebei  servaverunt.  Crassus  consul  in 
templo  effigiSm  Jovis  collocavit.  Helvetii  exercitiim  Cassii 
consulis  fugaver^.  P^rentes  proggni^m  amant.  Regmil 
poetse  curriim  ^quosquS  d^dit.  Turbines  classgm  hostium 
profligaver^. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Csesar  put  his  army  into  winter  quarters.  The  dictator 
will  slay  robbers  and  pirates.  Crassus  the  tribune  will 
not  violate  his  promise.  The  hope  of  victory  and  booty 
urges  the  chiefs  to  (ad)  war.  The  queen's  daughter  will 
set-up  (collocare)  an  image  of  Jupiter  in  the  king's  garden. 
The  queen  adorned  the  image  of  Jupiter  with  silver  and 
gold.  The  boy  wounded  his  brother's  foot  with  the  point 
of  a  knife.  The  senate  committed  to .  the  tribunes  the  , 
liberty  of  the  common  people.  God  created  day  and 
night.  The  waves  of  the  sea  dashed  in  pieces  the  ships 
of  the  enemy.  The  poet's  children  loved  their  parents. 

VARIABLE  NOUNS. 

§  50.  Nouns  which  vary  in  gender  are  called  hetero- 
geneous ;  those  which  vary  in  declension  are  called 
heteroclites. 

1.— HETEROGENEOUS  NOUNS. 

(a.)  Masculine  in  the  singular,  and  neuter  in  the  plural:  as, 
Averniis,  a  hill  in  Campania.    Pangaeus,  a  promontory  in  Thrace* 
Dindyrnus,  a  hill  in  Phrygia.     Toenarus,  a  promontory  in  Laconia. 
Ismarus,  a  hill  in  Ihrace.          Tartarus,  hell. 
Msenalus,  a  hill  in  Arcadia.      Taygetus,  a  hill  in  Laconia. 


70 


DEFECTIVE   NOUNS. 


(b.)  Masculine  in  the  singular,  masculine  and  neute^xin  the 
plural :  as,  jocus,  a  jest,  plural  jocl  &udjdcd  ;  locus,  a  place,  plural 
loci,,  passages  in  books,  places ;  Idea,  places  ;  slbllus,  a  hissing, 
plural  slblld,  rarely  siblll.  ^ 

(c.)  Feminine  in  the  singular,  neuter  in  the  plural:  as,  car- 
basils,  a  sail,  plural  carbdsd;  Pergdmus,  the  citadel  of  Troy,  jjTural 
Pergdmd. 

(d.)  Neuter  in  the  singular,  masculine  in  the  plural :  as,  Argos, 
Argos,  a  city  in  Greece,  plural  Argl ;  Elysium,  the  Elysian  fields, 
plural  Elysil ;  ccelum,  heaven,  plural  ccell. 

NOTE. — Argos,  in  the  singular,  is  used  only  in  the  nominative  and 
the  accusative. 

( 6.)  Neuter  in  the  singular,  masculine  and  neuter  in  the  plural : 
as,  frenum,  a  bridle,  plural  frenl  and  frend;  rastrum,  a  rake, 
plural  rastrl  and  rastrd. 

(f.)  Neuter  in  the  singular,  feminine  in  the  plural:  as,  bal- 
neum, a  bath,  plural  balnece,  seldom  balnea  ;  epulum,  a  banquet, 
plural  epulce. 

(g.)  Feminine  or  neuter  in  the  singular,  and  feminine  in  the 
plural :  as,  dellcid  or  delirium,  plural  dcllcice. 

2.— HETEROCLITES. 

(a.)  Second  and  third  declension  in  the  singular,  and  third  in 
the  plural :  as,  jugerum,  an  acre  ;  gen.  jugerl  or  jugeris  ;,  abl. 
jugere  or  jugero;  plural  nom.  and  ace.  jtigerd;  gen.  j  tiger  am; 
0,1)1.  jugeris,  and  jugerlbus  from  the  obsolete  jugus  or  jugvr. 

(b.}  Third  declension  in  the  singular,  and  second  in  the  plural: 
as,  vds,  vdsis,  a  vessel,  plural  vdsd,  -drum. 

DEFECTIVE  NOUNS. 

§  51.  Defective  nouns  want  some  of  their  cases. 
The  following  list  contains  such  nouns  as  are  most 
defective. 


Accitu,  abl. ;  a  calling  for. 
Admonitu,  abl. ;  admonition. 
Ambage,  abl. ;  a  winding  stair  ; — pi. 
entire. 


Arcessitu,  abl.;  a  sending  for. 
Astus,  nom.  ;    astu,  abl.  ;    craft  ;— 

astus,"  ace.  pi. 
Chaos,  nom.,  ace. ;  cha5,  abl.  ;  chaos. 


VEEBS,   SECOND   CONJUGATION. 


71 


Cassem,  ace.;  casse,  all.;  a  net; — 
pi.  entire. 

Coactu,  abl.  /  constraint. 

Compedis,  gen. ;  a  fetter  ;  nom.  and 
dat.  not  used; — pi.  compedes, 
-ium,  -ibiis. 

Concessu,  abl. ;  permission. 

Daps,  nom.;  scarcely  used;  dapis, 
gen.  &c.  ;  a  feast ; — wants  gen.  pi. 

Data,  abl.  ;  a  giving. 

DespicatuI,  dat.;  contempt. 

Dicis,  gen. :  as,  dicis  gratia,  for 
form's  sake. 

Ditionis,  gen. ;  -I,  dat.  ;  -em,  ace.  ; 
-e,  abl.;  power. 

Diii,  abl. ;  in  the  daytime. 

Divisui,  dat.  ;  a  dividing. 

Ebur,  ivory  ; — not  used  in  the  plural. 

Efflagitatu,  abl. ;  importunity. 

Epos,  nom.  and  ace.  ;  an  epic  poem. 

Ergo,  abl.  (or  ado.)  ;  for  the  sake. 

Essedas,  ace.  pi.  ;  war-chariots. 

Fas,  nom.,  ace. ;  right. 

Fauce,  abl. ;  the  throat; — pi.  en- 
tire. 

Feminis,  gen. ;  -I,  dat.;  -e,  abl. ;  the 
thigh; — pi.  femina,  -ibiis. 

Foris,  nom.  and  gen.;  -em,  ace.;  -e, 
abl.;  a  door ; — pi.  entire. 

Grates,  nom.  and  ace.  pi. ; — grati- 
bus,  abl. ;  thanks. 

Hebdomadam,  ace.;  a  week. 

Impetis,  gen.  ;  -e,  abl. ;  a  shock. 

Infitias,  ace.  pi.  ;  a  denial. 

Ingriitils,  abl.  pi.  (used  adverbi- 
ally) ;  against  one's  will. 


Injussu,  abl.  ;  without  command. 
Instar,  nom.,  ace.  ;  a  likeness. 
Invitatu,  abl.  ;  an  invitation. 
Jugeris,  gen.;  -e,  abl. ;  an  acre  ;-— 

pi.  jugera,  -um,  -ibus. 
Jussu,  abl. ;  command. 
Mandatu,  «6£.  ;  a  command. 
Natu,  abl. ;  by  birth. 
Nauci,  gen.,  with   non  ;    rarely  nau 

Co,  dat.;  a  trifle. 
Nefas,  nom.,  ace.  ;  wickedness. 
Nemo,  nobody,  wants  the  pi.  ;  gen. 

and  abl.  rarely  used. 
Nihil,  or  nihilum,  now.  and  ace.;  -I, 

gen.  ;  -o,  abl.  ;  nothing. 
Noctu,  abl.  ;  by  night. 
Opis,  gen.  ;  opi,  dat.  ;    opem,  ace.  / 

5pe,  abl.  ;  help; — pi.  entire. 
Oppositu,    abl.;    an   opposing; — pi. 

oppositus,  ace. 
Optis,  nom.,  ace.  ;  need. 
Os,  the  month,  wants  the  gen.  pi. 
Pondo,  abl.  ;  in  weight. 
Prcci,    dat. ;    -em,    acc.y    -«,    abl.; 

prayer  ; — pi.  entire. 
Promptu,  abl. ;  readiness. 
Rogatu,  abl.  ;  a  request. 
II 6s,  dew,  wants  gen.  pi. 
Rus,   the  country,  wants  gen.,  dat., 

and  abl.  pi. 

Spontis,  gen.;  -e,  abl. ;  will,  accord* 
Venui  and  -6,  dat. ;  -um,  ace.  ;  -o; 

a bl. ;   sale. 
Vicis,  gen.  ;  -I,  dat.  ;  -em,  ace. ;  -e, 

abl.;  change; — pi.  entire,  except 

gen. 


VERBS  OF  THE  SECOND  CONJUGATION. 

§  52.  1.  All  verbs  that  have  er$  (penult  long)  in  the 
[nfinitive-Present  are  of  the  second  conjugation. 


72 


VERBS,   SECOND   CONJUGATION. 


2.  The  perfect-stem  in  verbs  of  this  conjugation  is 
usually  formed  by  adding  u,  and  the  supine-stem  by 
adding  U,  to  the  present-stem:  as,  mon-eo,  I  advise; 
-ly  I  have  advised,  supine  m&n-U-um. 


ENDINGS   OF   THE   INDICATIVE   ACTIVE   ON   THE 
PRESENT-STEM. 

Singular. 

1st  Person.           2d  Person.  3d  Person. 

Present.            e5,                     es,  £t, 

Imperfect.         e'-bam,              e'-bas,  e'-bftt, 

Future.             e'-bo;                 e'-bis;  e'-bit; 

Plural. 

1st  Person.           2d  Person.  3d  Person. 

Present.            e'-mtis,              e'-tis,  ent, 

Imperfect.         e-fta'-miis,         e-&a'-tis,  e'-bant, 

Future.             e6'-i-mus.          eb'-i-tis.  e'-bunt. 


ON  THE  PERFECT-STEM. 

Singular. 


1st  Person.  2d  Person. 

Present-perf.     i,  iV-ti, 

Past-perf.          ^-r^m,  ^-ras, 

Future-perf.     S-rd ;  ^-ris ; 

Plural. 

1st  Person.  2d  Person. 

Present-perf.    i-mus,  tV-tis, 

Past-perf.          S-ra'-mus,  g-m'-tis, 

Future-perf.     e/-!-mus.  e/-i-tis. 


3d  Person. 

«, 


3d  Person, 
e'-runt  or 
S-rant, 


VERBS,   SECOND   CONJUGATION. 


73 


PARTIAL  PARADIGM  ON  THE  PRESENT-STEM. 
Present.  Imperfect.  Future. 

/  advise.  I  was  advising.      I  shall  or  will  advise. 

Sing,  mtf'-neo,          S.  mo-ne'-bam,         S.  m6-7ie'-b6, 
m#'-nes,  md-Tie'-bas,  m6-?ie'-bis, 

mo'-n£t ;  mo-Tie'-bat ;  mo-ne'-bit ; 

P.  mon-e-&a'-mus,    P.  m5-ne&' 


mft-ne'-tis, 
m#'-nent. 


mp-Tie'-bant. 


md-7ie'-bunt. 


ON  THE  PERFECT-STEM. 

Present-perfect.  Past-perfect.  Future-perfect. 

I  advised  or  have  advised.  I  had  advised.  I  shall  have  advised. 
S.  m6nf-v&fi+  /S 

mon-u-£?-ti, 
mtm'-u-it ;  mo-TUt'-S-rat ;  mo-?iz/-£-r]it ; 

P.  mon-u-S-rar-mus,  P.  mon-u-er'-i-mus, 
is,          mon-u-e/-l-tis, 


P.  md-m6'-i:mus, 
mon-u-iV-tis, 


m6n-u-e'-runt  or 


EXERCISE  XXIII. 
§  53.      Vocabulary. 

impetus,  -us,  attack.  castra,  -orum,  pi.,  camp. 

frumentum,  -i,  corn.  frenum,  -I    (pi.  -I  and  -a),  bit. 

Iegi5,  -orris  (f.),  legion.  cornu,  -us,  horn. 

hab-e5,  hab-ere,  habu-i,  habit-um,  to  have,  hold. 

praeb-e5,  (for  prae-habeo),  praeb-ere,  praebu-i,  praebit-um,  to  furnish,  w 

offer. 

lat-e8>J,at-ere,  latu-i  (no  sup.),  to  lie  hid. 
terr-e5,  terr-ere,  terru-i,  territ-um,  to  friyhten. 
per-terr-e<5,  -ere,  -ul,  -itum,  to  frighten  thoroughly,  terrify. 
tim-eo,  tim-ere,  timu-i  (no  sup.),  to  fear. 
mov-e5,  mov-ere,  mov-i,  mot-uni,  to  move. 
man-e5,  man-ere,  mans-I,  mans-um,  to  remain. 

7 


74  VERBS,   SECOND   CONJUGATION. 

mord-e5,  mord-ere,  momord-i,  mors-um,  to  champ,  bite. 
tond-e5,  tond-ere,  totond-I,  tons-um,  to  shear. 
vid-e5,  vid-ere,  vid-I,  vis-urn,  to  see. 

Translate  into  English. 

Plebs  nobilitate'm  timuit.  Pu£r  taurum  cornibus  habe- 
bat.  Impetus  gquitum  hostes  terrgt.  Pu£r  librum  in  manu 
liab^t.  Agric5lse  oves  totond grant.  Canis  ancillam  mor- 
debit.  Rex  Germanoriim  castra  movSrat.  Plebs  in  regis 
horto  regmam  vidit.  Leones  in  sp^cubiis  (§  48,  Remark 
Jf)  latent.  Magnitiido  periciili  servds  perterrebit.  Nautse 
fluctus  turbinesque  non  timent.  Exercitiis  Grass!  in  hiber- 
nis  mansit.  Galli  Ca3saris  exercitui  friimentum  prsebe- 
bunt.  Equi  frena  momorderS.  Hostes  impetum  ^quitum 
timebant.  Mariiis  consul  castra  ad  collem  mov^rat. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  chief  of  the  ^Eduans  feared  the  cruelty  of  the  Helve- 
tians. The  attack  of  the  cavalry  thoroughly  frightened 
the  enemy's  archers  and  slingers.  The  skirmishers  lay  hid 
in  the  forest.  The  works  of  Cicero  the  orator  delight  the 
poet.  The  farmers  had  not  sheared  their  sheep.  The 
horses  were  champing  their  bits.  The  king  and  queen 
remained  in  the  temple.  The  Helvetians  had  moved  their 
camp  from  the  hill  to  the  river.  The  Gauls  furnished 
corn  to  Caesar's  army. 


ADJECTIVES. 


75 


ADJECTIVES. 

§  54.  1.  An  adjective  is  a  word  which  qualifies  or 
limits  the  meaning  of  a  noun. 

2.  Adjectives  are  declined  like  nouns ;  they  are  either 
of  the  first  and  second  declension,  or  of  the  third  only. 


CLASS   I.— ADJECTIVES   OF  THE   FIEST   AND 
SECOND  DECLENSION. 

§  55.  Adjectives  of  this  class  have  their  masculine 
and  neuter  endings  of  the  second  declension,  their  femi- 
nine endings  of  the  first. 

PARADIGM. 
Bon-tis,  b5n-ii,  bon-um,  good. 

Singular. 
Masc.  Fern.  Neut. 

5#'-niis,  6#'-n&,  Jo'-niim, 

bof-m,  b6'-usd,  bo'-m, 

&o'-no,  bft'-uae,  6o;-n6, 


bo'-no ; 


b6'-ms, 
bo'-nos, 
bo'-m, 


Plural. 
bo'-nse, 


bo'-usd, 
bof-ms. 


bo'-no ; 
W-na, 


76  ADJECTIVES. 

Remark  1. — Participles  and  pronouns  in  us  are  declined  like 
bonus. 

Remark  2. — Adjectives  whose  stems  end  in  tr  (short)  generally 
drop  the  ending  us  in  the  nominative,  and  e  in  the  vocative  ;  and 
most  of  them  drop  e  of  the  stem  in  inflection :  as, 
pulcher,  pulchra,  pulchrum, 
pulchrl,  pulchrae,  pulchri,  &c. 

Remark  3. — The  following  retain  e  of  the  stem: — 

Asper,  rough;  exter,  foreign;  gibber,  crook-backed;  lacer, 
torn;  liber,  free;  miser,  wretched;  prosper,  prosperous ;  tener, 
tender ;  and  compounds  of  fer  and  ger :  as,  corniger,  horned. 
Thus,  tener,  tenera,  tenerum, 

teneri,  tenerse,  teneii,  &c. 

Remark  4- — Alter,  the  other  of  two,  has  altera,  alterum ;  and 
dexter,  right,  has  sometimes  dextera,  dexterum ;  satur,  full,  has 

satura,  saturum. 

• 

§  56.  1.  Six  adjectives  in  us,  and  three  in  £r,  have 
their  genitive  singular  in  lus,  and  their  dative  in  \  in 
all  the  genders : — 

Alius,  another  (of  several).  Totus,  ichole. 

Nullus,  no.  Ullus,  any. 

Solus,  alone.  Unus,  one. 

Alter,  -tera,  -terum,  another  (of  two). 

liter,  -tra,  -truru,  which  of  the  two. 

Neuter,  -tra,  -trum,  neither. 

2.  In  the  same  way  are  declined  the  other  compounds 
of  ut&r, — namely,   uterqu&,  each  of  two ;    titercumqu&, 
titerttb&t,  and  utervis,  which  of  the  two  you  please,  geni- 
tive utrlusquZ,  &c. ;  also  alt&rut&r,  one  of  two,  genitive 
alt$rutrius,jand  sometimes  alarms  utrius  ;  dative  alt&rutrl. 
So  altZruterquZ  and  unusquisquZ. 

3.  The  following  pronominal  genitives  end  in  ius: — 
illius,    istms,   ipsluSy    ejus   (eius),   cujus   (emus),   hujus 
(kuius). 


ADJECTIVES.  77 


4.  Nullus,  soltiSy  tottis,  ullusj  and  untis  are  thus  de- 
clined :  — 


Singular. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Nom. 

il'-nus, 

tl'-na, 

Gen. 

u-m'-us, 

U-Tll'-US, 

Dat. 

.  u'-m, 

w'-ni, 

Ace. 

il'-ntim, 

tlr-nam, 

Voc. 

-u'-nS, 

tl'-na, 

Abl. 

tl'-no. 

t6r-na. 

Neut. 


u-nf-us, 
ii'-ni, 
w'-num, 
tl'-num, 


The  plural  is  regular,  like  that  of  b&ntis. 

Remark  1. — Alias  has  dliud  in  the  nominative  and  the  accusa- 
tive singular  neuter,  and  in  the  genitive  dllus  contracted  for 
dlims. 

Remark  2. — When  dlius  is  repeated,  the  first  means  one ;  the 
second,  another:  as,  dliud  dlcit,  dliud fdcit,  he  says  one  thing,  he 
does  another.  Alius  is  often  repeated  with  a  single  predicate, 
where  in  English  we  use  two  propositions :  as,  alias  dliud  dd- 
mitdbdt,  one  shouted  one  thing,  another  another.  Alter  is  re- 
peated where  only  two  things  are  referred  to  :  as,  alter  legit,  alter 
scrlbit,  one  reads,  the  other  writes. 

Remark  3. — Some  of  these  adjectives  occasionally  form  their 
genitive  and  dative  regularly. 

j  EXERCISE   XXIV. 

§  57.      Vocabulary. 

alt-us,  -a,  -um,  high,  deep.  benign-us,  -a,  -um,  kind. 

long-us,  -a,  -um,  long.  f Id-us,  -a,  -um,  faithful. 

lut-us,  -a,  -um,  broad.  improb-us,  -a,  -um,  wicked. 

magn-iis,  -a,  -um,  great,  large.  iniqu-us,  -a,  -um,  unjust. 

mult-us,  -a,  -um,  much,  many.  judex,  jTidic-is,  judge. 

dens-us,  -a,  -um,  thick.  Thrax,  Thracis,  Thracian. 

1.  Rule  of  Position. — The  adjective,  unless  emphatic, 
usually  follows  the  noun  which  it  limits;  as,  pu£r 
bSntis,  a  good  boy. 

7* 


78  ADJECTIVES. 

2.  Rule  of  Syntax. — Adjective  words  agree  with  the 
nouns  which  they  limit,  in  gender,  number,  and  case: 
as,  pu8r  bonus,  a  good  boy  ;  puella  pulchrd,  a  beautiful 
girl ;  fldmen  latum,  a  broad  river. 

Translate  into  English. 

Rex  Thractim  in  coUg  turres  altas*  sedificat. '  Filius  im- 
probus  patrgm  lapid£  vuln£rav£rat.  Silvse  densse  nuncios 
regmse  terruerunt.  Venator  canes  f  idos  &mat.  Improbi 
homines  f  aciSm  vultumqug  jiidicis  timent.  Plebes  iniquum 
judicem  form|dat.  Nubes  densse  lunam  obscurav^rant. 
Eqiutes  hostium  fliimSn  latum  tranabunt.  Agricolse  filii 
bobus  magnis  agros  iiraverS.  Csesar  multa  oppida  expug- 
navit.  PuSr  cultrum  longiim  in  manu  habuit.  PuSri 
boni  parentes  2-mant.  Magist^r  bSnignus  bonis  pueris 
libros  dSdit. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  consul  slew  many  robbers.  The  kind  mother  gives 
food  to  her  children.  The  wicked  consul  killed  the  tribunes 
of  the  people.  The  chief  of  the  Thracians  lay  hid  in  the 
king's  grove.  The  shepherd  armed  his  sons  with  long 
knives.  The  enemy's  skirmishers  swam  across  a  broad 
river.  The  faithful  servants  defended  their  master  with 
knives  and  stones.  The  attack  of  the  enemy  did  not 
frighten  the  general.  The  great  commander  slew  many 
captives.  The  hunter  saw  many  wolves  in  the  forest. 
Wicked  men  do  not  fear  the  countenance  of  an  unjust 
judge.  The  kind  master,  according  to  custom,  was  advising 
the  boys. 

EXERCISE   XXV. 

§  58.     1.  Rule  of  Position. — When  a  noun  is  limited 

*See  model  of  analysis  2.  (App.  XI.) 


ADJECTIVES.  79 

by  an  adjective  and  a  genitive,  the  adjective  is  often 
put  first:  as,  f  Idas  Tullil  servtis,  Tally's  faithful  slave. 

Remark. — The  genitive  usually  follows  pars,  numerus,  multl- 
tildo,  etc. :  as,  magna  pars  nObllUdtls. 

2.  Rule  of  Position. — An  adjective  limiting  the  object 
of  a  preposition  is  often  put  before  the  preposition :  as, 
magno  Kn  prcelio,  in  a  great  battle. 

3.  Rule  of  Syntax. — With  words  expressing  a  part, 
the   genitive    is   used    to   denote  the  whole :  as,  unus 
mllitum,  one  of  the  soldiers;  multl  ZquWum,  many  of  the 
horsemen. 

Remark. — This  is  usually  called  the  partitive  genitive.  The 
partitive  word,  if  an  adjective,  agrees  in  gender  with  the  word 
denoting  the  whole.  Unas  mlUtum  is  equivalent  to  units  miles 
mlllt  am. 

Translate  into  English. 

Magnse  hostium  copise  in  silva  latuerunt.  Magna  pars 
nobilitatis  apud  Crassum  ccenabant.  Gives  multl  magna 
in  urbe  habitant.  Consul  in  hostium  castris  multos  mili- 
tes  vidit.  Pastftr  oves  multosqu^  agnorum  totoiiderat. 
Imp^rator  magnus^nno  in  proelio  copias  hostium  fiiguvit. 
Alt^r  fratrum  magnum  ad  oppidum  festmat.  Una  Roma- 
norum  l^gio  totum  hostium  exercitum  perterruit.  Neutra 
ancillariim  canes  tim^t.  German!  in  proelio  nulliim  ordingm 
servant.  Rex  Thracum  nullam  reipublicse  Icgem  viola v^rat. 
Una  in  urbe  homines  multl  habitant.  Impetus  hostium  - 
nullius  l^gionis  ordiues  turbavit. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  Thracians  will  furnish  corn  to  the  consul's  great 
ftrmy.  vOne  of  the  skirmishers  saw  the  enemy's  horsemen 


80  ADJECTIVES. 

in  the  dense  forest.  The  shepherd's  faithful  dog  defended 
the  sheep  from  (a)  the  wolves.-  The  general,  after  the 
manner  of  a  king,  demanded  a  great  number  of  hostages. 
The  whole  army  dreaded  the  cruelty  of  the  general.  4  The 
inhabitants  of  the  whole  village  feared  the  farmer's  big 
bull.  V;Csesar  feared  no  danger. <•  A  great  multitude  of  foot- 
men hastened  to  the  camp.  r 


CLASS  II.— ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIED 
DECLENSION. 

§  59.  Adjectives  having  two  endings  in  the  nominative. 

Adjectives  of  this  class  have  %s  in  the  masculine  and 
feminine,  and  g  in  the  neuter,  and  are  of  the  third 
declension. 

PARADIGM. 

BreVis,  short. 

Singular.  Plural. 

M.  &  F.  N.  M.  &  F.  N. 

N.,  V.  bre-vis,         bre'-v&,  bre'-ves,  5^'-vi-a, 

Gen.      bre'-vis,         bre'  -vis,  6r£'-vi-um,  ^re'-vi-um, 

Dat.      bre-vi,          bre'-vi,  &r#y'-i-bus,  brev'-i-bus, 

Ace.      &re'-v^m,       bref-~v&,  bre'-ves,  5re'-vi-a, 

Abl.      bref-vl.          bre'-vi.  5r£?/-i-bus.  6re^-i-bus. 

Remark  1. — Comparatives  may  be  considered  as  belonging  to 
this  class. 

Remark  %. — Adjectives  which  have  e  in  the  nominative  neuter 
have  I  iri  the, ablative  singular,  ium  in  the  genitive  plural,  and  id 
in  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative  plural  neuter.  Com- 
paratives have  um  and  d. 

Remark  3. — The  following  have  also  er  in  the  nominative 
singular  masculine :  as,  deer  or  acris,  acrls,  acre. 


ADJECTIVES.  81 

acer,  sharp.  celeb  er,  famous.  Silvester,  woody. 

alacer,  cheerful.  equester,  of  a  horse.  terrester,  of  the  earth. 

campester,  of  the  paluster,  marshy.  volucer,  icinyed. 

plain.  pedester,  on  foot.  saluber,  wholesome. 

celer,  swift.  puter,  rotten. 

Remark  4. — Ctler  and  volucer  have  um  in  the  genitive 
plural. 

EXERCISE  XXVI. 
§  60.      Vocabulary. 

fort-is,  -e,  brave.  adventus,  -us,  arrival. 

agil-is,  -e,  active.  fatig-are,  to  weary. 

crudel-is,  -e,  cruel.  ci  vitas,  civitat-is,  state. 

grav-is,  -e,  heavy,  severe.  locus,  -I  (pi.  -I  and  -a),  place. 

omn-is,  -e,  all,  every.  IS  vis,  -e,  light,  sliyht. 

nobil-is,  -e,  noble.  piger,  -gra,  -grum,  lazy. 

Remark. — The  adjective  is  often  used  as  a  noun,  the  noun  with 
which  it  agrees  being  omitted:  as,  bom,  the  good;  bona,  good 
things,  property.  Masculine  adjectives  thus  used  express  persons ; 
neuter  adjectives,,  things. 

Translate  into  English. 

ImpSrator  fortis  centuriones  omnes  convocavit.  MagistSr 
bonus  omnes  pugros  monuSrat.  Servi  agiles  taurum  cor- 
nibus  hS-bebant.  On6ra  gr<avia  magnos  agricolse  boves  f  ati- 
gant.  Materf  arailias  libSris  servisqug  omnibus  cibum  salu- 
br^m  dabit.  Pugr  maniim  cultrd  sScuit,  PMestres  Car- 
thaginiensium  copise  Squites  fortes  fugave'rant.  Bella 
longa  multas  civitates  ferro  igniqu^  vastaverS.  ..  Princeps 
nobilis  apud  regem  coanaverat.  Deus  omnia  creavit.  BonI 
grayia  bella  formidant.  Latrones  impr5bl  multos  elves 
trucidaverunt.  Velites  agiles  multos  silvarum  tramites 
explorabunt.  Canis  fidus  per  tot^m  noct^m  vigil^t. 
Equites  palustria  loca  timent. 


82  ADJECTIVES. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  cruel  chief  has  slain  all  the  captives  with  the  sword. 
All  the  citizens  dreaded  the  great  cruelty  of  the  wicked 
king.  Lazy  slaves  love  short  days  and  light  work.  One 
of  the  swift  horsemen  is  hastening  to  (ad)  the  camp  of 
Csesar.  The  active  sailors  were  fastening  the  yards  to  the 
masts  with  long  ropes.  The  arrival  of  the  brave  consul 
thoroughly  frightened  all  the  chiefs  of  the  Gauls.  Lazy 
boys  do  not  love  their  books.  Caesar's  army  laid  waste 
many  states  of  Gaul.  The  farmer's  lazy  son  loves  the 
shade  of  the  thick  trees.  The  brave  general  fears  no 
danger.  Csesar  put  all  the  legions  into  winter  quarters. 

§  61.  Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension,  having  mascu~ 
line,  feminine,  and  neuter  alike  in  the  nominative. 


•  1.—  PARADIGMS 

.   . 

Felix,  hajjpy. 

Singular. 

Masc.  &  Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

/e'-lix, 

/e'-lix, 

Gen. 

fe-Z-Z'-cis, 

fe-/r-cis, 

Dat. 

fe-ZZ'-ci, 

fe-ft'-ci, 

Ace. 

fe-^'-ce'nT,' 

j^'-lix, 

Voc. 

/e'-lix, 

J6r-lix, 

Abl. 

fe-^'-ci  (or  -£)  ; 

fe-^Z'-ci  (or  -&)  ; 

Plural. 

Masc.  &  Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

fe-Ji'-ces, 

fe-/Ic'-i-ii, 

Gen. 

fe-£lc'-i-um, 

fe-ftc'-i-um, 

Dat. 

fe-ftc'-i-biis, 

fe-/Ic;-i-bus, 

Ace. 

fe-/i'-ces, 

fe-^tc'-i-a, 

Voc. 

fe-ft'-ces, 

fe-//c'-i-a, 

Abl. 

fe-Sc'-i-biis, 

fe-ric'-i-bils. 

ADJECTIVES. 


83 


Prudens,  prudent. 

Singular. 

Masc.  &  Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom.    ^ril'-dens, 
Gen.      prn-den'-tis, 
Dat.      pru-cfe?i'-ti, 
Ace.      pru-c^'-tgrn, 
Voc.     ^>ri//-dens, 
Abl.      pru-cfeft'-te'  (or  -ti)  ; 

pru-den'-tis, 
piu-deri-tl, 
pru'-deuSj 
pru'-dQus, 
pY\i-denf-t&  (or  -ti)  ; 

Plural. 

Masc.  &  Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom.    pru-c?e7i'-tes, 

pSitfrL, 

Dat.      pru-c?6n'-ti-bus, 
Ace.      pru-cfen'-tes, 

Ei:E? 

Abl.      pru-^?ir-ti-bus. 

pru-c?m'-ti-bus. 

2.  Present   participles   are   declined    like   prudens. 
When  used  as  participles,  they  have  ^  rather  than  I  in 
the  ablative  singular;   but  when    used  as  adjectives, 
they  have  i  rather  than  £.     Comparatives,  also,  have 
oftener  £  than  I. 

3.  Adjectives  of  the  third  class  have  either  g  or  I  in 
the  ablative. 

Exc.  1.  The  following  have  only  e  in  the  ablative:  — 
Bicorpor,  bipes,  cselebs,  compos,  deses,  discolor,  hospes,  impos, 

impubes,  juvenis,  loctiples,  pauper,   princeps,  puber  or  pubes, 

senex,  sospes,  siiperstes,  tricorpor,  tricuspis,  and  tripes. 
Exc.  2.  The  following  have  only  I  in  the  ablative : — 
Anceps,  concors,  discors,  hebes,  immemor,  iners,  ingens,  mops, 

memor,  prgeceps,  recens,  repens,  vigil,  and  most  adjectives  in  x, 

especially  those  in  plex. 


84  ADJECTIVES. 

Remark  1. — Inerte,  recente,  and  prcecipe'  sometimes  occur. 
Remark  2. — Prcesens,  when  applied  to  things,  makes  the  abla- 
tive in  I ;  when  used  of  persons,  it  has  & 

4.  The  neuter  of  the  nominative  and  accusative 
plural  ends  in  id,  and  the  genitive  plural  of  all 
genders  in  i&m;  but  v&ttis,  old,  and  ub$r,  fertile,  have 
d  and  um. 

Exc.  1.  Those  adjectives  that  have  only  e  in  the  ablative  singu- 
lar have  um  in  the  genitive  plural. 

Exc.  2.  Compounds  of  fdcio  and  cdpio,  and  of  such  nouns  as 
make  um  in  their  genitive  plural,  with  compdr,  cicur,  dives,  mtmor, 
immemor,  prcepes,  suppkx,  and  vigil,  make  their  genitive  plural 
in  um. 

Exc.  3.  Dls,  locuples,  par,  sons,  and  insons  have  either  um  or 
ium;  and  other  adjectives  have  sometimes  um  instead  of  ium  in 
the  poets  and  later  prose  writers. 

EXERCISE  XXVII. 
§  62.      Vocabulary. 

dives,  divit-is,  rich.  ingens,  -ent-is,  huge. 

ferax,  ac-is,  fertile.  ferox,  feroc-is,  warlike,  fierce. 

inuocens,-ent-is,  innocent.  atrox,  atroc-is,  terrible,  cruel,  savage, 

pauper,  pauper-is,  j)oor.  recens,  -ent-is,  recent. 

•vetus,  veter-is,  ancient;  pi.  veteres,  clvilis,  -e,  civil, 
the  ancients. 

aug-e5,  -ere,  aux-I,  auc-tum,  to  swell,  increase. 

Translate  into  English. 

Imbres  rgcentes  flumma  omnia  auxerunt.  Vir  b^niis 
paupSribiis  cibiim  dabit.  Pastor  prudens  oves  agnosquS 
a  lupis  defensabit.  OrgStorix,  princeps  Helvetiorum,  co- 
pias  aux^rat.  VetSres  J6VI  tauros  ingentes  mactabant. 
AgricSlse  prudentes  in  pSnum  mergites  omnes  portant. 
Cxsar  fortes  centuriones  laudabat.  M&riiis,  E/omanoruia 


NUMERAL    ADJECTIVES.  85 

imperato'r,  f£races  Niimidise  &gros  ferro  ignique'  vastavit. 
Princeps  crudelis  inntfcentem  plebem  trucidavit.  Bella 
civilia  nobilitate'm  et  elves  divites  perterruerant.  Prinei- 
pes  feroces  atrociil  bella  amant.  Rex  ferox  nobilitiltem 
ad  bellum  magnum  fit  atrox  concitavit. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

No  prudent  (man)  will  give  his  sheep  to  the  wolves. 
The  happy  mother  loves  her  children/1  The  innocent  do 
not  fear  the  face  and  countenance  of  a  judge.  $  The  consul 
will  preserve  the  ancient  laws  of  the  commonwealth.  The 
prudent  shepherds  had  sheared  their  sheep.  A  terrible 
lion  tore  in  pieces  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  village.'  The 
enemy's  soldiers  had  laid  waste  the  whole  city  with  fire 
and  sword.  The  rich  dread  civil  wars.  The  recent  rains 
have  swelled  the  great  river.  The  poor  (man)  does  not 
fear  the  robber. 


NTJMEKAL  ADJECTIVES. 

§  63.  1.  Adjectives  expressing  number  are  called 
numerals,  and  are  divided  into  three  classes,  viz. : — 

(a.)  Cardinals,  which  answer  the  question  "How 
many?"  as;  unus;  one;  du6,  two. 

(6.)  Ordinals,  which  express  order  or  rank :  as,  pri- 
mus, first;  se'eundus,  second. 

(c.)  Distributives,  which  answer  the  questions  "  How 
many  to  each  ?" — "  How  many  apiece  f  as,  singuli,  one 
to  each,  one  at  a  time,  one  apiece;  bini,  two  apiece. 

2.  To  these  may  be  added  numeral  adverbs,  which 
answer  the  question  "How   many  times?"   as, 
once;  bis,  twice. 


86 


NUMERAL   ADJECTIVES. 


CARDINAL. 

ORDINAL. 

DISTRIBUTIVE. 

ADVERBIAL. 

One,  two,  &c. 

First,  second,  &c. 

One  by  one,  &c. 

Once,  twice,  &c. 

1  Unas, 

Primus, 

Sin  gull, 

S6rnel, 

2  Duo, 

Secundus, 

BInl, 

Bis, 

3  Tree, 

Tertius, 

TernT, 

Ter, 

4  Quatuor, 

Quartus, 

Quaterni, 

Quat6r, 

5  Quinque", 

Quintus, 

Qulni, 

Quinquies, 

6  Sex, 

Sextus, 

Sem, 

Sexies, 

7  SeptSm, 

Septimus, 

Septenr, 

Septies, 

8  Octo, 

Octavus, 

OctonT, 

Octies, 

9  Novem, 

Nonus, 

NuvenI, 

Novies, 

10  Decem, 

DecimGs, 

DenI, 

Decies, 

11  Undeclm, 

Undecimus, 

Undent, 

Undecies, 

12  Duodeclm, 

DuodScImus, 

BuudenT, 

Duodecies, 

13  Tredeclm, 

Tertius  decimus, 

Terni  deni, 

Tredecies, 

14  Quatuordgclm 

,  Quartus  decimus, 

Quaterni  den^ 

Quatuordecies, 

15  Quindeclm, 

Quintus  decimus, 

Qulni  deni, 

Quindgcies, 

16  Sexd5clm, 

Sextus  decimtis, 

Sen!  deni, 

Sedecies, 

17  Septendecim, 

Septimus  decimus, 

SeptenI  deni, 

Decies  6t  septies, 

18  OctSdecim, 

Octavus  decimus, 

Octoni  deni, 

Duodevlcies, 

19  Novendeciin, 

Nonus  dScimus, 

Ndveni  deni, 

Urfdevlcies, 

20  Yiginti, 

Ticeslmus, 

Ticeni, 

Ticies, 

30  Triginta, 

TrTcesImus, 

Trlceni, 

Tricies, 

40  Quadraginta, 

Quadragesimus, 

QuadragenT, 

Quadragies, 

50  Quinquiiginta, 

,    Quinquagesimus, 

Quinquageni, 

Quinquagies, 

60  Sexaginta, 

Sexagesimus, 

Sexageni, 

Sexagies, 

70  Septuaginta, 

Septuagesimtis, 

Septuageni, 

^^lagies, 

80  Octoginta, 

OctogesTrnus, 

Octogem, 

Ocflkfl, 

90  Nonaginta, 

Noiulgesimus, 

NonagenI, 

Nona||es, 

100  Centum, 

Centeslmus, 

Centem, 

Centies, 

200  Ducentl, 

Ducentesimus, 

D&centeni, 

Ducenties, 

300  TrScentT, 

Trecentesimtis, 

Trecentenl, 

Trecenties, 

400  Quadringentl, 

QuadringentesimQs, 

Quadringenteni, 

Quadringenties, 

500  QuingcntI, 

Quingentesimus, 

Quingenteni, 

Quingenties, 

600  SexcentT, 

Sexcentesimus, 

SexcentenI, 

Sexcenties, 

700  Septingenti, 

Septingentesimua, 

SeptingentenT, 

Septingenties, 

800  Octingenti, 

Octingentesimus, 

OctingentenI, 

Octingenties, 

900  Nongenti, 

Nongentesimlis, 

Kongenteni, 

Nongenties, 

1000  Mille; 

Millesimus  ; 

MillenI; 

Millies, 

§  64.     Cardinals. 

Eemark  1. — The  first  three  cardinal  numbers  are  declined. 
From  four  to  a  hundred  they  are  indeclinable ;  those  denoting 
hundreds  are  declined  like  the  plural  of  bonus;  as,  ducenti,  -03, 
-a  ;  -orum,  -arum,  -orum,  &c. 

Remark  2. — For   the  declension  of  iiniis,  see  $  56.     Tres  ia 


ADJECTIVES.  87 

declined  like  the  plural  of  brtvis ;   nominative  ires,  trid ;  geni- 
tive trium  ;  dative  trlbus,  &c.     Duo  is  thus  declined  : — 

Plural. 

Masc.  Fern.  Neut. 

Nom.  du'-o,  du'-se,  du'-o, 

Gen.    du-o'-rum,  du-d'-rum,  du-o'-rum, 

Dat.    du-o'-bus,  du-d'-bus,  du-o'-bus, 

Ace.    duf-os  or  du'-o,  dw'-as,  cZu'-o, 

Voc.    du'-o,  du'-se,  du'-Q, 

Abl.     du-o'-bus.  du-d'-bus.  du-o'-bus. 

Remark  3. — Duorum  and  dudrtim,  especially  when  compounded 
with  another  word,  or  when  joined  with  milliitm,  are  frequently 
contracted  into  duum :  as,  duumvir,  duum  millium.  Ambo,  both, 
is  declined  like  duo. 

Remark  4> — Unus  has  a  plural  form — 

(a.)  With  nouns  which  have  no  singular:  as,  unse  nuptice,  one 
marriage. 

(b.)  With  nouns  which  denote  several  things  considered  as  one 
whole :  as,  und  vestlmentd,  one  suit  of  clothes. 

(c.)  In  th?  sense  of  alone  or  the  same:  n,s,uni  Ubil,the  Ubians 
alone ;  unls  tnoribus,  with  the  same  manners. 

Remark  5. — From  thirteen  to  nineteen,  inclusive,  instead  of 
the  compound  forms  (trtdtcim,  &c.),  the  simple  numerals  are 
used,  with  or  without  el :  as,  dtcem  tt  ires,  or  dtc&m  ires. 

Remark  6. — From  twenty  to  one  hundred  the  greater  number 
precedes  without  et,  or  the  smaller  number  with  tt :  as,  viginti 
urius,  or  unus  et  vlgintl.  Above  one  hundred  the  greater  number 
is  put  first,  with  or  without  et;  but  et  is  not  twice  used  in 
designating  the  same  number:  as,  ducentl  quadrdginta  quinque, 
or  ducentl  et  quadrdginta  quinque,  two  hundred  and  forty-five. 

Remark  7. — Subtractive  forms  are  more  commonly  used  for 
eighteen,  twenty-eight,  &c.,  and  for  nineteen,  twenty-nine,  &c.: 
as  duodevlginti,  duodetrlginta,  duodequadi*aginta,  &c. ;  undevl- 
ginfi,  undetrlginta,  &c.  Duo  is  not  declined  in  these  combina- 
tions. 

Remark  8. — Thousands  are  usually  expressed  by  the  smaller 
numbers  with  millid :  as,  decem  millid,  ten  thousand ;  sometimes 


&&          V,V/f/';  ADJECTIVES. 

'""•*-  ^7  _*V 

by  the  numeral  adverbs  with  mille:  as,  decies  mille,  ten  times  a 
thousand,  ten  thousand. 

Remark  9.  —  Mule  is  either  an  acjcctive  or  a  noun.  As  an 
adjective  it  is  indeclinable  and  plural,  and  limits  the  name  of  the 
things  numbered  :  as,  mille  homines,  a  thousand  men  ;  cum  bis 
mille  homlnlbus,  with  two  thousand  (twice  a  thousand]  men.  As 
a  noun  it  is  indeclinable  in  the  singular,  and  in  the  plural  has 
millid,  millium,  milllbiis,  and  is  limited  by  the  name  of  the 
things  numbered  in  the  partitive  genitive  ;  as,  mille  homlnum,  a 
thousand  (of)  men;  trid  millid  homlnum,  three  thousand  men 
(three  thousand  of  men}.  But  if  a  declined  numeral  comes 
between,  the  genitive  is  not  used:  as,  trid  millid  ct  trecentos 
equites  circum  se  hdbebat,  he  had  three  thousand  three  hundred 
horsemen  around  him. 

Remark  10.  —  The  poets  sometimes  use  the  numeral  adverb  to 
express  smaller  numbers  ;  as,  bis  decem  for  vlgintl. 

Remark  11.  —  Millions  are  expressed  by  combinations  of  centend 
millid  (a  hundred  thousand)  :  as,  decies  centend  millid,  one  mil- 
lion ;  centies  centend  millid,  ten  millions. 


§  65.     Ordinals,  Distributives,  and  Adverbs. 

1.  Prior  is  used  instead  of  primus  when  only  two  things  are 
spoken  of.     Alter  is  often  used  for  secundds. 

2.  Between   twelfth   and   twentieth   the   smaller  number  is 
usually  put  first;   but  the  greater  sometimes  precedes,  with  or 
without  tt  :  as,  decimus  it  tertius,  or  decimus  tertius. 

3.  In  the  other  intermediate   numbers,  twenty-first,  twenty- 
second,  &c.,  the  larger  precedes  without  et,  or  the  smaller  with 
ct  :  as,  quadrdgesimus  primus,  or  primus  et  quadrdgeslmus  :  but 
instead  of  primus  and  secundus,  unus  and  duo  are  often  used, 
duo  being  undeclined  :  as,  unus  et  vlcesimus,  one-and-twentieth  ; 
duo  et  vlceslmo  anno,  in  the  twenty-second  year. 

4.  For  eighths  and  ninths  in  the  intermediate  numerals,  the 
subtractive   forms  are  often  used:    as,  duddevlceslmus,  undetrl* 
ceslmus.     So,  also,  in  the  distributives,  and   sometimes   in  the 
adverbs:  as,  duodevlcenl,   undevlctnl  ; 

duodetrlcies,  undequadrdgie's. 


ADJ: 

5.  The  poets  sometimes  use  the  distrB5Wai£5£8SjflJTnals :  as, 
bind  splculd,  two   darts.     They  are   used  in  the  same  way  in 
prose  with  nouns  which  have  no  singular  :  as,  blnce  nuptice. 
4»6.    Some  of  the   distributives   have  a  singular   form  with   a 
multiplicative  meaning :  as,  blnus,  twofold. 

7.  In  the  numeral  adverbs  the  intermediate  numbers  are  ex- 
pressed— 

(n.)  Either  by  putting  the  smaller  first  with  et:  as,  semel  et 
vlcies, 

(b.)  Or  by  putting  the  larger  number  first,  with  or  without  et: 
as,  vlcies  semcl,  or  vlcies  et  semel. 

EXERCISE  XXVIII. 

§  66.  1.  Hide  of  Syntax. — The  point  of  time  at  which 
any  thing  occurs  is  expressed  by  the  ablative :  as,  tertia 
hdra,  at  the  third  hour.  (Ablative  of  time.) 

2.  Rule  of  Syntax. — Duration  of  time,  and  extent  of 
space,  are  expressed  by  the  accusative,  ?sometimes  by  the 
ablative :  as,  tres  horas  mansit,  he  remained  three  hours  ; 
fossil  duos  p£des  latii,  a  ditch  two  feet  wide. 

3.  Rule  of  Position. — Designations  of  time  and  place 
usually  stand  near  the  beginning  of  the  sentence.     See 
§  29,  3. 

Vocabulary. 

fossa,  -SB,  ditch.  hiems,  hiem-is,  winter. 

hora,  -ae,  hour.  passus,  -us,  pace. 

mensis,  -is  ($  33,  Exc.  3),  month.        tempiis,  -5r-is,  time. 

dies,  -el,  day.  noster,  -a,  -um,  our. 

annus,  -i,  year.  aestas,  asstat-is,  summer. 

una  ex  parte,  on  one  side. 

contin-e5,  -ere,  continu-i,  content-um,  to  keep,  hold  in,  restrain. 
sust?n-e5,  -ere,  sustmu-i,  sustent-uin,  to  sustain,  to  bear. 

Translate  into  English. 

Servi  f  idi  horas  multas  vigilav^rant.     Nullus 

8* 


90  ADJECTIVES. 

prudens  oves  higmg  tondebit.  Caesar,  Romanoriim  impe'ra- 
tor,  tres  Iggiones  in  hiberms*  collocavit.  Consul  multos 
annos  in  urb£  habitave'rat.  Mons  altus  una  ex  parte7  Hel- 
vetios  contmuit.  Equites  nostri  hostium  impetum  duas 
horas  sustinuerunt.  Pastor  prudens  aestate'  6ves  omnes 
totondit.  Legatus  forfis  d^cem  dies  Ca3saris  adventum 
expectabat.  ImpSrator  tertio  die  castra  movit.  Princeps 
atrox  multos  menses  civitatgm  perterrebat.  Consul  fortis 
nullo  anni  temporS  adventum  hostium  timebat.  Rex 
latrones  omne^  br^vi  temporS  triicidavit.  Crassus  tria 
millia  passuum  Squitavit.  Consul  mill^  passus  castra 
movit. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  great  rains  had  kept  our  soldiers  in  the  camp  many 
months.  In  one  summer  Caesar  laid  waste  many  states  of 
Gaul  with  fire  and  sword.  For  many  years  (ace.)  the 
Romans  routed  all  their  enemies  by  sea  and  land.  Csesar 
moved  his  camp  ten  thousand  paces  from  the  city.  The 
soldiers  of  the  tenth  legion  had  carried  heavy  burdens  for 
many  hours  (ace.).  Our  skirmishers  sustained  the  attack 
of  the  Germans  three  hours.  Lake  Lemannus  held-in 
the  Helvetians  on  one  side.  The  farmer  had  a  ditch 
three  feet  wide  in  his  field.  The  farmer  will  have  in 
his  fields  five  ditches,  each-three  (ternos)  feet  wide.  The 
master  gave  (to)  the  boys  four  books  apiece.  A  ditch 
twelve  feet  wide  and  six  feet  deep  had  hindered  the  attack 
of  the  enemy  many  days. 

*  In  liibernis  refers  to  the  resting  of  troops  in  winter  quarters ;  in 
hiberna,  to  the  motion  of  going  thither.  « 


PARADIGM    OF   ESSE.  91 


EXERCISE  XXIX. 


2  67.  1.  PARTIAL  PARADIGM  OF  ESSH,  to  be.—  INDICATIVE 
MOOD. 

Present  tense. 
Pers.       Singular.  Plural. 

1.  sum,  Jam,  su'-miis,  we  are, 

2.  £s,  thou  art,  e/-tis,  ye  or  you  are, 

3.  est,  he  is  ;  sunt,  they  are. 

Imperfect. 

1.  £'-ram,  I  was,  g-ra'-miis,  ive  were, 

2.  e'-ras,  #Ao^  was£,  g-ra'-tis,  ye  or  ?/oi£  were, 

3.  e'-rat,  he  was;  e'-rant,  they  were. 

Future,  shall,  or  will. 

1.  e'-rO,  I  shall  be,  er'-i-mus,  we  shall  be, 

2.  e'-ris,  tf/iow  tt;i7^  5e,  e/-i-tis,  ye  or  7/cm  m//  6e, 

3.  e'-rit,  he  will  be;  ^'-runt,  they  will  be. 

•^Present-perfect,  have  been,  or  was. 

1.  fuf-i,  I  have  been,  /^'-i-mtis,  we  have  been, 

2.  fu-iV-ti,  thou  hast  been,     fu-tV-tis,  ye  have  been, 

3.  fu'-it,  he  has  been;  fu-e'-runt  or  -r&,  they  have  been. 

Past-perfect. 

1.  /*/-£-ram,  I  had  been,       fu-S-ra'-mus,  ive  had  been, 

2.  /i/-£-ras,    thou    hadst       fu-g-ra'-tis,  ?/e  Aac?  been, 

been, 

3.  /f/-e-rat,  7te  had  been;      /?/-£-rant,  ^/ie?/  Aac?  been. 

*  The  aorist-perfect  is  translated,  /  was,  thou  wast,  he  was,  wt 
were,  etc. 


92  PKEDICATE   NOMINATIVE. 

Future-perfect,  shall  or  will  have. 
Pers.  Singular.  Plural. 

1.  /w'-g-rO,   /  shall  have      fu-er'-i-mus,  we  shall  have  been, 

been, 

2.  /w'-g-ris,  £/icw  wilt  have      fu-er'-i-tis,  t/e  wi7£  have  been, 

been, 

3.  /i/-£-rit,  &e  iw7£  Acwe     /it'-g-rint,  £Ae?/  will  have  been. 

been; 

2.  A  noun  or  an  adjective  may  limit  the  predicate  as 
well  as  the  subject :    thus,  we  may  say,  CicSro  orator, 
Cicero  the  orator,  and  Cicero  orator  fuit,  Cicero  was  an 
orator ;  aggr  fgrax,  a  fertile  field,  and  a'ge'r  fgrax  est,  the 
field  is  fertile. 

PREDICATE   NOMINATIVE. 

3.  Rule  of  Syntax. — A  noun  in  the  predicate  denoting 
the  same  thing  as  the  subject,  agrees  with  it  in  case,  and 
is  called  the  predicate  nominative :  as,  CicSro  6rat5r  fuit, 
Cicero  was  an  orator. 

Remark  1. — If  the  subject  consists  of  more  than  one  thing, 
the  predicate  nominative  is  plural. 

Remark  2. — Adjectives  in  the  predicate  agree  with  the  subject. 
See  §  57,  2. 

EXERCISE   XXX. 
Vocabulary.. 

integer,  -gra,  -grum,  untouched,  un-      vulnus,  vulner-is,  wound. 

hurt,  frefth.  Vita,  -ac,  life. 

hTimiinus,  -a,  urn,  hitman.  velox,  vcloc-is,  swift. 

incertuS,  -a,  -um,  uncertain.  coecus,  -a,  -um,  blind. 

verus,  -a,  -iim,  true.  menducium,  -I,  lie. 

turpis,  -e,  lase.  cornl^er,  -a,  -um,  liorncd. 

ingens,  -ent-is,  huge.  prreclarus,  -a,  -um,  distinguished. 

duplex,  duplic-is,  double.  acies,  -ei,  line  of  battle. 

triplex,  tripllc-is,  triple.  renunciatio,  -ori-is,  report. 


COMPARISON    OF   ADJECTIVES.  93 

Translate  into  English. 

omnia  animalia  cornige'ra  sunt.*  Aquilarum  alse 
magnse  sunt.  Non  omnes  homines  sapientes  sunt.  Res 
humanse  incertse  sunt.  Vita  hominum  incerta  est.  Unus 
^quorum  cseciis  fuit.  Cses£ris  milites  veloces  fortesque7 
fuerunt.  Caesar  fuit  impgrator  magnus.  Marius  dux  fuit 
Romanorum.  Rggis  films  rex  £rit.  Renunciatio  lega- 
toriim  vera  fuit.  Ap£r  ingens  in  silva  habitat.  Impgrator 
in  prceliS  inte'ge'r  fuit.  VulnSra  militum  sunt  gravia. 
Consul  annos  multos  csecus  fu^rat.  Caesaris  acies  triplex 
fuit.  Omnes  dgcimse  l^gionis  milites  integris  viribus  (§  45) 
prcelium  rfidintegrav^rant.  Mendacia  turpia  sunt.  CicSro 
fuit  orator  prseclarus.  Impr5borum  (§  60,  Eem.)  vita 
6nus  est  grav£.  Gallorum  acies  est  duplex. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  farmer's  oxen  are  large.  Many  bulls  are  horned. 
All  generals  are  not  wise.  Th3  inhabitants  of  the  villages 
dread  the  huge  lion.  Cicero  was  a  wise  consul  and  a  great 
man.  The  wounds  of  the  brave  soldiers  were  severe. 
Many  of  the  swift  horsemen  were  unhurt.  Davus,  Caesar's 
slave,  has  been  blind  many  years.  Our  soldiers  in  a  triple 
line  renew  the  battle.  All  human  things  are  ^uncertain. 
The  shade  of  the  dense  forest  will  frighten  the  king's  swift 
messenger.  | 

COMPARISON  QF  ADJECTIVES. 
^ 

§  68.  1.  The  change  which  adjectives  %ficlergo  to 
express  different  Degrees  of  omiMty  is  termed  compa- 
rison. 

i  of  analysis  6  and  7.  (App.  XI.) 


94  COMPARISON   OF   ADJECTIVES. 

2.  Grammarians  generally  give  three  degrees  of  com- 
parison,— the  positive,  the  comparative)  and  the  super- 
lative. 

3.  The  simple  form  of  the  adjective  is  usually  called 
the  positive:  as,  altus,  high. 

4.  The  comparative  expresses  a  higher  degree  of  the 
quality  in  one  of  two  things,  or  sets  of  things,  than  in 
the  other :  as,  mons  arborS  altidr  est,  a  mountain  is  higher 
than  a  tree. 

5.  The  superlative  expresses  a  higher  degree  of  the 
quality  in  one  of  several  things,  or  sets  of  things,  than 
in  any  of  the  rest:  as,  trium  montium  altissVmuSj  the 
highest  of  the  three  mountains. 

Remark  1. — The  comparative  does  not  express  a  higher  degree 
of  quality  than  the  positive,  but  represents  one  thing  as  having 
more-  of  a  given  quality  than  another.  Thus,  in  the  example 
mons  est  arbore  altior,  we  mean,  not  that  the  mountain  is  higher 
than  a  high  mountain,  but  higher  than  a  tree ;  i.e.  there  is  more 
height  in  a  mountain  than  in  a  tree. 

Remark  2. — When  two  qualities  of  the  same-jtiiiag^  are  com- 
pared, the  comparative  is  used:  as,  Aristides  justior  quam 
sapientior  fuit,  Aristides  was  more  just  than  wise. 

Remark  3. — The  comparative  may  often  be  translated  by  too 
or  rather  with  the  positive,  especially  when  one  of  the  things 
compared  is  omitted:  as,  rex  clementior  est,  the  king  is  too 
merciful. 

Remark  4- — The  superlative  often  expresses  a  high  degree  of  a 
quality  :  as,  mons  altissimus,  a  very  high  mountain. 

\ 

FORMATION   OF   COMPARATIVE   AND   SUPERLATIVE. 

§  69.  1.  The  comparative  is  formed  bf^  adding  i8\. 
and  the  superlative  by  adding  isstmuSj  to  the  stem  of  Ihe 
adjective:  as,  alt-us,  high,  alt-ior,  higher,  alt-isslmus, 
highest. 


COMPAKISON   OF   ADJECTIVES. 


95 


2.  Superlatives  are  of  the  first  and  second  declen- 
sions. Comparatives  are  of  the  third  declension,  and 
are  thus  declined  : — 

Singular. 


Masc.  &  Fern. 

Neuter. 

Nom. 

eZtl'-ri-or,« 

dii'-ri-us, 

Gen. 

du-ri-6'-ris, 

du-ri-o'-ris, 

Dat. 

du-ri-o'-ri, 

du-ri-o'-ri, 

Ace. 

du-ri-o'-rgm, 

Jil'-ri-us, 

Voc. 

cta'-ri-or, 

duf-ri-us, 

Abl. 

du-ri-o'-re  or  -ri  ; 

du-ri-o'-rS  o 

or  -ri ; 


Plural. 

Masc.  &  Fern. 

Nom.  du-ri-o'-res, 

Gen.  du-ri-o'-riim, 

Dat.  du-ri-o/-i-bus, 

Ace.  du-ri-6'-res, 

Voc.  dii-ri-o'-res, 

Abl.  x         du-ri-cJr'-i-bus. 

EXERCISE   XXXI. 


Neuter. 
du-ri-5'-ra, 
du-ri-o'-rum, 
du-ri-o/-i-bus, 
du-ri-o'-ra, 
du-ri-o'-ra, 
du-ri-or'-i-bus. 


§  70.  1.  That  with  which  any  thing  is  compared  (the 
complement  of  the  comparative)  is  connected  by  the 
conjunction  quam,  than,  in  the  same  case,  or  in  the 
nominative,  subject  of  est,  fuit,  etc.,  understood :  as, 
fortiorSm  vidl  nemingm  quam  M£rium,  /  have  seen  no 
braver  man  than  Marhis ;  or,  fortiorgm  vidl  nemine'm 
quarn  Mari&s  (est),  /  have  seen  no  braver  man  than 
Marius  is. 

2.  Quam  is  sometimes  omitted ;  then —    . 


96  COMPARISON    OF   ADJECTIVES. 

Rule  of  Syntax. — The  ablative  is  used  with  the  com- 
parative degree,  when  quam  is  omitted,  to  express  that 
with  which  something  is  compared :  as,  mons  est  arborZ 
alti6r;  a  mountain  is  higher  than  a  tree. 

Vocabulary. 

sanctus,  -a,  -um,  sacred;  (of  a  man,  fides,  -ei,  faith,  promise. 

pure).  nihil  (indeclinable),  nothing. 

durus,  -a,  -um,  hard.  regiS,  -on-is,  region. 

neino,    (dat.    nemin-i,   ace.  nemin-  gens,  gent-is,  race,  nation. 

em,)*  no  man. 

Translate  into  English. 

Prudentiorgm  vidi  nemingm  quam  Marhim,  Komanorum 
ducgm.  Lupi  sunt  canibiis  fgrociorgs.  Nulla  regio  est 
Gallia  fSracior.  Nihil  est  jurejurando  (§  45)  sanctius. 
Equus  est  bov6  velocior.  German!  fuerunt  Gallis  f(groci- 
orSs.  Nullum  belliim  est  bello  civil!  atrocius.  Nem6 
Komanorum  sanctior  fuit  qu£m  Cato.  Consul  gentSm 
fe'rociore'm  nullam  videbit  quam  Helvetios.  Caesar  in  ex- 
ercitu  fortiorSm  habSt  nemin^m  quam  Lucius.  Auriim 
gravius  est  quam  argentiim.  Ferrum  est  auro  durius. 
Nihil  incertius  est  qulim  vita  humana.  Agricola  canem 
quam  lupum  fSrocior^m  h^buit.  Equites  quam  pedites 
sunt  velociorSs. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  general  is  braver  than  the  soldiers.  The  consul's 
eon  will  be  more  prudent  than  his  father.  No  nation  was 
braver  than  the  Helvetians.  The  king's  messengers  are 
swifter  than  horses.  Lions  are  fiercer  than  dogs.  Nothing 
is  more  sacred  than  the  oath  of  a  good  man.  A  good 
man's  promise  is  more  sacred  than  a  wicked  man's  oath. 

*  For  the  gen.  and  abl.  nulllus  and  nullo  must  be  uned. 


COMPARISON    OF   ADJECTIVES.  97 

The  Belgians  were  a  braver  race  than  the  Gauls.  No 
general  was  more  prudent  than  Csesar.  The  king's  garden 
is  more  fertile  than  the  farmer's  field.  Iron  is  harder  than 
silver.  Silver  is  not  heavier  than  gold.  The  general  is 
not  more  prudent  than  the  centurion. 

EXERCISE   XXXII. 

§  71.  The  partitive  genitive  is  used  with  compara- 
tives and  superlatives :  as,  fortlor  duorum  fratrum, 
the  braver  of  the  two  brothers ;  fortisstmus  milWifm,  the 
bravest  of  the  soldiers. 

Vocabulary.  * 

• 

Jura,  -83,  (masc.)  Jura  (a  mountain).       Ira,  -a),  anger,  wrath. 
Italia,  -se,  Italy.    *  noster,  -tra,  -trum,  our. 

Roma,  -33,  Rome. 

Translate  into  English. 

Jurii,  mons  altissimus  (§  68,  Rein.  If),  Helvetios  una 
ex  parts  contingt.  Imperator  fortissimos  miiitum  la*udavit. 
Judex  miquus  quam  latro  est  turpior.  Velitum  velocil- 
simi  omnes  silvarum  tramites  explorav^rant.  Prudentior 
duorum  impe'ratorum  copias  hostium  fugabit.  Fortissimi 
centiirioniim  magnitudingm  pgriciili  timebant.  Orgetorix 
fuit  Helvetiorum  nobilissimus.  Nostrorum  (§  60,  Rem.) 
impetus  fortissimos  hostium  perterrugrat.  Jugurtha,  homo 
improbissimus,  fratres  trucidavit*  VulnSrii  milittim  fue- 
runt  gr&vissima. 

^ », 
Translate  into  Latin. 

The  bravest  of  the  enemy  did  not  sustain  the  attack  of 
our  horsemen.  The  Rhine,  a  very  broad  river,  keeps  iia 


98  IRREGULAR    COMPARISON. 

the  Helvetians  on  one  side.  The  wicked  king  had  slum 
the  noblest  of  the  hostages. •''  The  consul  will  lay  waste  the 
most  fertile  states  of  Gaul.  On  the  third  day  the  general 
moved  his  camp  into  the  most  fertile  part  of  the  province. 
The  most  wicked  of  men  fear  the  wrath  of  God.  The 
greatness  of  the  danger  frightened  the  bravest  of  our 
soldiers.  The  general  is  wiser  than  the  king's  ambassadors. 
1  One  of  the  enemy  wounded  Lucius,  a  very  brave  man,  with 
a  stone.  Davus  is  the  most  faithful  of  all  the  slaves. 
Rome  is  the  noblest  city  of  Italy. 


IBREGULAR   COMPARISON. 

§  72.  1.  Adjectives  whose  stems  end  in  %r  form  the 
superlative  by  adding  rimus  :  as,  pulcMr>  beautiful, 
pulchrior,  pulcherrimus. 

2.  Six  adjectives  in  Us  form  their  superlative  by  add- 
ing Umfts  to  the  stem  :  — 

Facilis,  facilior,  facillimus,  easy. 

Difficilis,  difficilior,  difficillimus,  difficult. 

Gracilis,  gracilior,  gracillimus,  slender. 

Humilis,  humilior,  humillimus,  low. 

Similis,  similior,  simillimus,  like. 

Dissimilis,  dissimilior,  dissimillimus,  unlike. 

Imb8cillus  or  imbZtiWte,  weak,  has  two  forms,  imb&cil- 
lissimas  and  imb&nlltm&s, 

3.  Compound  adjectives  ending  in  dicus,  ficus,  and 
v&lus  form  the  comparative  and  superlative  by  adding 
enti&r&nd  entisstmus  to  the  stem  :  as,  b&n&v8lft8}  benevolent, 


4.  The  following  have  regular  comparatives,  but  ir- 
regular superlatives  ;— 


IRREGULAR   COMPARISON. 


99 


Dexter,  dexterior,  dextimus,  right. 

Exter,  exterior,  extremus  or  extimus,  outward. 

Posterus,  posterior,  postremus  or  postumus,  hind. 

Inferus,  inferior,  inf  imiis  or  imus,  below. 

Superus,  superior,  supreinus  or  suminus,  above. 

Remark. — The  adjectives   exter  and  posterns  are  very  rarely 
found  in  the  nominative  singular  masculine. 

5.  The  following  form  the  comparative  and  super- 
lative on  a  different  stem  from  that  of  the  positive  : — 


Bonus, 

melior, 

*optimus, 

goody 

better, 

best. 

Malus, 

pejor, 

pessimus, 

bad, 

worse, 

worst. 

Magnus, 

major, 

maximus, 

great, 

greater, 

greatest. 

Parvus, 

minor, 

minimus, 

little, 

less, 

least. 

Multus, 

plurimiis,  ^ 

Multa, 

plurima,      }- 

much, 

more, 

most. 

Multum, 

plus, 

plurimum,  j 

6.  Nequ&m,  worthless,  has  nequitir,  nequisstmus ;  and 
frugi,  frugal,  has  frugaK&r,  frugalisstmus. 

7.  Plus,  more,  is  thus  declined : — 


Singular. 

Neut. 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. 

plus, 
plu'-TIS, 

plus, 

pluf-Y&  (< 

Plural. 

Masc.  &  Fern.  Neut. 

plu'-res,         plu'-T&,  rarely  pluf-ri-&, 
plu'-ii-iim,     plu'-ri-um, 
plu'-vi-bus,    jo^'-ri-bus, 
plu'-res,         plu'-Y&,  rarely  plu'-ri-£, 


u'-r§  (obs.').    ^^u'-ri-bus ;    p/il'-ri-bus. 

Complures,  a  great  many,  is  found  only  in  the  plural, 
and  is  declined  like  plures. 


EXERCISE   XXXIII. 
§  73.  The  partitive  genitive  is  frequently  used  with 


100  DEFECTIVE   COMPARISON. 

neuter  adjectives,  such  as  multum,  plus,  mtriimtim,  plurt- 
mum,  etc. :  as,  multum  auri,  much  gold. 

Translate  into  English. 

Principes  Galloriim  Cses&ris  exercitui  plurimum  frumen- 
ti  prsebuerunt.  Gives  in  domibus  multum  auri  habent. 
Minimum  virtu tis  est  in  judicS  iniquo.  Agricolse  plus 
frumenti  habent  quam  auri.  Iter  pgr  Alpes  difiicillimum 
est.  MagistSr  optimos  pugrorum  laudabit.  Csesar  maxi- 
mus  fuit  imperatorum  Komanorum.  Multum  cibi  comgdo- 
n^m  delectat.  Regmse  filiS,  est  pulcherrima.  Agric5lae 
boves  pigerrimi  sunt.  Pastor  minim  6s  agnortim  non  t5- 
tondit. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  great  whirlwinds  will  dash  in  pieces  very  many  of 
the  ships.  The  poet's  daughter  is  the  most  beautiful  of  all 
the  girls.  The  greatest  city  in  Italy  is  Eome.  The  soldiers 
will  bring  much  corn  into  the  city.  The  commander  will 
remain  in  the  camp  the  whole  winter.  The  consul's  soldiers 
demanded  gold  from  the  citizens.  The  citizens  gave  (to) 
the  consul's  soldiers  more  (of)  wounds  than  (of)  gold. 
The  general  called  together  the  greatest  of  the  chiefs. 
Caesar  was  a  greater  general  than  Crassus. 


DEFECTIVE  COMPABISOK 

§  74.  1.  The  following  adjectives  want  the  positive : 

Clterior,  citimus,  nearer.  Prior,  primus,  former. 

Dctcrior,  dcterrimus,  worse.  Propior,  proximus,  nearer. 

Interior,  intimfls,  inner.  Ulterior,  ultiinus,  further. 
Ocior,  ocissimus,  swifter. 


DEFECTIVE   COMPARISON.  101 

2.  The  following  have  no  terminational  comparative, 
but  prefix  magis,  more  : — 

Consultus,  consultissiinus,  skilful.  Par,  parissimus  (very  rare),  equal. 

Inclutus,  inclutissirnus,  renowned.  Persuasus,  persuasissimum  (neuter), 
Invictus,  invictissimus,  invincible.         persuaded.   . 

Invitus,  invitlssiraus,  unwilling.  Sacer,  saeerrimus,  sacred. 
Meritus,  meritissimus  (very  rare), 

deserving.  •,  •  — 

3.  The  following  have  no  'terminational  superlative, 
but  for  the  most  part  prefix  wwMm^-  most ;•— •• 

Adolescens,  adolescentior,  young.  Prodi  vis,  procllvior,  sloping. 

Agrestis,  agrestior,  rustic.  Pronus^  pronior,  bending  down. 

Alacer,  alacrior,  active.  Propinquus,  propinquior,  near. 

Ater,  atrior,  black.  Protervus,  protervior,  violent. 

Csecus,  cascior,  blind.  Salutaris,  salutarior,  salutary. 

Deses,  desidior,  inactive.  Satis,  sufficient;  satius,  preferable. 

Diuturnus,  diuturnior,  lasting.  Satur,  saturior,/«^. 

Inf  initus,  infinltior,  unlimited.  Senex,  senior,  old. 

Ingens,  ingentior,  great.  Silvestris,  silvestrior,  woody. 

Jejunus,  jejunior,  hungry.  Sinister,  sinisterior,  left. 

Juvenis,  junior,  young.  Supinus,  supinior,  lying  on  the  back, 

Licens,  licentior,  unrestrained.  Surdus,  surdior,  deaf. 

Longinquus,  longinquior,  distant.  Teres,  teretior,  round. 
Opimus,  opimior,  rich. 

Remark  1. — The  superlative  of  juvenis  and  ddolescens  is  sup-i 
plied  by  minimus  natu,  youngest ;  and  that  of  sencx  by  maximus 
natti,  oldest.  The  comparatives  of  minor  ndtti  and  major  natu 
sometimes  also  occur. 

4.  Many  adjectives  form  the  comparative  and  super- 
lative by  prefixing  magis,  more,  and  maxtm&,  most :  as, 
piuSj  macfls  plus,  maximV  pius,  pious,  more  pious,  most 
pious.     This  is  especially  the  case  with  adjectives  in 
bunditSj   iinuSj    inus,    or  us,  wiis,  and    us  with  a  vowel 
before  it. 

9* 


102 


INDICATIVE   ENDINGS   OF   VERBS. 


THIRD  AND  FOURTH  CONJUGATION  OF  VERBS. 

§  75. 1.  Verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  have  &r&  (short) 
in  the  infinitive  present;  those  of  the  fourth  conjuga- 
tion, ire. 

2.  .INDICATIVE   ENDINGS,    THIRD  CONJUGATION. 

1    '  'Singular. 

'  -'  '        'isfrPersoa.        2d  Person.       3d  Person. 
Pre'senf,    '<•'  '  *-6,'  ^  '    '    •    -is,  -it, 

Imperfect,         -er-bam,          -e'-bas,          -e'-b^t, 
Future,  -am ;  -es ;  -£t ; 

Plural. 

1st  Person.        2d  Person.  3d  Person. 

Present,  -i-mus,  -i-tis,  -unt, 

Imperfect,         -e-6a'-mus,     -e-6a'-tis,  -er-bant, 

Future,  -e'-mus.          -e'-tis.  -ent. 


3.  FOURTH  CONJUGATION. 

Singular. 

1st  Person.        2d  Person. 
Present,  -io,  -is, 

Imperfect,         -i-e'-bam,        -i-e'-bas, 
Future,  -i-am;  -i-es; 


3d  Person. 
-it, 


Plural. 

1st  Person.         2d  Person.  3d  Person. 

Present,  -I'-miis,  -I'-tis,  -i-unt, 

Imperfect,         -i-e-ia'-mus,   -i-e-6a'-tis,  -i-e'-bant, 

Future,  -i-er-mus.        -i-e'-tis.  -i-eut. 

4.  By  adding  these  endings  to  the  stems  r%g*,  rule, 
and  aud-9  hear,  we  have  the  following 


INDICATIVE   ENDINGS   OF   VERBS.  103 

\ 

PARTIAL   PARADIGM.— INDICATIVE    MOOD, 

THIRD   CONJUGATION. 

Present.  Imperfect.  Future. 

I  rule.  I  was  ruling.          I  shall  or  will  rule. 

Singular. 

ref-gOj  re^e'-bam,  r^'-gam, 

re'-gis,  rg-t/e'-bas,  re'-ges, 

re  ~2jitj  j  YQ~QG  ~uat  j  re  ~gt3L  j 


r&/-i-mus, 
r£(/-i-tis, 
re'-gunt. 

Plural. 
Y&g-e-baf-mus, 

re-^^-bant. 

re'-gent. 


INDICATIVE  MOOD,  FOURTH  CONJUGATION. 

Present.                         Imperfect.  Future. 

I  hear.  I  was  hearing.  I  shall  or  will  hear. 

Singular. 

a/i/-di-5,                 au-di-e'-bam,  cm'-di-am, 

a?/-dis,  au-di-e'-bas,  att'-di-es, 

cm'-dit ;                 au-di-e'-bat ;  a^'-di-St ; 

au-c?I'-mus,  au-di-e-6a'-mus^        au-di-e'-mus, 

au-rf^-tis,  au-di-e-6d'-tis,  au-di-e'-tis, 

an'-di-unt.  au-di-e'-bant.  a^'-di-ent. 

5.  The  endings  of  the  perfect  tenses  are  the  same  in 
all  conjugations.  The  perfect-stem  is  variously  formed 
in  the  third  conjugation;  in  the  fourth  it  is  formed  by 
adding  -w  to  the  present-stem  :  as,  aud-io,  I  am  hearing ; 
aud-l-vl,  I  have  heard.  See  §  47. 


104  ADJECTIVES. 

6.  The  supine-stem  is  generally  formed,  in  the  third 
conjugation,  by  adding  -t  to  the  present-stem ;  in  the 
fourth,  by  adding  -It:  .as,  due-fir^  duc£-um;  aud-irS, 
aud-it-um.  ^ 

EXERCISE  XXXIV. 
§  76.      Vocabulary. 

vallum,  -I,  rampart.  tertius,  -a,  -urn,  (g  63,  1,  b),    third. 

castellum,  -I,  tower.  de  (prep,  with  abl.},  about,  concerning; 

•     fur,  fur-is,  (g  39,  Rem.  2),  thief.  of  time,  at,  after;  de  tertia  vigilia, 

finis,  -is,  ($  33,  Rein.  6,  Exc.  2),          at  or  after  the  third  watch. 

boundary,  end.  tergum,  -I,  back. 

Vigilia,  -3B,  watch. 

reg-5,  reg-ere,  rex-i,  rect-um,  to  ride. 

duc-o,  duc-ere,  dux-i,  duct-um,  to  lead. 

e-dfic-o,  e-duc-ere,  e-dux-i,  e-duct-um,  to  lead  out. 

re-duc-6,  re-duc-ere,  re-dux-i,  re-duct-uin,  to  lead  bach' 

vert-o,  vert-ere,  vert-i,  vers-um,  to  turn. 

mun-io,  mun-ire,  inuniv-i,  mun-itum,  to  fortify. 

pun-io,  pun-ire,  pTiniv-T,  punit-iim,  to  punish. 

sc-iS,  sc-Ire,  sclv-l,  sclt-um,  to  know. 

Translate  into  English. 

Deiis  omnia  regit  \Imperat5r  magnus  civitates  multas 
*e±it.  ;  Consul  annds  multos  (§  66,  2)  provinciam  rexerat. 
Consiilis  frat^r  exercitus  reipublica3  duc^t.  Princeps  f^rox 
plebSm  omnem  ad  bellum  ducebat.  4  Ca3sar  de  tertia  vigilia 
^  castris  exercitiim  eduxit.  /Mariiis  nostros  ad  victoriSm 
dux^rat.  Hostes  terga  vertereV/Tures  latronesquS  vultfim 
regis  timent.  /  ^Impgrat5r  castra  valid  fossaquS  mumvi't. 

'  'Princeps  prudens  omnia  Helvetiortim  oppida  mimit-t. 
sMariiis  consul  exercitiim  ad  urbSm  reduxit.  Principus 

/^Thracum  castella  multa  munient.  /  AIlex  fures  latronesqutf 
puniebat.  '/Ddmmtis  pigros  servos  punity  "Davus  nihil  scit 
de  legibus  reipublicse. 


PRONOUNS.  105 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  centurion  has  led  back  many  of  the  brave  soldiers. 
All  the  horsemen  of  the  enemy  are  turning  their  backs. 
The  boy  rules  his  horse  with  the  bridle.-  Our  men  knew 
nothing  about  the  journey  of  the  enemy .;  Csesar  was  lead- 
ing the  whole  army  through  the  boundaries  of  the  JEduans. 
The  consul  will  lead  out  the  army  from  the  town  after  the 
third  watch.  The  great  king  will  punish  many  thieves 
and  robbers.  The  prudent  general  had  fortified  his  camp 
with  a  rampart  and  ditch.  One  of  the  consuls  has  led  the 
Romans  to  victory. 


PRONOUNS. 

/  • 

§  77.  1.  A  pronoun  is  4  word  used  instead  of  a  noun. 

2.  There  are  eighteen  simple  pronouns  : — 

Eg5,  /.  Qui,  who. 

Tu,  thou.  Metis,  my. 

Sui,  of  himself,  etc.  Ttius,  thy. 

S,  that,  the  former.  Sims,  his,  hers,  its,  etc. 

g,  himself.  Cujus?  whose/ 

IstS,  that ,  that  of  yours.  Nostgr,  our. 

Hie,  this~;  the  latter.  Vestgr,  your. 

Is,  that  or  he.  Nostras,  of  our  country. 

Quis?  who?  Cujas?  of  what  country  f 

3.  Of  these,  ego,  tu,  and  swi  are  called  substantive,  be- 
caiise  they  are  used  as  nouns ;  and  personal,  because  $go 
always  denotes  the  speaker;  tu,  the  person  spoken  to; 
and  sul,  the  person  spoken  of. 


106  PERSONAL   PKONOUNS. 

4.  From,  ego,  tu,  and  ml  are  derived  metis,  tuus,  suus, 
nosier,  vester,  and  nostras,  which  are  adjective  words. 

5.  Hie,  ipse,  iste,  hie,  and  fe,  are  formed  on  the  same 
pronominal  root,  1;  and  qitis  and  qul,  on  the  pronominal 
root  n. 


SUBSTANTIVE   PEKSONAL  PKONOUNS. 

§  78.  The  substantive  personal  pronouns  are  thus  de- 
clined : — 


K     e'-gO,  I. 
G.     me'-i,  of  me. 

D.    mi'-hi,  to  me. 
Ac.  me,  me. 

v 

Singular. 
tu,  thou. 

tu'-l,  of  thee. 

ftb'-l,  to  thee. 
te,  thee. 
tu,  0  fAot*. 
te,  wi7/i  thee. 

{  su'-i,  of  himself  y  her- 
\     self,  itself. 
sibf-i,  to  himself,  etc. 
se,  himself,  etc. 

Ab.  me,  with  me. 

se,  with  himself,  etc. 

Plural. 

N".     nos,  we.  vos,  ye  or  7/ 

fnoa'-trum  1  ves'-triim 


G/l/t/O       II.L  LIJLAA        1          .,                   l/C/O       l/JL  UJXI       I          /•  »    -           f      7                        7 

.  -j            ,  .  .  \of  us.           .     _  [of  you.  su -i,  of  themselves. 
[yrnos-tn,)  J        or  vex  -tn,j. 

D.    nof-bis9  to  us.         vo'-bis,  to  you.  stb'-i,  to  themselves. 

Ac.  nos,  us.                  vos,  you.  se,  themselves. 
V.                                  vos,  0  ye  or  yow. 


Ab.  no'-bis,  wi^/i  t*5.     vo'-bis,  with  you.     se,  i<;^A  themselves. 

Remark  1. — The  nominatives  tgo,  t^,  nos,  vos,  are  expressed  with 
the  verb  only  for  the  sake  of  emphasis  or  contrast:  as,  ego  equlfo,* 
tH  ambulcis,  I  am  riding,  you  are  walking ;  nos  vocdbdmus,  res- 
pondistls  vos,  we  were  calling,  ye  answered. 

Remark  2. — The  syllable  met  is  annexed,  for  emphasis,  to  all  the 
forms  of  the  substantive  personal  pronouns,  except  til,  nostrum, 


PERSONAL    PRONOUNS.  107 

and  vestrum;  sese  is  frequently  usegt^m^t^h^uiy  rnn 
also  ttite,  and  internet  t  for  in. 

Remark  3. — The  forms  nostrl  and  vestri  areTproperly  the  geni- 
tive singular  neuter  of  the  possessives  noster  and  vester,  and  de- 
note one  whole,  without  reference  to  its  parts :  they  are  almost 
always  objective :  as,  odium  vestri,  hatred  of  you.  Nostrum  and 
vestrum  are  generally  partitive  genitives :  as,  quis  vestrum?  They 
are  sometimes  objective,  like  nostrl  and  vestri;  as,  cupidus  ves- 
trum, desirous  of  you ;  and  sometimes  subjective,  especially  with 
omnium;  as,  nostrum  omnium  par  ens,  the  parent  of  us  all, — not 
nostrl  omnium. 

Remark  4- — Sul  is  also  called  reflexive,  because  it  refers  to  the 
leading  subject :  as,  puer  sese  lauddt,  the  boy  praises  himself. 
But  where  no  ambiguity  can  arise,  sul  sometimes  refers  to  some 
other  word  than  the  leading  subject:  as,  prcedwant  consulem 
sese  lauddre. 

Remark  5. — The  substantive  personals  take  the  gender  of  the 
nouns  for  which  they  stand. 

EXERCISE  XXXV. 

§  79.  1.  Rule  of  Syntax. — If  the  subject  consist  of 
more  than  one,  the  verb  is  plural.  If  the  nominatives 
be  of  different  persons,  the  verb  takes  the  first  person 
rather  than  the  second,  and  the  second  rather  than  the 
third  :  as,  tigo  tit  tu  (=  nos)  v&lemfts,  I  and  you  are  well ; 
tu  tit  Cicero  (—  vos)  valetls,  you  and  Cicero  are  well. 

2.  Rule  of  Position. — The  preposition  cum  is  always 
put  after  the  ablative  of  the  substantive  personal  pro- 
nouns :  as,  mecum,  with  me. 

3.  Rule  of  Position. — The  substantive  personal  pro- 
nouns, when  connected  by  conjunctions  to  other  words, 
stand  first :  as,  tu  tit  rex,  you  and  the  king. 

Ego  always  precedes :  as,  tigo  tit  rex,  the  king  and  I ; 
tigo  tit  in,  you  and  I. 


108  PERSONAL    PRONOUNS. 

4.  Rule  of  Position. — Contrasted  words  are  put  as 
near  together,  or  as  far  apart,  as  possible.     Nos  gquita- 
mus,  ambulatis  vos  ;  or,  £quitamus  nos,  vos  ambiilatis. 

5.  Omnes  in  vied  puerl,  all  the  boys  in  the  village. 
(Observe  that  in  vied  is  placed  between  omnes  and  puZrl.) 

Translate  into  English. 

f  Nos*  £quitaBimiis,  ambulabitis  vos.  *  In  urb&  magnam 
multitudingm  hominum  videbis.  Eg6  £t  patgr  in  regis 
horto  ccenabimus.  Tu  £t  Lucius  nobiscum  manebitis. 
Eg6  ^t  Cicero  pu^ris  libros  dabamus.  •  Kex  Thracum  tibl 
multum  auri  dabit.  /Reginse  nuncius  mihl  viam  monstrabit. 
-Tu  ^t  Tullius  mecum  ambulabatis.  f  AncillS,  sibl  m^di- 
cinam  parav^rat.  /  ^Imperator  fortis  multos  captivos  secum 
duc£t.  //Consul  mercatdres  omnes  2,d  se  convocaverat. 
Poetse  carmina  audiemus.^  Sapiens  sese  non  laudat/^Eg5 
St  tii  apud  Tullium  coenabamiisy^'  Improbi  sese  timent. 
Pu£r  bonus  in  urb^m  nos  ducgt.  ^Daviis,  Catonis  servus, 
sese  cultro  vuln^ravit. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

I  In  a  great  city  we  see  many  men/^(  (My)  father  and  I 
sustained  the  attack  of  the  enemy  many  hours  (§  60,  2). 
In  a  short  time  Lucius  and  I  will  have  given  books  to  all 
the  boys.  /I  rode,  youf  walked.^  "You  and  Tully  will  re- 
main many  days  with  us.  *>  Jhe  general  has  given  (to)  one 
ef  the  soldiers  much  silver  and  gold.  /Wise  men  do  not 
praise  themselves,  i  We  shall  hear  the  songs  of  the  great 
poet.  /We  have  punished  all  the  thieves  in  the  province. 
I  have  held  the  fierce  bull  by  the  horns.  ^^The  wicked 
king  does  not  rule  himself../^ Ye  have  walked  five  thou- 
sand paces  (§  66,  2). 

*See  model  of  analysis  3.   (App.  XI.) 

|  You  will  be  translated  by  tu  when  it  refers  to  one ;  by  vos  when 
it  means  more  than  one. 


POSSESSIVE    PRONOUNS.  109 


ADJECTIVE-PEKSONAL,  OK  POSSESSIVE, 
PKONOUNS. 

§  80.    From  the  substantive    pronouns  are  derived 
the  adjective-personal,  or  possessive,  pronouns,  so  called 
because    they   are    adjectives   and    denote    possession. 
They  are — 
From  mel,     metis,  mea,  meum,  my,  mine. 

(voc.  masc.  mi,  rarely  metis.)  (Like  bonus.) 
From  tui,  tuus,  tua,  tuum,  thy,  thine,  your.  (Like  bonus.) 
From  sul,  suus,  sua,  suum,  his,  her,  its,  their,  his  oivn, 

her  own,  its  own,  their  own. 
From  nostrl,  noster,   iiostra,   nostrum,    our,    ours.     (Like 

pulcher.) 
From  vestrl,  vested,  vestra,  vestrum,  your,  yours.     (Like 

pulcher.) 

Remark  1. — The  emphatic  suffixes  met  and  pte  are  sometimes 
added  to  the  possessive  pronouns,  especially  in  the  ablative 
singular :  as,  meamet  mdnti,  with  my  own  hand. 

Remark  2. — Suus,  like  sul,  is  always  reflexive,  referring  to  the 
subject  of  the  sentence  in  which  it  stands.  But  a  sentence  may 
be  so  constructed  that  the  natural  subject  becomes  the  object: 
thus,  instead  of  hie  a  clvibas  suls  ex  urbe  cjcctus  est  (this  man  was 
expelled  from  the  city  by  his  own  citizens),  we  find  Jiunc  elves  sul 
ex  urbe  ejecerunt  (his  own  citizens  expelled  this  man  from  the  city). 

Remark  3. — While  sul  refers  to  the  leading  subject,  suus  refers 
to  the  subject  of  the  sentence  in  which  it  stands.  Ariovistus 
respondlt  nemmem  secitm  sine  sua  pernlcie  contendisse,  Ariovistus 
replied  that  no  one  had  extended  with  him  without  his  own 
destruction.  (Here  secum  refers  to  Ariovistus,  and  sua  to  ne- 
mmem.) 

EXERCISE  XXXVI. 

§  .81.  1.  Questions  expecting  the  answer  yes  or  no  are 

10 


110  POSSESSIVE    PRONOUNS. 

asked  in  Latin  by  means  of  the  interrogative  particles 
n&,  nonne1,  ntim. 

2.  (a.)  The  enclitic  rie  asks  for  information,  and  is 
placed  after  the  verb,  usually  standing  with  it  at  the 
beginning  of  the  sentence.     It  is  not  translated.     Scri- 
bit-n£  Cams  ?  is  Cams  writing  P     P£tgr  tuus  tibi  Squum 
d$dit-n$  ?  has  your  father  given  you  a  horse  ? 

(6.)  N$  stands  with  any  especially  emphatic  word  at 
the  beginning  of  the  sentence.  Tu-ne  sciibis  ?  are  you 
writing  ? 

3.  Num  stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence,  and 
expects  the  answer  no.      It  is  not  translated.      Num  tu 
patrSm  tuum  ngcavisti?  have  you  murdered  your  own 
father? 

4.  NonnZ  (placed  at  or  near  the  beginning  of  the 
sentence)    expects   the    answer   yes.     Nonn6   Spistdlam 
scripsistl  ?  have  you  not  written  the  letter  f 

5.  The  answer  yes  is  expressed  in  Latin  by  repeating 
the  predicate :  as,  "  Have  you  seen  the  king  ?     Yes." 
Vidistl-n'e  reg&m?   Vidl.     No  is  expressed  by  repeating 
the  predicate  with  non :  "  Have  you  seen  the  king  ? 
No."     V~idistl-n%  regemf     Non  vldl.     Hence  questions 
expecting  the  answer  yes  or  no  are  called  predicative 
questions. 

Vocabulary. 

cubiculum,  -I,  bedchamber.  salus,  salutis,  safety. 

cantiis,  -us,  singing.  tuse   salutis    causa,  for    the  jake  of 

vox,  voc-is,  voice.  your  own  safety. 

scrib-o,  -ere,  scrips-i,  script-iim,  to  write. 

con-scrib-5,  -ere,  consofips-I,  conscript-um,  to  levy,  enroll. 

relinqu-o,  -ere,  reliqu-I,  relict-um,  to  leave. 

ven-io,  -Ire,  ven-i,  vent-uin,  to  come. 

dorm-io,  -ire,  dormiv-i,  dormit-um,  to  sleep. 


POSSESSIVE   PRONOUNS.  Ill 


Translate  into  English.    • 

Audis-ng  vocem  patris  mel*?  NonnS  magnitude  opens 
consul^m  sapientgm  tardabit  ?  NonnS  f  ilii  imperatoris  in 
castris  dormiebant  ?  Num  servus  tuiis  totam  noctSm  in 
silva  niansit  ?  Vidisti-ng  magnum  ovium  grggem  in  agro 
meo?  Tu-ne'  regem  nostrum  vidisti.  Nostri  (§  60,  RemJ) 
totum  di6m  impetum  hostium  sustinu^rant.  Vestra3  salutis 
causa  vos  mftnui.  Tuso  salutis  causa  in  urb&n  te  duxi. 
Audies-nS  cantiim  avium?  Num  consul  tres  l^giones 
parvo  in  vico  conscripsit  ?  Pulchrii  puella  manu  sua 
^pistolam  scribgt.  V^ni6t-n8  in  urbem  impgrator  magniis 
cum  omnibus  copiis?  Conscripsit-nS  Caesar  legiones  duas 
in  provincia  ?  Matgr  impr5bS,  suam  f  iliam  veneno  n^ca,- 
vit.  *  Marius,  dux  Roman  us,  omnes  copias  suas  ex  hibernis 
eduxerat. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

I  "Will  the  beautiful  queen  write  the  whole  letter  with 
her  own  hand  ?.flWill  a  kind  father  murder  his  own  chil- 
dren? No.  *Will  a  wise  king  break  the  laws  of  the 
state?  >3hall  we  sup  with  (cipud)  Tully's  son-in-law? 
'Will  not  the  brave  general  lead  the  forces  of  the  republic 
to  victory?  Yes.  vHas  your  father  seen  my  slave  in  his 
garden  ?  Were  your  slaves  carrying  heavy  burdens 
through  the  city  ?  Our  kind  brother  will  advise  us  for 
the  sake  of  our  own  safety.  "'"Will  not  the  good  shepherd 
defend  all  his  own  sheep  from  dogs  and  wolves?  Yes. 
Thou  shalt  sleep  in  the  little  bedchamber.  "Will  a  brave 
general  leave  his  army  in  the  boundaries  of  the  enemy  ? 
We  shall  hear  the  voice  of  the  general. 

*See  model  of  analysis  4.  (App.  XL) 


112 


DEMONSTRATIVE    PRONOUNS. 


DEMONSTRATIVE   PRONOUNS. 

§  82.  1.  Demonstratives  are  so  called  because  they 
are  used  to  point  out  things  :  as,  ille  puer,  that  boy ;  hcec 
suva,  this  forest. 

2.  They  are  ill&,  ist&9  hlc,  fe,  and  their  compounds, 
and  are  thus  declined  : — 

Singular- 


Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

it-is, 

tT-la, 

tT-liid, 

Gen. 

iMf-us, 

il-Zf-us, 

il'-ZH'-uSj 

Dat. 

il'-ll, 

zT-H, 

tWl, 

Ace. 

tT-lum, 

iT-liim, 

iT-lud, 

VHP 

V  \J\j* 

Abl. 

tf-lo; 

iT-la; 

tT-16  ; 

tffe 

Plural. 

JVTasc.^^^^l 

K^^  Fern. 

Neut.       4 

Nom. 

^jLkE, 

il'-\&+*ij} 

Gen. 

il-^y^n, 

il-TWriim, 

il-^^rum, 

Dat. 

i^fis,. 

iT-lis, 

f^-lis, 

Ace. 

iT-los, 

iT-las, 

^-li, 

VHP 

^ 

V     UL>. 

Abl. 

i?-lis. 

z7'-lis. 

fl'-lls. 

';:>r 

f 

Ist&  is  declined  like  ilU.                      .   ,-'f 

/f? 

Singular.  /      ^ 

*si 

4JT 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

hlc, 

hsec, 

hoc, 

Gen. 

^'-jus, 

M'-jiis, 

huf-jusf 

Dat. 

huic, 

^y.  huic. 

huic, 

Ace.    / 

hunc, 

hanc, 

hoc, 

VOP 

V  \J\jt 

Abl. 

hoc  ; 

hac; 

hoc; 

DEMONSTRATIVE   PRONOUNS. 


113 


Plural. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

hi, 

hse, 

hsec, 

Gen. 

Ao'-riim, 

M'-rum, 

Ao'-rum, 

Dat. 

his, 

his, 

his, 

Ace.     „- 

hos, 

has, 

hsec, 

VHP 

v  uu. 

Abl. 

Hs. 

his. 

his. 

Singular. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

IS, 

e'-a, 

id, 

Gen. 

e'-jtts, 

e'-jus, 

e'-jtts, 

Dat. 

e'-J, 

*'-!, 

e'-I, 

Ace. 

e'-um, 

e'-am, 

w, 

VHP 

V  UL/. 

Abl. 

e'-6; 

e'-a; 

e'-6  ; 

Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Voc: 

Abl. 


Plural. 
-*-      Masc.  Fern. 

e'-se, 

e-a'-rum, 

or  e'-is,      i'-is  or  e'-is, 
e'-6s,  e'-as, 


'-is  or  e'-is.      t'-is  or  e'-is. 


Neut. 
e'-a, 

e-o'-rum, 
t'-is  or  e'-is, 
e'-a, 


3.  Istlc  (sometimes  written  isthie)  and  illic  are  com- 
pounded of  iste  hie  and  ilU  hie,  and  are  more  emphatic 
than  ist&  and  ilU.  Istlc  is  thus  declined  : — 

Singular.  *       Plural. 

Masc.         Fern.  Neut.  Masc.  Fern.     Neut. 

Nom.  ty-tlc,      w'-taec,  ts'toc  or  zV-tuc,  ~  Nom.  is'-tsec,  — 

Ace.    e's'-tunc,  t>'-tanc,  zVtoc  or  tV~tuo,  Ace. •     w'-tsec. 

Abl.    w'-toc ;    ts'-tac ;  w'-toc ; 

is  declined  in  the  same  manner. 
10* 


114  DEMONSTRATIVE    PRONOUNS. 

4.  The  suffix  d&m  is   annexed  to  fe,  forming  ld£m, 
"  the  same/'  which  is  thus  declined  :  — 

Singular. 


Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom.  I'-dgm, 

e'-a-dgm, 

r-d6m, 

Gen.    e-jusf-d&m, 

e^W-d6m, 

e-j^/-dSm, 

Dat.     e-i'-dgm, 

e-i'-dgm, 

e-I'-dSm, 

Ace.    e-im'-dgm, 

e-anr-d^m, 

r-dem, 

Vnn 

Abl.    e-6'-dgm  ;  e-a'-dgm  ;  e-o'-dgm  ; 

Plural. 
Masc.  Fcm.  Neut. 

Nom.  i-i'-dgm,  e-ce'-dem,  e'-a-dgm, 

Gen.    e-o-run'-d&m,  e-a-rW-d^m,  e-o-ruri-dem, 

Dat.     e-is'-d&m  or  i-is'-  e-is'-dSm  or  i-isr-  e-iV-dem  or  i-iV- 

dem,                        dem,  d&n, 

Ace.    e-o/-d^m,  e-as'-d£m,  e'-a-d^m, 

Voc.    -  - 

Abl.     e-zV-dem  or  i-isr-  e-iV-d^m  or  i-isf-  e-iV-dem  or  i-iV- 

d£m.                       d^m.  dem. 

EXERCISE  XXXVII. 

Is;  IDEM. 

§  83.  1.  7s,  that,  is  very  often  used  as  a  substantive- 
personal  pronoun  (7ie,  she,  it,  they,  them,  etc.)  of  the 
same  gender  with  the  noun  for  which  it  stands  :  as, 
Cle&ro  multos  libros  scripsit;  eos  (i.e.  libros)  libentZr  ttgo; 
Cicero  has  written  many  books;  I  read  them  (i.e.  the 
books)  with  pleasure. 

2.  (a.)  His,  her,  its,  their,  will  be  translated  by  sutis 
when  they  refer  to  the  subject  ;  (b.)  if  they  refer  to  any 
other  word  in  the  sentence,  they  will  be  translated  by 
the  genitive  of  the  demonstrative,  is,  ea,  %d. 


DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUNS.         115 

(a.)  Rex  f  ilium  suum  ad  se  vocat,  The  king  calls  his  (own}  son  to  him. 

(6.)  Rex  agricolam  et  filiuin  ejus  The  king  calls  the  farmer  and  his 

ad  se  vocat,  (the  farmer's)  son  to  him. 

Helvetii  in  ^Eduorum  fines  copias  The  Helvetians  had  led  over  their 

suds  transduxerant,  eorumque  forces  into  the  country  of  the 

agros  populabantur,  ^Eduans,  and  were  laying  waste 

their  (the  JEduans')  fields. 

Remark  1. — An  idea  is  repeated  emphatically  by  et  is  or  nee  is : 
as,  Una  in  domd,  et  ed  angustd,  in  one  house,  and  that  a  small 
one ;  unum  prcelium,  nee  id  difficile,  one  battle,  and  that  not  a 
hard  one. 

Remark  2. — Idem  is  often  equivalent  to  also  in  English :  as, 
Cicero  erdt  orator  idemque  pfiilosoplius,  Cicero  was  an  orator,  and 
also  a  philosopher  (literally,  and  the  same  was  a  philosopher). 

Remark  3. — The  demonstratives  are  adjectives,  and  can  pro- 
perly be  called  pronouns  only  when  they  stand  for  nouns. 

Vocabulary. 

scriptor,  ~or-is,  writer.  prsestans,    -ant-is,    excellent,    distin- 

Ovidius,  -1,  Ovid.  guishcd. 

Virgilius,  -I,  Virgil.  libenter  (adv.),  gladly,  with  pleasure. 

Platd,  -on-is,  Plato.  Bumnorix,  -ig-is,  Dumnorix. 

ger-o,  ger-ere,  gess-i,  gest-um,  to  wage,  carry  on. 
contend-5,  contend-ere,  contend-I,  content-um,  to  striae,  to  fight,  to  contend. 

Translate  into  English. 

Caesar  liostes  fugavit,  ^t  ab  iis*  obsides  multos  postiilavit. 
Komani  ctim  Gallis  contenderunt,  atque  in  eorum  f  inibtis 
bellum  gesserunt.  Rex  mercatores  omnes  ad  se  convS- 
cavit,  atque  iis  multum  auri  (§  73)  dedit.  Consulis  f  ilia 
pulcherrima  est ;  earn  in  urbe  vidi.  Dumnorix  eo  (that) 
tempore  (§  66,  1)  in  Gerniania  bellum  g^rebat.  In 
eodem  oppklo  multi  militcs  fuerunt.  Tullius  eundem 
servum  ad  se  vocabit.  Eodem  die  imperator  clarus  ad 
castra  v^nit.  Ovidius  et  Virgilius  sunt  poetse  clarissimi  ; 
opera  eorum  libent^r  iSgimus.  Csesar  Labieniim  ^t  ejus 
filiiim  in  Gallia  r^liqu^rat.  Poetse  opSra  sua  laudant. 

model  of  analysis  5.  (App.  XI.)    , 


116  DEMONSTRATIVE   PRONOUNS. 


amat,  St  ejiis  virtutem  laudabit. 
Pater  tuus  "  filiam  suam  amat,  £t  ejus  llbe'ris  multum 
argenti  (§  73)  dabit. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Cicero  is  a  very  distinguished  orator  ;  we  shall  hear  him 
with  pleasure.  Plato  is  an  excellent  writer  ;  have  you 
read  all  his  works?  Will  the  queen  see  her  son  and  his 
daughter  in  our  city  ?  The  king  will  not  leave  Tully  and 
his  (Tully's)  son  in  the  city.  A  wise  man  does  not  carry 
all  his  gold  with  him.  In  one  day  Caesar  led  the  whole 
army  through  the  boundaries  of  the  Helvetians  to  Lake 
Lemannus  ;  on  the  same  day  he  routed  very  great  forces 
of  the  enemy.  At  that  time  the  rains  had  swollen  all  the 
rivers,  and  were  keeping  (contmere)  the  Germans  in  their 
own  boundaries.  The  king  loved  his  faithful  slave,  and 
gave  him  a  golden  necklace.  Have  you  seen  the  centu- 
rion's beautiful  daughter  ?  I  saw  her  in  the  king's  grove. 
Csesar  was  a  famous  general,  and  also  (Eem.  2)  a  dis- 
tinguished writer. 

| 
Hie,  ISTE,  ILLE. 

§  84.  1.  Hie,  ELEC,  HOC,  this,  points  out  a  thing  near 
the  speaker  in  place  or  time,  and  is  sometimes  called  the 
demonstrative  of  the  first  person  :  as,  hie  ItbZr,  this 
book  (near  me)  ;  hoc  die,  on  this  day. 

2.  ISTE,  IST!,  ISTUD,  this,  that,  points  out  a  thing 
near  the  person  spoken  to,  and  is  sometimes  called  the 
demonstrative  of  the  second  person:  as,  ist&  libZr,  that 
book  (of  yours). 

3.  ILLE,  ILL  A,  ILLIJD,  that,  points  out  a  thing  remote 
from  the  speaker,  and  is  often  called  the  demonstrative 
of  the  third  person  :  as,  ilU  libZr,  that  book  (yonder). 


DEMONSTRATIVE 

Remark  1. — Hie  —  ille,  and  Hit  —  Tile,  \ 
—  the  latter,  the  one  —  tlie  oilier,  etc. :  as,  Csesai'  eT<lT!  Ciceroni 
sequalls  :  hie  imperator  clarus  j  Hit  prgestans  erat  orator ;  Ccesar 
was  contemporary  with  Cicero :  the  former  was  a  famous  general ; 
the  latter,  a  distinguished  orator. 

Remark  2. — Hie  and  Hit  are  sometimes  used  like  Is,  as  substan- 
tive personals  (he,  him,  etc.),  though  generally  more  emphatic. 

Remark  3. — Hie  often  refers  to  what  follows:  as,  Gallorum 
oppugndtio  est  hcec,  the  modQ.qf  attack  among  the  Gauls  is  as 
•  follows.  Ille  is  sometimes  used  in  the  same  way. 

Remark  4* — Iste  often  expresses  contempt :  as,  iste  homo,  that 
fellow. 

Remark  5. — Ille  often  points  out  something  well  known  or  dis- 
tinguished :  as,  ille  Pittdcus,  the  well-known  Pittacus. 

Remark  6. — The  emphatic  suffix  ce,  is  added  to  some  of  the 
cases  of  hie :  as,  hwjusce,  hosce. 

EXERCISE  XXXVIII. 
'Translate  into  English. 

Hie  servus  dommum  amat.  Hsec  Spisttfla  sftrorgm  meam 
delectabit.  Hoc  bellum  civilS  gravissimum  ^t  atrocissi- 
miim  est.  Hie  puSr  boniis,  ille  est  improbus.  Hie  mil^s 
omnium  est  fortissimus.  IstS  tuus  gquus  pulchrum  animal 
est.  Ista  tua  oratio  rempublieam  servavit.  IstS-nS  nos 
puni^t?  IllS  bos  magna  cornua  hab^t.  Illos  milites  in 
castra  ducemus.  Equites  omnes  M  illud  oppidum  festi- 
nant.  Hie  pastor  bonus  gre'ge'm  servabit. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

This  good  master  gives  food  to  all  his  slaves.  "That  dove 
of  yours  will  fly  through  the  thick  woods.  '  Those  dogs  of 
yours  will  frighten  all  the  boys  in  the  village.  That  fierce 
lion  has  torn  in  pieces  many  sheep  and  cows.  A  This  excel- 
lent orator  will  delight  the  common  people  with  his  speech. 


118  INTENSIVE    PRONOUN. 

That  maid-servant  of  yours  will  prepare  medicine  for  the 
queen  and  her  (the  queen's)  daughters.  Will  you  give 
that  beautiful  horse  to  my  father?  Has  the  king  punished 
all  the  thieves  and  robbers  in  this  city  ?  •  These  horsemen 
will  urge  on  their  horses  with  spurs. 

INTENSIVE  PRONOUN. 

§  85.  The  pronoun  IPSE,  IPS  A,  IPSUM,  himself,  her- 
self, itself,  is  called  intensive,  because  it  makes  the  word 
to  which  it  is  added  more  emphatic :  as,  regSm  ipsum 
vidi,  I  have  seen  the  Hug  himself;  in  ipsls  flummis 
ripis,  on  the  very  banks  of  the  river. 

Singular. 


Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

tp'-sg, 

^p'-sa, 

-ip'-sum, 

Gen. 

ip-s!'-us, 

ip-s?'-us, 

ip-s!r-us, 

Dat. 

ip'-si, 

ip'-sl, 

ip'-sl, 

Ace. 

tp'-stlm, 

ip'-sam, 

ip'-sum, 

Voc. 

ty-sS, 

ip'-s£, 

ip'-sum, 

Abl. 

ip'-so  ; 

ip'-sa,  ; 

ip'-so  ; 

Plural. 
Masc.  Fern.  Neut. 

Nom.  ip'-sl,  ip'-ssQ, 

Gen.  ip-so'-rum,         ip-si 

Dat.  ip'-sis,  ip'-sis,  ip'-sis, 

Ace.  tp'-sos,  ^p'-sas,  ^p/-sa, 

Voc.  ip'-slj  tp'-sse,  tpr-sa, 

Abl.  ipr-sis.  -ip'-sis.  ip'-sis. 

Remark  1. — Ipse,  when  used  reflexively,  agrees  with  the  sub- 
ject if  that  is  to  be  made  especially  prominent:  as,  ego  me  ipse 
laudo  (literally),  I  myself  praise  me  (i.e.  I  do  the  praising  my- 
self; others  do  not  do  it).  On  the  other  hand,  ipse  agrees  with 


INTENSIVE    PRONOUN.  119 

the  object  if  that  is  tor  be  made  especially  prominent:  as,  me  ip- 
stim  laudo,  I  praise  myself  (i.e.  I  do  not  praise  other  people). 

Remark  2. — The  oblique  cases  of  ipse  are  used  reflexively  for 
the  forms  of  sul  and  suus,  to  avoid  ambiguity,  or  for  the  sake  of 
emphasis :  as,  qul  In  ipsorum  lingua  Celtce  appellantur,  who  in 
their'  own  language  are  called  Celts. 

EXERCISE   XXXIX. 

§  86.  1.  Rule  of  Syntax. — The  infinitive  is  often 
used  as  a  neuter  noun  in  the  nominative  or  accusative, 
and  may  be  the  subject  of  a  verb :  as,  grdtum  est  tccum 
ambuldrZ,  it  is  pleasant  to  walk  with  you.  (Subject  In- 
finitive.) 

2.  Rule  of  Syntax. — The  infinitive  is  used  as  a  com- 
plement (filling  up)  with  certain  verbs  and  adjectives 
expressing  an  incomplete  idea  :  as,  parat  helium  gfrrZrZ, 
he  is  preparing  to  wage  war.  (Complementary  Infini- 
tive.) 

Vocabulary. 

de  (prep,  with  abl.),  about,  concern-     vinculum,  -I,  chain. 

ing.  ferreus,  -a,  -um,  of  iron,  iron. 

de   se  ipso,  about   one's  self,  about  xiracundia,  -ae,  hasty  temper. 

himself.  orbis,  -Is,  ($  33),  circle. 

Alexander,  -dri,  Alexander.  orbis  terrarum,  the  world  (the  circle 

Macedonia,  -ae,  Macedonia.  of  the  countries}. 

inter   (prep,    with    ace.),    between,     sempgr  (adv.),  always. 

among.  faclnus,  -or-is,  deed,  crime. 

inter  se,  among  themselves,  with  one     sua  ($  60,  Rem.},  his  (own)  things,  his 
another.  (own)  property. 

praedic-6,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  tell,  to  boast. 
^instru-5,  -ere,  instrux-i,  instruct-iim,  to  draw  up. 
Nconstitu-5,  -ere,  constitu-i,  constitut-iim,  to  determine. 
ascend-5,-ere,  ascend-i,  ascens-iim,  to  ascend. 
vinc-i6,-ire,  vinx-i,  vinct-um,  to  bind. 
", -ere,  vic-i,  vict-um,  to  conquer. 


120  INTENSIVE   PRONOUN. 


Translate  into  English. 
t  » 

EgO  ips£  totam  noct^m  vigilavi.     Rex  ipsS  exercitum 

triplici  acie  instruxe'rat.  Nonn£  regma  ipsa  in  hac  domo 
dormivit?  /^De'cima  ipsa  l£gi6  magnitudine'm  periculi 
timebat.  ^  Tu-ng  te  ips£  laudabis  ?  Me  ipsg  non  laudabo. 

y  ^rr. 

7  Poeta  se  ips8  laudabat.    n?urpS  est  de  se  ipso  prsedicarS. 

Pat£r   ipsS   ^t   f  ilius   suus   de   agri   f  inibus   contendunt. 

^  Alexander    magnus,    rex    M^cSd5ni2e,    orb^m    terrarum 


paravSrat.  "Alexander  se  ipsum  non  rexit.  / 
p£rator  magnus  suam  iracundiam  non  rggit.  ^ifficillimum 
(§    67,  Rem.  2}  est   montSm  altum  ascend^r^. 


(§  67,  3)  est  civ£m  Romanum  vincirS.-     Sapiens  semper  se 
ipsS  r^git.'  ^Helvetii  sua  omnia  secum  portabant. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

*  Our  king  has  determined  to  conquer  the  whole  world. 
Your  king  is  a  boy.  *The  common  people  have  bound  our 
king  with  chains.  *^These  soldiers  are  always  boasting 
about  themselves/  It  is  not  very  difficult  to  ascend  a 
hill.  f°  Nothing  is  more  difficult  than  to  rule  a  hasty 
temper.  'Have  you  read  the  works  of  Cicero,  the  dis- 
tinguished orator  ?  oYill  a  father  and  a  son  contend  with 
one  another  about  an  eagle's  wing  ?  No.  /Am  I  myself 
praising  myself?  ^^as  not  this  fellow  (§  84,  Rem.  Jf) 
always  praised  himself?  It  is  a  great  crime  to  kill  (one's) 
father.  '^The  wicked  judge  is  preparing,  to  bind  Roman 
citizens.  ^The  common  people  will  bind  the  judge  himself. 

^  The  greatness  of  this  work  will   hinder  Caesar   himself. 

J^The  general  has  determined  to  put  three  legions  into 
winter  quarters. 


RELATIVE   PRONOUNS. 


121 


KELATIVE  PKONOUNS. 

§  87.  1.  The  pronoun  qui,  quce,  quod  (who,  which) 
is  called  relative,  because  it  refers  to  some  word  or 
phrase  going  before,  called  the  antecedent. 


Singular. 

Maso. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

qui, 

quse, 

quod, 

Gen. 

cu'-jus, 

CU'-JUS, 

cu'-jus, 

Dat. 

CU1, 

cm, 

CUl, 

Ace. 

qu&n, 

quam, 

quod, 

Abl. 

quo; 

qua; 

quo; 

Plural. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

qui, 

quse, 

quse, 

Gen. 

quo'-Yum, 

qua'-Yurn, 

quo'-Yum, 

Dat. 

qui'-bus, 

qui'-bus, 

qui'-bus, 

Ace. 
V™ 

quos, 

quas, 

quse, 

Abl.          qui'-bus.  qui'-bus.  ^m'-bus. 

2.  The  other  relatives  are  qudt,  qualms,  quantus,  quotus, 
and  their  compounds;    with  quicumque1  or  quicunque', 
and  quisqufo,  compounds  of  qui. 

3.  The  suffix  cunque1  (derived  from  quisqufy  means- 
ever  or  soever.     Quicunqug,  whoever,  whosoever,  what- 
ever, whatsoever,  is  declined  like  qui. 

quicunquS,  qusecunqug,  quodcunqu^, 
cujuscunqu^,  cujuscunqug,  cujuscunquS, 
cuicunqu^,  cuicunquS,  cuicunque,  etc. 

4.  Quisquis,  whoever,  is  thus  declined : — 


11 


122  RELATIVE   PRONOUNS. 

Singular. 
Masc,  Fern.  Neut. 

Nom.  quis'-quis,       quis'-qms,      quid' -quid  or  quic'-quid 
Ace.    quem'-quem,  -  —       quid' -quid  or  quic'-qmd. 

Abi.    quof-qud,         qua'-qua,,        gw'-quo. 

Plural. 
Masc. 

Nom.  qui'-qui, 
Dat.    qui-£ws'-qui-biis. 

Remark  1. — The  demonstratives,  when  used  as  pronouns  at 
all  (i.e.  when  they  stand  for  a  noun),  have  antecedents,  with 
which  they  agree  in  gender  and  number :  as,  Clce.ro  mullos  libros 
scripslt ;  eos  (i.e.  libros}  libenter  lego.  Puelld  est  pulcherrlmd ; 
earn  (i.e.  puelldm]  in  horto  vidi. 

Remark  2. —  Qui  is  sometimes  used  for  the  ablative  singular  of 
all  genders,  and  rarely  for  the  ablative  plural. 

Remark  3. —  Queis  (monosyllable)  and  quls  are  sometimes  used 
for  quibus. 

EXERCISE  XL. 

1.  Propositions  are  either   principal  or  dependent. 
A  principal   proposition    makes   complete  sense  when 
standing  alone ;  a  dependent  proposition  does  not  make 
complete    sense   alone,    but   must   be   connected   with 
another  proposition. 

2.  A  proposition  introduced  by  a  relative  pronoun  is 
called  a  dependent  relative  proposition. 

3.  Every  relative  proposition  is  an  adjective,  limiting 
the  antecedent.     Thus,  "  The  boy  who  studies"  is  equiva- 
lent to  "  The  studious  boy." 

.4.  Rule  of  Syntax. — The  relative  pronoun  agrees  with 
the  antecedent  in  gender,  number,  and  person ;  but  the 
case  depends  upon  the  construction  of  the  relative  pro- 
position :  as,  Sgo  qul  sciibo,  I  who  write  ;  vos  qul  scribMs, 
you  who  write  ;  puella*  quam  vidi,  the  girl  whom  /  saw. 


RELATIVE   PRONOUNS.  123 

(Here  quam  is  singular,  feminine,  third  person,  because  puella  is 
the  same;  but  accusative,  because  it  is  the  object  of  the  transitive 
verb  vldi.) 

Remark  1. — The  relative  takes  the  case  which  the  antecedent 
would  have  in  the  same  circumstances,  and  frequently  agrees 
with  the  antecedent  repeated :  as,  puella  quam  pudldm  vldl,  the 
girl  which  girl  I  saw. 

5.  Rule  of  Position. — The  preposition  cum  is  annexed 
to  the  ablative  plural  of  the  relative  qul,  and  sometimes 
also  to  the  ablative  singular :  as,  qtitbuseum. 

6.  Rule  of  Position. — The  relative  generally  stands  at 
the  beginning  of  the  relative  sentence,  after  the  antece- 
dent, and  as  near  the  latter  as  possible ;  but  for  the  sake 
of  emphasis  the  relative  sentence  is  often  placed  first. 

7.  In  general  expressions  the  forms  of  2s  are  often  used 
merely  as  the  antecedent  of  a  relative  clause :  as,  Is  stultus 
est  qul  de  se  ipso  prced/lctit,  he  is  foolish  who  boasts  of  him- 
self.   Hie  is  often  used  in  the  same  way.    Is  is  emphatic 
when  it  stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  principal  sentence. 

8.  When   the   antecedent   is   indefinite,   it   is   often 
omitted    altogether:    as,  qul   tertitim   part&m  inctilunt 
Galll  appellantur,  (those)  who  inhabit  the  third  part 
are  called  Gauls.     (Compare  the  English,  "  Who  steals 
my  purse  steals  trash,"  i.e.  any  one  who,  etc.) 

9.  As  an  adjective,  when  the  noun  it  limits  is  omitted, 
becomes  a  noun  (§  60,  Rem.\  so  an  adjective  proposi- 
tion becomes  a  noun  when  the  antecedent  is  omitted. 
Qul  —  incftluntj  above,  is  the  subject  of  appellantur. 

Vocabulary. 

incol-5,  -ere,  incolu-i,  to  inhabit. 

divid-5,  -ere,  divis-i,  divls-um,  to  separate,  divide. 

continenter  (adv.),  continually. 

trans  (prep,  with  ace.),  across,  over,  leyond. 


124         INTERROGATIVE  PRONOUNS. 

Translate  into  English. 

Omnis  Galliae  sunt  partes  tres,  quarum*  unam  incolunt 
Belgse.  urans  Rhenum  incolunt  German!,  quibuscum 
Belgse  continent^  bellum  ggrunt.  J  Flum&i  Rhenus,  qui 
agrum,  Helvetium  a  Germanis  dividtt,  latissimus  est  atque7 
altissimus.  y  Jura,  qui  una  ex  part£  Helvetios  continSt, 
mons  est  altissimus.  Csesar  legiones  duasr  quse  in  Gallia 
hi^mabant,  ex  hiberms  eduxit.  Puellse  pulchrse,  quas 
in  horto  vidisti,  f  ilise  sunt  Cicgronis.  R^centes  imbres, 
qui  flumina  omnia  auxerunt,  opiis  nostrum  tardabunt. 
Pugr  cui  magist^r  librum  d^dit,  optimus  est  pugrorum. 
Agricola  cujus  canis  ancillam  terruit,  in  urb^m  venit. 
Helvetii eos  qui  leges  re'ipublicse  violant  ignicr^mant.  Qui 
sua  omnia  secum  portat  non  sapiens  est.  Vfri!  sese  non 
r^git,  est-n£  is  vir  magnus  ? 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Caesar  will  hasten  into  the  province  with  three  legions 
which  he  has  levied  in  Gaul.  The  centurion  has  divided 
his  field  into  three  parts,  one  of  which  he  will  give  to  his 
son.  Have  you  showed  to  your  father  the.  letter  which  the 
.  queen  wrote  with  her  own  hand  ?  The  general  had  placed 
in  winter  quarters  the  legions  which  he  had  levied  in  the 
province.  The  great  river  which  we  saw  is  the  Rhine. 
Will  not  the  general  slay  the  robber  who  lives  in  the 
forest?  Is  not  he  (is)  a  fool  who  holds  (tenere)  a  fierce 
bull  by  the  horns?  The  fields  through  which  we  were 
walking  are  very  fertile.  (He)  who  boasts  about  himself 
is  a  fool.  (He)  who  conquers  himself  is  a  brave  man. 

INTERROGATIVES. 

.  §    88.    1.    The   interrogatives   are   used   in   asking 
questions.      Though  always  called  pronouns,  they  are 

4  *  See  model  of  analysis  5.  (App.  XL) 


INTERROGATIVE   PRONOUNS. 


125 


not   properly  such,  as   they  do  not  stand    for  nouns. 
They  are — 

Quis?j  Who?     Which?     What? 
Qui?  J 

Quisnam  ?  j  (Stronger  than  quis  and  qui.) 

Quinarn?    i  Who  then?    Which  then?    Wliat  then  ?     Who  pray?    etc. 

liter  ?     Which  of  the  two  ?     (g  56.) 

Quot  ?   How  many  ?     (Indeclinable.) 

Quotus,  -a,  -urn  ?    What  f    (in  number :  as,  Quota  hora  1  What  o'clock  ? 

Qualis,  -e  ?      Of  what  kind  f 

Quantus,  -a,  -um  ?     How  great  f     How  large  ? 

Quantulus,  -a,  -um?     How  small  f     (Diminutive.) 

Cujus?     Whose? 

Cujas  (cujatis?)  Of  what  country? 

Remark  1. —  Qui  and  quindm  are  declined  like  the  relative  qui. 
They  are  almost  always  adjectives,  but  sometimes  substantives. 

Remark  2. —  Quls  and  quisndm  are  usually  substantives,  but 
sometimes  adjectives.  Quid  is  always  a  substantive. 

2.   Quis  is  thus  declined  : — 


Singular. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 

quis, 
ci&'-jus, 

CUl, 

quse, 
cit'-jus, 

CUl, 

quid, 
CM'-JUS, 

CUl, 

Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. 

qugm, 

qu£m, 

quid, 

quo; 

qua; 

quo; 

ISTom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Voc. 

Abl. 


Plural. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

qui, 

qua3, 

quse, 

^o'-rum, 

~  t     v 

quo'-Tum 

qm'-Ms, 

gm'-bus, 

gm'-bus, 

quos, 

quas, 

quse, 

qm'-bus. 


II* 


Singular. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Norn. 
Ace. 
A  hi 

cu'-jus, 

cu'-ja, 
ci&'-jam, 

cw'-jum, 

126  INTERROGATIVE   PRONOUNS. 

3.  The  genitive  ciij&s,  whose?  is  sometimes  used  as  an  adjective, 
agreeing  with  the  noun  which  it  limits  in  gender,  number,  and  case: 
as,  cujiim  pecus  est  hoc  ?  whose  flock  is  this  ?  It  is  thus  declined  : — 

Plural. 
Fern. 

cu'-jss, 
cu'-jas. 

Remark  3. — The  interrogatives  are  often  exclamatory:  as, 
Quanta  sunt  prcemid  virtutls!  How  great  are  the  rewards  of 
virtue ! 

EXERCISE   XLI. 
Translate  into  English. 

Qiris  tecum  in  horto  ambulabat  ?  Quse  rggio  est  Gallia 
(§  70,  2)  feracior?  Qui  consul  est  Cice'ronS  prudentior? 
Quern  hominem  vidisti  quam  IJalbum  (§  70, 1)  turpiorgm? 
Qua  in  terra  est  poeta  Virgilio  prsestantior?  Cuja  ancilla 
est  hsec?  Regmse.  Qui'  puSr  calcem  Davi  lapidS  vulne- 
ravit?  Quid  argent!  (§  73)  apud  te  habes?^  Quina^m  rex 
tibi  aurumdabit,Dave;?7^Quisnamtev6cavlCTulli.?  (§  24, 
Rein.  ^.)  Qui  pastor  prudens  oves  hiSm^  tondebit?  Cujus 
canis  bovem  meum  momordit?  Qua  m  civitate  imp^rator 
l6giones  in  hibernis  collocabit?  TJt^r  pugrorum  Balbum 
lapid^  vuln^ravit? 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Who,  pray,  will  show  (to)  us  the  way  through  the  king's 
forest?  What  enemy  will  sustain  the  attack  of  our  war- 
like soldiers?  What  is  baser  than  a  lie?  Who  gave  (to) 
you  that  (§  83,  2)  beautiful  horse  of  yours?  What  citi- 
zens were  with  (apud)  Cicero?  Who,  pray,  has  called  to- 
gether all  these  merchants?  Which  of  you  slept  in  the 
little  bedchamber?  What  general  will  leave  his  army  in 


. 


INDEFINITES.  127 


the  enemy's  country  (/Zms)?  How  great  a  war  will  the 
king  wage  with  the  nearest  states?  How  many  legions 
are  (there)  in  the  province? 


INDEFINITES. 

§  89.  1.  The  indefinites  are  adjective  words,  fre- 
quently used  as  nouns  (§  60,  Rem.),  but  not  properly 
pronouns,  as  they  do  not  stand  for  nouns.  They  are — 

Aliquis       (as  a  noun),  some  one  (I  do  not  know  who) ;  any  one;   neuter, 

something,  any  thirty. 

(as  an  adjective),  some  (I  do  not  know  what);    any : — stronger 
than  the  simple  quis. 

Quidam      (as  a  noun),  some    one,  a  certain  one  (implying  that  I  know 
who,  though  I  may  not  wish  to  say) }  plural,  some  ;  neuter, 
something. 
(as  an  adjective),  a  certain,  some. 

Quispiam    (nearly  equivalent  to  allquls},  some  one,  any  one,  some,  any. 

Quivis,     |  (as  a  noun),  any  one  (where   all   are  included),  any  one  yon 

Quilibet  J      please ;  neuter,  any  thing  yon  please. 
(as  an  adjective),  any,  any  yon  please. 

Quisquam,  any  one  (where  all  are  excluded};  njmter,  any  thing.  Almost 
always  a  substantive,  and  used  in  negative  sentenced,  rtr  sen- 
tences implying  a  negative.  Any  (where  all  are  excluded) 
is  expressed  adjectivally  by  ullus. 

Quis,  qul  (as  an  adjective),  any,  some  ;  (as  a  noun),  any  one,  some  one  • 
neuter,  anything,  something: — used  especially  after  relatives, 
and  si,  ne,  and  the  interrogative  prefixes  ec-  and  num.-,  form- 
ing ecquis  and  numqnis.  AUquis  after  ne,  si,  or  a  relative,  is 
more  emphatic  than  quis. 

Quisque      (as  an  adjective),  each;  (noun],  each  one,  every  one. 

Unusquisque  (stronger  than  quisque),  each,  each  one,  every  one. 

Aliquot       (indeclinable),  some,  a  considerable  number. 

Aliquantiis,  -a,  -um,  somewhat  great,  considerable. 

2.  All  these  (except  quisqutim,  atiquttt,  and  titiquantus) 
have  qudd  and  quid  in  the  neuter :  the  quod  forms  are 
adjectives;  the  quid  forms,  nouns. 

3.  The  indefinite  qrits  is  thus  declined : — 


128 


INDEFINITES. 


Masc. 

Nom.     quis  or  qui, 
Gen.      cu'~jus, 

cul, 

qu&n, 


Dat. 
Ace. 

Voc. 
Abl. 


Singular. 
Fern. 

qu£  or  quse, 
ctl'-jus, 
cui, 
quam, 


Neut. 

quid  or  qu5d, 
cuf-jus, 
cui, 
quid  or  quftd, 


quo; 


qua; 


quo; 


Plural. 

Masc. 

Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

qui, 

quse, 

qua, 

Gen. 

gw'-riim, 

qua'-rum, 

quo'  -rum, 

Dat. 

qui'-b\is, 

quf-bus, 

qui'-bus, 

Ace. 

quos, 

quas, 

quse, 

Voc. 

Abl. 

omr-bus. 

om'-biis. 

g^-biis. 

4,  Ablqvjls  is  declined  in  the  same  way,  except  that  it 
has  no  quce  form  in  the  nom.  singular  feminine : — 

aliquis,  aliqua,  illiquid  or  aliqutfd ; 

alicujus,  etc. 

The  nominative  form  tittqul  is  rarely  used. 

5.  QwMb%t>  qulvtSj  and  qulddm  are  declined  like  the 
relative  qui,  with  the  addition  of  the  quid  form  in  the 
neuter : — 


quilibSt,  quselibe't, 

cujuslibe't,  etc. 


quodlibe't  or  quidlibe't ; 


In  the  forms  of  quld&m,  m  passes  into  n  before  d :  as, 
quenddm,  quandtim,  -tyuorundam. 

6.  Quisqu8,  quispiam,  and  quisqu&m  are  declined  like 
the  interrogative  qtils,  the  first  two  having  the  quod 
form : — 


INDEFINITES.  129 

quisqug,  qusequg,       quodqug  or  quidqug  ; 

cujusqug,  etc. 

quispiam,  qusepiam,    quodpiam,  quidpiam,  and 

cujuspiam,  etc.  [quippiam. 

Quisquam,  being  almost  invariably  a  substantive, 
wants  the  feminine,  as  the  masculine  includes  the  femi- 
nine ;  but  quamqudm  is  found  in  Plautus  :— 

quisquam,  quidquam  or  quicquam, 

cujusquam,  etc. 

7.  UnusquisquZ  is  used  only  in  the  singular,  and  both 
unus  and  quisqu&  are  declined  : — 

unusquisqug,  unaqusequg,  unumquodqug  or  -quidque, 
uniuscujusqug,  etc. 

EXERCISE  XLII. 

§  90.  1.  After  qulddm,  ex  with  ablative  is  generally 
used  instead  of  a  partitive  genitive :  as,  quidam  ex 
militibuSj  a  certain  one  of  the  soldiers. 

Vocabulary. 

in  urbem  pervenire,  to  reach  the         Catillna,    -88,     Catiline     (a    Roman 

city.  nobleman). 

neque  (conj.),  neither,  nor.  aliquid  nov!  (gen.  sing.  neut.  of  no- 

occasus,  -us,  setting.  vus),  some  news  (ft  73). 

sol,  sol-is,  sun.  hereditas,  -tat-is,  an  inheritance. 

soils  occasu  (ft  66,  1),  at  sunset.  pecunia,  -«5,  money. 

mitt-5,  -ere,  mls-i,  miss-urn,  to  send. 

per-ven-io,  -Ire,  perven-T,  pervent-um,  to  come  through^  arrivef  come  in. 

defend-o,  -ere,  defend-i,  defens-um,  to  defend. 

disced-o,  -ere,  discess-i,  discess-um,  to  depart. 

occid-o,  -ere,  occid-i,  occis-um,  to  kill,  cut  down. 

relinquo,  relinquere,  reliqui,  pelictum,  to  leave. 


130  CORRELATIVES. 

Translate  into  English. 
quendam  Gallum  ad  Csesar^m  misit.     Aliquis 


soils  occasu  in  domum  tuain  venit.  ^Quidam  ex  militibus 
se  suaqug  (§  60,  JKem.)  ab  hostibus  defendebant.  ^Matgr 
benigna  unicuiquS  liberorum  (§  58,  3)  suorum  dat  cibum. 
v  Nostri  copias  hostium  fugaverfi,  nequ§  quisquam  omnium 
(§  58,  3)  in  oppidum  pervenit.  Lucius  in  urbS  aliquid 
novi  audi^t.  ^Rex  f  iliabus  suis  aliquam  part6m  regnl 
dabit.  *  Milit^s  Catilinse  exercitftm  reipublicse  non  timue- 
runt,  nequS  quisquam  ex  castris  discessit.  ^Nonng  quisqug 
sese  defendit  ?  '  c  Quodvis  animal  cor  hab^t.  ''  Hereditas 
est  pScunia,  quse  mort^  (§  66,  1)  alicujus  ad  quempiam 
pervenit  jurS. 

Translate  into  iLatin. 
i  /R 

The  faithful  slaves  will  watc^/all  night,  nor  will  any 
one  leave  his  place.     SoiMG  OTTO|  has  bounded  ofce  of  our 

horsemen  with  a  javelin.  ^Cselar  sent  a  certain  one  of 

£4 
the   Gallic    (Gallas)   horsemewlto    Cicero's   camp.  7The 

cruel  chiefs  will  kill  some  of  the/  prisoners  at  sunset.  T*  le 
general  will  hear  some  news  at  sunset.  ^  T^he  master  ga  ,  e 
(to)  each  of  the  boys  a  beautnul  book.  ^Not  every  one 
(any  one  you  please)  will  see  our  king. 


CORRELATIVES. 

§  91.  1.  Among  the  pronouns  are  usually  classed 
the  folio  wing 'adjectives,  called  correlative,  because  they 
answer  to  each  other.  Each  set  is  formed  on  a  single 
root,  t-  being  the  demonstrative  prefix,  qu-  the  inter- 
rogative and  relative,  and  titi-  the  indefinite.  Thus, 
t-antus,  qu-antm,  ati-quantus. 


CORRELATIVES. 


O     „ 

1 

ill 

a  -S(  § 

r        $ 

*S'    O     »     B 

tt 

H 

§  g 

Co       C( 

a   " 
r3  s.p< 
c< 
1 

W' 
1  H 

<5   |('| 
S  <1 

OD 
O 

£g^  1    c.  g 
§  a  i  ",     s  ,ff 

«a    B    «.    ex         ?"   • 
J§   "           ,               ^ 
a               esc 

B 

SIONSTRATIVE. 

i  I 

<T  ^    o< 

s  I 

1  2 

Q           ft"     ^ 

ff 

pS<                           C 

H 

r^  ^ 

®    o^  ^( 

a 

p<                    J°* 

H 

P< 

2    a    £< 

CO 

"*                            , 

i 

v-  g  B 

i<                   ^ 

M 

^B 

? 

- 

quantuluseunique, 
however  small. 

quotuscumque, 
whatever  (in  num- 
ber or  order). 

C  quotquSt, 
^  quotcumque, 
1  however  many. 

^    ff     G           *-*   "p   *§ 

>*     P       P                   -»       PI      P5I 

g    a    a         1  §  S 

|   2"  2"        58? 
S   S   r        2   g  >§ 
S  •§        s  £   & 

COMPOUND  REL. 

tO 

^  fi 

rr*    "°    .<*•> 

& 

^ 

IT  § 
:  5 
i  ? 

|    1*1 

0 

eg 

O 

¥%            ^^ 

i-!     19 

1 

5 

o 

•H,   pr 

g       * 

SJ 

a  j°r        ?>  «< 

> 

, 

V  a    e» 

5 

*•*    i                 £•  "^ 

3 

B 

B   B 

"O 

c| 

1        - 

$ 

g 

£•£' 
1   | 
& 
& 

T  aliquot,  some. 
{quotllbet,  as 
many  as  you  ph 

^  •§  I  g  •§«.•§ 
1  B  1-S    |  s  I 

e  1  H  1  r  | 

?^     K    *"*    cif        S     TO     O^ 

>  s'|  -f  M  #  . 

•^3  ^  a    p<          j^ 
S*  a  •*  "^           2* 

INDEFINITE. 

8 

1            j          ^ 

CORRELATIVES. 

EXERCISE   XLIII. 
§  92.      Vocabulary. 

voluptas,  voluptat-is,  pleasure. 

praemium,  -I,  reward. 

timor,  -or-is,  /ear,  panic. 

aliquantum  agri,  a  considerable  piece  of  ground. 

sententiS,  -se,  opinion. 

opera,  -se,  labor,  pains. 

tanta  <5pera,  so  great  labor. 

tantum  operse,  so  much  (of)  labor.  Tantus,  meaning  so  great,  agrees 
with  the  noun;  meaning  so  much,  it  is  neuter,  and  followed  by  the 
partitive  genitive.  Quantus  is  used  in  the  same  way. 

Quails  est  dominus,  tails  est  servus,  as  is  the  master,  so  is  the  slave.  Or, 
est  being  omitted, 

Quails  dSminus,  tails  servus,  the  slave  is  such  as  the  master  is. 

Translate  into  English. 

Quantum  vftluptatis  virtus  prsebgt  ?  Tantus  timftr  cen- 
turiones  occupavit.  J  Qu5t  homines,  tot  sententise.2/  Quan- 
tus est  agricSlse  taurus?  ^Quanta  sunt  tujus  bovis  cor- 
nua?^Quot  Iggiones  in  castris  sunt?  ^  Quot  hdmines, 
tdtidgm  animi.  cTQualis  est  impgratdr,  tales  sunt  milites. 
Quanta  prsemia  virtus  hab^t?''  Quantum*  6p6rse  poetss 
carminibus  suis  dant!  (fKex  huic  servo  aliquantum  aun 
d^dit. 

*  See  a  88,  Rem.  3 


VERBS.  133 


VEKBS. 

§  93.  1.  A  verb  is  a  word  which  declares  or  affirms 
something. 

2.  That  of  which  the  declaration  is  made  is  called 
the  subject. 

3.  Verbs  have — 

(a.)  Moods,  or  different  forms  which  express  different 
kinds  of  affirmation  :  as,  amo,  I  love ;  dmdr8m,  I  might 
love. 

(6.)  Tenses,  or  different  forms  to  show  the  time  when 
the  thing  declared  takes  place,  and  whether  the  action 
is  complete  or  incomplete  :  as,  amo,  I  love,  I  am  loving ; 
dmdbam,  I  was  loving ;  timdvl,  I  have  loved ;  timdv&ram, 
I  had  loved. 

(c.)  Voices,  or  different  forms  which  show  whether 
the  subject  acts  (as,  John  strikes),  or  is  acted  upon  (as, 
John  is  struck). 

(d.}  Persons  and  Numbers,  or  different  forms  which 
correspond  with  the  person  and  number  of  the  subject. 
/  4.  These  various  forms  are  distinguished  from  one 
another  by  certain  endings;    and  the  adding  of  these 
endings  to  the  stem  is  called  CONJUGATION. 

5.  In  respect  to  meaning,  verbs  are  either  transitive 
or  intransitive. 

6.  A  transitive  verb  is  one  which  requires  an  object 
to  complete  the  sense :  as,  poetd  reglnam  laudat,  the  poet 
praises  the  queen. 

7.  An  intransitive  verb  fs  one  which  does  not  require 

12 


134  VERBS. 

K  i 

an  object  to  complete  the  sense :  as,  aqulla  volat,  the 
eagle  flies. 

8.  In  respect  to  form,  verbs  are  either  regular  or 
irregular.  Irregular  verbs  vary,  in  some  of  their  parts, 
from  the  usual  rule  of  formation. 

% 
MOODS. 

§  94.  I/ There  are  three  moods, — the  indicative,  the 
subjunctive,  and  the  imperative. 

2.  The  indicative  mood  declares  a  thing  as  a  fact,  or  asks 
a  question  :  as,  amat,  he  loves ;  amat-nS  ?  does  he  love  ? 
/  3.  The  subjunctive  mood  represents  a  thing  not  as  a 
fact,  but  as  simply  conceived  in  the  mind :  as,  amdr&m, 
I  would  love. 

4.  The  imperative  mood  is  used  in  commanding, 
exhorting,  or  entreating :  as,  hue  vZm,  come  hither. 

-6fThe  indicative,  subjunctive,  and  imperative  are 
called  by  grammarians  the  finite  verb,  because  they 
limit  the  action  to  some  particular  subject.  The  infini- 
tive, participles,  gerund,  and  supine  are  called  the  inde- 
finite verb,  because  they  express  action  indefinitely, 
without  reference  to  any  subject. 

TENSES. 

/§  95.  There  are  three  divisions  of  time, — the  present, 
the  past,  and  the  future.  In  each  division  there  are  two 
tenses  :  one  expressing  incomplete  action ;  the  other,  com- 
pleted action.  There  are,  therefore,  six  tenses  :  three  for 
incomplete  action,  viz. :  the  present,  the  imperfect,  and 
the  future ;  and  three  for  completed  action,  viz. :  the 
present-perfect,  the  past-perfect,  and  the  future-perfect. 


VERBS. 


Time.  Incomplete  Action.  Name. 

Pres.  Time.  amo,  I  am  loving.  Present. 

fast  Time.  amabam,       I  was  loving.  Imperfect. 

Future  Time,  amabo,          I  shall  love.  Future. 

Time.                       Completed  Action.  Name. 

Pres.  Time.  amavi,           I  have  loved.  Pres.  Perf. 

Past  Time.  £mav£riim,   I  had  loved.  Past  Perf. 

Future  Time.  amavSro,       I  shall  have  loved.  Fut.  Perf. 

I.  The  present  tense  expresses  incomplete  action  in 
present  time  :  as,  timo,  I  love,  I  am  loving. 

^Remark  1.  —  This  tense  also  expresses  an  existing  custom  or 
general  truth  :  as,  Rdnianl  signum  tuba  dant,  the  Romans  give 
the  signal  with  a  trumpet. 

ir-flemark  2.  —  The  present  tense  is  often  used  for  a  past  to  give 
greater  animation  to  the  narrative.  This  is  called  the  historical 
present. 

x-  Remark  3.  —  This  tense  may  also  express  what  has  existed  and 
still  exists  :  as,  tot  annos  belld  gcro,  for  so  many  years  I  have 
waged  war,  and  am  still  waging  it  ;  or,  for  so  many  years  I  have 
been  waging  war. 


The  imperfect  tense  expresses  incomplete  action  in 
past  time  :  as,  amabam,  I  was  loving. 

Remark  4-  —  This  tense  expresses  — 

<--(«.)  (A  customary  past  action"*  as,  dmdbdm,  I  used  to  love. 
r-~(b.)  What  had  existed  and  was  still  existing  in  past  time':  as, 
tot  annos  belld  gerebdm,  for  so  many  years  I  had  been  carrying 
on  war. 

s\  c.)  The  beginning  or  attempting  of  a  thing  in  past  time. 
J<;d.}  In  letters,  this  tense  is  sometimes  used  (in  reference  to 
"Cheir  being  read)  for  a  present. 

III.  The  future  tense  expresses  incomplete  action  in* 
future  time  :  as,  dmdbo,  I  shall  love. 


136  VERBS. 

IV.  The   present-perfect   tense   expresses   completed 
action  in  present  time :  as,  amdvl,  I  have  loved. 
•x^The   same  form  of  the  verb  is  used  to  express  an 
action  indefinitely  as  past,  without  reference  to  its  con- 
tinuance or  completion.    This  is  called  the  aorist-perfect, 
or  indefinite-perfect :  as,  coendvl,  I  supped  (at  some  inde- 
finite past  time). 

V.  The  past-perfect  tense  expresses  completed  action 
in  past  time :  as,  timdv&ram,  I  had  loved. 

VI.  The    future-perfect    tense    expresses    completed 
action  in  future  time :  as,  amdv&ro,  I  shall  have  loved. 

VOICES. 

§  96. 1.  There  are  two  voices,  the  active  and  the  passive. 
*»»  2.  The  active  voice  represents  the  subject  as  acting : 
as,  cimo,  I  love. 

,^*3.  The  passive  voice  represents  the  subject  as  acted 
upon:  as,  amor,  I  am  loved. 

Remark  1. — The  same  idea  may  be  expressed  both  in  the  active 
and  the  passive  form :  as,  putr  librum  Itglt,  the  boy  reads  the  book  ; 
or,  liber  a  puero  legitur,  the  book  is  read  by  the  boy.  The  object 
in  the  active  becomes  the  subject  in  the  passive,  and  the  subject 
in  the  active  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  with  the  preposition 
a  or  db. 

Remark  2. — As  intransitive  verbs  have  no  object  in  the  active, 
they  have  no  personal  passive  form.  (See  $  114,  4.) 

Remark  3. — The  passive  voice  frequently  represents  the  agent 
as  acting  upon  himself:  as,  feror,  I  carry  myself,  I  go.  This  use 
of  the  passive  is  common  with  the  poets. 

PERSONS  AND  NUMBERS. 

§  97.  Verbs  have  three  persons,  the  first,  the  second, 
and  the  third ;  and  two  numbers,  the  singular  and  the 


VERBS.  137 

plural.  These  either  correspond  to,  or  indicate,  the 
person  and  number  of  the  subject. 

THE  INDEFINITE  VEKB. 

§  98.  1.  The  infinitive,  participles,  gerund,  and  supine 
are  called  the  indefinite  verb,  because  they  express  action 
indefinitely,  without  reference  to  any  subject.  The  parti- 
ciple is  the  adjective-^erb  ;  the  infinitive,  gerund,  and 
supine,  the  noun-verb. 

s  2.  The  infinitive  expresses  the  action  of  the  verb 
simply,  without  limiting  it  to  any  subject.  It  is  an 
abstract  noun  in  the  nominative  and  accusative,  the 
simple  name  of  the  action. 

NOTE. — The  infinitive  has  no  idea  of  time  connected  with  it,  but 
represents  the  action  as  incomplete  or  completed  at  the  time  of  the 
leading  verb. 

Dicit  me  scribere,  He  represents  me  to  be  writing ;  i.e. 

He  says  that  I  am  writing. 
Dixit  me  ecribere,  He  represented  ine  to  be  writing  ;  i.e. 

He  said  that  I  was  writing. 
Dlcit  me  vcripsisse,  He  represents  me  to  have  written  ;  i.e. 

He  says  that  I  have  icritten. 
Dixit  me  scripsisae,  He  represented  me  to  have  written  ;  i.e. 

He  said  that  I  had  written. 

The  infinitive  present  and  perfect  of  ess$,  with  the  future  active 
participle,  form  what  grammarians  call  the  future  and  future-perfect 
infinitive ;  but  the  futurity  is  expressed  by  the  participle,  not  by 
the  infinitive. 

Dlcit  me  ease*  scripturum,  He  represents   me  to  be  about  to  write ;  i.e. 

He  says  that  I  am  about  to  write ;  i.e. 

He  says  that  I  will  write. 

3.  Transitive  verbs  have  two  participles  in  the  active, 
viz.:  the  present  and  the  future:  as,  timans,  loving,  ama- 
turus,  about  to  love ;  and  two  in  the  passive,  viz. :  the 
perfect  and  the  future :  as,  timatus,  loved,  having  been 

12* 


138  VERBS. 

loved ;  amandns,  to  be  loved.     The  future  passive  parti- 
ciple is  also  called  the  gerundive. 

4.  The  gerund  is  a  verbal  noun  of  the  second  declen- 
sion, in  the  genitive,  dative,  accusative,  and  ablative, 
(the  nominative  being  supplied  by  the  infinitive) :  as, 
mddas  8p&randl,  the  manner  of  working. 

5.  The  supine  is  a  verbal  noun  of  the  fourth  declen- 
sion, in  the   accusative  and   ablative :   as,  timatum,  to 
love;  dmdtu,  to  be  loved,  or  to  love. 

CONJUGATION. 

§  99.  I.-  There  are  four  conjugations,  distinguished 
from  each  other  by  the  ending  of  the  infinitive-present 
active. 

The  infinitive-present  active  of  the  1st  conj.  ends  in  a'-rg. 
"  "  "  "          "       2d      "  "      e'-rg. 

"  "  "  "          "       3d     "  "       g-re'. 

"  "  "  "          "       4th    "  "       i'-r&. 

EXCEPTION. — Dare,  to  give,  has  are  (a  short). 

2.  Every  verb-form  consists  of  two  parts,  the  stem 
and  the  ending. 

3.  The  present-stem,  or  general-stem,  is  found  in  every 
part  of  the  verb,  and  may  always  be  obtained  by  striking 
off  the  ending  of  the  infinitive-present  active  or  passive. 

J£3§*>  For  the  true  formation,  see  Appendix  V. 

4.  Besides  this  general  stem,  there  is  also  a  perfect- 
stem,  on  which  the  perfect  tenses  in  the  active  voice  are 
formed ;  and  a  supine-stem,  on  which  the  supines,  the 
future  active  participle,  and  the  perfect  passive  parti- 
ciple, are  formed. 


, 


CONJUGATION.  139 


>.  The  perfect-stem  is  formed,  for  the  most  part  — 

In  the  first  conjugation,  by  adding  -dv  to  the  present-stem. 
"       second        "  "  -u       " 

"       third          "  "  -s       "  " 

"       fourth        "  "  -w      " 

For  other  modes  of  formation,  see  Appendix  VII. 

.  The  supine-stem  is  generally  formed  — 
In  the  first  conjugation,  by  adding  -at  to  the  present-stem. 
"       second       "  "  -it      "  " 

"       third          "  "  -t 

"       fourth        "  "  -it       " 

For  other  modes  of  formation,  see  Appendix  VII. 


-.$  100.     ESSE,  to  be. 

PRINCIPAL   PARTS. 

Indie.  Pres.  Infin.  Pres.  Indie.  Perf.  Put.  Part. 

siim,  es'-sg,  fu'-l,  fu-^'-rus. 

INDICATIVE    MOOD. 

Present. 
Singular.  Plural. 

1.  siim,  Jam,  s&'-miis,  we  are, 

2.  fis,  thou  art,  es'-tis,  ye  are, 
r  1  8,  est,  &e  is;                       sunt,  <Ae2/  are. 

Imperfect. 

1.  £'-ram,  I  was,  ^-ra'-miis,  we  were, 

2.  e'-ras,  thou  wast,  eVd'-tis,  ye  were, 

3.  e'-rat,  Ae  w;as;  ^-rant,  ^/iey  were. 

Future,  shall  or  wz7Z. 

1.  e'-ro,  I  shall  be,  ^/-i-mus,  we  shall  be, 

2.  g'-ris,  thou  wilt  be,  er'-i-tis,  ye  will  be, 

3.  g'-rit,  Ae  will  be;  £'-runt,  they  will  be. 


140  VERBS. 

Present-Perfect,  have  been;  Aorist-Perfect,  was. 
Singular.  Plural. 

1.  fu'-i,  I  have  been,  or  was,     /it'-i-mus,  we  have  been,  or 

were, 

2.  fu-iV-ti,  thou  hast  been,  or     fu-iV-tis,  ye  have   been,  or 

wast,  were, 

3.  fu'-it,  he  has  been,  or  was;     fu-e'-runt  or  -e'-rg,  tf^ey  ^ave 

been,  or  were. 

Past-Perfect. 

1.  fu'-&-ram,  I  had  been,  fu-g-ra'-miis,  we  had  been, 

2.  /it'-g-ras,  tf/iow  hadst  been,     fu-g-ra'-tis,  ye  Aac?  been, 

3.  /t^'-S-rat,  Ae  /iac?  been;          /w'-g-rant,  ^ey  Aac?  &ee?i. 


Future-Perfect,  shall  or  wz'ZZ  A«ve. 

1.  /tt'-e-ro,  I  shall  have  been,     fu-er'-l-mus,   we    shall   have 

been, 

2.  /w'-g-rfs,   <Aow   u'i7^    Aave     fu-eV-i-tis,  ye  will  have  been, 

been, 

3.  fu'-&-mt,  he  will  have  been;    fuf-&-rmt,  they  will  have  been. 

SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD. 
Present,  may. 

1    sim,  I  may  be,  si'-miis,  we  may  be, 

2.  sis,  thou  mayst  be,  si'-tis,  ye  may  be, 

3.  sit,  he  may  be;  sint,  they  may  be. 

Imperfect,  might,  would,  or  should. 

1.  es'-sgm,  I  would  be,  es-se'-mus,  we  would  be, 

2.  es'-ses,  thou  wouldst  be,         es-se'-tis,  ye  would  be, 

3.  es'-s£t,  he  would  be;  es'-sent,  they  would  be. 


VERBS,   FIKST   CONJUGATION.  141 

Perfect. 
Singular.  Plural. 

1.  fu'-&-rlm,Imayhavebeen,     fu-er'-f-mus,    we    may    have 

been, 

2.  /w'-g-rfs,  thou  mayst  have     fu-er'-l-tis,  ye  may  have  been, 

been, 

3.  fu'-&-iita  he  may  have  been;    /^/-S-rint,  they  may  have  been. 

Past-Perfect,  might,  wduld,  or  should  have. 

1.  fu-iV-sSm,  I  would  have    fu-is-se'-miis,  we  would  have 

been,  been, 

2.  fu-iV-ses,  thou  wouldst  have    fu-is-se'-tis,   ye    would    have 

been,  been, 

3.  fu-iV-s£t,  he  would  have    fu-iV-sent,  they  would  have 

been;  been. 

IMPERATIVE   MOOD. 

Present.     2.  £s,  be  thou,  es'-t&,  be  ye, 

Future.     2.  es'-t6,  thou  shall  be,      es-to'-t&,  ye  shall  be, 
3.  es'-to,  he  shall  be;         sun'-iv,  they  shall  be. 

INFINITIVE. 
Present.    es'-s&,  to  be. 
Perfect.     fu-iV-s8,  to  have  been. 
Future,    fu-ta'-riis  (-a,  -iim)  es'-s&,  or/o'-rS,  to  be  about  to  be. 

PARTICIPLE. 

Future,  fu-^'-rus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  be. 


§  101.     FIRST  CONJUGATION. 
ACTIVE  VOICE. 

PRINCIPAL   PARTS. 

Indie.  Pres.          Infin.  Pres.  Indie.  Perf.  Supine. 

&'-mo,  a-ma'-rg,  a-ma'-vi,         a-ma'-tum. 


a'-mas, 

thou  lovest, 

a'-m£t, 

he  loves; 

&-ma'-mus, 

we  love, 

£-ma'-tis, 

ye  love, 

(i'-mant, 

they  love. 

142  VERBS,    FIRST   CONJUGATION. 

:•/>/.. 

•'^?+  INDICATIVE   MOOD. 

Present,  love,  do  love,  am  loving. 
Sing,     a'-mo,  I  love, 


Plur. 


Imperfect,  was  loving,  loved,  did  love. 

Sing,     £-raa'-bam,  I  was  loving, 

&-maf-ba$,.  thou  wast  loving  , 

&-ma'-bat,  he  was  loving  ; 

Plur.     am-a-&a'-miis,  we  were  loving, 

&m-a-ba!-tls,  ye  were  loving, 

£-ma'-bant,  they  were  loving. 

Future,  shall  or  will  love. 

Sing,     ii-ma'-bo,  I  shall  love, 

a-raa'-bis,  thou  wilt  love, 

a-ma'-bit,  he  will  love; 

Plur.     ^-ma^'-i-mus,  we  shall  love, 

&-mab'-i-tis,  ye  will  love, 

ii-ma'-bunt,  they  will  love. 

Present-Perfect,  have  loved.  Aorist-Perfect,  loved. 

Sing,     a-ma'-vi,  I  have  loved, 

^m-a-mV-ti,  thou  hast  loved, 

a-ma'-vit,  he  has  loved; 

Plur.     a-mav'-i-mus,  we  have  loved, 

am-a-wY-tis,  ye  have  loved, 

g,  they  have  loved. 


Plur. 


Sing. 


Plur. 


VERBS,    FIRST   CON 


Past-Perfect,  Aa 


a-mai/-£-rat, 
a-mav-£-ra'-miis, 
a-mav-g-ra'-tis, 
a-mai/-g-rant, 


loved; 
we  Aad  loved, 
ye  had  loved, 
they  had  loved 


Future-Perfect,  shall  or  will  have  loved. 


a-wai/-£-r6, 

a-mai/-£-rfs, 

a-rach>'-g-rit, 

am-a-w?r'-i-miis, 

am-a-^er'-I-tis, 


1  shall  have  loved, 
thou  ivilt  have  loved, 
he  will  have  loved  ; 
we  shall  have  loved, 
ye  will  have  loved, 
they  will  have  loved, 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

Present,  may  love. 


Sing,    a'-m&n, 
a'-mes, 


Plur.    a-me'-miis, 
a-rae'-tis, 
&'-ment, 


/  may  love, 
thou  mayst  love, 
he  may  love; 
we  may  love, 
ye  may  love, 
they  may  love. 


Imperfect,  might,  would,  or  should  love. 


Sing,    a-wa'-rgm, 
a-ma'-res, 
a-ma'-r^t, 

Plur.    ^m-a-re'-miis, 
am-a-re'-tis, 
a-raa'-rent, 


I  would  love, 
thou  wouldst  love, 
he  would  love  ; 
we  would  love, 
ye  would  love, 
they  would  love. 


144  VERBS,  FIRST   CONJUGATION. 

Present-Perfect,  may  have  loved. 


Sing.    £-wat>'-£-rim, 
&-mai/-£-rls, 


Plur.    ^m-a-ve/-i-mus, 
jim-a-ver'-i-tis, 
a-mch/-£-rint, 


I  may  have  loved, 
thou  mayst  have  loved, 
he  may  have  loved; 
we  may  have  loved, 
ye  may  have  loved, 
they  may  have  loved. 


Past-Perfect,  might,  would,  or  should  have  loved. 


Sing.    iim-a-wY-sgrn, 
£m-a-wY-ses, 
£m-a-wY-s£t, 

Plur.    am-a-vis-se'-mus, 
am-a-vis-se'-tis, 
ftm-a-wY-sent, 


I  would  have  loved, 
thou  wouldst  have  loved, 
he  would  have  loved; 
we  would  have  loved, 
ye  would  have  loved, 
they  would  have  loved. 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 


Pres*  Sing,  a'-ma, 

Plur.  a-md'-tg, 
Fut.  &ing.   &-md'-to, 
£-md'-t5, 
Plur.  am-a-£o'-t£, 
a-m<m'-td, 


Present, 
Perfect, 
Future, 


£-wa'-rg, 
£m-a-ws'-sS, 
am-a-ta'-riis  (-a, 
-iim)  es'-s&, 


love  thou; 
love  ye. 

thou  shalt  love, 
he  shall  love  ; 
ye  shall'  love, 
they  shall  love. 

INFINITIVE. 

to  love,  to  be  loving. 


to  have  loved. 


to  be  about  to  -love. 


Fat.  Per/,    am-a-ta'-riis  fu-iY-sS,  to  have  been  about  to  love. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present,       a'  -mans,  loving, 

Future,        am-a-ta'-riis,  -£,  -tim,  about  to  love. 


145 


GERUND. 


Gen.     a-mem'-di, 

o/  loving, 

Dats     a-mcm'-do, 

for  loving, 

Ace.     a-m<m'-diim, 

loving, 

Abl.     a-ma/i'-do, 

by  loving. 

SUPINE. 


a-ma'-tum, 
a-ma'-tu, 


to  love. 

to  love,  to  be  loved. 


§  102.    PASSIVE  VOICE. 

PRINCIPAL  PARTS. 
Indie.  Pres.  Infin.  Perf.  Perf.  Part. 

a'-m5r,  a-md'-ri,  a-ma'-tus. 


Sing.    #'-m5r, 

a-wa'-ris  or  - 
a-ma'-tur, 

Plur.    a-ma'-mur, 


INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
Present,  am  loved. 

I  am  loved, 
thou  art  loved, 
he  is  loved; 
we  are  loved, 
ye  are  loved, 
they  are  loved. 


Imperfect,  was  loved. 


Sing,    a-ma'-bar, 

am-a-6a'-ris  or  -r 


Plur.    am-a-&a'-mur, 
am-a-&am'-i-ni, 
am-a-6a/i'-tur, 


13 


I  was  loved, 
thou  wast  loved, 
he  was  loved  ; 
we  were  loved, 
ye  were  loved, 
they  were  loved. 


146  VERBS,  FIRST   CONJUGATION. 

Future,  shall  or  will  be  loved. 

Sing.   a-ma'-b6r,  I  shall  be  loved, 

a-ma&'-e'-ris  or  -re,  thou  wilt  be  loved, 

a-ma&'-i-tur,  he  will  be  loved  ; 

Plur.   &-mabf-i-muY,  we  shall  be  loved, 

am-a-6W-i-ni,  ye  will  be  loved, 

am-a-fow'-tiir,  they  will  be  loved. 

Present-Perfect,  have  been  or  was  loved. 

Sing,  a-ma'-tus  siim  or  fu'-l,  I  have  been  loved, 

a-ma'-tus  £s  or  fu-iV-ti,  thou  hast  been  loved, 

a-ma'-tus  est  or  fu'-it,  he  has  been  loved; 

Plur.  a-md'-ti  siV-miis  or  /i^-i-mus,  we  have  been  loved, 

a-ma'-ti  e/-tis  or  fu-iV-tis,  ye  have  been  loved, 

£-ma'-ti  sunt,  fu-e'-runt  or  -r8,  they  have  been  loved. 

Past-Perfect,  had  been  loved. 
Sing,  a-ma'-tiis  e'-ram  or/w'-S-ram,     I  had  been  loved, 

a-ma'-tiis  e'-ras  or  fu'-S-rsiS,         thou  hadst  been  loved, 
a-ma'-tus  e'-rat  or/^'-S-rat,         he  had  been  loved; 
Plur.  a-ma'-ti  &-ra'-mus  or  fu-S-ra- 

mus,  we  had  been  loved, 

a-ma'-ti  &-raf-tis  or  fu-^-ra'-tis,  ye  had  been  loved, 
a-ma'-ti  e'-rant  or/^r-e-rant,       they  had  been  loved. 

Future-Perfect,  shall  have  been  loved. 

Sing,  a-ma'-tiis  e'-ro  or  fu'-Q-rd,        I  shall  have  been  loved, 
£-ma'-tiis  e'-ris  or  fu'-&-ris,      thou  wilt  have  been  loved, 
a-ma'tus  ^;-rit  or  fu'-&-Tit,       he  will  have  been  loved; 
Plur.  a-ma'-ti  er'-i-mus  QT  fu-e/-i- 

mus,  we  shall  have  been  loved, 

a-ma'-ti  er'-i-tis  or  fu-£r'-i-tis,  ye  will  have  been  loved, 
a-ma'-ti  e'-runt  or  fu'-&-r'mt,  they  will  have  been  loved. 


VERBS,  FIRST   CONJUGATION.  147 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 

Present,  may  be  loved. 

Sing,    a'-mgr,  I  may  be  loved, 

£-me'-ris  or  -r£,  thou  mayst  be  loved, 

ii-me'-tiir,  he  may  be  loved; 

Plur.    a-me'-mur,  we  may  be  loved, 

a-mem'-i-m,  ye  may  be  loved, 

a-men'-tur,  they  may  be  loved. 

Imperfect,  might,  would,  or  should  be  loved. 

Sing,    a-md'-rgr,  I  would  be  loved, 

am-a-re'-ris  or  -r£,  thou  wouldst  be  loved, 

am-a-re'-tur,  he  would  be  loved ; 

Plur.    am-a-re'-mur,  we  would  be  loved, 

am-a-rem'-i-ni,  ye  would  be  loved, 

£m-&-reritur,  they  would  be  loved. 

Present-Perfect,  may  have  been  loved. 

Sing,  ii-md'-tus  sim  or  fu'-&-rim,  I  may  have  been  loved, 

a-md'-tus  sis  or  fuf-&-ris,      thou  mayst  have  been  loved, 
a-md'-tiis  sit  or  fu'-&-rit,      he  may  have  been  loved  ; 

Plur.  a-ma'-ti  si'-mus  or  fu-£r'-I- 

mus,  we  may  have  been  loved, 

a-ma'-ti  sl'-tis  or  fu-£r'-i-tis,  ye  may  have  been  loved, 
a-wa'-ti  sint  or  fu'-&-xmt,    they  may  have  been  loved. 

Past-Perfect,  might,  would,  or  should  have  been  loved. 
Singular. 

a-ma'-tus  es'-s£m  or  fu-iV-sgm,      J  would  have  been  loved, 
a-wa'-tus  es'-ses  or  fu-i/-ses,       thou  wouldst  have  been  loved, 
a-ma'-tus  es'-B&t  or  fu-iV-s^t,       he  would  have  been  loved; 


148  VERBS,  FIRST   CONJUGATION. 

Plural. 

a-ma'-ti   es-se'-miis   or  fu-is-      we  would  have  been  loved, 

se'-mus, 
Srwia'-ti  es-se'-tis  or  fu-is-se'-      ye  would  have  been  loved, 

tis, 
a-ma'-ti  e/-sent  or  fu-iY-sent,      they  would  have  been  loved. 

IMPERATIVE   MOOD. 

Pres.  Sing.     £-ma'-r£,  be  thou  loved; 

Plur.     a-mam'-i-ni,  be  ye  loved. 

Fut.  Sing.     £-ma'-tor,  thou  shall  be  loved, 

a-ma'-t<3r,  he  shall  be  loved; 

Plur.     (£m-a-5£m'-i-ni,  ye  shall  be  loved), 

a-mcm'-tor,  they  shall  be  loved. 

INFINITIVE.* 

Present,     a-ma'-ri,  to  be  loved. 

Perfect,      a-ma'-tus_  es'-s£  or      to  have  been  loved. 


Future,      a-wa'-tum  I'-ri,  to  be  about  to  be  loved. 

Fut.  Per/.,  £-ma'-tus  /o'-r£7          to  be  about  to  have  been  loved. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Perfect,     &-%iaf-tus,  loved,  or  having  been  loved. 

Future,    a-mcm'-dus,          to  be  loved. 

State  the  mood,  tense,  voice,  person,  numb&,  and  meaning 
of  the  following.      \ 

amas,  ames,  ama,  amans,  iimant,  am^r,  amO,  ttraet, 
amat,  amor,  amarg,  amatis,  amari,  amabas,  amarSr,  amfires, 
ametis,  amabant,  amabis,  amabat,  amabunt,  ameris,  amatur, 
amatS,  amaris,  airiavi,  amando,  amantis,  amarent,  araabatis, 
^marentur,  £matot£,  ajnabitis,  amamur,  amabimur,  ^mare- 


149 
\&< 


VERBS,  SECOND   CONJUGATION. 


mils,  amavistis,  £mav£ris,  iimavissgrn,  amamim, 
amati  gratis,  amavgrant,  amabammi,  amavissetis, 
ftmavisse',  ess6  amaturus,  amatus  sim,  amemini,  amaveras, 
amaremini,  amati  grunt,  amatus  sit,  amatus  essg. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

/  A  7 

We  are  loved,  ye  might  be  loved,  they  have  loved,  thou 
wouldst  have  loved,  ye  will  love,  we  were  loving,  ye  loved, 
I  may  have  been  loved/he  shall,  be  loved,  be  ye  loved,  to 
have  loved,  to  be  about  to  love,  they  had  loved,  hie  would 
have  loved,  we  have  been  loved,  we  shall  love,  ye  might 
be  loved,  ^hey  might  love, 'he  would  have  loved,  I  would 
have  been  loved,'  of  loving,  to  love,"  ye  were  loved^  lie  is 
loved. 


\ 


§  103.    SECOND  CONJUGATION. 

ACTIVE    VOICE.  PASSIVE    VOICE. 

PRINCIPAL   PARTS. 

Ind.  Pres.     w#'-ne-o,  Ind.  Pres.     m#'-ne-5r, 

Inf.  Pres.      mo-ne'-rS,  Inf.  Pres.      m5-7ie'-ri, 

Ind.  Per/,     mo^-u-i,  Perf.  Part,    mon'-i-tus. 
Supine.         m<m'-i-tum. 


INDICATIVE   MOOD. 
Present. 


I  advise. 
Sing.     wo'-ne-6, 


Plur.     mo-^ie'-mus, 
mo-?ie-tis, 
mo'-nent. 


I  am  advised. 

Sing.     mo'-ne-6r, 

mo-ne'-ris  or  -r 
mo-ne'-tur  ; 

Plur.     mo-ne'-mur, 


mo-nen  -tur. 


13* 


150 


VERBS,   SECOND   CONJUGATION. 


ACTIVE    VOICE. 

I  was  advising. 
mo-?ie'-bas, 
Plur.     mon-e-oa'-mus, 


PASSIVE    VOICE. 

Imperfect. 

I  was  advised. 
Sing,     mo-ne'-bar, 

mon-e-ia'-ris  or  -re, 
mon-e-M'-tiir ; 
Plur.     mon-e-&a'-mur, 
mdn-e-oam'-i-ni, 
mon-e-&cm'-tur. 


Future. 


T  shall  or  m7£  advise. 
Sing,     md-ne'-bo, 
mS-ne'-bis, 
mo-Tie'-bit  ; 


mo-?ier-bunt. 


Sing. 


Plur. 


or  will  be  advised. 
md-n£'-bor, 
m6-neb'-&-Yis  or  -rg, 
mo-Tieo'-i-tiir ; 
mo-neo'-i-mur, 


mon-e-&im'-tur. 


Present-Perfect. 


I  advised  or  Aave  advised. 
S,   mon'-u-l, 
mon-u-is'-ti, 


P.  m6-m/-i-mus, 
m5n-u-is'-tis, 
mdn-u-e'-runt  or  -r 


advised. 


S. 


P.  mon-u-e'-ra'-mus, 


J  was  or  /iave  6ee?i  advised. 
S.  mon'-i-tus  sum  or  Ju'-i, 
m6nf-i-tus  6s  or  fu-is'-ti, 
m^Ti'-i-tus  est  or  fu'-it ; 
P.  m(Jn'-i-ti  sft'-miis  or/w'-i-miis, 
m5^r-i-ti  es'-tis  or  fu-iV-tis, 
mon'-i-ti  sunt,  fu-e'-runt  or-r^. 
Past-Perfect. 

J  AW  6ee?i  advised. 
S.  woW -i-tus  ^-ram  or  /M'-&-riim, 
mon'-i-tus  e'-ras  or/^-6-ras, 
m5?ir-i-tus  e'-rat  or/w'-S-rat; 
P.  mo?ir-i-ti  ^-ra'-mus  or  fu-g-rd'- 
mus, 

-ti  ^-rar-tis  or  fu-£-m'-tis, 
-ti  errant  or   w' 


VERBS,   SECOND    CONJUGATION. 


151 


ACTIVE    VOICE. 


PASSIVE    VOICE. 


Future-Perfect. 


I  shall  have  advised. 


8. 


mo-mtf-e-rit  ; 
P.  m5n-u-er'i-miis, 

mon-u-er'-!-tis, 


I  shall  have  been  advised. 

S.    mon'-i-tus  e'-ro  orfu'-S-rft, 
moV-i-tus  g'-ris  or  /ifc'-e-ris, 
moV-i-tus  er-rit  or  fuf-&-rit  ; 

P.  m#7i'-i-ti  e/-i-mus  or  fu-e/-l- 

miis, 

moTi'-i-ti  err-i-tis  or  fu-e/-I-tis, 
mon'-i-ti  e'-runt  or/^-S-rint. 


advise. 

8.  w#'-ne-am, 
mo'-ne-as, 
mo'-ne-at ; 

P.  mo'-ne-a'-mus, 
m6-ne-ar-tis, 
mo'-ne-ant. 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
Present. 

I  may  be  advised. 
JS.    mo'-ne-ar, 

mo-ne-ar-ris  or  -r£, 


I  mighty  would,  or 
should  advise. 


S. 


P.  mon-eW-mtis, 
mon-e-rer-tis, 
mo-Tie'-rent. 


P.  mo-ne-a'-mur, 
md-ne-am'-i-ni, 
m5-ne-<m'-tur. 

Imperfect. 
I  might,  would,  or  should 


be  advised. 


S. 


m5n-e-re'-ris  or  -rS, 
m5n-e-rer-tur  ; 
P.  m6n-e-re'-mur, 
mon-e-rem'-i-ni, 


152 


VERBS,   SECOND    CONJUGATION. 


ACTIVE    VOICE. 

I  may  have  advised. 
S.  md-7 


P.  mdn-u-er'-i-mus, 
m5n-u-er'-I-tis, 


I  mighty  would,  or 
should  have  advised. 
S.  mon-u-tV-sSm, 
mon-u-iV-ses, 
mdn-u-iY-sSt ; 
P.  m6n-u-is-se'-mus, 
mftn-u-is-se'-tis, 
mon-u-iV-sent. 


PASSIVE    VOICE. 

Present-Perfect. 

I  may  have  been  advised. 
S.  moV-i-tus  sim  orju'-S-rim, 
moV-i-tus  sis  or  /tt'-6-ris, 
mo?i'-i-tus  sit  or  fu'-&-n.t  ; 
P.  mon'-l-il  si'-miis  or  fu-e/-i-mus, 
'-X-ti  si'-tis  or  fu-^-I-tfe, 
i'-i-ti  sint  or 


Past-Perfect. 
I  might,  would,  or  should  have  been 

advised. 

S.  moV-i-ttis  es'-s8m  or  fu-tV-sSm, 
-tiis  es'-ses  or  fu-^s'-ses, 
-tus  es'-sSt  or  fu-iV-s£t  ; 
P.  m^Ti'-i-ti  es-se'-miis  or  fu-is-se'-mus, 
mo7i'-i-ti  es-se'-tis  or  fu-is-se'-tis, 
m$nf-i-ti  es'-sent  or  fu-V-sent. 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 


Pres.  &  7)io'-ne,  advise  thou; 
P.  m6-ne'-t&,  advise  ye. 

Fut.  S.  mo'-ne'-to,  thou  shalt 

advise, 
mo-ne'-to,  he    shall 

advise. 
P.  m5n-e-£o'-t£,  ye  shall 

advise. 

m6-nenf-to,  they  shall 
advise. 


Pres.  S.  mo'-ne'-rg,  be  thou  ad- 
vised ; 
P.  md-Tiew'-i-ni,   be    ye 

advised. 
Fut.  S.  m6-n#-t&r,  thou  shalt 

be  advised. 
m6-ne'-t6r,\ke  shall 

be  advised. 

P.  (m5n-e-6iw'-i-m,    ye 
shall  be  advised.) 
mo-nen'-t&r,  they  shall 
be  advised. 


VEKBS,  SECOND   CONJUGATION. 


153 


ACTIVE    VOICE. 


PASSIVE    VOICE. 


INFINITIVE. 


Pres.  mS-?ie'-rg,  to  advise. 
Perf.  m5n-u-iV-sS,  to    have 
advised. 

Fut.  m5n-i-^il'-rus  es'-se,  to  be 
about  to  advise. 

Fut.  Perf.  mon-i-ft^riis  fu-iV- 
s£,  to-  have  been 
about  to  advise. 


Pres.  mti-ne'-ri,  to  be  advised. 
Perf.  m#tt/-i-tus  es'-sS  or  fu- 

is'-s&,  to  have  been 

advised. 
Fut.  woft'-i-tum   i'-ri,   to   be 

about  to  be  advised. 
Fut.  Perf.  mfln'-I-ttts/fl'-re,  to 

have  been  about  to  « 

be  advised. 


PARTICIPLES. 


Pres.  w#'-nens,  advising. 
Fut.    m6n-i-ta'-rus,  about  to 


advise. 


Perf.  w#ft'-i-ttis,  advised. 
Fut.  mo-ne/i'-dus,  to  be  ad- 


vised. 


GERUND. 


Gen.  mo-ne?i'-di,  of  advising. 
Dat.  mo-ne^'-do,  for  advising. 
Ace.  m6-?ien'-dura,  advising. 
Abl.  md-tte/i'-do,  by  advising. 


m#?i'-i-tum,  ^o  advise. 


SUPINE. 

mdn'^i-tu,  to  be  advisedj  to  advise. 


State  the  mood,  tense,  voice,  person,  number,  and  meaning 
of  the  following. 

mSnent,  monens,  ^  mftnes;  m5ne,  n\5nSt,  moneas/mone- 
miis^liionetiir,  '  monetis.  mdneris,  ^monitTs/^moner^/  ihone- 
butj^lm^ne^t,  Tnonergm,'TnonuI,  Tnonenttir,  monendi/lnonu- 
istl  monuSramiis  ^TOon^amus^onete^monerinionuisse 


istl,  monuSramiisj  ^TOon^amusf, 
monitu,   m5nitiim    m/Wmiturus    fuiss^,   mdniti    Gratis, 


154  VERBS,   THIRD    CONJUGATION. 

*  ^mftnebimini,  monugritis^mtfnuistis,  mone&pte',  mtf 
>f  monuissemus^mftneammi,  ^ftnebamini,  moniti  fugrhnus, 
i  <yjnonitus  fuissgt. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

'  '  4 

I  advise,  them   wast   advising/  thou   wast   advised,  he 

shall  advise,  we  have  been  ad  vised,  ^ye  are  advising/ they 
had  ad  vised,  ^"ye  shall  have  advised, 'we  advised/Tie  has 
been  advised/'I  shall  be  advised,  thou  mayest  advise/ he 
may  be  advised/we  may  have  advised,  ye  might  have 
ad  vised,  4hey  would  have  been  advised,y/advise  thou,  ibe  ye 
advised/to  have  been  advised;  ix>  advise,  advisingf^about 
to  advisefto  be  advised,  of  advising.  The  girls  have  been 
ad  vised.  ^  The  boys  may  have  been  advised. 


§104.     THIRD   CONJUGATION. 

ACTIVE    VOICE.  PASSIVE    VOICE. 

PRINCIPAL   PARTS. 


Ind.  Pres. 
Inf.  Pres. 
Ind.  Per/. 
Supine. 


re'-gO. 


rec'-tiim. 


Ind.  Pres.     re'-g6r. 
Inf.  Pres.      re'-gi) 
Perf.  Part,    rec'-tus. 


I  rule. 

Sing.     re'gO, 
re'-gis, 

r^'-git; 

Plur.     reg'-i-mus, 
reg'-i-tis, 
re'-guut. 


INDICATIVE   MOOD. 
Present. 

/  am  ruled. 
Sing,     re'-gor, 

reg'-&-ris  or  -r^ 

Plur.     reg'-i-mur, 
rS-guri-tuT. 


VERBS,   THIRD   CONJUGATION. 

ACTIVE    VOICE. 


155 


I  was  ruling. 
Sing.     r&-ge'-b&m, 


Plur.     r£g-e-od'-mus, 
rgg-e-od'-tis, 
r£-<7e'-bant. 

I  shall  or  will  rule. 
Sing.     r£'-gam, 


Plur. 


PASSIVE    VOICE. 

Imperfect. 

I  was  ruled. 
Sing.     rS-t/e'-b&r, 

r£g-e-6d'-ris  or  -r£, 
rgg-e-od'-tur ; 
Plur.     rgg-e-od'-miir, 
rgg-e-odw'-i-ni, 
rgg-e-ocw'-tur. 

Future. 

I  shall  or  will  be  ruled. 
Sing.    r£'-g£r, 

rS-^e'-rts  or  -r£, 

Plur.     r^-o 


I  ruled  or  have  ruled. 
Sing,  rex'  -i, 

rex-tV-ti, 

rex'  -It  ; 


rex-iV-tis, 
j-ex-e'-runtor-r^. 

J  had  ruled. 
Sing.  rea/-£-ram, 


.  rex-S-ra'-mus, 
rex-e-rd'-tis, 
re^'-^-rant. 


Present-Perfect. 

I  was  or  /lave  6een  ruled. 
S.   rec'-tus  sum  or  Ju'-l9 
rec'-tus  £s  or  fu-iV-ti, 
rec'-tus  est  or  fu'-ii ; 
P.  rec'-ti  su'-mus  orfu'-i-mus, 
rec'-il  es'-iis  or  fu-zY-tis, 
rec'-il  sunt,  fu-e'-runt  or  -r£. 
Past-Perfect. 

/  had  been  ruled. 
S.   rec'-ttis  e'r&m  or/u'-^-r^m, 
rec'-tiis  ^'-ras  or/w'-S-ras, 

P.   rec'-ti  g-rd'-musorfu-£-rd'-mus, 
rec'-ti  6-rd'-tis  or  fu-^-rd'-tis, 
rec'-il  £'-rant  or  i 


156 


VERBS,   THIRD   CONJUGATION. 


ACTIVE   VOICE. 


/  shall  have  ruled. 
Sing.  rex'-&-YO, 
rex'-&-Yis, 


Plur.  rex-er'-I-mus, 
rex-£/-i-tis, 


PASSIVE    VOICE. 

Future-Perfect. 

J  shall  have  been  ruled. 
Sing,  rec'-tus  £'-ro  or  fur-&-Y$, 

rec'-tiis  e'-rls  orfu'-&-Yls, 

rec'-tiis  er-rit  or  fu'-&-Yit ; 
Plur.  rec'-tl  6/-i-miis  or  fu-e/-i-miis, 

rec'-ti  e/-i-tis  or  fu-£/-i-tis, 

rec'-ti  e'-runt  or  fi 


J  may 
.  re'-gam, 
re'-gas, 


SUBJUNCTIVE   MOOD. 
Present. 

I  may  be  ruled. 
Sing,  re'-gar, 


or  -r 


Plur. 


I  might,  would,  or 

should  rule. 
Sing.  r 


Plur.  rg 

r^g-^-re'-tis, 


Imperfect. 

I  might,  would,  or  should 

be  ruled. 
Sing.  r&/-£-r£r, 

r£g-£-re'-ris  or  -rg, 
r^g-S-re'-tiir ; 


VERBS,   THIRD    CONJUGATION. 


157 


ACTIVE    VOICE. 


I  may  have  ruled. 
Sing.  rex'-^-vim, 


rexe-&-rit  ; 
Plur.  rex-eY'-i-mus, 
rex-£r'-I-tis, 


hty  would,  or 
should  have  ruled. 
Sing.  rex-iV-sgrn, 
rex-is'-ses, 


Plur.  rex-is-se'-mus, 
rex-is-se'-tis, 
rex-iV-sent. 


PASSIVE    VOICE. 

Present-Perfect. 

/  may  have  been  ruled. 
S.  rec'-tus  sim  or  /t/-£-rim, 
rec'-tus  sis  or  fu'-&-ris, 
rec'-tus  sit  or  /tt'-e-rit ; 
P.  rec'-ti  si'-mus  or  fu-er'-i-mus, 
rec'-ti  si'-tis  or  fu-er'-I-tis, 
rec'-ti  sint  or  /i/-g-rint. 

Past-Perfect. 

I  might,  would,  or  should  have 

been  ruled. 

S.  rec'4us  es'-sgm  or  fu-^V-s^m, 
rec'-tiis  es'-ses  or  fu-is'-ses, 

P.  rec'-ti  es-se'-mus  or  fu-is-se'-mus, 
rec'-ti  es-se'-tis  or  fu-is-sc'-tisJL__ 
rec'-ti  es'-sent  or  fu-^s'-sent. 


IMPERATIVE  MOOD. 


Pres.  S.  r£'-g£,  rule  thou; 
P.  reg'-l-iS,  rule  ye. 

Fut.   S.  reg'-i-tQ,  thou   shalt 

rule, 
reg'-i-td,     he     shall 

rule ; 
P.  rgg-i-Z6'-tg,  ye   shall 

rule, 

r&$rtm*~t&,  they  shall 
rule. 


Pres.  S.  regf*&-r&,     be     thou 

ruled  ; 
P.  r&#im'-i-ni,    be    ye 

ruled. 
FuL   S.  r$g'-i-t6r,  thou  shalt 

be  ruled, 
reg'-i-toT,   he   shall 

be  ruled; 
P.  (re-gem' -i-m,ye  shall 

be  ruled), 
Y&-gun'-tor,       they 
shall  be  ruled. 


u 


158  VERBS,    THIRD    CONJUGATION. 


'ACTIVE   VOICE.  PASSIVE    VOICE. 

INFINITIVE. 


Pres.  reg'-&-Y&,  to  rule. 
Perf.  rex-is'-sg,  to  have  ruled. 

Fut.  rec-tiif-rus  es'-se7,  to  be 
about  to  rule. 

Fut.  Perf.  rec-^'-rus  fu-iV- 
sS,  to  have  been 


about  to  rule. 


Pres.  re'-gi,  to  be  ruled. 
Perf.  rec'-tus  es'-s&  or  fu-iV- 

s£,  to  have  been  ruled. 
Fut.  rec'-tum  £'-ri,  to  be  about 

to  be  ruled. 
Fut.  Perf.  rec'-tus   /tf'-rg,   to 

have  been  about  to  be 


ruled. 


PARTICIPLES. 


Pres.  r£'-gens,  ruling. 

Fut.  Tec-tu'-riis,  about  to  rule. 


Perf.  rec'-tus,  ruled. 

Fut.  r&~gen'-dus,  to  be  ruled. 


GERUND. 

Gen.  re-gen'-dl,  of  ruling. 
Dat.  icS-gen'-dd,  for  ruling. 
Ace.  rg-#eft/-dum,  ruling. 
Abl.  re-gen'-do,  by  ruling. 

SUPINE, 
rec'-ttim,  to  rule.  rec'-tu,  to  be  ruled,  to  rule. 

State  the  mood,  tense,  voice,  person,  number,  and  meaning 
of  the  following. 


« 

res/  /re'ge're;^e/ge>eV/<fregite/1 


s,  ^rSgentis,^rcgGndi;%^gendo^  regi- 

ris/^^ge^ 

ebamini,^egimh 
ti  e'ramus^re^ti  fuissetis, 
y  jjecturus  fuiss^/  rectos,  rectu/r^gitote^  'rexistis/rex^ramus. 


VERBS,  FOURTH  CONJUGATION 


1  They  may  be  ruled,  ye  are  ruled  ,^e  may  rule,  he  rulps, 
.  may  rule,  thou  mayst  be  ruled, 'they  were  ruling,  ye 
vould  be  ruled,  we  might  be  ruled,  ye  were  ruled,  ho  was 
uling,  thou  wouldst  be  ruled,  T  was  ruled,1  °thou  ruledst, 

thou  art  rulecL  'thou  hast  ruledjrhe  has  been  ruled,  ^he 

ung  will  rule, we  had  ruled/ye  hajj  been  ruledfthey  shall 
e  ruled,  Tie  will  have  ruled, Ve  might  have  ruled,  ^e  had 

ruled.^rule  ye,  to  be  ruled,^to  have  ruled, /naving  been 

ruledyfor  ruling,/ne  would  have  ruled. 

§  105.    FOUETH   CONJUGATION. 

ACTIVE    VOICE.  PASSIVE    VOICE. 

PRINCIPAL  PARTS. 


Ind.  Pres.  cm'-di-o, 
Inf.  Pres.   au-dl'-rg, 
Ind.  Perf.  au-cfi'-vi, 
Supine.       au-c?i;'-tum. 


Ind.  Pres.  auf-di-6r. 
Inf.  Pres.  au-c?i'-ri. 
Perf.  Part,  au-eft'-ttts. 


I  hear. 

Sing.  W-di-5, 
au'-dls, 
em'-dit ;  - 

Plur.  au-rft'-mtis, 


INDICATIVE  MOOD. 
Present. 

I  am  heard. 
Sing.  cm'-di-6r, 

au-c^'-tiir ; 
Plur.  au-d£'-mur, 


I 


au-di-im'-tiir. 

\ 


I  was  hearing. 
Sing,  au-di-e'-bam, 
au-di-e'-bas, 
au-di-e'-b^t ; 


Imperfect. 

I  was  heard. 
Sing,  au-di-e'-bar, 

au-di-e-&d'-ris  or  -r 


160 


VERBS,  FOURTH   CONJUGATION. 


ACTIVE    VOICE. 

Plur.  au-di-e-6a'-mus, 
au-di-e-od'-tis, 
au-di-e'-bant. 


PASSIVE    VOICE. 

Plur.  au-di-e-od'-miir, 
au-di-e-odm'-i-m, 
au-di-e-ocm'-tur. 


Future. 


I  shall  or  will  hear. 

Sing,  cm'-di-am, 
cm'-di-es, 
at/-di-£t ; 

Plur.  au-di-e'-mus, 
au-di-e'-tis, 
ai/-di-ent. 


I  shall  or  will  be  heard. 

Sing.  a?/-di-ar, 

au-di-e'-ris  or  -rg, 
au-di-e'-tiir  ; 
r.  au-di-er-mur, 
au-di-em'-i-ni, 
au-di-e/i'-tur. 


or  have 
heard. 

S.  au-dl'-vi, 

au-di-vis'-ti, 

au-dl'-vit ; 
P.  au-c^iv'-i-mtis, 

au-di-ms'-tis, 

au-di-ve;-runt  or  -r 


Present-Perfect. 

I  have  been  or  was  heard. 

S.  au-c?£'-tus  sum  or  fu'-l, 
Siu-di'-tus  ^s  or  fu-iV-ti, 
au-<it'-tus  est  or  fu'-it ; 

P.  au-di'-ti  sii'-mus  or  /w'-i-mus, 
au-o^'-ti  es'-tis  or  fu-iV-tis, 
au-c?I'-ti  sunt,  fu-e'-runt  or  -r 


J  had  heard. 


8. 


P.  au-div-S-ra'-miis, 
au-div-^-ra'-tis, 


Past-Perfect. 

J  Aac?  5ee?i  heard. 
JS.  au-oJi'-tus  e'-r^m  or  /it'-£-ram, 
au-o!i'-tus  ^'-ras  or/t^'-S-ras, 
au-o!i'-tus  e'-riit  or  fuf-8-r&t ; 
P.  au-c?i'-ti  ^-ra'-mus  or  fu-^-ra'-mus, 
au-o!^-ti  6-ra'-tis  or  fu-S-ra;-tis, 
au-oJ?-ti  e'-rant  or/ifc'-£-rant. 


VEEBS,  FOURTH   CONJUGATION. 


161 


ACTIVE   VOICE. 


J  shall  have  heard. 


S. 


P.  au-di-'yer'-l-mus, 
au-di-^r'-f-tis, 


I  may  hear. 

'Sing.  cm'-di-£m, 
em'-di-as, 
cm'-di-at ; 

Plur.  au-di-a'-miis, 
au-di-a'-tis, 
cm'-di-ant. 


t,  would,  or  should 

hear. 

Sing.  au-c?Z'-r£m, 
au-oli-res, 


Plur.  au-di-re'-miis, 
au-di-re'-tis, 


I  may  have  heard. 


au-cfo/v'-S-ris, 


S. 


P.  au-di-ver'-I-miis, 
au-di-i;e/-i-tis, 


PASSIVE    VOICE. 

Future-Perfect. 

/  shall  have  been  heard. 

S.  au-d/Z'-tus  6r-r5  or  /^'-g-ro, 
au-<i^-tus  ^-ris  or  fu'-&-ris, 
au-c?Z'-tus  e'-rit  or/^'-^-rit; 

P.  au-c?'I'-ti  er'-i-mus  or  fu-er'-i-mus, 
au-di'-ti  e/-i-tis  or  fu-er'-i-tis, 
au-c?i'-ti  e'-runt  or/^'-^-rint. 

SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD. 
Present. 

I  may  be  heard. 
Sing,  cm'-di-ar, 

au-di-a'-ris  or  -r^, 
au-di-a'-tur ; 
.  au-di-a'-miir, 
au-di-am'-i-ni, 
au-di-cm'-tur. 
Imperfect. 

I  might ,  would ,  or  should 

be  heard. 
Sing,  au-di'-rgr, 

au-di-r£'-ris  or  -rg, 
au-di-re'-tur ; 
P/ttr.  au-di-re'-mur, 
au-di-rem'-i-m, 
au-di-ren'-tur. 
Present-Perfect. 

I  may  have  been  heard. 
S.    au-dl'-tus  sim  or/t/-6-rim, 
au-c?I'-tus  sis  or/w'-S-rls, 
au-c?Z'-tus  sit  or  /u'-6-rit ; 
P.   au-dl'-ti  si'-mus  or  fu-^/-l-mus, 
au-o!i'-ti  s^-tis  or  fu-er'-i-tis, 
au-dl'-ti  sint  or  /l 


162 


VERBS,  FOURTH    CONJUGATION. 


ACTIVE    VOICE. 


Past-Perfect. 


PASSIVE  VOICE. 


y  would,  or  should 
have  heard. 
S.     au-di-vis'-sSrn, 
au-di-wY-ses, 
au-di-ws'-sSt  ; 
au-di-vis-se'-mus, 
au-di-vis-se'-tis, 
au-di-ws'-sent. 


P. 


I  might,  would,  or  should  have  been 

heard. 

S.   au-c?i'-tus  es'-s£m  or  fu-zV-s^m, 
au-Ji'-tus  es'-ses  or  fu-iV-ses, 
au-c?I'-tiis  es'-s£t  or  fu-tV-s^t ; 
P.  Si\i-dl'-ti  es-se'-mus  or  fu-is-se'- 

mus, 

au-c?t'-ti  es-se'-tis  or  fu-is-se'-tis, 
au-o^'-ti  e/-sent  or  fu-iV-sent. 


IMPERATIVE   MOOD. 


Pres.  S.  aw'-di,  /iear  thou; 
P.  Si\i-dif-t&,  hear  ye. 
Fut.  S.  au-c??-t5,  thou  s/ialt 

hear, 
au-dl'-to,    he    shall 

hear ; 
P.  au-di-£6'-t£,  ye  shall 

hear, 

au-di-W-t6,    they 
shall  hear. 


Pres.  S.    au-d?-r£,    be    thou 

heard  ; 
P.  au-c?im;-i-ni,  be  ye 

heard. 
Fut.   S.   au-dif-t6r,thoushalt 

be  heard, 
au-c?i'-t5r,  he  shall 

be  heard; 
P.  (au-di-em'-i-ni,     ye 

shall  be  heard), 

au-di-tm'-t5r,    they 

shall  be  heard. 


INFINITIVE. 


Pres. 
Perf. 

Fut. 


au-c?I'-r£,  to  hear. 
au-di-ms'-sg,  to  have 

heard. 
au-di-ftl'-rus  esr-s&,  to 

be  about  to  hear. 
Fut.  P.  au-di-^'-rus  fu-iY-sg, 

to  have  been  about 

to  hear. 


Pres.  au-c?Z'-ri,  to  be  heard. 
Perf.  au-cfo'-tus  es'-s&  or  fu- 

iY-s£,  to  have  been 

heard. 
Fut.    au-c?Z'-tum  I'-ri,  to  be 

about  to  be  heard. 
Fut.  P.  au-di'-tus    fo'-re,  to 
have  been  about  to  be  ruled. 


VERBS,  FOURTH   CONJUGATION.  163 


PARTICIPLES. 


Pres.     aw'-di-ens,  hearing. 
Fut.      au-di-ta'-rus,  about  to 


Perf.     au-c?I'-tus,  heard. 
Fut.      au-di-m'-dus,  to 


hear.  heard. 

GERUND. 

Gen.  au-di-en'-di,  of  hearing. 
Dat.   au-di-en'-do,  for  hearing. 
Ace.  au-di-m'-dum,  hearing. 
Abl.  au-di-en'-do,  %  hearing. 

SUPINE. 

£o  Aear.     |    au-di-tu,  to  be  heard,  to  hear. 


Tell  where  found,  and  the  meaning. 

Audis,  audiat,  audiens,  audient,'  audiant,  auditis,  audi- 
tus,  "audits,  audirS,  audiri,  audiris,  audires,  audivisti, 
audiverg,  audimur,  audiemini,  auditotS,  audivissetis,  audl- 
verint,  audlvissent,  audiremini,  audit!  fuissent,  auditurus 
essS,  auditus  fuissS,  audiebamur,  audiremus,  audiebammi, 
audiuntor,  audiuntur,  audientur,  audientis,  audiatis,  audi- 
antiir,  audivSrimus,  audiverunt,  auditl  fuissetis 

Translate  into  Latin. 

"We  shall  hear,  he  has  been  heard,  they  have  heard,  thou 

mightest  have  been  heard,  ye  were  heard,  ye  were  hearing, 

/they  shall  hear,  ye  have  heard,  he  may  have  been  heard, 

/<ye  would  have  been  heard,  we  might  have  been  heard,  s"be 

ye  heard,  to  hear,  to  have  been  heard,  by  hearing,  about  to 

hear,  to  be  heard,  we  hear,  they  are  heard,  they  are  hear- 

ing.     The  beautiful  girl  has  been  heard.      Many  songs 

had  been  heard. 

i 

' 


164 


TABLE   OF   ENDINGS. 


2  g 

w    §    § 


' 


S  1 


, 
JT    5  ^  "s 

1  '!  1  :! 


EH 
02 


Sill  I 
54*1  & 


&  a  a  » 

S   S  J  | 


>s  >3 


02 

Hi 
3 

P4 

"3   H"^     i    "^  >:3  *2 

^ 

S3 

1 

tf 

wm 

*»> 

2 

DQ 

H 

'S*  if  ,  "  XD 

^ 

>^  ^s 

s 

?  >f  xiT  *? 

XD    5    ><» 

if 

OF  ENDING 

P3 
to 

H 

w 

EH 

0 
EH 

fi 

(3 

NATIVE  MOOD. 

OJ      .        .        ,        , 
PW     0     0     0     0 

o5  ^ 

CQ           >2    *           w 
fn              ^    >:H  *  »2    JS 

-M        "4  r«       & 

S  P^       ^   ^    „ 

^      ^73     >w      05     <j    ,rt 

fmperfect. 

1 

5 
3 

^r 

;i? 

•s 

1  I 

i  1 

ii  ?i 

II 

ri  ^ 

.  i-e'-bar,  ie-6a'-rls  or  ie-i 

^    S    o    o       ft 

o 

>2   »                O 
^  'C       >2      ^ 

d  §  j§  i  ri  w 

iii..-  1 

f^ 

esent  Tense. 

l«         Q      »5J 

b    ?«.    *» 

0     O     § 

*S      05 

)2  jT  >« 

?SO      6    l^ 

>S    a;   >s3 

:? 

s 

W 

P 

Q 

P_l             rH    (N    CO    -^ 

r~l 

c<i  co 

^ 

iH    <M'    CO    rj*           t^ 

j£j 

>H    <N    CO 

r}( 

^ 
PP 

<j 

Jz; 
i—  i 

-»-5 

•M  -t-S 

"5 

^    ^                           t> 

Illl 


II 


=  J  s  *  a 


a  a 


I  ill 


)rt  ,»  ^      00 

O  V  !2  ^« 

72  ^>  -'   'V 

'3  i-o  "o    .A 

>1  3  r  2 


>2     an"  > 
If 


»-  "8x- 


CO   Tji 


TABLE   OF   ENDINGS. 


165 


>S        ,S       S        »r3 


,s  ,i 


>H     II 


ERFECT  AND  SUPINE  STEMS. 

1  supine  stems  are  the  same  in  all  the  conjugations.  Thus  :• 
PASSIVE  VOICE.—  SUPINE  STEM. 

MOOD. 

Singular.  Plural. 
Perfect.  us  sum  or/w'-i,  Us  es  or  fu-rs'-tl,  el 
Past-Perf.  us  e^-ram  or/M'-Sram,  us  e'-ras  or  /w'-eras,  < 
Fut.-Perf.  us  e'-rS  or/w'-SrS,  us  e'-ris  or  /w'-eris,  e 

\  MOOD. 

Perfect.  tis  sim  or/w'-5rlm,  us  sis  or  /w'-gris,  < 
Past-Perf.  us  es'-s6m  or  fu-is'-sem,  us  es'-ses  or  fu-tV-ses, 
INFINITIVE.  Perfect,  us  es'-se  or  fu-iV-s8. 
-urn,  -u.  PART.  Per/  us.  INF.  Put.  -um  t'-i 

fc 

S 

1 
1 

H 
t—  t 

. 

-H 

t—  i 
H 

g 

Ctt 

H 

| 

H 

"4 

0 

EH 

0 
EH 

P 

g, 

| 

o 

in 

-3 
0 

3 

^ 

i—  ( 

o 

a. 

*! 

*> 

1 

^ 
I 

SUBJU.N 

c 

"S 

>8 

ts'-sent. 

1 

H 
P 
P 

1 

a 

s 

w 

& 

S 

1 

>S 

1 

s 

>f 
^ 

H 

P^ 
<ri 

§1 

0-2 

H  •§ 

<i 

(25 


«T  «*     >r^         »  • 

f      "§  §        ?      ^       1 

i  >§     4  4    s 


TERM3 

he  te 


2   M 
o 


i4^ 


S  • 

x»    • 

s" 


<?4    CO 


166  VERBS. 


§  106.    CONJUGATION  OF  VEKBS.— 
ENDINGS. 

The  table  on  pages  164,  165,  exhibits  the  endings  of 
the  active  and  passive  voices  in  all  the  conjugations. 

Remark  1. — On  the  present-stem  are  formed  all  the  moods  of 
the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  tenses  (except  the  infinitive 
future,  active  and  passive),  the  gerund,  present  active  participle, 
and  future  passive  participle. 

Remark  2. — On  the  perfect-stem  are  formed  all  the  perfect- 
tenses  in  the  active  voice. 

Remark  3. — On  the  supine-stem  are  formed  the  supines,  and 
the  future  active  and  perfect  passive  participles. 

Remark  4- — The  future  and  future-perfect  infinitive  active  are 
compound  tenses,  made  up  of  the  future  active  participle  and  the 
infinitive  of  the  verb  sum.  The  future  infinitive  passive  is  made 
up  of  the  supine  and  the  impersonal  infinitive  Irl.  The  future- 
perfect  infinitive  passive  is  made  up  of  the  perfect  passive  parti- 
ciple and  the  future  infinitive  fore. 

Remark  5. — The  perfect  tenses  of  the  passive  are  made  up  of 
the  perfect  passive  participle  with  the  forms  of  the  verb  sum. 
the  latter  designating  the  time,  and  the  participle  expressing 
completion  passively:  as,  dmdtus  erdm,  I  existed  (at  some  pasl 
time)  having  been  (previously)  loved;  i.e.  Iliad  been  loved.  The 
participle,  being  an  adjective  in  the  predicate,  agrees  with  th< 
subject. 


VERBS   IN   -10. 


167 


§  107.    VEKBS  IN  -10  OF  THE  THIKD 
CONJUGATION. 

Some  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation  insert  $  before  the 
ending  in  some  of  the  parts  formed  on  the  present-stem, 
as  shown  in  the  following  paradigm  of  cdp$r$,to  take.* 


ACTIVE. 


INDICATIVE. 


Pres. 

Imperf. 
Fut. 


cap- 

cap-i- 

cap-i- 


ebain, 
am, 


18, 

ebas, 


it, 

ebat, 

It, 


imtis, 

ebaums, 

emus, 


itis, 

ebatis, 

etis, 


i-unt. 
ebant. 
ent. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Pres. 
Imperf. 


cap- 


am, 
erem, 


fires, 


at, 

eret, 


amtis,          atls,          ant. 
eremus,       Sretis,       erent. 


IMPERATIVE. 


Pres. 
Fut. 


cap- 
cap- 


lt5, 


ite, 
itotg, 


i-unt5. 


INFINITIVE. 

caperfi. 


PARTICIPLE,  cap-i-ens. 


GERUND,  cap-i-endi. 


PASSIVE. 


INDICATIVE. 


Pres. 

Imperf. 

Fut. 


cap- 

cap-i- 

cap-i- 


i-8r, 

ebar, 

ar, 


8iis, 

ebfiris, 

eris, 


itur, 

ebatur, 

etur, 


imur, 

ebamur, 

emur, 


Imlni, 

ebamini, 

eminl, 


i-untur. 
ebantur. 
entur. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Pres. 
Imperf. 


cap-i- 
cap- 


ar, 
Sre"r, 


aris, 
ereris, 


atur, 
eretur, 


amur,         ammT, 


Sremur,     Sremini,      Srentur. 


antur. 


IMPERATIVE. 


Pres. 
Fut. 


cap- 
cap- 


Itor, 


itor, 


i-emini,       i-untor. 


PARTICIPLE,  cap-i-endus. 


*  Pupils  instructed  in  the  English  method  of  pronunciation   should  at  this  stag 
of  advancement  be  able  to  syllabicate  this  paradigm  for  themselves. 


168  VEKBS    IN    10. 

The  parts  on  the  perfect  and  supine  stems  do  not  vary 
from  the  usual  formation. 

EXERCISE   XLIV. 
(Some  verbs  which  insert  L) 

cap-i-S,  cap-ere,  cep-i,  capt-um,  to  take. 

re-cip-i-6,  recip-ere,  recep-i,  recept-um,  to  take  back. 

se  recipere,  to  take  one's  self  back,,  to  retreat. 

ac-cip-i-5,  accip-ere,  accep-i,  accept-um,  to  take  to  one's  self,  to  receive. 

ciip-i-8.  cup-ere,  ciipiv-i,  cupit-um,  to  desire. 

fac-i-5,  fac-ere,  feo-i,  foct-um,  to  do,  to  make. 

con-fic-i-6,  conflc-ere,  confec-i,  confect-um,  to  finish. 

rap-i-5,  rap- ere,  rapu-i,  raptUm,  to  seize,  carry  off. 

di-rip-i-5,  dlrip-ere,  dirlp-ui,  dirept-um,  to  plunder. 

Remark  1. — The  imperative  present  active  second  singular  of 
fdcio  is  fdc,  and  the  passive  is  supplied  by  the  irregular  verb^o 
(§  111,  7).  The  compounds  which  change  d  into  I  have  the  regular 
passive  :  as,  conficior,  conficl,  confectus :  .^but  those  which  retain 
the  d  have  the  ^irii^gular  passive :  as,  pdtefdcio,  passive  pdtefio, 
pdtefierl,  pdttfactus.  The  compounds  with  prepoMtions  change 
d  into  I;  those  with  verb-stems  retain  the  d;  compounds  with 
noun-stems  are  mostly  of  the  first  conjugation:  as,  cedifico, 
nldifico,  etc. 

Translate  into  English. 

German!  animalia  (39)  quse  bello  ceperant  diis  mac- 
tabant.  Nostri  in  hostes  impe'tum  fScerunt,  atqu^  eos 
(§  83,  1)  in  fiigam  dederunt.  Helvetii  pSr  Sequanorum 
fines  it^r  f £ciebant.  Hostes,  qui  pSr  provinciam  itSr  ten- 
tav^rant,  in  fines  suos  se  rSc^perunt.  Caesar  ab  Helvetils 
obsides  St  arma  aceeperat.  Imp^rat6r  auriim  qu5d  a  regS 
accep^rat,  militibus  d^dit.  Milites  proeliuni  f  ac^rS  cupi- 
verunt.  Caesar  de'ce'm  diebiis  pontSm  confecit.  Komani 
virgines  Sabinorum  r^puerunt.  Hostes  atroces  totam 
urbSm  diripient. 


PASSIVE   CONSTRUCTION.          .  169 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  enemy  will  retreat  from  the  mountain  to  the  river. 
The  king  will  lay  waste  the  country  (dgros)  which  he  has 
conquered,  with  fire  and  sword.  Our  horsemen  had  made 
an  attack  upon  the  enemas  footmen.  The  forces  of  the 
enemy,  that  were  making  a  journey  through  our  province, 
plundered  many  villages.  The  lieutenant,  with  five 
legions  which  he  had  received  from  Caesar,  hastened  into 
the  boundaries  of  the  .ZEduans.  The  consul  will  not  finish 
the  bridge  in  six  days.  ^jThe  general  desires  to  make  an 
end  of  the  war. 

For  peculiarities  of  tenSe-formation  and  conjugation,  and  composition 
of  verbs,  see  Appendix.  * 

EXERCISE  ^*LV. 

§108.    THE  PASSIVE  CONSTKUCTIOK 

1.  The  same  idea  may  be  expressed  both  in  the  active 
and  the  passive  form :    as,  Helvetil  legdtos  mittunt,  the 
Helvetians  send   ambassadors  ;    or,  legatl  ab  Helvetns 
mittuntur,  ambassadors  are  sent  by  the  Helvetians. 

2.  The  object  in  the  active  becomes  the  subject  in  the 
passive ;   and  the  subject  in  the  active  is  expressed  by 
the  ablative  with  the  preposition  a  or  ab.     (ABLATIVE 
OF  THE  AGENT.) 

Remark  1. — If  the  ablative  expresses,  not  the  agent,  or  doer 
of  the  action,  but  only  the  cause,  means,  instrument,  the  preposi- 
tion will  not  be  used  :  as,  stimulus  bovem  concltdt,  the  goad  urges 
on  the  ox  ;  passive,  bos  sfimuld  concitdtur,  the  ox  is  urged  on  with 
the  goad. 

Remark  2. — As  intransitive  verbs  have  no  object  in  the  active, 
they  are  not  used  personally  in  the  passive,  except  with  a  cognate 
or  equivalent  subject.  See  \  150,  Remarks  1,  2. 

15 


170  DEPONENT   VERBS. 

3.  Rule  of  Syntax. — Verbs  which  in  the  active  take 
another  case  in  addition  to  the  object-accusative,  in  the 
passive  retain  that  other  case  :  as,  mftgister  pu&ro  librum 
dSt ;  passive,  libSr  pu&ro  a  magistro  datiir. 

Translate  into  English. 

Kegma  ab  ancillis  amatur.  M&gist^r  b6nus  ab  omnibus 
puSris  amabitur.  Tuse  salutis  causa  (§  29,  1)  mftneris, 
Pat£r  a  f  ilio  suo  amatus  es^.  Templum  dS  marmorS  (§  40^ 
S,b  imp^ratore  sedificatum  est.  -  Leo  qui  in  silva  a  servis 
visiis  est,  multos  homines  laniave'rat.  Gallia  est  omnig 
divisa  in  partes  tres.  Helvetii  una  ex  parts  fluminei  Rh^no, 
altissimO  atque;  latissimO,  continentur.  LSgiones  quse  IE 
provincia  conscriptse  sunt,  a  CsesarS  ex  hibernis  educentur, 
Quidiim  ex  militibiis  magnitudinS  p^riculi  perterriti  sunt 
Castra  tribiis  diebtis  (§  66,  2)"  a  consuls  mSvebitur/V  Im- 

probi  omnes  a  deo  punientur^  fHsec  a  nobis  audits  sunt. 

•  o  « 

Translate  into  Latin. 

(Change  each  of  the  foregoing  exercises  from  the  passive 
to  the  active  construction.) 

DEPONENT  VERBS. 

§  109.  1.  Deponent  verbs  are  such  as  have  a  passive 
form  with  an  active  meaning. 

They  are  called  deponent  (laying  aside)  because  they 
lay  aside  their  active  form  and  passive  meaning. 

2.  They  are  inflected  throughout  like  passive  verbsj 
and  have  also  the  gerund,  participles,  and  supine  of 
the  active  voice.  The  perfect  and  future  passive  parti- 
ciples, the  infinitive-future  passive,  and  the  latter  supine, 
have  also  a  passive  meaning. 


DEPONENT   VERBS. 


171 


PARADIGMS. 

First  Conj.        mir-6r,  mir-ari,  mir-at-us,  to  admire.  ^ 
Second  Conj.     f  at-eor,  f at-eri,  fass-us,  to  confess. 

(  ut-or,  ut-i,  us-us,  to  use. 
Third  Conj.  j  ^.5^  pat.i?  pass-tis,  to  suffer. 
Fourth  Conj.     met-ior,  metriri,  mens-us,  to  measure. 


INDICATIVE. 

Present. 

mir-or, 
/  admire. 

fat-e6r, 
/  confess. 

ut-or, 
I  use. 

pat-i-or, 
/  suffer. 

met-ior, 
I  measure. 

Imperf. 

mir-abar, 
/  was  admir- 
ing. 

fat-ebar, 
7  was  con- 
fessing. 

ut-«bar, 
Iwasusing. 

pat-i-ebar, 
/  was  suf- 
fering. 

met-iebar, 
I  was  measur- 
ing. 

Future. 

V 

mir-abor, 
1  shall  ad- 
mire. 

f&t-ebSr, 
Ishallcon- 
fess. 

ut-ar, 
I  shall  use. 

pat-i-ar, 
I  shall  suf- 
fer. 

met-iar, 
/  shall  mea- 
sure. 

Pres.Perf. 

mirat-us  sum, 
/  have  ad- 
mired. 

fass-us  sum, 
I  have  con- 
fessed. 

us-us  sum, 
/  have 
used. 

pass-us  sum, 
I  have  suf- 
fered. 

mens-us  sum, 
/  have  mea- 
sured. 

Past-Perf. 

mirat-us  6ram, 
/  had   ad- 
mired. 

fass-us  eram, 
/  had  con- 
fessed. 

us-us  Sram, 
I  had  used. 

pass-us  6ram 
/  had  suf- 
fered. 

mens-us  6ram, 
/  had  mea- 
sured. 

FutPerf. 

mirat-us  8r8, 
/  shall  have 
admired. 

fass-us  er8, 
I  shall  have 
confessed. 

us-us  gro, 
I  shall  have 
used. 

pass-us  6r6, 
1  shall  have 
suffered. 

mens-us  er8, 
/  shall  have 
measured. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present. 

nrir-Sr, 
/  may  ad- 
mire. 

fat-ear, 
Imay  con- 
fess. 

ut-ar, 
Imay  use. 

pat-i-ar, 
I  may  suf- 
fer. 

met-iar, 
/  may  mea- 
sure. 

Imperf. 

mir-are'r, 
I  might  ad- 
mire. 

fat-erer, 
I  might  con- 
fess. 

iit-erer, 
Tmight  use. 

pat-6re"r, 
Imig  lit  suf- 
fer. 

met-irer, 
I  might  mea- 
sure. 

Pres.Perf. 

mirat-us  sim, 
/  may  have 
admired. 

fass-tis  sim, 
Imi  y  have 
confessed. 

us-us  sim, 
Imay  have 
used. 

pass-us  sim, 
Imay  have 
suffered. 

mens-us  sim, 
/  may  have 
measured. 

Past-Perf. 

mirat-us  es- 
sgm, 
I  might  have 
admired. 

fass-us    es- 
sem, 
I  might  have 
confessed. 

us-Gs  essem, 
I  might  have 
used. 

prtss-us    es- 
s6m, 
Imi  'ght  have, 
suffered. 

mens-us    es- 
s6m, 
Imiflhthave 
measured. 

172 


DEPONENT   VERBS. 


IMPERATIVE. 

Present. 

mir-are, 
admire  thou. 

fat-er8, 
confess  thou. 

ut-ere, 
use  thou. 

pat-ere, 
suffer  thou. 

met-ire, 
measure  thou. 

Future. 

mir-atSr, 
thou    shalt 
admire. 

fat-etflr, 
thou  shalt 
confess. 

ut-itor, 
thou  shalt 
use. 

pat-itor, 
thou  shalt 
suffer. 

met-it5r, 
thou    shalt 
measure. 

INFINITIVE. 

Present. 

mir-ari, 
to  admire. 

fat-eri, 
to  confess. 

ut-I, 
to  use. 

pat-i, 
to  suffer. 

met-iri, 
to  measure. 

Perfect. 

mirat-us  esse, 
to  have  ad- 
mired. 

fass-us  esse", 
t&Jidve  con- 
fessed. 

us-tis  esse, 
tohaveused. 

pass-us  esse, 
to  have  suf- 
fered. 

mens-us  esse, 
to  have  mea- 
sured. 

Future.  • 

mirat-urus  es- 

to  be  about  to 
admire.    1 

I 

mlrat-uni  iri, 
tobeabmUio 

be  admired. 

1 

fass-urus  es- 
s8, 
to  be  about 
to  confess. 

fass-um  Tri, 
to  be  about 
to    be     con- 
fessed. 

us-urus  es- 
se", 
to  be  about 
to  use. 

us-um  iri, 
to  be  about 
to  be  used. 

pass-urus  cs- 

to  be  about 
to  suffer. 

pass-tim  iri, 
to  be  about 
to  be  suffer- 
ed. 

mens-urus  es- 
se, 
to  be  about  to 
measure. 

mens-um  iri, 
to  be  about  to 
be  measured. 

Fut.  Perf. 

mirat-urus  fu- 
issg,         ] 
to  have  been 
about   to   ad- 
mire. 

fass-urus  fu- 
isse, 
to  have  been 
about  to  con- 
fess. 

us-urus  fu- 

to  have  been 
about  to  use. 

pass-urus  fu- 
isse, 
tohavebeen 
about  to  suf- 
fer. 

mens-urus  fu- 
isse, 
to  have  been 
about  to  mea- 
sure. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Present. 

mir-ans, 
admiring. 

fat-ens, 
confessing. 

ut-ens, 
using. 

pat-i-ens, 
suffering. 

met-iens, 
measuring. 

Perfect. 

mirat-us, 
having  /  ad- 
mired. 

fass-us, 
having  con- 
fessed. 

US-US, 

having 
used. 

pass-us, 
having  suf- 
fered. 

mens-us, 
having  mea- 
sured. 

Future. 

mirat-urus, 
about  to  ad- 
mire. 

fass-urus, 
about    to 
confess. 

us-urus, 
aijout  to 
use. 

pass-urus, 
about  to 
suffer. 

mens-urus, 
about  to  mea- 
sure. 

Fut.  Pass. 

mir-andus, 
to  be  ad- 
mired. 

fat-endus, 
to  be  con- 
fessed. 

ut-endus, 
to  be  used. 

pat-i-endus, 
to  be  suf- 
fered. 

met-iendus, 
to   be  mea- 
sured. 

GERUND. 

mir-andi, 
of  admiring. 

fat-endl, 
of  confess- 
ing. 

ut-endl, 
of  using. 

pat-i-endi, 
of  suffer- 
ing. 

met-iendi, 
of  measur- 
ing. 

SUPINE. 

mirat-um, 
mlrat-u. 

fass-um, 
fass-u. 

us-um, 
us-u. 

pass-urn, 
pass-u. 

mens-um, 
mens-u. 

DEPONENT   VEKBS. 


173 


3.  The  verbs  audeo,  I  dare,  fldo,  I  trust,  gaudeo,  I 
delight,  and  soleo,  I  am  accustomed,  want  the  perfect 
stem.     The  perfect  tenses  have  a  passive  form,  but  an 
active  meaning  :  as,  ausus  stim,  I  have  dared  ;  flsus  sum, 
I  have  trusted ;   gavlsus  sum,  I  have  rejoiced ;  stilitus 
sum,  I  have  been  accustomed. 

4.  Here  may  also  be  observed  the  verbs  vtipulo,  I  am 
beaten ;  v$neo,  I  am  sold ;  and  fio,  I  am  made ;  which 
have  an  active  form  with  a  passive  meaning. 

5.  Many  deponents  have  a  middle  force :    as,  prtifl- 
ciscdr,  I  begin  to  put  myself  forward,  i.e.  I  set  out; 
uttir,  I  employ  mysejf  (with  a  thing),  i.e.  I  use  (a  thing). 

EXERCISE  XL VI. 
§  110.      Vocabulary. 


mor-or,  -ari,  -atus,  to  delay* 
con-or,  -ari,  -atus,  to  attempts 
popul-or,  -uri,  -atus,  to  plunder} 
hort-or,  -ari,  -atus,  to  exhort. 
imit-or,  -uri,  -atus,  to  imitate* 
tu-eor,  -erl,  tuitus   and  tutus,   to 

protect. 

conf  it-eor,  -eri,  confess-us,  to  con- 
fess. 

-  gequ-or,  sequi,  secut-us,  to  follow. 
ulcisc-or,  -I,  ultus,  to  avenge.  • 
pat-i-cr,  pat-i,  pass-us,  to  endure, 

suffer,  permit. 

ccm-gred-i-or,  congred-i,  congrcss- 
us,  to  meet ;  in  a  hostile  sense,  to 
contend. 


frumentarius,  -a,  -um,  of  corn. 
res  frumentaria,  provisions. 
publicus,  -a,  -um,  public. 
prlvatus,  -a,  -um,  private. 
mors,  mort-is,  death. 
supplicium,  -I,  punishment. 
peccatum,  -I,  fault,  sin. 
amor,  -or-is,  love. 
scelus,  -er-is,  crime,  wickedness. 
causa,    -SQ,    cause  j'    abl.,    for    the 

sake  of. 

pauci,  -ae,  -a,  few. 
inerft-ior,  -iri,  -Itus,  to  lie. 
met-ior,  -iri,  mens-us,  to  measure. 


Translate  into  English. 

'  Csesar  in  hoc  oppidq  paucos  dies  (§  66,  2)  r'ei  frum.enta- 
ria3  causa  morubatur.  \  Flumina,  quse  recentibus  imbribus 
aucta  sunt  (see  augere),  ihultos  dies  consulSm  morabuntur. 


15* 


174  IRREGULAR   VERBS. 

Helvetii  in  ^Eduorum  fines  pervengrant,  eorumquc'  agros 
populabantur.  I  Hostes  pgr  provinciam  nostram  iter  f  acerS 
.  conati  grant.  '  Impgrator  fortis  milites  hortatiis  est/ ;-;  Li- 
bgri  non  sernpgr  virtutgm  parentium  imitantiir.  Qui 
suos  Hbgros  non  tuetiir  (§  87,  7),  homo  est  turpissimus. 
^Turpg  est  mcntiri.-f  Nonng  scelgra  tua  confesses  gs? 
Equites  nostri  hostes  ad  flumgn  sgcuti  sunt.  jiHic  latrO 
gravissimiim  supplicium  patietur .1  '*-Cum  Cicgrong  ssepg  in 
urbg  congressus  sum.  f J[Hac  in  re  Caesar  publicas  ac  pri- 
vatas  injuries  ultus  est. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

A  wise  man  always  confesses  his  faults.  l)avus  con- 
fessed his  love  for  (use  gen.)  the  maid-servant.  The  brave 
son  will  avenge  his  father's  death.  Our  skirmishers 
delayed  the  journey  of  the  enemy  many  hours.  'r  The 
prudent  consul  will  not  suffer  the  enemy  to  lead  their 
forces  through  the  most  fertile  part  of  Gaul.  !*To  lie  is 
the  basest  of  all  things.  ^The  thief  had  confessed  all  his  > 
crimes.  The  general  on  the  sixth  day  measured  (out) 
corn  to  the  soldiers.  'It  is  easier  to  imitate  vice  than 
virtue.  The  JEduans,  having  contended  with  Ariovistus, 
king  of  the  Germans,  were  conquered.  j^Our  men  will 

attempt  to  follow  the  enemy  through  the  forest. 

• 

IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


§  111.  1.  Irregular  verbs  do  not  use,  in  some  6f  their 
parts  formed  from  the  present-stem,  the  endings  of 
either  of  the  four  conjugations.  The  forms  called 
irregular  are,  for  the  most  part,  either  syncopated  or 
ancient  forms.  The  tenses  formed  on  the  perfect  and 
the  supine  stems  are  alike  in  all  verbs. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


175 


2.  The  irregular  verbs  are,  ess%,  to  be  ;  vell$,  to  be 
willing  ;  ferr8y  to  bear  ;  #cfer£  or  esse",  to  eat  ;  fieri,  to  be 
made,  to  become  ;  lr$,  to  go  ;  qmrS,  to  be  able  ;  and  their 
compounds.  *• 

3.  Vo'-lo,  vei'-is,*  vtil'-n-l,  to  wish,  to  be  willing. 

INDICATIVE. 
Present,        vo'-lo,  vis,  vnit 

v61'-u-mus,  vwl'-tfe,  V0'-lunt. 

Imperfect,  v6-/e'-bam,  vo-Ze'-bas,  etc.  (regular.) 

future,  vo'-lam,  vo'-les,  etc.  (reg.) 

Pres.  Perf.  vol'-u-l,  -tV-ti,  -it,  etc.  (reg.*) 

Past  Perf.  v6-^'-Sram,  -^ras,  etc.  (reg.) 

Fut.  Perf.  v6-^'-Sr6,  -Sris,  etc.  (reg.) 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 
-'-iim,  ve'-iis,  v€' 


Present, 


Imperfect,      vel'-lfem,  vel'-les,  vel'-l€t; 

vel-le'-miis,  vel-le'-tis,  vel'-lesit. 

Pres.  Perf.   v6-lu'-&rim,  -£r!s,  -Srit,  etc.  (reg.) 
Past  Perf.    vtfl-u-iY-se'm,  -iV-ses,  etc.  (reg.) 


INFINITIVE. 


Present, 
Perfect, 


(reg.) 


PARTICIPLE. 
Pres.  w'-lens  (reg.) 


NOTE. —  Volo  is  a  verb  of  the  third  conjugation,  the  present-stem 
being  v&l-,  vtil-,  or  vul-.  The  forms  vis,  vrflt,  and  vuliis  are  synco- 
pated from  vdl-ts,  vol-lt,  and  vtil-l'ls,  in/erchanging  u  for  o.  The 
ending  umus  is  an  old  form  for  Imus.sVelU  and  vellem  are  synco- 
pated forms  of  vel-ere  and  vel-erem,  8  being  elided,  and  r  passing 
into  I  for  euphony  :  vel-e-re,  vel-re,  vel-le  ;  v8l-e-rem,  vel-rem,  vel-Lem. 

*In  the  following  paradigms  the  irregular  forms  are  in  bold  type. 


176  IRREGULAR   VERBS. 

The  endings  tm,  is,  Zt,  etc.  of  the  subjunctive  present  are  old  forms 
found  also  in  slm,  sis,  etc.,  8c&m,  Idls,  etc.     (See  §  224,  2.) 

4.  Nolo  is  compounded  of  ne  or  non,  and  vttto. 
No'-lo,  nor-i£,  noF-M-i,  to  be  unwilling. 

INDICATIVE. 
Present,          tto'-16,  non'-vis,  non'.vnlt; 

nol'-u-mus,  non-vtil'-tiis,  nd'-lunt. 

Imperfect,    no-^'-bam,  no-^e'-bas,  etc.  (reg.) 
Future,        no'-lam,  no'-les,  etc.  (reg.) 
Pres.  Perf.  nol'-u-i,  -w'-ti,  -it,  etc.  (reg.) 
Past  Perf.    no-^-Sr^m,  -Sras,  etc.  (reg.) 
Fut.  Perf.    no-/t*r-Sr6,  -Sris,  etc.  (reg.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE.  '     \ 

Present,         no'-lim,  no'-lis,  iio'-llt ; 

nd-li'-mns,  nd-li'-tis,  no '-lint. 
Imperfect,      nol'-l^m,  nor-les,  nol'-l«t; 

nol-le'-mus,  nol-le'-tis,  nol'-Ient* 
Pres.  Perf.  n6-£tt'-£rim,  -Sris,  etc.  (reg.) 
Past  Perf.    nol-u-iV-sSm,  -iV-ses,  etc.  (reg.) 

IMPERATIVE. 

Singular.  Plural. 

Present,  2.  no'-u,  2.  n6-ii'.t€. 

Future,    2.   no-li'-t#,  2.   n61-I-to'-t€, 

3.   n6-ir-t6;  3.   iio-lun'-t$. 

INFINITIVE.  PARTICIPLE. 

Present,  noi'-id.  |         Present,  Tio'-lens  (peg.) 

Perfect,  nc 


NOTE  — The  same  remarks  apply  to  nolo  as  to  its  primitive  vSlo. 
The  n  and  v  are  dropped,  a  contraction  ensues,  and  hence  the  first 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


177 


syllable  is  always  long:  no(n-v)dlo,  no-olo,  nolo.  The  uncontracted 
form  is  retained  in  the  second  and  third  singular  and  second  plural 
of  the  indicative  present.  The  imperative  endings  i,  I  e,  ilo,  etc. 
are  irregular,  belonging  properly  to  the  fourth  conjugation. 

5.  Mdlo  is  compounded  of  ma-  (the  root  of  m&gis), 
more,  and  vblo. 

'-lOj  mar-is,  mdl'-u-l,  to  prefer,  to  be  more  willing. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present)          Wa'-lo,  ma'-vls,  ma'-vnlt; 

mal'-umus,  ma-viir-tis,  ?>ulMimt. 

Imperfect,  ma-te'-bam,  ma-/e'-bas,  etc.  (reg.) 

Future,  wa'-lam,  ma'-les,  ma'-l^t,  etc.  (reg.*) 

Pres.  Perf.  wa/'-u-i,  -w'-ti,  -it,  etc.  (reg.) 

Past  Perf.  ma-^'-Sram,  -gras,  etc.  (reg.) 

Fut.  Perf.  ma-^'-grO,  -firis,  etc.  (reg.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present,          ma'-lim,  ma'-lis,  ma'-lXt; 

iiia-li'-iiius,  ma-li'-tfs,  ma '-lint. 
Imperfect,      mal'-l€m,  mal'-les,  mal'-let; 

inal-le'-inus,  mal-le'-tis,  mal'-lcnt. 

Pres.  Perf.   ma^'-grim,  -6r!s,  -grit,  etc.  (reg.) 
Past  Perf.    mal-u-is'-s6m,  -is'-ses,  etc.  (reg.) 

INFINITIVE. 
Present,  mai'-i€.  Perfect,  mal-u-iV-sg. 

NOTE. — Mdlo  is  formed  in  the  same  manner  with  nolo,  and  its  first 
syllable  is  long  for  the  same  reason. 

6.  F8ro   is    a  verb  of  the  third  conjugation,  which 
has  become  irregular  by  syncopation  :  as,/ers  for  fZr-ts; 
fer-tis  for  /gr-fc-fite;  fer-r&for  f%r-£-r%  ;  fer-rZm  for/^r- 
ti-rem,;  f&r  for  f&r-8;  fer-tS  for  fer-%-t&;  fer-rZr  for  f8r- 


178 


IRREGULAR  VERBS. 


tuf-l£-rim,  fft'-le-ris,  etc. 
tu-lis'-s&m,  -&V-ses,  etc. 

INFINITIVE. 


r,  etc.  The  perfect  and  supine  stems  are  taken 
from  the  obsolete  tul-o  (whence  tolio)  and  tla-o  (tla-,  by 
metathesis  lat-}. 

ACTIVE  VOICE. 
Fe'-YQ,  fer'-re,  tu'-ll,  Id'-tum,  to  carry. 

INDICATIVE.  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present,     /e'-ro,  fers,  fert;  /e'-ram,  /e'-ras,  etc. 

/er'-imus,  -tis,  -unt. 
Imperfect,  fg-re'-bam,  -re'-bas,  etc.    fer'-rSm,  -res,  -r£t; 

fer-re'-inias,  -re' -tis,  -rent. 

Future,      /e'-ram,  /e'-res,  etc. 
Pres.  Perf.  tuf-li,  tu-lis'-tl,  etc. 
Past  Perf.  tul'-e-r&m,  -ras,  etc. 
Fut.  Perf.  tu'-l&-r(>,  -ris,  etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 
Present,  2.  fer; 

2.   fer'-t€. 

Future,    2.   fer'-t6,    3.  fer'-t6; 
2.   -to'-te.    3.  -W-tO. 
PARTICIPLES. 
Present,  /e'-rens, 
Future,  la-^-rus. 

PASSIVE  VOICE. 
Fe'-rSr,  fer'-ri,  la'-tus,  to  be  carried. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present,       /e'-r5r,  fer'-ris  or-r£,  -tfir. 
Imperfect,    f^-re'-bar,  -ba-ris,  etc. 
Future,        /ef-rar,  -re'-ris,  etc. 
Pr<35.  Per/.  laf-tus  siim,  etc. 
Pas<  Per/,    la-tus  e'-ram,  etc. 
Fut.  Perf.    la'-tus  £'-ro,  etc. 


Per/t 


la-^-rus 


GERUND, 
SUPINE, 


INE,  f  ^m' 
(  ^  -tu. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS. 


179 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Present,        /e'-rar,  --ra'-ris,  etc. 

Imperfect,      fer'-r£r,  -re'-ris  OT  -re'-rg,  -re'-t&r; 
fer-re'-mur,  -rem'-Xnl,  -ren'-tur. 

Pres.  Perf.    ^a'-ttis  sim,  etc. 
Past  Perf.     Id'-tus  e/-s£in,  etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 
Present,      2.   fer'-r€;  Future,   2.  fer'-tttr,  3.   fer'-t6r; 

2.  fe-rim'-im.  2.  (fe>em'-im),    3,  fg- 


INFINITIVE.  PARTICIPLES. 

Present,         fer'-ri. 
Future,         la'-tum  ?-ri. 
Perfect,          ldf-t\:L&es'-s&  or  i 

7.  Flo  is  used  as  the  passive  of  f&cio.  It  is  origin- 
ally an  intransitive  verb  of  the  fourth  -conjugation, 
using  only  those  parts  formed  from  the  present-stem. 
It  differs  from  other  verbs  of  the  fourth  conjugation 
only  in  not  absorbing  2  in  the  infinitive  present  and 
subjunctive  imperfect. 

Fi'-o,  fi'-eri,  /ac'-tiis,  to  be  done,  to  be  made,  to  become. 
*^  . 

INDICATIVE.  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present,  '-••  /i'-o,  f  is,  fit ;  fl'-&m,  -as,  etc. 

fi'-mus,  /I'-tis,  /t'-unt. 

Imperf.        f i-e'-biim,  -er-bas,  etc.    fl'-€rem,  -gres,  etc. 
Future,       /i'-am,  -es,  etc. 


Pres.  Perf.  fac'-tus  siim,  etc. 
Past  Perf.  /ac'-ttis  e'-ram,  etc. 
Fut.  Perf.  /ac'-ttis  ^r-r5,  etc. 


/ac'-tus  sim,  etc. 
/ac'-tus  es'-s&n,  etc. 


180  IRREGULAR   VERBS. 

PARTICIPLES 


IMPERATIVE. 

INFINITIVE. 

Pres.  f  I,  /I'-tS. 
Fut. 
Perf. 

fl'-Sri. 

/ac'-tum  I'-rl. 
/ac'-tus  es'-s&  or 

ft-ci-en'-diis. 

£.  /ac'-tus. 

8.  Ed-$r$,  to  eat,  is  a  regular  verb  of  the  third  con- 
jugation ;  but,  in  addition  to  the  regular  tense-forms,  it 
has  some  forms  similar  to  the  corresponding  tense-forms 
of  ess8,  to  be,  viz.  :  — 

INDICATIVE  PRES.  SUBJUNCTIVE  IMPERF. 

8.  e'-do,  2'-dis  or  es,  e'-dit  or    W-gr&n  or  es'.sem,  2d'-gres 

est;  or  es'-ses,  ed'-&&t  or  es'-s£t. 

P.  cd'-imiis,  ed'-itis  or  es'-tis,     ^d-S-re'-mus  or  cs-se'-mfis,  Sd- 
^'-dunt.  ^-re'-tis    or  es-se-tis,   ed'- 

^rent  or  es'-sent. 

IMPERATIVE. 
Pres.  /S.  er-dg     P.  ed'-it£  or    jp7^.  A  e^'-ito     P.  gd-Mo'-tS  or 

or  es.  es'-te.  or  cs'-to.          es-to'-t«,   6- 


INFINITIVE  PRES.  PASSIVE. 

^o!'-grg  or  es'-s€.  Jnrfic.  Pres.  eo!'-itiir  or  es'-tfir. 

/Sw6/.  Jmp.   ^d-S-re'-tur  or  es-se'-tftr. 

NOTE.  —  The  irregular  forms  of  this  verb  are  syncopations  of  the 
regular  ones.  Thus,  Zd-ls,  ed-s  (dropping  d  before  5),  es  ;  Zd-lt,  %d-t 
(changing  d  before  t  into  5),  est.  In  ZdZr^m,  etc.,  ^is  elided,  d  be- 
fore r  passes  into  5,  and  r  of  the  ending  is  assimilated  with  the  last 
letter  of  the  stem  as  in  vel-tt:  —  8d-g-r8m,  ed-r%m,  es-rgm,  essSm.  The 
forms  8dim,  edis,  etc.,  are  found  in  the  subjunctive  present.  See  J 
224,  2. 

9.  Jr£,  to  go,  in  most  of  its  parts  has  the  endings  of 
the  fourth  conjugation.     The  radical  i  is  replaced  by  e 


IRREGULAR  VERBS.  181 


in  the  indicative  present,  first  singular  and  third  plural ; 
n  the  subjunctive  present;  in  the  oblique  cases  of  the 
present  participle ;  and  in  the  gerund. 

N-OJ  I'-rg,  i'-vi,  $'-tum,  to  go. 

INDICATIVE.  SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Pres.        e'-S,  is,  it ;  e'-&m,  -as,  -at ; 

t'-mus,  t'-tis,  e'-unt.  e-d'-mus,  etc. 

Imperf.     I'-bam,  i'-bas,  I'-bat;  i'-re'm,  I  -res,  I  -r£t ; 

i-bam'-us,  etc.  i-re'-mus,  etc. 

Put.  I'-b6, 1'-bis,  I'-blt ; 

ib'-i-mus,  etC. 

Pres.  P.  i'-vi,  i-vis'-tl,  t'-vit;  w'-Srim,  -^ris,  -Srit ; 

iv'-imiis,  etc.  I-ver'-imus,  etc. 

5  JP.    iv'-^rS/m,  -Sras,  -Sr3»t  5  i-vis'-sfim,  -is'-ses, 

iv-S-ra'-mus,  etc.  iv-is-se'-mus,  etc. 
Put.  P.     M/-£ro,-5rfs,  etc. 


IMPERATIVE.  INFINITIVE.  PARTICIPLE. 

Pres.  i ;  t'-re'.  i'-ens  (gen.  e-un'-tis). 


t.    i'-t6,  t'-to ;  i-iuf-rus  es'-&.  i-^'-riis. 

1-^0  -t^,  e-an'-t6. 
Per/.  I-wY-se'. 

GERUND.  SUPINE. 

e-nn'-ili,  fc'-ttim,  t'-tU.       „ 

e-an'-do,  etc. 

10.  QulrZ,  to  be  able,  and  nZqmre1,  to  be  unable,  are 
inflected  like  ire1,  but  they  have  no  imperative  or  gerund, 
and  their  participles  are  rarely  used.  The  passive  forms 
quitur,  queuntur,  quedtur,  queantur,  quotas  sum,  nZquitur, 
and  nVquUumj  occur  with  a  passive  infinitive. 

16 


182  IRREGULAR   VERBS. 

11.  For  the  conjugation  of  ess'e,  see  §  100. 

Like  esse1  are  conjugated  its  compounds,  except  pro- 
sum  and  possum. 

12.  Prosum  inserts  a  d,  to  relieve  the  pronunciation, 
wherever  the  simple  verb  begins  with  £  :  as, 

Ind.  Pres.      pro'-siim,       prd'-des,       pro'-dest,  etc. 
"      Imp.      prod'-Sram,  prod'-eras,  prod'-£rat,  etc. 

13.  Possum  is  compounded  of  pot-  (stem  of  ptitis), 
able,  and  sum,  t  before  s  passing  into  s,     The  potts  is 
sometimes  written  separately,  and  is  then  usually  inde- 
clinable. 

e,  pot7-u-i,  I  can,  I  am  able. 


INDICATIVE. 
Pres.  pos'-sum,  pdt'-es,  pdt'-est; 

pos'-sumus,  p5t-es'-tis,  pos'-snnt. 
Imp.  pot'-eram,  pot  '-eras,  p&t'-grat; 

pot-e-ra'-mfts,  etc. 
Fut.  p6t'-«r6,  pdt'-erf  s,  pftt'-^rit  ; 

p<it-er'Iiiifas,  -or'-Iils,  -^runt. 

Per/.         p&t-u-l,  -is'-tl,  -it  ; 

pS-^'-imus,  etc. 
Past  P.     p5-fr/-gram,  -gras,  -^rat  ; 

p6t-u-g-ra'-miis,  etc. 
Fut.  P.     p5-fr/-gr5,  -grls,  -grit  ; 

p6t-u-er'-!mus,  etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Pres.          pos'-slm,  pos'-sis,  pos'-slt; 

pos-si'-mus,  poK-si'-tEN,  pos'-siiit. 
Imp.  pos'-sgm,  pos'-ses,  pos'-s^t; 

pos-se'-miis,  pos-se'-tis,  pos'-sent. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS.  183 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Per/.  pS-Jw'-grim,  -Srls,  -grit,  etc. 

Past  Perf.  pot-u-iY-sgrn,  -is'-ses,  -tV-sSt,  etc. 

INFINITIVE. 
Present,  pos'-s€.  Perfect,  pot-u-iY-se1. 

The  participial  form  ptitens  is  used  only  as  an  adjec- 
|     tive. 

§  112.      EXERCISE  XLVII. 

Pueri  pgr  silvam  densam  ibant.  Irnpgratores  clari  cap- 
tivos  vgneno  ne'care'  nolunt.  ^Idui  crudelitatgm  Ariovisti, 
Germanorum  regis,  ferrg  non  potuerunt.  Constil  urbSm 
defenders  non  potSrit.  Csesilr  hiemS  6pu&  conf  icSrg  cona- 
bitur.  Princeps  pSr  S-micos  p5tens  fiebat.  Csesar,  cum 
iis  l^gionibus  quas  ex  hibernis  eduxSrat,  in  Galliam  ir^ 
contendit  (hastened^).  In  hac  civitatS  sunt  tria  millia  (§ 
64,  Rem.  9}  h^minum  qui  arma  ferrg  possunt.  Impgrat5r 
a  militibus  rex  (§  67,  3)  factus  est.  Nemo  uno  die  sapiens 
fieri  potest.  Non  quivis  orator  prsestantissimus  fi^ri  potest. 
Poeta  nascitur,  non  fit.  Superbia  nobilitatis  a  pleb^  fern 
non  p5test. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

I  - 

Who  can  bear  the  cruelty  of  such  a  king?     Can  any 

one  (numquis)  bear  the  insolence  (insolentia)  of  this  slave  ? 

>  Who  is  willing  to  be  slain  by  a  robber?     We  are  unwill- 

ing to  hold  the  farmer's  bull  by  the  horns.     The  citizens 

are  unwilling  to  give  their  gold  to  that  fellow  (§  84,  Rem. 

£)•    ^  Who  is  unwilling   to   become   rich   and   powerful? 

/Some  of  the  citizens  will  be  unwilling  to  bear  arms.  V^fhe 

f   prudent  leader  will  not  go  into  the  enemy's  country  (fines). 

i   Cicero  was  made  consul  by  the  best  of  the  citizens.     This 


184  DEFECTIVE   VEEBS. 

boy  will  become  a  distinguished  poet  in  a  few  years.   Who 
can  suffer  so  great  a  punishment? 

DEFECTIVE  VEEBS. 

§  113.  1.  Defective  verbs  are  such  as  want  some  of 
their  parts. 

2.  There  are  many  verbs  which  are  not  used  in  all 
the  tenses.  The  following  list  contains  such  as  are  most 
defective : — 


Odi,  /  hate. 
Ccepi,  /  have  begun. 
Mcmini,  I  remember. 
Aio,  /  sity. 
Inquam,  I  say. 

Fari,  to  speak. 
Quosso,  /  beseech. 
Ave,  hail. 
Salve,  hail. 
Apage,  begone. 

Cedo,  tell  or  give  me. 
Confit,  it  is  done. 
Defit,  it  is  wanting. 
Infit,  he  begins. 
Ovat,  he  rejoices. 

Remark  1. —  Odi,  ccepl,  and  memlnl  are  used  for  the  most  part 
in  the  perfect  tenses,  and  hence  are  sometimes  called  preteritive 
verbs. 

odi,  coepi,  mgmini, 

odgram,  cceperam,  memineram, 

odero,  coepe'ro,  mgmme'ro, 

ode'rim,  coepe'rim, 

odiss^m,  ccepissem, 

odissS,  coepiss^,  m^minissS. 

f  osus.  coeptus, 

x  ART      \ 

'   [  osurus,         coepturus. 
DEP.  FORM,  osus  sum. 

IMP.  m&nento, 

mgmentote'. 

Remark  2. — The  passive  form  of  ccepl  (coeptus  sum,  etc.)  is 
preferred  with  a  passive  infinitive :  as,  urbs  oppugndrl  cosptd  est, 
the  city  began  to  be  besieged. 

Remark  3. — The  tenses  of  odi  and  meminl,  though  perfect  in 
form,  express  incomplete  action :  thus,  odSrdm,  I  hated ;  od&ro, 
I  shall  hate  ;  meminl,  I  have  kept  in  mind,  therefore  I  remember ; 
memlnerdm,  I  remembered.  The  perfects  ndvl  and  consuevl 
have  a  similar  meaning:  thus,  nosco,  I  find  out,  nOvl,  I  have 


DEFECTIVE   VERBS. 


found  out,  1  know ;  consuesco,  I  accustom  myself,  consucvl,  I  am 
accustomed. 

3.  A-io;  I  say. 
Ind.  Pres.      a'-i6*,  a'-is,  a'-it ;  , 


Ind.  Imperf.  a-ie'-bam,  a-^e'-bas,  etc. 
Subj.  Pres.     ,  a'-ias,  a'-iat ; 


-,  a'-iuut*. 
— ,  a'-iant. 


Imper.  Pres.  a'-i.  Part,  a'-iens. 

4.  Inqu&m,  I  say,  used  only  after  one  or  more  words 
of  a  quotation. 

Ind.   Pres.  tW-quam,  iV-quis,  iV-quit;   tV-qui-mus,  iri- 

qui-tis,  m'-qui-unt. 
Ind.  Imperf. , ,  in-qui-e'-bat  or  in-^m'-bat;  -   — , 


-,  in-qui-e'-bant. 


Ind,  Future,  -  ,  tV-qui-es,.tV-qui-St;  -  ,  -  ,  -  . 
Ind.  Pro*  Perf.  -  ,  in-^ms'-ti,  tV-quit  ;  -  ,  —  —  ,  --  . 
Subj.  Pres.  -  ,  iW-qui-as,  m'-qui-at  ;   -  ,  in-qui-d'-tis, 


,  iV-qui-to. 


Imper.  — — 

5.  .Fan,  to  sywik, 

INDICATIVE. 
Pres,  — — ,    - —  /r>  -tiir. 
Put.  /d'-b5r,  — -^,- 
Pres.  Perf.^/a'-tus  sum,  etc. 
Pow<  P<?*/-  /a'-tiis  ^ram,  etc. 

IMTEiUTlVE. 
/d'-r6. 

INFINITIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Pres.  Perf.  /a'-tiis  sim,  etc. 
Past  Perf.  /a'-tus  es'-sdm,  etc. 


PARTICIPLES, 
/an'-tis,  etc.,  without  nom. 
/a'-tus,  /a?ir-dus. 

GERUND,  /an'-di,  etc. 
SUPINE,  /a'-tu. 


*  i  between  two  vowels  is  pronounced  like  y :  a'-yo,  a'-yunt,  a-ye'-bam. 

16* 


186  DEFECTIVE   VEEBS. 

Some  other  forms  are  used  in  the  compounds,  though 
all  of  them  are  defective. 

6.  Qnseso  (old  form  of  qusero),  I  beseech. 

Ind.  Pres.  quce'-so, ,  quce'-sit ;  ^itccs'-u-miis, , . 

Inf.  Pres.    quces'~&r&. 

7.  Ave,  hail! 

Imperative,  &'-ve,  £-vef-t&,  £-ve'-t5.  Inf.  &-vef-i& 

8.  Salve,  hail! 

Imperative,  saZ'-ve,  ssi[-vef-t$,  sal-ve'-to. 
Inf.  sal-ve'-re'.  Ind.  Fut.  sal-ve'-bis. 

9.  Apa'gg,  begone. 

This  is  an  old  imperative,  used  as  an  interjection. 

10.  CSdo,  tell  thou,  give  me. 

Imper.  2d  Sing,  cg'-do ;  pi.  cet'-t&,  contracted  from  ced'-i-i^. 

11.  Confit,  it  is  done. 

Ind.  Pres.  con'-ili.        Fut.  con-/?-^ 

Subj.  Pres.  con-/^-at.     Imperf.  con-^-^-rSt.     Inf.  con-^'-^-ri. 

12.  Defit,  is  wanting. 

Indie.  Pres.  de'-flt,  de-/i'-unt.         Fut.  de-/i'-^t. 
Subj.  Pres.   de-/l'-at.  Inf.  de-/?-S-ri. 

.  13.  Infft,  he  begins. 
Indie.  Pres.  in'-fit,  in-/^-unt. 

14.  Ov^t,  he  rejoices. 

Indie.  Pres.  #'-v£t..    Subj.  Pres.  #'-v£t.     Imperf.  6-vaf-r&t. 

15.  To  these  may  be  added, — 

/tf'-rgm, /#'-res,  /#f-r£t, , ,/o'-rent,  same  a«  ess$m. 

Inf.  fd'-i&,  same  as  futurus  esse. 


IMPERSONAL   VERBS. 


187 


IMPERSONAL  VERBS. 

§  114.  1.  Verbs  used  only  in  the  third  person,  and 
not  admitting  of  a  personal  subject,  are  called  Imper- 
sonal. 

2.  An  infinitive,  or  a  sentence  used  as  a  noun,  is 
usually  the  subject  of  an  impersonal  verb  in  the  active 
voice,  and  in  the  passive  the  verb  may  agree  with  the 
cognate  notion  understood :   as,  ventum  est  a  CcesarZ,  (a 
coming)  was  come  by  Caesar.    As  the  English  language 
abhors  a  verb  without  a  subject,  the  pronoun  it  is  placed 
before  an  impersonal  verb. 

Latin  idiom.       Becomes  you  to  study,          j         w     _  w 

English  idiom.  It  becomes  you  to  study,      J  D 

3.  The  various  tenses  of  impersonal  verbs  are  formed 
by  adding  the  endings  of  the  third  person  singular  to 
the  proper  tense-stem. 


ENDINGS. 


FIRST   CONJ.      SECOND  CONJ.       THIRD    CONJ.      FOURTH   CONJ. 

Inf.  Pres.  are. 

Inf.  Pres.  ere. 

Inf.  Pres.  ere. 

Inf.  Pres.  ire. 

IND. 

SUBJ. 

IND. 

SUBJ. 

IND. 

SUBJ. 

IND. 

SUBJ. 

Pres. 
Imp. 
Fut. 

-at. 
-abat. 
-abit. 

-et. 
-aret. 

-et. 
-ebat. 
-ebit. 

-eat. 
-eret. 

-It. 
-ebat. 
-et. 

-at. 
-eret. 

-it. 

-iebat. 
-let. 

-iat. 
-iret. 

Ind.  Pres.  Perf.  -it  ;            Past  Perf.  -erat  ;              Fut.  Perf.  -erit. 
Subj.    "         "     -erit.           «         "     -issct.             Inf.      "     -isse. 

The  pupil  will  add  these  endings  to  the  stem : — 

1st  conj.  juv-,  (perf.  juv-)  of  juv-at,  it  pleases,  delights. 
2d      "      dec-,  (perf.  dec-ti-)  of  dec-et,  it  becomes. 
3d      "      conting-,  (perf.  contig-)  of  conting-it,  it  happens. 
4th    "      even-,  (perf.  even-)  of  evenit,  it  turns  out,  happens. 


188  IMPERSONAL  VERBS. 

4.  Many  verbs,  not  strictly  impersonal,  are  used  im- 
personally :  as,  dclectat,  it  delights. 

5.  Most  intransitive  and  many  transitive  verbs  are 
used  impersonally  in  the  passive  voice,  the  agent  being 
either  omitted,  or  put  in  the  ablative  with  the  preposi- 
tion a  or  db :  as,  Helvetil  fortttZr  pugndverunt ;  passive, 
db  Helvetiis  fortit&r  pugndtum  est,  the  Helvetians  fought 
bravely,  or,  it  was  fought  bravely  by  the  Helvetians. 

EXERCISE   XLVIII. 
§  115.      Vocabulary. 

vesper,  -er-i,  evening.  acriter  (adv.),  actively,  fiercely. 

calaimtas,  -tat-is,  disaster.  ab  utrisque,  by  both  parties. 

diu  (adv.),  a  long  time,  long.  utrimque  (adv.),  on  both  aides. 

pecunia,  -se,  money,  a  bribe. 

e5,  ire,  Ivi,  itum  ($  111,  9),  to  go. 

ven-io,  veni-re,  ven-i,  vent-um,  to  come. 

consul-o,  -ere,  consulu-i,  consult-um,  to  consult. 

in-fero,  in-ferre,  in-tul-i,  il-lat-um,  to  bring  upon,  inflict. 

pugn-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  fight. 

Remark. — Impersonal  verbs  which  are  transitive  in  meaning 
have  a  direct  object  in  the  accusative. 

Translate  into  English. 

LibSros  dgcgt  p£rentes  suds  amare'.  Eeg^m  non  d£c8t 
leges  civitatis  violarS.  Bella  magna  gSr^rS  Romanos  de- 
lectabat.  Diu  £t  acrit^r  ab  utrisquS  pugnatum x  est.  Ab 
hora  septima  ^d  vespSrilm  pugnatum1  Sr2,t.  Eodgm  die 
quo  (§  167)  in  fines  Sequanorum  ventum  est,1  principes 
Gallise  ad  eum  convenerunt.  A  consulibiis  de  republica 
consultum  est.1  Cantiim  avium  audlrg  poetam  juvat.  Te 
non  dScSt  nobis  bellum  inferrS.  Delectat-nS  te  maximas 

(§  72,  5)  calamitates  reipublicse  intulissg?     f        / 

: *          y./..qi 

1 114,  5. 


PARTICLES — ADVERBS.  189 

Translate  into  Latin. 

It  becomes  masters  to  give  food  to  tlieir  servants.^  It 
becomes  no  one  (nemo)  to  do  an  injury.  It  delights  this 
wicked  chief  to  burn  prisoners  with  fire.  ^  It  was  fought 
fiercely  by  both  parties  from  the  fourth  hour  till  (to)  sun- 
set. The  noble  chief  will  consult  (express  it  impersonally) 
concerning  the  safety  of  the  commonwealth.  It  does  not 
become  a  judge  to  receive  a  bribe.  This  wicked  centurion 
has  brought  a  great  disaster  upon  the  army. 


PARTICLES. 


§  116.  Those  parts  of  speech  which  are  not  inflected 
are  called  particles.  ,They  are  adverbs,  prepositions, 
conjunctions,  and  interjections. 

ADVERBS. 

§  117.  1.  An  adverb  is  a  word  used  to  limit  the 
meaning  of  a  verb,  adjective,  or  another  adverb.  Some 
adverbs  also  limit  nouns, 

2.  In  respect  to  form,  adverbs  are  primitive  or  deriva- 
tive. 

3.  In  respect  to  meaning,  adverbs  may  be  divided 
into  several  classes  :  as, — 

TEMPORAL,  denoting  time :   as,  hodie,  to-day ;   eras,  to- 
morrow. 

LOCAL,  denoting  place :  as,  ibi,  there ;  indey  thence. 
MODAL,  denoting  manner  :  as,  bene,  well ;  male,  badly. 
NEGATIVE  :  as,  non,  not ;  ne-quidem,  not  even. 


190 


ADVEKBS. 


are  also  correlative,  and  such  are 
derived  from  pronouns  : — 


DEMONSTRATIVE. 

RELATIVE. 

INTERROG. 

INDEFINITE. 

f  2,licubi,  somewhere. 

flbi,  there. 
I  Ibidem,  just  there. 

f  ubi,  where. 
\ubicuiique,  wJierever. 

ubi?  where? 

\  ublque,  everywhere 
I  ubi  vis,      wherever 

\      you  please. 

alicunde,     from 

(inde,  thence. 
•<  indedem,/rora  the 
{    same  place. 

(und§,  whence. 
•<  undecumque,    whence- 
[    soever. 

und8  ?  whence  f 

somewhere. 
undique,  from  all 
sides. 
unddvis.  from  any-  } 

where  you  please. 

aliquo,      to     some 

{eo,  to  that  place. 
eodem,  to  the  same 
place. 

f  quo,  whither. 
•1  quoquo,         }  whither- 
(quocunique,  j"     soever. 

quo?  whither  f 

place.    • 
•  quo  vis,      quollbet, 
whithersoever  you 

please. 

tlim,  then. 

cum  or  quum,  when. 

(aliquando,  at  some 

f  quando,  when. 

time. 

1~  ?       7        f 

(  quandocumquS,  J  ever. 

due  time. 

5.  Derivative  adverbs  are  formed  for  the  most  part 
from  adjectives  and  participles  by  adding  -e  to  the  stem 
if  the  primitive  be  of  the  second  declension;  and  -W&r 
(sometimes  -ttr),  if  the  primitive  be  of  the  third  declen- 
sion :    as,  llb&r,  free ; — adverb,  llb&r-e,  freely ;    brZvts, 
short;  br&vtt&r,  shortly. 

6.  Some  adverbs  are  derived  from  nouns  by  adding 
-tfts  or  -Urn  to  the  stem  with  a  connecting  vowel :  as, 
coel-t-t&s  (coel-um),  from  heaven;  gr$g-a-tim  (grex),  in 
flocks. 

7.  Cases  of  nouns,  adjectives,  and  pronouns  are  used 
as  adverbs  :  as,  noctu,  by  night ;  multum,  much  ;  multo, 
by  much ;  eo  (old  accusative,  for  eon),  to  that  place. 

8.  The  adverbs  derived  from  dlius,  when  contrasted 
with  themselves  or  with  the  forms  of  dlius,  have,  the 
same  construction  as  their  primitives.     See  §  56,  Hem. 


ADVERBS. 

AlitSr  —  alft&r,  in  one  way,  —  in  on? 
[  ali&s,  at  one  time,  —  at  another  ;  alitSr  aliis  Idquitur,  he 
i  talks  one  way  to  one,  another  way  to  another. 

9.  Two  negatives  destroy  each  other :  as,  non-nulli, 
some. 

EXERCISE  XLIX. 

§  118.  1.  Rule  of  Syntax. — Intransitive  verbs,  though 
they  do  not  admit  of  a  direct  object,  may  have  an  in- 
direct object  in  the  dative. 

2.  Rule  of  Syntax. — The  dative  expresses  the  person 
or  thing  for  whose  advantage  or  disadvantage  any  thing 
is,  or  is  done.     (DATIVE   OF  ADVANTAGE  or  DIS- 
ADVANTAGE.) 

3.  Rule  of  Position. — The   adverb  usually  precedes 
the  word  it  limits ;  but  fZre  usually  stands  between  the 
adjective  and  the  noun :  as,  omnes  fer%  homines,  almost 
all  men. 

NOTE. — Many  verbs  which  are  transitive  in  English  are  intransi- 
tive in  Latin. 

Vocabulary. 

ben-e  (bonus),  well. 

fer-e,  almost. 

facil-e  (facilis),  easily. 

ssepe,  frequently,  often. 

repent-e  (repens),  suddenly. 

praecipu-e   (praecipuus),  especially. 

phalanx,  phalung-is  (ace.  sing. 
-em  and -a;  ace.  pi.  -as),  a  pha- 
lanx. 


192  ADVERBS. 

pro-curr-5,  -ere,  procucurr-i  and  procurr-i,  procursum,  to  run  forward. 

per-fring-5,  -ere,  perfreg-i,  perfract-um,  to  break  through. 

par-eo,  -ere,  paru-i,  parit-um  (intr.),  to  obey. 

indulg-eo,  -ere,  induls-I,  indult-um  (intr.),  to  indulge. 

noc-eo,  -ere,  nocu-i,  noeit-um  (intr.),  to  hurt,  injure. 

credo,  cred-ere,  credld-I,  credit-urn  (intr.),  to  believe,  trust. 


Translate  into  English. 

Nostri  totum  digm  fortite'r*  pugnavgrant.  Hostes  rg- 
pent£  cel^riterquS  procurrerunt.  Qui  b^ng  vivit  (§  87, 8, 9,) 
beate  vivit.  Omnia  f£r£  animaliS  gr^gatim  currunt.  Im- 
p6rator  paulatim  exercitum  in  unum  I6cum  conducebat. 
Nostri  f^cilS  hostiiim  phalanggm  perfregerunt.  Filium 
dSc^t  patri  suo  parerS.  Galli  cum  Germanis  ssepS  conten- 
debant.  Ne  Caesar  quidgm  hanc  civitatSm  vinc^r^  potest. 
Milites  ad  muros  oppidi  audact^r  accesserunt.  Turn  Ger- 
man! copias  suas  genSratim  constituerunt.  Caesar  Imic 
Iggioni  praecipue  indulsSrat.  Qui^  nostrum  (§  58,  3)  isti 
(§  84,  Bern.  4)  credit?  Num  (81,  3)  bonum  delectat  aliis 
nocerS? 

Translate  into  Latin. 

/To  live  well  is  to  live  happily.  Wicked  men  always 
injure  themselves,  i  Our  men  ran  forward  suddenly' and 
swiftly,  and  easily  routed  the  enemy's  footmen.^  The 
cavalry  of  the  Thracians  came  up  boldly  to  the  very 
(ipse)  gates  of  the  city/  ^  will  not  believe  even  the  consul 
himself.  The  prudent  general  was  unwilling  to  lead  his 
army  through  the  by-paths  of  the  forest.  This  boy  can 
easily  swim  across  a  very  deep  river.  The  enemy  will  not 
attempt  to  break  through  our  line-of-battle. 

*See  model  of  analysis  8.  (App.  XI.) 


COMPARISON    OF   ADVERBS.  193 

COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS. 


PREPOSITIONS. 

§  120.  Prepositions  express  the  relation  between  a 
noun  or  pronoun  and  some  other  word. 

1.  Twenty-six  prepositions  are  followed  by  the  accu- 
sative : — 

ad,  to,  towards,  at.  contra,  against.  pone,  behind. 

ante,  before.  erga,  towards.  post,  after,  since. 

ad  versus,    "I  against,  extra,  without,  beyond.  praster,  past,  besides. 

adversum,  J  toioards.  infra,  under,  beneath.  prope,  near. 

apud,  at,  with.  inter,  between,  among.  propter,  on  account  of. 


circa,     ~)  intra,  iwithm.  secundum,  after,  next  to* 

V  around. 

circum,  J  juxta,  next  to.  according  to. 

circiter,  about,  near.  ob,  for,  on  account  of.         supra,  above. 

els,     ")  penes,  in  the  power  of.        trans,  over,  beyond. 

Y  on  this  side. 

citra,  J  per,  through.  ultra,  beyond. 

17 


194  PREPOSITIONS. 

2.  Twelve  prepositions  are  followed  by  the  ablative  :— 

a,      1  coram,  in  presence  of.  palam,  in  presence  of. 

ab,    \-from,  after,  by.  cum,  with.  prse,  before,  in  comparison 

abs,  j  de,  down  from,  after,          ivith. 

absque,  but  for.  concerning.  pro,  before,  for,  instead  of. 

darn,  without  the  know-  e,      ")  sine,  without. 

>  OMtf  Of. 

ledge  of.  ex,   J  tenus,  up  to. 

3.  Four  prepositions  are  followed  by  the  accusative, 
when  motion  to  a  place  is  implied ;  by  the  ablative,  when 
rest  in  a  place  is  implied : — 

in,  in,  on;  into,  upon.  super,  over,  above. 

sub,  under,  near.  subter,  under,  beneath. 

Remark  1. —  Clam  is  sometimes  followed  by  the  accusative. 

Remark  2. —  Ttnus  is  placed  after  its  case;  and  cum  is  an- 
nexed to  the  ablative  of  the  substantive  personal  and  relative 
pronouns. 

Remark  3. — A  and  e  are  used  only  before  consonants ;  ab  and 
ex,  before  vowels  and  consonants. 

Remark  4- — A  preposition  without  its  case  is  an  adverb :  as, 
ut  ante  dictum  est,  as  was  said  before. 

EXERCISE   L. 
§  121.      Vocabulary. 

*beng  (adv.),  well.  ullus,  -a,  -urn  (g  56),  any. 

#male  (adv.),  badly,  unfortunately,  neque  (conj.),  and  —  not,  neither. 

*parum  (adv.),  little.  cultus,  -us,  civilization. 

*magis  (adv.),  more.  humanltas,  -tat-is,  refinement. 

#ionge  (adv.),/ar.  telum,  -I,  a  dart. 

#prope  (adv.),  near.  consilium,  -i,  ivisdom,*prudence. 

dubitatio,  -on-is,  doubt. 

\ 

plac-eo,  -ere,  plac-ui,  placit-um,  to  please. 
dis-plic-e5,  -ere,  displicu-i,  displicit-um,  to  displease. 
fiig-i-5,  fug-ere,  fug-I,  fugit-um,  to  flee. 
comme-o,  -are,  -avl,  «atum,  to  go  back  and  forth. 
de-sist-5,  -ere,  destit-i,  destit-iira,  to  cease. 
ab-sum,  ab-esse,  ab-fui,  ab-futurus,  to  be  away,  distant. 
con-jio-i-5,  con-jic-ere,  conjec-i,  conject-um,  to  hurl. 

*  See  I  119. 


PREPOSITIONS   IN   COMPOSITION.  195 


Translate  into  English. 

NOmnium  qui  in  Gallia  habitant,  fortissimi  sunt  Bblgse. 
A.  cultu  atquS  humanitatS  provincise  longissime  absunt. 
Ad  eos  mercatores  minime  ssepg  commeant.  '•  Non  minus 
fortes  fuerunt  Galli  quam  Roman!.  ^  floras  (§  153)  sex 
acrite'r  utrimqug  pugnatum  £rat  (§  114,  5),  neque  hostes 
nostrorum  impStiim  diutius  sustinerg  potuerunt.  'Equites 
Ariovisti  propiiis  accesserunt,  ac  lapides  telaquS  in  nostros 
conjecerunt.J  Ari5vistus  magis  consilio  quam  virtut6  Eduos 
vicit. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Without  any  doubt  virtue  is  a  more  excellent  thing 
(prcestantius}  than  gold.  ^This  song  displeases  me  (dative, 
§  118,  1)  more  than  that  (one)  pleases  me. v  The  Belgians 
were  farther  away  than  the  JEduans  from  the  civilization 
and  refinement  of  the  Roman  province.  /Through  the 
whole  night  the  enemy  did  not  cease  to  flee.  *OThe  boys 
came  up  nearer,  and  boldly  hurled  stones  and  darts  upon* 
the  fierce  wild  boar.  ^Vhich  of  us  can  fight  without  arms'? 
/  Orgetorix  was  far  the  noblest  and  richest  (man)  among 
(apud}  the  Helvetians. 


PREPOSITIONS  IN  COMPOSITION. 

§  122.  Most  prepositions  are  used  as  prefixes,  in 
composition  with  other  words.  The  following  are 
called  inseparable  prepositions,  because  they  are  never 
found  alone : — 

ambi,  or  amb  (ambo),  around,  about.  se,  apart,  aside. 

di,  or  dis,  asunder.  ve,  not. 

re,  or  red,  ayain,  back. 


196  PREPOSITIONS   IN   COMPOSITION. 

Remark. —  Con,  usually  classed  among  the  inseparable  prepo- 
sitions, is  only  another  form  of  cum. 

EXERCISE   LI. 
Vocabulary. 

baud  (adv.),  not.       Generally  used     reliquus,  -a,  -um,  remaining. 

with  adverbs.  Belgas  reliqui,  the  rent  of  the  Bel- 

inter  se,  among  themselves,  with  one         giana. 

another,  from  one  another.  aer,  aer-is,  the  air. 

Gallicus,  -a,  -um,  Gallic.  ccelum,  -I  (pi.  -I),  heaven. 

philosophus,  -I,  philosopher. 

jub-eo,  -ere,  juss-i,  juss-um,  to  order. 

con-ven-io,  -ire,  conven-i,  convent-um,  to  come  together. 

con-duc-5,  -ere,  condux-i,  conduct-urn,  to  lead  together. 

dif-fer-o,  differre,  dis-tul-i,  dl-lat-um,  to  differ. 

dis-sent-io,  -ire,  dissens-I,  dissens-tim,  to  differ  in  opinion,  to  disagree. 

con-jung-o,  -ere,  conjunx-i,  con-junct-um,  to  join. 

con-jur-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  swear  together,  conspire. 

se-ced-o,  -ere,  secess-i,  secess-um,  to  secede,  go  apart. 

se-cern-o,  -ere,  secrev-i,  secret-iini,  to  separate. 

Translate  into  English. 

Magist&r  hunc  puSrum  baud  minus  quam  f  ilium  suum 
amat.  \  Csesar  omnes  Gallise  principes  ad  se  conve'nire'  (§ 
86,  2)  jussit.  i  German!  non  multum  (§  66,  2)  a  Gallica 
consuetudinS  diffgrunt.'  Exercitus  unum  in  locum  a  legato 
paulatim  conduc^batur.  Omnes  Belgse  in  armis  sunt, 
Germaniqug,  qui  cis  E,henum  incolunt,  sese  cum  his  con- 
junxerunt.  /  Remi  contra  populum  Romaniim  cum  Belgis 

^reliquis  non  conjuravSrant.      Aer  co3lum  a  terris  secernit. 

^  Philosophi  de  natura  deorum  intSr  se  semper  dissense- 
runt. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

1  The  general  ordered  the  first  line  (acies)  to  retreat 
to  (in)  the  mountain.  \The  common  people  frequently 


CONJUNCTIONS.  197 

seceded  from  the  nobility.  The  shepherds  had  separated 
the  sheep  from  the  kids.7  The  Eemians  differed  in  opinion 
from  the  rest  of  the  Belgians.  4  These  wicked  citizens  are 
conspiring  against  the  republic.  f  The  Germans  will  not 
easily  break  through  our  line.'  The  enemy's  forces  are 
not  far  from  the  town.o  A  lion  differs  much  from  a  dog. 
The  lieutenant  had  been  ordered  to  cross  the  river. 


CONJUNCTIONS.  * 

§  123.  Conjunctions  connect  words  and  sentences. 
They  are  commonly  divided  into  the  following  classes : 

1.  COPULATIVE,  which  connect  things  that  are  to  be 
considered  together — (and) :  they  are  et,  dc,  atqu&,  n%c, 
nequS,  etiam,  qudque,  ttvm,  and  itidZm. 

Remark  1. — Et  connects  things  which  are  independent  of  each 
other,  and  of  equal  importance  :  as,  M.  Pisone  et  M.  Messdld  con- 
sullbas.  Et  —  et  is  to  be  translated  both — and:  &s,etrexetreglnd, 
"  both  the  king  and  the  queen."  It  sometimes  means  also 

Remark  2. —  Qae  (enclitic)  introduces  a  mere  appendage,  the 
two  constituting'  but  one  idea,  and  is  rather  adjunctive  than  co- 
pulative: as,  glddils  pllisque — (offensive  armor). 

Remark  3. — Atque  (used  before  vowels  or  consonants)  contracted 
into  dc  (used  before  consonants  only)  is  compounded  of  dd  and 
que,  and  means  and  in  addition ;  it  usually  introduces  something 
of  greater  importance:  as,  in  hostes  impetum  fecit  atque  eos 

fugdvit,  " and  routed  them  too."  Cognostlne  hds  versus?  Ac 

memoriter,  " and  that,  too,  by  heart."  This  peculiar  force 

is  often  lost  in  dc,  and  it  is  used  alternately  with  et ;  it  is  pre- 
ferred in  subdivisions,  the  main  propositions  being  connected  by 
et.  Difficile  est  tantdm  causdm  et  dlllgentid  conscqul,  et  memorid 
complectl,  et  ordfione  expromtre  et  voce  dc  virVous  sustlnere. 

Remark  4- — Neque  or  nee  (and  not],  compounded  of  ne  and  que, 
when  repeated,  is  translated  neither — nor.  Et  nonis  used  instead 
•when  only  one  word,  and  not  a  whole  sentence,  is  to  be  negatived  : 
as,  pdtior  et  non  moleste  ftro.  Et  non  is  frequently  used  also 


198  CONJUNCTIONS. 

when  et  precedes.  Nee  non,  neque  non,  the  two  negatives  destroy- 
ing each  other,  is  equivalent  to  et,  but  is  used,  in  classical  prose, 
only  to  connect  sentences,  and  the  two  words  are  separated. 

Remark  5. — Etidm  (et-jam)  (also,  even)  has  a  wider  meaning 
than  quoque,  and  adds  a  new  circumstance,  while  quoque  is  used 
when  a  thing  of  a  similar  kind  is  added. 

Remark  6. — The  copulative  conjunctions  are  frequently  omit- 
ted in  animated  discourse.  Cupids  suds  in  proxlmum  collcni  'sub- 
ducit,  dcitm  instruit.  This  omission  is  called  asyndeton  (not-tied- 
together).  * 

Remark  7. — Item  and  itidtm  are  derived  from  is,  and  are  pro- 
perly adverbs  ;  just  so,  also. 

2.  DISJUNCTIVE,  which  connect  things  that  are  to  be 
considered  separately  (either,  or) :  they  are  aut,  v&l,  v8, 
slve,  seUj  and  the  interrogative  particle  an. 

Remark  8. — Ant  (either,  or)  expresses  an  essential  difference  in 
things,  and  ordinarily  implies  that  one  thing  excludes  another: 
as,  aut  vlvlt  aut  mortuus  est,  "  he  is  either  living  or  dead/'  Aid 
and  ve  serve  to  continue  a  negation,  where  in  English  we  use  nor: 
as,  Verres  non  Hjnorl  aut  VirtHtl  void  dtbebdt. 

Remark  9. —  Vel,  on  the  other  hand  (akin  to  velle),  indicates  a 
difference  of  expression  merely,  and  is  used  where  either  of  two 
or  more  things  may  be  taken  indifferently.  Conjunctio  tectorum 
oppldum  vel  urbs  appelldtur, — a  town  or  city  (whichever  you 
please).  Vel  imperdtore  vel  mllite  me  utimlnl,  "  use  me  either  as 
a  commander  or  as  a  soldier."  "When  one  of  the  alternatives  is 
omitted,  vel  often  has  the  sense  of  even.  Volo  ut  opptridre  sex  dies 
modj. —  Vel  sex  menses  opperibor.  "  I  wish  you  to  wait  six  days 
only." — "  I  will  wait  even  six  months,"  i.e.  six  days  or  six  months, 
if  you  choose.  Ve  is  merely  vel  apocopated. 

Remark  10. — Slve,  sen  (or  if,  whether,  or),  is  strictly  either  con- 
ditional or  interrogative,  and  when  used  as  a  simple  disjunctive 
always  implies  a  doubt,  at  least  in  the  earlier  writers.  Thus 
(Caesar,  Bell.  Gall.),  Slve  cdsil,  Five  deorum  immortdlium  provl- 
dentia.  Slve  tlmore  perterritl,  slve  spe  sdlutls  inductl  ("perhaps 
by  one,  perhaps  by  the  other, — I  do  not  know  by  which"). 


CONJUNCTIONS.  199 

Remark  11. — An  (or)  is  used  in  double  questions,  usually  after 
utrum  or  the  enclitic  ne:  as,  utrum  tdcedm  an  prcedlctm?  or, 
tdceamne  an  prcedictm?  shall  I  be  silent  or  speak?  But  the  first 
part  of  a  double  question  is  often  omitted  :  as,  ctijum  pecus  est 
hoc?  dnMe'iboel?  "  whose  flock  is  this  ?  (is  it  somebody  else's  or) 
Meliboeus's  ?"  The  later  writers  use  an  in  indirect  questions  in 
the  sense  of  whether,  without  utrum  or  ne;  and  it  is  very  com- 
monly so  used  after  nescio,  haud  scio,  dubium  est,  dubito,  incertum 
est,  etc.,  which  may  in  such  cases  be  translated  perhaps:  as, 
contigit  tibi  quod  haud  scio  an  nemim,  lt  there  has  happened  to 
you  what  has  perhaps  happened  to  no  one  (else}." 

Remark  12. — The  enclitic  ne  is  sometimes  used  disjunctively 
in  the  latter  part  of  a  double  question,  instead  of  an :  as,  neqiie 
inieresse  ipsosne  interficiant  impedlmentisne  exuant,"&n(\.  that  it 
makes  no  difference  whether  they  kill  (the  Romans)  themselves, 
or  strip  them  of  their  baggage." 

3.  ADVEKSATIVE,  which  express  opposition  of 
thought  '(buf) :  they  are  s$d,  auiZm,  verum,  vero,  tit 
and  its  compounds,  tamZn  and  its  compounds,  and 
GeT/erUjUTi/  « 

Remark  13. — Sed  denotes  strong  and  direct  opposition,  and 
usually  sets  aside  what  precedes.  Verd  dlco,  sed  nequidqudm, 
quonidm  non  vis  credere,  "  I  speak  truth,  but  to  no  purpose,  since 
you  will  not  believe  me/'  Non  best  id,  sed  homo,  "  not  a  brute, 
but  a  man." 

Remark  14. — Autem  adds  something  that  is  different,  without 
setting  aside  what  precedes  (on  the  contrary,  however,  on  the 
other  hand,  buf).  Gyges  a  nullo  vldebdtur ;  ipse  autem  omnid 

videbdt,  * he  himself,  however,  saw  every  thing/''  Frequently  it 

simply  marks  a  transition,  or  adds  a  more  important  circumstance 
(moreover,  furthermore). 

Remark  15. —  Verum  (as  to  the  truth,  in  fact,  but)  is  nearly,  the 
same  in  meaning  as  sed.  It  is  strengthened  by  emm,  vero,  emm- 
vero  (but  indeed,  but  in  fact,  but  assuredly). 

Remark  16. —  Vero  (in  truth,  assuredly,  but,  however]  does  not 
express  as  strong  opposition  as  verum,  just  as  autem  is  weaker 
than  sed.  Ubi  per  explordtores  Ccesdr  certior  factus  est  ires  jam 


200  CONJUNCTIONS. 

cdpidrum  paries  Helvetios  id  fltimen  transduxisse,  quartdm  verci 

partem  citrd  Jlilmen,  Ardrlm  reliqudm  esse,  " that  the  fourth 

part,  however,"  etc. 

Remark  17. — At  does  not,  like  scd,  alter  or  set  aside  what  pre- 
cedes, but  expresses  a  contrast,  often  a  strong  one.  Brevis  d 
ndturd  nobls  vltd  data  est,  at  memorid  bene  redditce  vltce  sempi- 
ternd,  "  a  short  life  has  been  given  us  by  nature;  but  the  memory 
of  a  well-spent  life  is  eternal. "  It  frequently  follows  si  in  the 
sense  of  at  least;  etsl  nan  sdpieniisslmus  at  dmlcissimus,  though 
not  very  wise,  at  least  very  friendly.  It  frequently  introduces  au 
objection,  and  enini  is  then  often  added  to  assign  a  reason  for  the 
objection:  "iiksumus,"  iuquiunt,  "  elvitatls  principes." 

Remark  18. — Atqul  admits  what  precedes,  but  opposes  some- 
thing else  to  it.  Magnum  narras,  vix  crediblle:  atqui  sic  hdbtt ; 

11 yet  such  is  the  fact."  It  is  used  in  hypothetical  syllogisms 

to  introduce  the  minor  premise.  Quod-si  virt files  sunt  pares  inter 
se,  parid  etidm  vltid  essS  necesse  est :  atqui  pares  esse  virt  Cites  facile 
potest  perspici,  "  now  if  the  virtues  are  equal  to  each  other,  the 
vices  must  also  be  equal;  but  it  can  easily  be  seen  that  the 
virtues  are  equal." 

Remark  19. —  Ceterum,  literally,  "  as  to  the  rest,"  is  frequently 
used  in  the  sense  of  sed. 

Remark  20. — Tdmen  is  properly  an  adverb. 

4.  CORROBORATIVE,  which  adduce  a  proof  or  a  rea- 
son (for):  they  are  nam,  namqu&,  tinim,  and  Ztimtm. 

Remark  21. — Nam  shows  the  grounds  of  a  preceding  assei'tion  ; 
so,  also,  tnini,  except  that  the  assertion  must  frequently  be  sup- 
plied by  the  mind.  Enlm  is  originally  only  a  corroborative 
adverb,  truly,  certainly,  to  be  sure,  indeed.  In  namque  and  etc  mm, 
qne  and  it  repeat  the  preceding  assertion,  while  ndm  and  tnlm 
introduce  the  proof. 

5.  CAUSAL,  which  express  a  cause  or  reason  (for, 
because):  they  are  quid,  qu&d,  quoniam,  guipp%,  quum, 
quandOy  quando-qitide'm,  slquidZm. 

Remark  22. —  Quod  (ace.  sing.  neut.  of  qui)  means  originally 


CONJUNCTIONS.  201 

with  respect  to  ivhat,  in  ivhat  respect,  in  tliat ;  and  hence  its  causal 
meaning,  inasmuch  as,  because.  Quod  omnis  Gallid  ad  septen- 
triontm  verglt,  mdt&rce  sunt  hitmcs,  because  Gaul  lies  towards  the 
north,  the  winters  are  early.  li;  is  very  often  preceded  by  prop- 
teredjioc,  db  hanc  causdm,  and  similar  causal  expressions. 

Remark  23. —  Quod  is  very  often  used  merely  to  connect  a  sen- 
tence with  that  which  precedes,  and  may  be  translated  "and"  or 
"but,"  especially  with  si,  nisi,  etc.  In  such  cases  it  is  a  relative 
pronoun  accusative  of  limitation  (§  155).  Quod  si  vcteris  contw- 
melice  obllviscl  vellet,  "  but  if  he  were  willing  to  forget  the  old 
insult."  Quod  si  furore  et  amentia  impulsus  bellum  intulisstt, 
"  but  if,  impelled  by  rage  and  madness,  he  should  bring  on  a  war." 

Remark  24- — Quid  (ace.  pi.  neut.  of  qul)  has  the  same  origin 
as  quod,  but  is  purely  causal  (because),  and  never  has  the  sense 
of  that  or  in  that,  like  quod.  When  contrasted  with  quod,  it 
expresses  a  real  motive  or  reason,  while  quod  expresses  merely 
an  alleged  or  pretended  reason  (nun  quod ,  std  quia). 

Remark  25. —  Quonidm  \quum — jam)  introduces  a  well-known 
reason,  since  then,  since  as  everybody  knows. 

Remark  26. —  Quippe  is  originally  a  corroborative  adverb 
(indeed),  and  hence  derives  its  causal  meaning.  It  is  frequently 
united  with  relative  words  to  express  a  subjective  reason. 

Remark  27. — In  quurn,  quando,  quandoquidtm,  the  causal  idea 
is  derived  from  that  of  time  (compare  the  English  since).  JSi- 
quidcm  is  conditional  originally  (though  the  antepenult  has 
become  short).  Antlquissimam  edoctls  genus  est  poetdrum,  siqul- 
dem  (if,  indeed,  as  every  one  admits. — since)  Homer  us  fult  et 
Hesiodus  ante  Rumdm  condltdm. 

5.  CONCLUSIVE,  which  express  a  conclusion  or 
inference  (therefore) :  they  are  ergo,  eo,  Ideo,  idcirco, 
Icjitur,  %tdqu&,  proinde,  proptZrea,  and  the  relative  words 
quapropter,  qudre,  qu&mobr&n,  quocircd,  unde. 

Remark  28. — Ergo  and  igltur  express  a  logical  consequence 
(therefore],  while  itdque  expresses  a  natural  consequence  (and  so). 
Ergo  and  eo  are  causal  ablatives,  and  all  the  other  conclusives 
may  be  considered  adverbial  expressions  of  cause  or  result,  limit- 
ing the  predicate. 


202  CONJUNCTIONS. 

6.  FINAL,  which  express  an  end  aimed  at — purpose; 
or  an  end   reached — remit  (that,  in  order  that) :   they 
are  ut,  ne,  quo,  quin,  quo-minus,  neve1,  neu. 

7.  CONDITIONAL,  which    express    a    condition   (if, 
unless):   they  are  si,  sin,  nisi  or  ni,  dum,  mddo,  dum- 
mtidd. 

8.  CONCESSIVE,  which   express   something   granted 
(althougli) :  they  are  etsi,  quanqudm,  tdmetsi,  tamZnetsi, 
etiamsl,   licZt,  quamvis,  quantumvls,  quamlibet;    ut  and 
quum  in  the  sense  of  although. 

9.  TEMPORAL,  expressing   time  (when,  as  soon  as, 
after,  before) :  they  are  quum,  ut,  ubi,  postqudm,  poste- 
dquam,  ant&quam,  priusqudm,  quando,  qudties,  quamdiu, 
simuidc,  simul,  dum,  don&c,  quoad. 

10.  COMPARATIVE,  expressing  -comparison  (than,  as): 
they  are  qicdm,  ut  (as),  sicut,  velut,  prout,  tanqudm,  quasi, 
utsl,  acsl,  ecu,  with  do  and  atquZ  in  the  sense  of  as  or 
than. 

Remark  29. — The  following  conjunctions  stand  always  at  the 
beginning  of  a  sentence,  viz. :  ct,  elenlm,  ac,  at,  atque,  atqul,  neque, 
nee,  aut,  vel,  slve,  sin,  scd,  ndm,  verum,  and  the  relatives  quare, 
qudci.rcd,  qudmobrcm. 

Remark  SO. — Emm,  autcm,  and  vero  are  placed  after  the  first 
word,  or  the  second  if  the  first  two  belong  together ;  rarely  after 
three  or  more  words. 

Remark  31. — The  other  conjunctions  usually  stand  at  the 
beginning,  unless  some  word  or  expression  is  especially  emphatic 
and  is  therefore  placed  first  in  the  sentence. 

Remark  32. — The  copulative  and  disjunctive  conjunctions  are 
often  repeated  when  things  arc  emphatically  connected : — 

et  —  et,  loth  —  and. 

et  —  ct  —  et,  not  only  —  but  also  —  and 

nequc  —  et,  both  not  —  and. 

et  —  neque,  both  —  and  not. 


SYNTAX.  203 

neque  —  neque,   "| 

nee       —  nee,         i-   neither  —  nor. 

neque  —  nee,       J 

et  —  que,  both  —  and  ;  sometimes  used  in  prose. 

que  —  que,  both  —  and;  frequently  used  by  Sallust  and  the  poets. 

INTEKJECTIONS. 

§  124.  Interjections   are   used  to  express  strong  or 
sudden  emotion :  as,  vce  ndbls  !  woe  to  us ! 


SYNTAX. 

§  125.  1.  SYNTAX  treats  of  the  construction  of  sen- 
tences. 

2.  A  proposition  is  a  thought  expressed  in  words  :  as, 
snow  melts.     A  sentence  consists  of  one  proposition,  or 
of  several  connected  together  so  as  to  make  complete 
sense. 

3.  Every  proposition  consists  of— 

(a.)  A  predicate;  i.e.  that  which  is  declared. 
(6.)  A  subject;  i.e.  that  of  which  the  declaration  is 
made. 

4.  The  predicate  consists  of  a  verb  alone  (as,  melts, 
in  the  above  example),  or  the  verb  ess%,  to  be,  with  a 
noun,  adjective,  or  participle :  as,  nix  g%lidd  est,  snow 
is  cold. 

5.  The  subject  consists  of  a  noun,  or  some  word  or 
phrase  used  as  a  noun,  and  may  be  known  by  asking 


204  SYNTAX. 

the  question  who  ?  or  what  ?  with  the  predicate :  as, 
John  runs.  (  Who  runs  ?  John.)  To  play  is  pleasant. 
(  What  is  pleasant  ?  To  play.) 

6.  The  subject  and   predicate  may  stand  alone,  or 
each  may  have  words  or  sentences  limiting  its  meaning. 
Thus,  prlmd  luce,  quum  mons  a  Tito  Ldbieno  teneretur, 
Id&m  Considius  qul  cum  explordtoribus  prcemissus  %rat, 
Zquo  admisso,  ad  Ccesar$m  accurrtt,  at  daylight,  when 
the  mountain  was  held    by  Titus  Labienus,  the  same 
Considius  who  had  been  sent  forward  with  the  scouts, 
runs  to  Caesar  with  his  horse  at  full  speed. 

Here  the  leading  thought  is  Considius  accurrtt,  Con- 
sidius runs.  The  subject  is  limited  by  the  adjective 
id$m,  and  the  adjective  sentence  qul  —  prcemissus  ^rat. 
The  predicate  is  limited  by  prlmd  luc%,  designating  the 
point  of  time  when  Considius  ran ;  by  quum  mons  t£ne' 
retur,  farther  specifying  the  time  or  circumstances  of 
the  running ;  by  &qud  admisso ,  participial  sentence,  ex-* 
pressing  the  manner  of  the  running, — an  adverbial 
limitation ;  and  by  ad  CcestirZm,  the  point  to  which  the 
running  was  directed. 

7.  A  sentence  consisting  of  a  single  subject  and  a 
single  predicate  is  commonly  called  a  simple  sentence ; 
and   one  which   consists  of  two  or  more  simple  sen- 
tences combined,  is  commonly  called  a  compound  sen- 
tence. 

AGKEEMENT. 

§  126.  EULE  I. — The  verb  agrees  with  its  subject  ID 
number  and  person. 

Remark  1. — If  the  subject  consists  of  more  than  one,  the  verb 


AGREEMENT.  2C5 

is  plural :    as,  ftiror  Iraque  menttm  prazcipltant,  fury  and  rage 
hurry  on  my  mind.     Hence — 

(a. )  A  collective  noun  may  have  a  plural  verb :  as,  plebs  cla- 
mant. 

(b.)  A  noun  connected  to  an  ablative  with  cum  often  has  a 
plural  verb :  as,  Bocclius  cum  ptdltlbus  postremdm  dciem  inva- 
dunt,  Bocchus  and  the  footmen  attack  the  rear. 

(c.)  A  plural  verb  is  sometimes  used  with  uterque  and  quisqut. 

Remark  2. — But  the  verb  often  agrees  with  the  nearest  nomina- 
•  live,  especially  when  the  nouns  denote  things  without  life :  as, 
Mens,  eriim^et  ratio,  et  consllium  in  senlbus  est,  for  mind,  and 
skill,  and  wisdom,  are  in  old  men. 

Remark  3. — If  the  nominatives  are  of  different  persons,  the 
verb  takes  the  first  person  rather  than  the  second,  and  the 
second  rather  than  the  third :  as,  si  tH  et  Tullid  vdletls.  ego  tt 
Cicero  vdlemus,  if  you  and  Tullia  are  well,  Cicero  and  I  are 
well. 

Remark  4> — The  verb  is  frequently  omitted  when  it  may  be 
readily  supplied.  This  is  especially  the  case  with  the  verb  esse 
with  adjectives  and  participles:  a,s,quot  homines  (sunt)  tot  (sunt) 
sentential.  Ccesdr  mtm/jriti  tenebdt  L.  Cassium  consulem  occlsum 
(esse)  exercltumque  ejas  pulsum  (esse)  et  sub  jUgum  missum 
(esse),  Caesar  remembered  that  Lucius  Cassius  the  consul  had 
been  slain,  and  his  army  beaten  and  sent  under  the  yoke. 

Remark  5. — The  subject  is  omitted — 

(a.)  When  it  can  be  readily  supplied  from  what  precedes :  as, 
Musd  proflult  ex  monte  Vosego  tt  In  Ocednum  irifluit,  the  Meuse 
flows  from  mount  Vosegus  and  runs  into  the  ocean. 

(b.)  When  it  is  indefinite:  as,  aiunt,  ferunt,  they  say. 

(c.)  With  impersonal  verbs,  when  it  is  the  cognate  notion:  as, 
pugndtum  est,  (a  fight)  was  fought. 

(d.)  The  pronouns  ego,  tu,  nos,  and  vds,  are  expressed  only  for 
the  sake  of  emphasis  or  contrast,  as  the  ending  of  the  verb  suffi- 
ciently indicates  the  subject. 

18 


206  SYNTAX. 


APPOSITION. 

§  127.  A  noun  limiting  another,  and  denoting  the 
same  person  or  thing,  is  said  to  be  in  apposition  with  it. 

EULE  II. — Nouns  in  apposition  agree  in  case:  as, 
Jugurtha  rex,  Jugurtha  the  king. 

Remark  1. — A  noun  in  apposition  often  expresses  character, 
purpose,  time,  cause,  etc.:  as,  Cicero  prsetor  legem  Mdnilidm 
sudsit,  consul  conj  ardtionem  CdtUlnce  oppressit ;  Cicero,  when 
prcetor  (or,  asprcetor),  advocated  the  Manilian  law,  when  consul, 
suppressed  Catiline's  conspiracy. 

Remark  2. — The  personal  pronoun  is  often  omitted  before  a 
noun  in  apposition  with  it:  as,  consul  dixl,  I  the  consul  have 
said. 

Remark  3. — A  noun  in  apposition  with  two  or  more  nouns  is 
put  in  the  plural :  as,  Jugurtha  et  Bocchus,  reges,  Jugurtha  and 
Bocchus,  kings. 

Remark  4- — The  ablative  is  used  in  apposition  with  the  name 
of  a  town  in  the  genitive  (see  J  166,  Exc.) :  as,  Corinthl,  Achaiaz 
urbe,  at  Corinth,  a  city  of  Achaia. 

Remark  5. — A  noun  may  be  in  apposition  with  a  sentence:  as, 
cogltet  ordtorem  institul, — rein  arduam;  let  him  reflect  that  an 
orator  is  training, — a  difficult  thing. 

Remark  6. — PARTITIVE  APPOSITION. — Expressions  denoting 
the  parts  are  often  placed  in  apposition  with  a  noun  denoting  the 
whole :  as,  onerdrice,  pars  maxima  dd  JEglmurum, — dlice  adversus 
urbem  ipsdm,  deldtce  sunt;  the  transports  were  carried,  the 
greatest  part  to  ^Egimurum, — others,  opposite  the  city  itself. 
Quisque  in  partitive  apposition  with  a  noun  is  in  the  nominative: 
as,  multls  sibi  quisque  imperium  petentibus,  while  many  were 
seeking  power,  each  for  himself. 

Remark  7. — A  proper  name  with  nomen  or  cognomen  may  be — 

(a,)  In  the  same  case:  as,  nomen  Arcturus  mihi  estt  I  have  the 
name  Arcturus. 

(b.)  In  the  genitive:  as,  nomen  Arctuii  mihi  est. 

(c.)  By  attraction,  in  the  dative,  if  the  verb  is  followed  by  a 


ADJECTIVES.  207 

dative :  as,  nomen  Arcturo  mihi  est,  I  have  the  name  Arc- 
turus. 

Remark  8. — A  genitive  is  sometimes  used  instead  of  an  apposi- 
tion :  as,  urbs  Pdtdvl,  the  city  of  Patavium. 

Remark  9. — When  the  apposition  has  forms  of  different  gen- 
ders, it  agrees  in  gender  with  the  limited  noun :  as,  iisus,  mdgister 
egregius,  experience,  an  excellent  teacher ;  philosophid,  mdgistrd 
mice,  philosophy,  the  mistress  of  our  life.  If  nouns  of  different 
genders  are  connected,  the  apposition  takes  the  more  worthy 
gender :  as,  Ptolemceus  et  Cleopatra  reges,  Ptolemy  and  Cleopatra, 
sovereigns. 


ADJECTIVES. 

§  128.  An  adjective  may  limit  a  noun :  as, 
pulchrd  saltat,  the  beautiful  girl  dances ;  or  it  may 
form  part  of  the  predicate :  as,  puella  pulchrti  est,  the 
girl  is  beautiful. 

RULE  III. — (a.)  Adjective  words  agree  with  the 
nouns  which  they  limit,  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

(b.)  An  adjective  word  in  the  predicate  agrees  with 
the  subject  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

Remark  1. — An  adjective  belonging  to  two  or  more  nouns  is 
put  in  the  plural.  If  the  nouns  are  of  the  same  gender,  the 
adjective  is  of  that  gender :  as,  lupus  et  agnus  sitl  compulsl,  a 
wolf  and  a  lamb  compelled  by  thirst.  When  the  nouns  are  of 
different  genders, — 

(a.)  If  they  denote  animate  things,  the  adjective  is  masculine 
rather  than  feminine :  as,  pater  mllil  et  mater  mortui  sunt,  my 
father  and  mother  are  dead. 

(b.)  If  they  denote  inanimate  things,  the  adjective  is  generally 
neuter :  Ira  et  dvdritid  imperio  potentiora  erant,  rage  and  avarice 
were  stronger  than  government. 

(c.)  If  names  of  living  things  and  things  without  life  are  com- 
bined, the  adjective  is  sometimes  neuter,  and  sometimes  takes 
the  gender  of  the  living  being,  whichever  idea  is  uppermost. 


208  SYNTAX. 

Numidas  afque  signd  mllltdrid  obscurat!  sunt,  the  Numidians  and 
their  military  standards  were  concealed.  (Here  the  idea  of  per- 
sons is  uppermost.)  Inmrica  sunt  llbtrd  clvltus  tt  rex,  a  free  state 
and  a  king  are  hostile  things. 

Remark  2. — The  adjective,  however,  often  agrees  with  the 
nearest  noun. 

Remark  3. — SYNESIS  OF  THE  ADJECTIVE. — An  adjective  word 
(especially  in  the  predicate)  often  agrees  with  the  sense  of  the 
noun  rather  than  with  its  form  (constructio  dd  xyntsln) :  as,  pars 
mflUmcn  act!  sunt,  part  were  driven  into  the  river. 

Remark  4- — An  adjective  word  in  the  predicate,  instead  of 
agreeing  wiih  the  subject,  often  agrees — 

(a.)  With  a  noun  in  apposition  with  the  subject  (especially 
the  words  urbs,  oppldam) :  as,  Cdrinthus,  lumen  Grtcice,  ex- 
tinction est,  Corinth,  the  light  of  Greece,  was  destroyed  (put 
out}. 

(b.)  With  a  predicate  noun :  as,  gens  unlversd  Venefi  appellati, 
the  whole  race  were  called  Veneti. 

Remark  5. — An  adjective  without  a  noun  is  often  used  as  a 
noun.  Masculine  adjectives,  when  so  used,  denote  persons; 
neuter  adjectives,  things:  as,  bonl,  the  good;  bond,  property, 
goods.  Adjectives  are  sometimes  used  as  adverbs  :  as,  multum, 
much  (I  150,  Rcm.  3}  ;  multo,  by  much  (§  1G8).  Such  words  are 
rather  nouns  than  adverbs. 

Remark  6. — In  general  expressions,  an  adjective  in  the  predi- 
cate is  often  neuter :  as,  lupus  triste  est  stdbults,  the  wolf  is  a  sad 
thing  to  the  folds.  The  adjective  is  here  a  noun. 

Remark  7. — A  possessive  pronoun,  being  equivalent  to  the 
genitive  of  the  substantive  pronoun,  may  have  an  adjective  word 
in  the  genitive  agreeing  with  it :  as,  med  ipsius  causa,  for  my 
own  sake ;  or  a  noun  in  the  genitive  in  apposition  with  it :  as, 
tuus,  vi ri  fortis,  glddius,  the  sword  of  thee,  a  brave  man. 

Remark  8. — The  adjectives  primus,  medius,  ultlmus,  extremus, 
intlmus,  infimus,  Imus,  summus,  supremus,  reliquus,  and  cetera, 
express  the  first  part,  middle  part,  etc.:  as,  summus  mons,  the 
top  of  the  mountain. 

Remark  9. — An  adjective  often  agrees  with  the  subject,  but 
limits  the  predicate:  as,  pronus  cecldlt,  he  fell  headlong. 


RELATIVES.  209 

EELATIYES. 

§  129.  RULE  IV. — The  relative  pronoun  agrees  with 
its  antecedent  in  gender,  number,  and  person;  but  its 
case  depends  upon  the  construction  of  the  relative  sen- 
tence :  as,  ego  qui  scrlbo,  I  who  write ;  vos  qui  scrl- 
bWtSy  you  who  write;  puelld  quam  vldi,  the  girl  whom 
I  saw. 

Remark  1. — The  antecedent  is  so  called  because  it  usually 
goes  before  the  relative  sentence.  But  it  also  stands — 

(a.)  In  the  relative  sentence,  especially  when  this  latter  is  em- 
phatic :  in  quern  prlmam  egressl  sunt  locum,  TrCjcl  vucat&r,  the 
place  upon  which  tli&j  first  disembarked  is  catted  Troy. 

(b.)  Both  in  the  principal  and  relative  sentence:  as,  trant 
omnlno  itinera  duo,  qulbds  itinerlbus  ddmo  exlre  possent,  there 
were  only  two  routes,  by  which  routes  they  could  go  out  from 
home. 

Remark  2. — The  antecedent,  especially  when  indefinite,  is  often 
omitted :  as,  qui  bcne  vlvlt,  bedte  vlvlt. 

Remark  3. — ATTRACTION. — The  relative  is  sometimes  attracted 
into  the  case  of  the  antecedent :  as,  ejus  generis  cujas  demonstra- 
vimiis,  of  that  kind  which  we  have  shown.  The  antecedent  is 
sometimes  attracted  into  the  case  of  the  relative:  as,  urbem 
qudm  sidtud  vestrd  est,  the  city  which  I  am  building  is  yours. 

Remark  4- — The  relative  often  agrees  with  a  noun  in  apposi- 
tion with  the  antecedent :  as,  flamen  Rhenus,  qui  agrum  Hdve- 
tium  a  Germdnls  dlvldit,  the  river  Rhine,  which  separates  the 
Helvetian  territory  from  the  Germans. 

Remark  5. — A  relative  or  demonstrative  usually  agrees  with  a 
predicate  noun  after  the  verb  esse  or  a  verb  of  naming,  esteeming, 
etc.,  instead  of  agreeing  with  the  antecedent:  as,  Theljce,  quoJ 
JBoeotice  caput  est,  Thebes,  which  is  the  capital  of  Bceotia.  Ani- 
mal quern  vocamus  hominem,  the  animal  which  we  call  man. 

But  if  the  predicate  noun  is  a  foreign  word,  the  relative  agrees 
with  the  antecedent:  as,  gtnus  liomlnum  quod  Heloles  vocatar, 
the  race  of  men  which  is  called  Helots. 

18* 


210  SYNTAX. 

Remark  6. — A  numeral,  comparative,  or  superlative,  which  in 
English  limits  the  antecedent,  is  usually  placed  in  the  relative 
sentence:  as,  node  qudm  In  terns  ultimam  egit,  on  the  last  night 
which  he  spent  on  earth.  Other  adjectives  have  sometimes  a 
similar  position :  as,  inter  jocos  quos  incondilos  jdciunt,  among 
the  rude  jokes  which  they  utter. 

Remark  7. — SYNESIS  OF  THE  RELATIVE. — The  relative  often 
agrees  with  the  sense  of  the  antecedent,  instead  of  its  form:  as, 
Ccesdr  equitatum  prcemittit  qul  videant,  Caesar  sends  forward  the 
horse  to  see,  etc.  , 

Remark  8. — An  explanatory  noun  is  often  introduced  into  the 
relative  sentence:  as,  ante  comitid,  quod  tempus  hand  longe 
dberdt,  before  the  election,  which  time  was  not  far  distant. 

Remark  9.- — Qul  at  the  beginning  of  a  sentence  is  often  trans- 
lated like  a  demonstrative :  as,  quibus  rebus  cogmtls,  these  things 
being  found  out.  Here  also  observe  the  idiomatic  expression 
quce  est  temperantid,  or  qua  es  temperantid  (ablative  of  quality), 
instead  of  pro  tua  temperantid:  as,  til,  quaa  est  temperantia, 
jam  vales,  you,  such  is  your  temperance,  are  already  well. 

Remark  10. — The  adverbial  is  often  used  for  the  adjectival 
rejjatiye:  as,  locus  unde  venit,  the  place  from  which  he  came. 


THE  CASES.    THE  NOMINATIVE. 

§  130.  1.  The  subject  of  a  finite  verb  is  in  the  nomi- 
native, and  is  called  the  subject  nominative. 

2.  A  noun  in  the  predicate  denoting  the  same  thing 
as  the  subject,  after  a  verb  expressing  an  incomplete 
idea,  is  in  the  nominative,  and  is  called  the  predicate 
nominative :  as,  Gains  $t  Lucius  fratres  fuerunt. 

3.  A  predicate    nominative  is  used  with'  verbs  de- 
noting, to  be,  to  become,  to  appear,  to  be  named,  to  be 
called,  to  be  esteemed,  etc. 

Remark  1. — The  verb  sometimes  agrees  with  the  predicate 
nominative:  as,  dmantium  Irce  dmorls  integratio  est,  the  quarrels 
of  lovers  are  a  renewal  of  love. 


THE    GENITIVE.  211 

Remark  2. — If  the  subject  is  in  the  accusative,  the  predicate 
noun  must  be  in  the  accusative  also:  as,  dlcit  Csesfirem  esse 
egem,  he  says  that  Caesar  is  a  king. 

Remark  3. — When  the  subject  of  the  infinitive  is  omitted,  a 
predicate  noun  or  adjective  is  often  put  in  the  dative,  if  a  dative 
precedes :  as,  nemlnl  medio  esst  licet,  no  man  may  be  neutral. 


THE  GENITIVE. 

§  131.  The  genitive  case  expresses  the  precise  limit 
vithin  which  the  meaning  of  a  word  is  to  be  taken. 

Thus,  in  the  expression  amtir  glorice,  the  genitive, 
ylorice,  expresses  the  limit  within  which  the  meaning 
[)f  am6r  is  restricted. 

RULE  V. — A  noun  in  the  genitive  limits  the  mean- 
ing of  another  noun  denoting  a  different  thing :  as, 
Oicfrorits  ordtiones,  Cicero's  orations :  timor  glorice,,  the 
love  of  glory. 

Remark  1. — The  genitive  is  said  to  be  subjective  when  it  ex- 
presses that  which  does  something,  or  to  which  something  pertains 
or  belongs  :  as,  Clcerdnis  ordtiones,  Cicero's  orations.  It  is  object- 
ive when  it  expresses  the  object  to  which  an  action  or  feeling  is 
directed :  as,  dinar  gloria;,  the  love  of  glory. 

Remark  2. — A  noun  may  be  limited  both  by  a  subjective  and 
an  objective  genitive :  as,  Ccesdrls  amor  gloria?,  Caesar's  love  of 
glory. 

Remark  8. — Instead  of  an  objective  genitive,  a  preposition  with 
its  case  is  often  used  to  avoid  ambiguity  :  as,  amor  in  rempubli- 
cdm,  or  ergd  rempublicdm,  love  towards  the  state. 

Remark  4- — The  genitive  of  a  substantive  pronoun  is  usually 
objective:  as,  curd  met,  care  for  me  ; — while  possessive  adjectives 
and  pronouns  usually  express  subjective  relations:  as,  curd  med, 
my  care ;  causa  regid,  the  king's  cause.  But  the  latter  are 
sometimes  objective:  as,  med  injurid,  injury  done  to  me 5  metus 
JiostlUs,  fear  of  the  enemy. 


212  SYNTAX. 

§  132.  RULE  VI.—  Genitive  of  Quality. — The  geni- 
tive, limited  by  an  adjective  agreeing  with  it,  is  used  to 
express  the  quality  of  a  thing :  as,  vtr  maynce  virtiltts, 
a  man  of  great  valor. 

The  ablative  is  used  in  the  same  way. 

Remark  1. — This  genitive  may  limit  a  noun,  or  form  part  of 
the  predicate,  like  an  adjective:  as,  maximl  dniml  full,  he  was 
very  brave. 

Remark  2. — Here  belong  such  expressions  as  llbertdtls  con- 
servandce  est,  it  has  a  tendency  to  preserve  liberty. 

Remark  3. — Sccus,  genus,  librdm,  and  librds  are  sometimes  put 
in  the  accusative  instead  of  the  genitive,  to  express  a  quality :  as, 
OrdtiOnes  aut  dliquid  id  genus,  instead  of  ejus  generis. 

§  133.  RULE  VII. — Genitive  of  Property.-^- The  geni- 
tive, the  limited  noun  being  omitted,  is  used  with  the 
verb  esse1  to  denote  that  to  which  something  belongs,  or 
to  which  something  is  peculiar:  as,  hcec  domus  Marci 
est,  this  house  is  Mark' 8  (bouse).  Pauperis  est  numerdre1 
pZcus,  it  is  characteristic  of  a  poor  man  to  count  his 
flock. 

Remark  1. — Instead  of  the  genitives  mel,  tul,  sul,  etc.,  the 
neuter  possessives  meum,  tuum,  suum,  etc.,  are  used:  as,  tuum 
est  videre  quid  dgdtur,  it  is  your  business  to  see  what  is  going  on. 
A  possessive  adjective  may  be  used  in  the  same  way:  as,  huma- 
num  est  errdre,  it  is  human,  i.e.  characteristic  of  man,  to  err. 

§  134.  RULE  VIII.— Partitive  Genitive.— With  words 
expressing  a  part,  the  genitive  is  used  to  denote  the 
whole :  as,  units  mitttum,  one  of  the  soldiers. 

This  genitive  is  used  with  nouns  expressing  a  part ; 
with  adjectives,  especially  comparatives,  superlatives, 
and  numerals ;  with  many  pronouns ;  and  with  adverbs 
of  time,  place,  and  quantity. 


THE    GENITIVE.  213 

Remark  1. — The  partitive  word,  if  an  adjective,  usually  agrees 
in  gender  with  the  genitive;  but  adjectives  of  quantity  are  used 
as  nouns  in  the  neuter :  as,  quid  novl  ?  what  news  ?  tantum 
aurlj  so  much  gold. 

Remark  2. — Instead  of  a  genitive,  the  prepositions  ex,  de,  and 
sometimes  in,  inter,  are  used  :  as,  qulddm  ex  mllltlbus,  inter  omnes 
fortissimus. 

.  Remark  3. — Here  may  be  noticed  a  peculiar  use  of  the  geni- 
tives loci,  locorum,  and  temporls  with  id,  ddh  tic,  postea,  etc. :  as, 
dd  id  locorum,  up  to  that  time  ;  postea  loci,  afterwards. 

Remark  4. — The  genitive  with  prldie  and  postrldie  is  subjective, 
tiese  words  being  ablatives  of  the  adjectives  pris  or  prus  and 
posterns,  with  die.  Postrldie  ejus  diel,  on  that  day's  successor, 
on  the  next  day. 

§  135.  EULE  IX. — Objective  Genitive  with  Adjectives 
and  Verbs. — The  genitive  is  used  to  express  the  object 
to  which  an  action  or  feeling  is  directed,  with — 

(a.)  Adjectives  expressing  desire,  experience,  knowledge, 
capacity,  participation,  fulness,  memory,  care,  certainty, 
fear,  guilt,  and  their  contraries :  as,  dvldus  laudls, 
desirous  of  praise. 

Here  also  belong  participial  adjectives  in  ns  ;  amans  pecunise. 

(6.)  yerbs  of  remembering,  reminding,  and  forget- 
ng :  re'eordtir,  mVmlni,  r&miniscdr,  obllviscor,  moneo  and 
compounds :  as, 

Meminl  beneflcil  tul  (=  memor  siim,  etc.),  I  remember  your  kind- 
ess. 
Te  officil  moneo  (=  memorem  facio),  I  remind  you  of  your  duty. 

The  thing  remembered  or  forgotten  is  also  put  in  the 
accusative. 

(c.)  Verbs  expressing  pity,  shame,  etc., — rriis&retir, 
mtsZresco,  and  the  im personals  mis^ret,  pcenitet,  pudZt, 
piget,  tcedZt :  as,  mis8resco  infclicium,  I  pity  the  unfor- 
tunate; poemte't  me  peccati,  I  repent  of  my  sin. 


214  SYNTAX. 

Remark  1. — With  these  impcrsonals  the  person  feeling  is  ex* 
pressed  by  the  accusative. 

Remark  2. — The  cause  or  object  of  the  feeling  may  be  expressed 
by  an  infinitive  or  a  sentence :  as,  pocnltet  me  peccdvisse  or  quod 
peccdvl,  I  repent  of  having  sinned. 

(d.)  Verbs  of  plenty  or  want  (sometimes) :  as,  Sget 
(=  Sgens  est)  argcntl,  he  is  in  need  of  silver. 

(e.)  The  impersonals  rcfert  and  interest :  as,  relpublt- 
cce  interest,  it  is  of  importance  to  the  state. 

Remark  3. — Instead  of  the  genitive  of  the  personal  pronouns, 
the  forms  med,  tud,  sud,  nostrd,  vestrd,  are  used  with  refert  and 
interest ;  as,  non  tud  interest,  it  is  not  your  business. 

NOTE. — Grammarians  are  divided  as  to  the  origin  of  this  expres- 
sion, spme  regarding  the  pronoun  as  an  ablative;  others,  as  accusa- 
tive plural  neuter;  while  others,  with  better  reason,  consider  it  an 
accusative  (v\  being  cut  off,  and  a  lengthened  for  compensation), 
agreeing  with  r$ni\  (understood  with  interest  and  forming  the  first 
part  of  refert),  thus:  •  S 

med  interest  =  inttr  me&m  rtni  est. 
mea  re-fert  ==?  mcam  rSm  fert. 

Remark  4- — The  thing  with  reference  to  which  any  thing  is 
important  may  be  expressed  by-- the  accusative  with  dd ;  the 
degree  of  importance,  by  the  genitives  magiil,  parvl,  etc.  (see 
Rule  XI.),  or  by  an  adverb ;  while  the  subject  may  be«an  infini- 
tive, a  neuter  pronoun,  or  a  noun-clause:  as,  hoc  dd  laudgm 
clvltdtis  magril  interest,  this  is  of  great  importance  to  the  glory 
'of  the  state. 

Remark  5. — Slmllls  and  its  compounds,  especially  with  the 
names  of  living  beings,  take  a  genitive  (see  J  142,  Remark  3} : 
as,  slmills  patrlSy  like  his  father.  ^ 

Remark  6. — The  poets  use  an  objective  geifitive  with  a  great 
variety  of  expressions;  as,  dives  opum,  ridi  in  resources;  fldens 
ditliHl,  confident  in  mind. 

§  136.  RULE  X.— Genitive  of  Crime.— With  verbs 
of  accusing,  condemning,  acquitting,  etc.,*the  genitive 
expresses  the  crime  or  offence  charged:  as,  servtim^rft 
accusftt,  he  accuses  the  slave  of  theft. 


THE   GENITIVE.  215 


Remark  1. — With  some  of  thes<A  vci; 
without   dv,  is   usod   to   express  ii 
awilstirrt,  to  accuse  one  of  violence. 

Item  ark  2. — With  damno  and  condemno*  UlU  [idualty  is  ox- 
pressed  by  the  genitive,  but  oftener  by  the  ablative,  especially 
\\licn  it  consists  of  money  or  land:  as,  damndtur  capitis  or 
capt to,  he  is  condemned  tn  dvalh.  Tertia  parte  ayrl  damndtur, 
he  is  fined  a  third  of  his  land. 

§  137.  RULE  XI. — Genitive  of  Price. — The  genitive 
is  used  to  express  the  price  or  value  of  a  thing  indefi- 
nitely: as,  magni  cesttmdbtit  pZcuni&m,  he  esteemed 
money  hiyhly. 

In  this  manner  are  used  the  genitive  of  adjectives, 
and  the  genitives  assls,  flocci,  etc.;  also  pcnxi  and  liujus. 
This  genitive  is  originally  a  genitive  of  quality,  agree- 
ing with  pretil  understood :  (r$m)  mac/nl  (pretu)  cextl- 
mdbtit  p&cunitim,  he  estccincd  money  a  thing  of  great 
value. 

Remark  1. — To  this  rule  may  be  referred  the  expression  crqul 
or  bom  fdcio  or  conmlo,  I  take  in  good  part,  I  am  satisfied  with. 

Remark  2. — With  cestimo,  and  verbs  of  buying  and  selling,  the 
ablatives  magno,  permayno,  plUrlmo,  parvd,  mlnimo,  and  ni/ulo, 
are  often  used. 

For  the  genitive  of  place,  see  \  1G6,  Exc. 

For  the  genitive  with  opus,  and  usus,  see  g  160,  Rem.  L 

EXERCISE   LII. 

§  138.      Vocabulary. 

patria,  -ae,  country,  native  land.  Cingotorix,  CingetorTgis,  Cinyetorix. 

Bolus,  -a,  -um  ($  56),  only,  alone.  priidcntia,  -83,  prudence. 

peccatum,  -I,  sin,  fault.  II;itinT})al,  -bal-is,  Hannibal. 

jihllosophus,  -I,  philosopher.  odiiim,  -I,  hati-fd. 

ulllinus,  -a,  -urn  (g  74,  1),  last.  auc^oritas,  -tHt-ia,  authority. 

imperium,  -i,  power,  command.  adolescons,  -cent-is,  young  man. 

casus,  -us,  chance.  career,  career-is,  prison. 


216  SYNTAX. 

arx,  arc-is,  citadel.  Tullianum,    -i,    TuUian    (a    dungeon 

dulcis,  -e,  sweet.  built  by  King  Servius  Tullius). 

decorus,  -a,  -urn,  honorable.  spectat-us,  -a,  -urn   (spect-are),  ap- 

turbidus,  -a,  -iiin,  muddy,  troubled.        proved. 

amicitia,  -se,  friendship.  fortitude,  -in-is.  courage. 

Oxus,  -1,  Oxu*  (river).  fides,  -ei,  faith,  promise. 

corrig-o,  -ere,  correx-i,  correct-urn,  to  correct. 

a-mitt-o,  -ere,  amis-i,  amiss-um,  to  lose. 

ag-o,  -ere,  eg-i,  act-urn,  to  lead,  drive;  (of  time,)  to  spend. 

mor-ior,  mor-iri  and  rnor-i,  mortuiis,  moriturus,  to  die. 

sin-o,  -ere,  siv-i,  sit-um,  to  place. 

appell-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  call. 

per-duc-5,  -ere,  perdux-i,  perduct-um,  to  extend. 

in-flu-o,  -ere,  influx-T,  influx-iim,  to  flow  into. 

re-ver-eor,  -eri,  reveritus,  to  respect,  revere. 

EXAMPLES. 

Stulti  est  (§  133),  It  is  characteristic  of  a  fool. 

Adolescentis  est  (g  133),  It  is  the  duty  of  a  young  man. 

Meum  est,  It  is  my  duty. 

Tua  ipsius  (§  128,  Rem.  7)  causa,  For  your  own  sake. 

Cujusvis  hominis  est,  It  is  every  man's  duty. 
Nocte  quam  ultimam  (§  129,  Rem. 

6}  egit,  On  the  last  night  which  he  spent. 

Translate  into  English. 

Solius1  meiim  peccatum  corrigi  non  pdtest.  Phil6s6phiis, 
noctg  quam  ultimS,m2  in  terris  egit,  amicos  omnes  convo- 
cavit.  Helvetii  oppidum  quod  optimum2  habebant  amisg- 
rant.  Catonis  patSr  ^t  mat£r  mortui3  sunt.  Kegna,  im- 
pgria,  hSnores,  divitise,  in  Dei  manibus  sita  sunt.  Filius 
Alexandri  cum  matrS  in  arcSm  missi4  grant.  DulcS  ^t  de- 
corum est  pro  patria  mSri.  Amicitia  bonum5  est.  Ad 
Oxum  perventum  est,6  qui7  turbidus  semper  est. 

J  128,  Rem.  7.  2  J  129,  Rem.  6.  »  J  128,  Rem.  1  (a). 

\  126,  Rem.  1  (b).       6  \  128,  Rem.  6.  •  \  114,  5. 

\  129,  Rem.  4. 


THE   GENITIVE. 


Translate  into  Latin. 

Your  father  corrects  your  faults  for  your  own  sake.  On 
the  last  day  which  the  consul  spent  in  the  winter  quarters, 
he  called  together  the  centurions  of  the  seventh  legion. 
It  is  the  general's  duty  to  conquer  the  enemies  of  the  re- 
public. On  the  next  (poster  o)  day  they  reached  (it  was 
come  to)  the  river  Rhone,  which  flows  into  our  sea.  Rome, 
which  is  the  capital  (head)  of  Italy,  was  taken  by  the 
Gauls.  Is  not  a  friend  a  good  thing  f  Fabius  was  a  man 
of  the  greatest  prudence.  A  general  of  the  greatest 
(summus)  valor  does  not  always  lead  his  army  to  victory. 
It  is  the  duty  of  children  to  respect  their  parents,  and  of 
parents  to  love  their  own  children  and  correct  their  (eoruni) 
faults. 

EXERCISE   LIII. 
§  139.      Vocabulary. 

avarus,  -a,  -um,  covetous.  proposition,  -I,  purpose. 

avidus,  -a,  -um,  eager,  desirous.          conscius,  -a,  -urn,  conscious. 
ferax,  ferac-is,  productive.  veritas,  -tat-is,  truth. 

i  {  129,  Rem.  5.  2  g  129,  Rem.  5.  3  {  132,  Rem.  1. 

*  I  131,  Rem.  3.  *  jj  132.  6  j  133. 

»  8  133,  Rem.  1. 

19 


218  SYNTAX. 

amans,  amant-is,  fond.  tantus-dem,  -a-dem,  -un-dem,  just  so 

Vxpers,  expert-is,  destitute.  much. 

imperitus,  -a,  -um,  ignorant.  proditiS,  -on-is,  treachery. 

memor,  memor-is,  mindful.  Xegestas,  -tat-is,  poverty. 

immemor,  -or-is,  unmindful.  ^*v,upiditas,  -tat-is,  desire,  lust. 

^Cfnsuetus,  -a,  -urn,  unaccustomed.          officium,  -i,  duty. 

impotens,  -ent-is,  unable  to  control,     floccus,  -i,  lock  of  wool  (something  of 

small  value). 

miser-et,  miseru-it  (impers.),  it  pities. 

pcenit-et,  poeuitu-it  (impers.),  it  repents. 

;-et,  pigu-it  or  pigit-um  est  (impers.),  it  troubles,  disgusts. 

tsed-et,  taedu-it  or  tses-um  est  (impers.),  it  wearies. 

jud-et,  pudu-it  or  pudit-um  est  (impers.),  it  shames. 

vend-5,  -ere,  vendid-i,  vendit-iim,  to  sell. 

em-o,  -ere,  em-i,  empt-um,  to  buy. 

mon-eo,  -ere,  monu-i,  monit-um,  to  warn. 

ad-mon-e5,  -ere,  -u-i,  -it-iim,  to  remind. 

nieminl  (^  113,  Remark  1),  I  remember. 
"-re-fert,  re-fer-ebat,  re-tul-it  (impers.),  it  concerns. 

inter-est,  inter-erat,  inter-fuit,  it  is  of  importance,  it  interests. 

ac-cus-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  bring  to  trial,  accuse. 
\b-solv-5,  -ere,  absolv-i,  absolut-um,  to  acquit. 

con-demn-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  condemn. 

sestim-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  value,  esteem. 

fac-i-o,  -ere,  fec-i,  fact-um  (§  107,  Remark  1),  to  do,  to  mak«. 
sc-or,  -i,  oblitus,  to  forget. 

opprim-5,  -ere,  oppress-i,  oppress- um,  to  suppress. 

/EXAMPLES 

y 

(a.)  Patiens  laborem^  ,      y/    '      Enduring  labor. — Participle. 

(?>.)  Patiens  Idboris,  Capable  of  enduring  labor. — Participial.. 

(a.)    The  participle-  expresses  a  single  action  at  the  time  spoken  of. 
(b.)   The  participial  expresses  capability  at  any  time. 

Miseret  me  tui,  I  pity  y°u>     (It  pities  me  of  you.) 

Me  regis  miseruit,  I  pitied  the  kiitf/.*- 

Pcenitet  puerum  stultitiae,  The  boy  repents  of  his  folly. 

Pudet  me  sceleris,  /  am  ashamed  of  my  wickedness. 

Piget  te  vitse,  You  are  disgusted  with  life. 

Capitis  or  rei  capitalis  accusare,  To  accuse  of  a  capital  crime. 

Capitis  or  capite  condemnare,  To  condemn  to  death. 


THE   GENITIVE.  219 

Flocci  non  facit,  He  cares  not  a  straw — a  rush,  etc. 

Mea  refert,  It  is  my  business. 

Quanti  hoc  facis  ?  How  much  do  you  value  this? 

Translate  into  English. 

In  hoc  oratorg  plus  eloquentise1  est  quam  fortitudinis. 
Regis  fratgr  avidus  est  glorise,2  patiens  laboris,2  sed  impotens 
irse,2  vMtatis2  expers,  rerum2  imperitus,  atque  multorum 
sc£l£rum2  conscius.  Quanti3  quisqug  se  ipsS4  facit,  tanti3 
fit  ab  amicis.  Mercatores  non  tanti dgm3  vendunt,  quanti3 
emerunt.  Fures  veritatgrn  non  flocci3  faciunt.  Bom 
omnes  virtutSm  magni3  sestimant.  Quanti3  istos 
emisti?  Hunc  latron^m  scelSris5  sui  nequS  pud^t,  n^ 
pcenite't.  Me  civitatis  morum 5  tsedgt  pigetqug.  Civis  qui 
rei  capitillis6  accusatiis  est,  tertia  parts7  agri  condemnatus 
est.  PuSros  stultitise5  poenitebit.  Catilin&  alium  (one 
man)  ^gestatis,8  ftlium  (another)  ciipiditatis8  admonebat. 
Tua  ipslus  causa  te  ofFicii  moneo.  Cic£ronis9  magni3  in- 
t^rest  conjurationgm  Catilmse  opprim^r^.  Non  mea10  sSd 
regis  refert  fures  latronesqu^  punirg. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  general  is  desirous  of  money,  but  more  desirous  of 
praise.  '*-The  farmer's  fields  are  very  productive  of  corn. 

k  The  consul  is  fond  of  war  and  tenacious  (tenax)  of  his  pur- 
pose, but  ignorant  of  business  (rerum)  and  destitute  of  truth. 

I  Lucius  remembers  a  kindness  and  (neque)  does  not  forget 
an  injury.  A  "The  soldiers  who  were  accused  of  treachery 
have  been  condemned  to  deathx^Those  who  (§  129,Rem.£) 
are  unaccustomed  to  navigation  (§  135)  fear  the  sea/  The 

i  I  134,  Rem.  1.  2  j  135  (a).  3  j  137. 

4  §  85.  s  j  135  (c).  e  j  i36. 

»  {  136,  Rem.  2.  8  {  135  (6).  9  \  135  (e). 
10  {  135,  Rem.  3. 


220  SYNTAX. 

fr* 
king  cares  not  a  straw  for  the  laws  of  the  state.      It  is  of 

great  importance  to  us  to  lead  the  army  into  the  enemy's 
country  (fines).  jFor  how  much  did  you  sell  your  horse? 
For  the  same  (tantldem)  for  which  (for  how  much)  I 
bought  (him)./DDo  you  remember  the  speech  of  the  ex- 
cellent orator? '/-The  scouts  had  not  warned  the  general 
of  the  danger.  /^The  tribune  has  been  acquitted  of 
treachery.  Do  you  pity  me  ? 

THE  DATIVE. 

§  140.  The  dative  expresses  that  to  or  for  which,  or 
with  reference  to  which,  any  thing  is,  or  is  done. 

§  141.  RULE  XII.— Dative  of  jndirect  Object.— Ihe 
indirect  object  of  a  verb  is  in  the  dative :  as,  servos 
domino  mediclnam  parat,  the  slave  prepares  medicine 
for  his  master. 

The*  indirect  object  of  a  verb  is  the  thing  towards 
which  its  action  tends,  without  necessarily  reaching  it. 

NOTE. — This  dative  is  used  with  most  verbs,  especially  with  verbs 
compounded  with  ad,  ante,  con,  In,  intSr,  ob,  post,  prze,  pro,  sub, 
super. 

Remark  1. — Transitive  verbs  have  also  a  direct  object  in  the 
accusative. 

§  142.  RULE  XIII. — Dative  of  Advantage  or  Dis- 
advantage.— The  dative  expresses  the  person  or  thing 
for  whose  advantage  or  disadvantage  any  thing  is,  or  is 
done :  as,  insidiis  aptas,  suitable  for  ambush ;  servus 
domino  f  Idas,  a  servant  faithful  to  his  master. 

NOTE. — This  dative  is  used  with  nouns  and  adjectives  expressing 
goodness,  usefulness,  fitness,  etc. ;  with  verbs  meaning  IQ  favor, please, 
trust,  obey,  threaten,  be  angry,  and  their  contraries ;  and  with  some 
adverbs  and  interjections. 

or  the  dative  with  verbs  of  taking  away,  see  $  163,  Rem.  3. 


THE    DATIVE.  221 

Remark  1. — The  verbs/to,  delecto,  Icedo,  qffendo,  are  transitive, 
and  have  a  direct  object  in  the  accusative.  Fldo  and  confldo  are 
often  followed  by  a  causal  ablative,  instead  of  a  dative. 

Remark  2. — Many  adjectives  take  an  accusative  with  a  pre- 
position, instead  of  a  dative :  as,  servas  In  dommum  fldelis  ;  locus 
ad  insidias  aptus. 

Remark  3. — Dative  of  Reference. — The  dative  ex- 
presses the  person  or  thing  to  or  with  reference  to  which 
any  thing  is  dear,  equal,  like,  unlike,  near,  etc.:  as, 
similis  patrl,  like  his  father ;  par  fratrl,  equal  to  his 
brother. 

Remark  4- — Propior  and  proximus  are  sometimes  limited  by 
an  accusative,  with  or  without  ad. 

§  143.  RULE  XIV.— J)ative  of  Possession.— The 
dative  is  used  with  esse  to  express  the  person  who  has 
or  possesses  something,  the  thing  possessed  being  the 
subject :  as,  est  mi  hi  libZr,  (a  book  is  to  me)  I  have  a 
book ;  sunt  tibi  libri,  thou  hast  books ;  sunt  Caio  librl, 
Caius  has  books ;  est  nobis  libZr,  we  have  a  book. 

Remark  1. — The  possessor  is  expressed  by  the  dative  when  the 
idea  of  possession  is  chiefly  referred  to :  as,  Ccesdrl  domus  est, 
Cassar  has  a  house  ; — by  the  genitive,  when  the  possessor,  or  thing 
possessed,  is  referred  to,  rather  than  the  fact  of  possession:  as, 
hcec  domus  Csesaris  est,  ilia  Ciceronis,  this  house  is  Ccesar's,  that 
one  is  Cicero's. 

§  144.  RULE  XV. — Dative  of  Purpose  or  End. — 
The  dative  is  used  with  ess%,  and  verbs  of  giving, 
coming,  sending,  imputing,  and  some  others,  to  express 
the  purpose  of  the  action  :  as,  hcec  mihi  cura9  sunt,  these 
things  are  for  a  care  to  me,  or,  I  have  these  things  for 
a  care. 

NOTE. — These  verbs  may  have  a  personal  object  in  the  dative, 
and,  if  transitive,  a  direct  object  in  the  accusative :  as,  colleyse 


222  SYNTAX. 

venit  auxilio,  he  came  for  an  aid  to  his  colleague  (i.e.  to  his  col- 
league's assistance)  ;  mihi  liLrum  dono  dedii,  he  gave  me  the  book  for 
a  gift, 

Remark  1. — The  verbs  most  commonly  using  two  datives  are 
es8S,  Jierl,  dare,  ducere,  hdbtre,  mittvre,  rulinquzre,  tribuere,  vtriire, 
verterc. 

Remark  2. — The  purpose  may  be  expressed  by  a  predicate 
nominative,  or  an  apposition  (see  \  127,  Hem.  1} :  as,  mihi  comes 
Llcias  est,  I  have  Lucius  for  a  companion  ;  corondm  Jovl  donum 
mittunt,  they  send  a  crown  to  Jupiter,  as  a  present. 

§  145.  KULE  XVI. — Dative  of  the  Agent. — With  the 
gerundive  in  dus  the  dative  expresses  the  agent  or  doer : 
as,  adhftbenda  est  nobis  ditigentid,  diligence  must  be  used 
by  us. 

Remark  1. — The  poets  sometimes  use  this  dative  with  any  of 
the  passive  forms :  as,  ntque  cernitar  ulll,  nor  is  he  seen  by  any 
one.  But  with  prose  writers  it  is  rarely  used  with  any  other 
part  of  the  verb  than  the  gerundive,  and  occasionally  with  the 
perfect  passive  participle. 

Remark  2. — Instead  of  the  dative,  the  ablative  with  d  or  db  is 
sometimes,  though  rarely,  used  with  the  gerundive. 

§  146.  Datlvus  EtJiicus. — The  dative  of  the  personal 
pronouns  is  used  sometimes  to  express  strong  feeling, 
and  can  scarcely  be  rendered  into  English :  as,  an  ille 
mini  llb&r  GUI  mtilier  impZrat  $  is  he  free  whom  a  woman 
rules? 

Remark. — Here  maybe  noticed  the  use  of  the  participles  volens, 
ctipiens,  etc.  with  a  dative,  in  imitation  of  the  Greek:  as,  ntque 
plebi  militia  volentl  (esse)  putdbatur,  neither  was  the  war 
thought  to  be  agreeable  to  the  common  people  (literally,  to  the 
common  people  wishing  it). 

§  147.  The  dative  is  sometimes  used  almost  like 
a  genitive,  but  always  with  the  idea  of  advantage, 
disadvantage,  or  reference :  as,  cul  corpus  porrtgttur 


THE   DATIVE. 


223 


(compare  the  English),  his  body  is  stretched  out  for 
him. 


EXERCISE   LIV. 
§  148.      Vocabulary. 


ignotus,  -a,  -um,  unknown. 
impedimentum,  -I,  hindrance. 
dedecus,  -or-is,  disgrace. 
usus,  -us,  use,  advantage. 
imrjj.g£;j,s,  -tat-is,  t  in  dutif illness. 
Numantinus,  -I,  Numantian. 
vehementer  (adv.),  extremely. 
commodum,    -I,   convenience,    advan- 
tage. 

inquam  ($  113,  4),  I  say. 
innocentia,  -SQ,  innocence,  integrity. 


similis,  -e,  like. 

proxirnus,  -a,  -um,  nearest,  next, 

aptus,  -a,  -um,  Jit,  suitable. 

aequus,  -a,  -urn,  just. 

blandus,  -a,  -urn,  flattering. 

utilis,  -e,  useful. 

carus,  -a,  -um,  dear. 

ingratus,  -a,  -um,  disagreeable. 

facilis,  -e,  easy. 

per-facilis,  -e,  very 'easy. 

noxius,  -a,  -um,  hurtful. 

fav-eo,  -ere,  fav-i,  faut-um,  to  favor. 

st-o,  stare,  stet-I,  stat-uni,  to  stand. 

parc-o,-ere,  peperc-i  and  pars-i,  parcit-um  and  pars-um,  to  spare,  to  be 

merciful. 

pro-sum,  prod-esse,  pro-fui,  pro-futurus  ($  111,  12),  to  do  good. 
prse-f  ic-i-o,  praef  ic-ere,  praefec-i,  prasfect-um,  to  put  over. 
circum-do,    circumdare,    circumded-i,   circumdat-um,   to  put   around,    to 

surround. 

circum-fund-o,  -ere,  -fud-i,  -fus-um,  to  pour  around,  to  surround. 
male-dic-o,  -ere,  -dix-i,  -dict-um,  to  be  abusive. 
prseter-eo,  -ire,   praeteriv-i   and   prseteri-i,    prseter-itum  (§   111,  9),  to 

pass  by. 

EXAMPLES. 

Audiens  dicto  ($  142),  Obedient  (attentive  to  the  word). 

Mlhl  magno  est  dolorl  (^  144),  It  is  (for)  a  great  grief  to  me. 

Hlbernis  Labienum  praefecit,  He  put  Labienus  over  the  winter  quarters. 

Rcgibus  (^  143)  manus  sunt  Jongaa,  Kings  have  long  arms  (hands). 

Dil  omnibus  colencli  sunt,  The  gods  ought  to  be  worshipped  by  all. 

Urbem  miiro  (%  159)  circumdare,  ) 

UrM  (?  141)  mururn  circumdare,  /  To  ^ound  the  city  with  a  wall. 

Terras  marl  ($  159)  circumfundere, "» 

Terris  (^  141)  mare  circumfundere,  ) 


224  SYNTAX. 

Aptiis  insidiis  ($  142  and  Rem.  2}  or  ad  insidias,  Suitable  for  ambush. 

Similis  patrw,  Like  his  father  (in  character).     (g  135,  Rem.  5). 

Similis  patrl,  Like  his  father  (outwardly),     (g  142,  Rem.  3.} 

Mctuo  patrem,  I  fear  my  father. 

Metuo  patri  ($  142),  I  fear  for  my  father,  i.e.  for  his  safety. 

Senatum  consiilo,  1  consult  the  senate,  i.e.  take  its  advice. 

SenatuI  ($  142)  consulo,  I  consult  for  the  senate,  i.e.  provide  for  its  safety. 


Translate  into  English. 

Helvetii  proximi  Germams1  incolunt,  quibusciim  con- 
tinenter  bellum  ggrunt.  Loca  proxima  X1arthaginem 2 
Numidia  appellatur.3  In  loco  insidiis  apto,  duas  legiones 
collocavit.  NonnS  lupus  est  cam  similis?  Ferrum  h5- 
minibus4  iltilius  est  quam  aurum.  Jtigurtha  nostris 5  velig- 
ment^r  carus,  Niimantinis 6  maximo  terror! 7  fuit.  Cuivis^ 
f^cilg  est  amicis  suis 4  faverS.  Ventus  noxium 8  e'st  arbori- 
bus.  LSgatus  cohortes  duas  prsesidio7  castns"9  r^liquit. 
Milites  impSratori9  audientes  dicto  non  Srunt.  Milites 
non  inulieribus,4  non  infantibus 4  pgpercerunt.  Nemmi 
]^t  sui  commodi  causa  altgri4  n6c^rS.  Csesar  le^onibus,9 
in  provincia  conscripsgrat,  Labienum  prsef«ecit.  Deus 
toti  orbi  terrarum  marfi  circumfildit.  Ca3sar  -oppidum 
vallo  fossaquS  circumdMit.  Gravia  6nSra  ^quitibus6 
magno  sunt  impgdimento.7  Inn5centise10  ssep^  plus  pgri- 
ciill11  est  quam  honoris.11  Hsec  mini12  prsetgreunda  non 
sunt.  Hsediis,  in  dftmus  tecto  stans,  liipo4  prsete'reunti 
malfidixlt.  GUI  lupus,  "  Non  tu,"  inquit,  "  sM  locus 
mihl4  mal^dicit."  Senatus  a  consult  de  foed^rg  c^nsultus 
est.  Dictator  reipublicse  constiluit.  Nonne  Ifteiis  tins 
m^tuis  ?  ^ 


1  §  142,  Rem.  3. 

2  |  142,  £em.  £ 

3  §  130,  7?ew.  .7.* 

*  §  142. 

5  1  142,  72em.  5. 

«  §'  143  or  I  142. 

»  §  144. 

8  \  128,  72em.  5. 

9  J  141. 

10  g  i4a 

11  J  134. 

12  3  145. 

THE   ACCUSAg^E.  __  225 

Translate  into  LatmT* 

The  number  of  the  enemy  was  unknown  to  the  general, 
undutifulness  of  children  is  a  great  grief  to  (their) 
parents.  *  The  thick  woods  were  a  very  great  advantage 
(§  144)  to  our  skirmishers.  '  It  is  sweet  and  honorable  to 
do  good  to  the  commonwealth.  ^  Children  are  not  always 
like  their  parents.  *  It  was  very  easy  for  our  men  to  cross 
the  river.  The  consul's  speech  was  very  disagreeable  to 
the  Gauls.  *"The  snares  of  the  enemy  have  been  (for)  a 
very  great  hindrance  to  our  cavalry.  '  God  ought  to  be 
worshipped  by  all  men. '  ^The  causes  of  this  rebellion 
ought  not  to  be  passed  over  by  me.y  It  is  the  greatest 
disgrace  (§  144)  to  a  soldier  to  leave  his  place  in  battle. 
^The  Koman  people  gave  to  the  king  for  a  gift  the  fields 
which  he  had  conquered.  ^Nature  had  surrounded  the 
town  with  a  broad  and  deep  river.  ^'It  is  lawful  for  no 
man  to  lead  an  army  against  his  country.  Be  kind  and 
just  to  all,  but  flattering  to  none. 

THE  ACCUSATIVE. 

§  149.  The  accusative  case  marks  the  direct  object  of 
an  action,  i.e.  the  thing  actually  reached  by  the  action ; 
also  the  limit  of  space  or  time  which  an  action  or  motion 
reaches. 

§  150.  EULE  XVII.— Direct  "Object.— The  direct 
object  of  a  transitive  verb  is  in  the  accusative. 

Remark  1. —  Cognate  Accusative. — An  intransitive  verb,  though 
it  does  not  require  an  object  to  complete  its  meaning,  may  be 
limited  by  an  accusative  of  similar  or  kindred  signification  :  as, 
ai rr5re  cursum,  to  run  a  race;  vlvtre  vltdm,  to  live  a  life. 

Remark  2. — Equivalent  Accusative. — Instead  of  the  cognate 
noun,  a  noun  or  noun-sentence  equivalent  to  it  in  meaning  may 
be  used :  as,  docere  grammdtlcam,  to  teach  grammar ;  interred 


226  SYNTAX. 

gdvlt  quls  venlret,  he  asked  who  came ;  longdm  vidm  Ire,  to  go  a 
long  way. 

Remark  3. — Elliptical  Accusative. — The  cognate  or  equivalent 
noun  is  often  omitted,  and  in  its  stead  a  neuter  adjective  is  used, 
limiting  the  cognate  notion  understood :  as,  multum  ambuldt,  he 
walks  much  (walking).  This  accusative  is  used  as  an  adverb. 

Remark  4- — A  cognate,  equivalent,  or  elliptical  accusative  may 
be  used  with  a  passive  verb :  as,  djceor  doctrlndm,  I  am  taught 
teaching,  science ;  doceor  grammdtlcdm,  I  am  taught  grammar ; 
mmium  doctus,  taught  too  much,  too  learned. 

Remark  5. — Many  verbs  which  are  transitive  in  English,  repre- 
sent in  Latin  an  action  only  as  done  with  reference  to  the  object, 
and  hence  have  a  dative  (see  §  142,  Rem.  3). 

§  151.  RULE  XVIII.  (a.) — Verbs  meaning  to  ask 
and  teach,  with  eeldrZ,  to  conceal,  take  two  accusatives, — 
one  of  the  person,  the  other  of  the  thing:  as,  rtigo  te 
nummos,  I  ask  you  for  money ;  docuit  me  musicam,  he 
taught  me  music. 

(The  thing  asked  or  taught  is  an  equivalent  accusative.) 
(6.)  Second  Accusative. — Verbs  meaning  to  name  or 
call,  choose,  appoint,  make,  esteem,  or  reckon,  take,  besides 
the  direct  object,  a  second  accusative  of  the  name,  office, 
or  character :  as,  urbem  vocavlt  Rom&m,  he  called  the  city 
Rome  ;  me  consulgin  fccisUs,  you  have  made  me  consul. 

Remark  1. — With  verbs  of  asking,  the  person  is  often  put  in  the 
ablative  with  a  or  db,  de,  ex,  instead  of  the  accusative :  as,  Jicec  a 
te  posco,  I  demand  these  things  of  you.  Exlgo,  peto,  posttdo, 
qucero,  scltor,  sciscUor,  never  have  an  accusative  of  the  person: 
as,  pactm  a  Csesare  pttunt. 

Remark  2. — The  name  is  clearly  an  equivalent  accusative. 
He  namtd  the  city  a  name  (to  wit),  Rome.  So,  also,  but  indi- 
rectly, the  choice,  appointment,  etc.  Me  consultm  creavistls,  you 
have  made  me  consul.  You  have  created  a  creation  (consuUm), 
and  the  object  upon  which  the  act  of  consul-making  has  been 
performed  is  me.  ConsuUm  is  therefore  an  equivalent  accusative, 


THE    ACCUSATIVE.  227 

and  me  is  the  direct  object  of  the  compound  verbal  notion  con- 
sultm  creavistls,  rather  than  of  credvistis  alone: — "you  have  con- 
sul-made me." 

§  152.  RULE  XIX. — Twenty-six  prepositions  are 
followed  by  the  accusative.  See  §  120,  1. 

NOTE. — As  a  general  rule,  prepositions  expressing  motion  to  a 
place  take  the  accusative. 

Remark  1. — Many  intransitive  verbs,  when  compounded  with 
a  preposition,  become  transitive :  as,  translre  flumen  ;  succedere 
tectum,  to  go  under  a  roof. 

Remark  2. — A  preposition  in  composition  often  has  an  object 
in  the  accusative :  as,  eqmtatum  pontern  transdticU,  he  leads  the 
cavalry  over  tlie  bridge  ;  equitdtus  pontem  transducttur,  the  cavalry 
are  led-over  the  bridge. 

Remark  3. — The  preposition  is  often  repeated :  as,  equitdtum 
trans  ponttm  transducit. 

§  153.  RULE  XX. — Accusative  of  Time  and  Space. — 
Duration  of  time  and  extent  of  space  are  expressed  by 
the  accusative,  sometimes  by  the  ablative  :  as,  tres  hftras 
mansU,  he  remained  three  hours;  fossa  duos  pSdes  lota, 
a  ditch  two  feet  wide. 

NOTE. — The  limit  of  time  within  winch  any  thing  occurs  is  ex- 
pressed by  the  ablative :  as,  uno  anno,  within  one  year. 

Remark. — The  accusative  of  time  and  space  is  an  equivalent 
accusative. 

§  154.  RULE  XXI. — Accusative  of  Place  whither. — 
The  names  of  towns  and  small  islands  are  put  in  the 
accusative  to  express  the  point  which  a  motion  reaches : 
as,  R.oma'm  v&ritt,  he  came  to  Home. 

Remark  1. — Domus  and  rus  are  construed  in  the  same  way : 
as,  domum  reditt,  he  returned  home. 

Remark  2. — A  preposition  is  generally  used  when  the  name 
of  a  town  is  limited  by  an  adjective  or  an  apposition, — urbs, 
oppidum,  etc. :  as,  Demdrdtus  se  contulit  Tarqumios  ad  urbem 


228  SYNTAX. 

Etriirice, — to  Tarquinii,  a  town  of  Etruria.  Ad  doctas  Athenas 
proflcisci. 

JRemark  3. — The  preposition  is  sometimes  omitted  in  prose, 
often  in  poetry,  before  the  name  of  any  place  to  which  motion  is 
directed.  Deveniunt  speluncam. 

Remark  4> — The  poets  sometimes  express  the  place  wliitJier  by  a 
dative.  It  clamor  coelo,  the  outcry  rises  to  heaven. 

$  155.  As  the  accusative  expresses  the  limit  actually  readied  by 
an  action  or  motion,  so  also  it  expresses  the  limit  to  which  the 
truth  of  a  proposition  extends.  Thus,  membra  nudus  est,  he  is 
naked, — not  entirely,  but  only  as  to  his  limbs.  Hence, 

RULE  XX.II. — The  accusative  is  sometimes  used  to 
express  a  special  limitation  (accusative  of  limitation) :  as, 
nudus  membra',  naked  as  to  his  limbs. 

Remark  1. — This  is  a  Greek  construction,  and  is  rarely  used  in 
prose.  ^f 

Remark  2. — The  poets  often  tfse  ap.  accusative  with  a  passive 
verb  in  the  sense  of  the  Greek  middle:  as,  Pridmus  inutile 
ferrum  cingitur,  Priam  girds  himself  with  (puts  on)  the  useless 
sword. 

§  156.  RULE  XXIII. — The  accusative  expresses  the 
object  of  a  feeling,  with  or  without  *an  interjection :  as, 
Heu  me  m/iserum  !  Ah  wretched  me  ! 

For  the  accusative  with  propior- and  proximus,  see  \  142,  Rem. 
4;  with  miseret,  etc.,  see  \  135,  Rem.  1;  with  the  infinitive,  see 
JIBS. 

EXERCISE   LV. 
§  157.      Vocabulary. 

Antiochus,  -I,  Antiochus.  juventus,  -tut-is,  youth. 

Antiochia,  -ae,  Antioch.  musica,  -se,  music. 

Ancus  Martiiis,  -I,  Ancus  Martina,     grammatica,  -ae,  grammar. 

fourth  king  of  Rome.  fides,  -ium  (fern.),  strings,  a  lute. 

Mercurius,  -I,  Mercury.  Socrates,  -is,  Socrates. 

inventor,  -5r-iSj  inventor.  timidus,  -a,  -urn,  cowardly. 


THE    ACCUSATIVE.  229 

Antigonus,  -I,  Antigonus.  certus,  -a,  -iim,  certain. 

quotidie,  daily.  studiihn,  -I,  zeal,  desire,  pi.  study. 

jucundus,  -a,  -iim,  delightful.  vustitas,  -tat-is,  devastation. 

servitus,  -tut-is,  slavery.  arbitr-ari,  to  think,  deem. 
Regulus,  -I,  Itegulus. 

hab-eo,  -ere,  habu-i,  habit-um,  to  have,  hold,  consider. 

cel-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  hide,  conceal. 

flagit-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  ask  for,  demand  earnestly. 

serv-io,  -ire,  -ivi,  -Itum  (intr.),  to  be  a  slave,  to  serve. 

trans-duc-o,  -ere,  -dux-i,  -duct-um,  to  lead  over. 

trans-jic-i-o,  -ere,  -jec-I,  -ject-um,  to  throw  over,  ship  over. 

red-eo,  -ire,  redi-i,  rcdit-una,  to  return. 

dis-ced-5,  -ere,  discess-i,  discess-um,  to  depart. 

pon-5,  -ere,  posu-T,  posit-iim,  to  put,  place. 

sequ-or,  sequi,  secut-us,  to  follow. 

per-sequ-or,  persequi,  perseciit-us,  to  follow  through,  pursue. 

doc-eo,  -ere,  docu-I,  doct-um,  to  leach. 

e-doc-eo,  -ere,  edocu-i,  edoct-iim,  to  teach  thoroughly. 

nasc-or,  nasc-i,  nat-iis,  to  be  born. 

illic-i-o,  -ere,  illex-I,  illect-iim,  to  allure,  decoy. 

red-do,  reddere,  reddid-i,  reddit-uin,  to  render. 

sol-e5,  -ere,  solitus  Q  109,  3),  to  be  accustomed. 

prof icisc-or,  proficisc-i,  profect-us,  to  set  out. 

posc-o,  -ere,  poposc-i,  ,  to  demand,  ask. 


EXAMPLES. 

Iter  omnes  celat,  He  conceals  his  journey  from  all. 

Regem  pdcem  poscunt,  They  ask  the  kin>j  for  peace. 

Unius  die!  iter,  One  day's  journey. 

Annos  (g  153)  quindecim  natus,  Fifteen  years  old.   (Born  fifteen  years.} 

A  vita  discedere,  To  depart  from,  life,  to  die. 

A  millibiis  passuum  duobus  castra  }     T, 

t    He  pitched  his  camp  two  miles  off. 
posuit, 

Millia  passuum  duo  (ace.),  or,  mil- "] 

libus    passuum    duobus    (abl.),  '}-  Two  miles  from  the  city. 

(£  153),  ab  urbe,  j 

Me  f  idibus  docuit,  He  taught  me  to  play  on  the  lyre  (loith 

the  strings.     Abl.  of  instrument). 

Ccosarem    certiorem    (§     151     6)  They  inform  Csesar  (make  more  ccr- 

faciunt,  tain). 

20 


230  SYNTAX. 

Translate  into  English. 

Urbem,  ex  Antiochi  patris l  noming,  Anti6"chiam2  vftcavit. 
Ancum  Martium  populus  regain2  creavit.  VSteres  Roman! 
Merctirium  omnium  inventorem2  artium  habebant.  Anti- 
gonus  iter  exercitus  omnes  celat.  Quotidie  Caesar  ^Eduos 
frumentum3  flagitabat.  Num.  timidus  vitam4  jucundam 
vivere  potest?  Qui5  auri  servus  est,  turpissimam  servitu- 
tem4  servit.^  Ariovistiis  maximas  Germanorum  copias 
Khenum6  transjec^rat,  nequ&  multorum  dierum7  it^r8  a 
Csesarfs  castris  abfuit.  Quis  reg^m  fidibiis  docuit?  Alex- 
andfir  mensem9  uniim,  annos9  tres  St  triginta  natiis,  a  vita 
discessit.  Jam  vicesimum  annum 9  Italise  vastitat^m  pati- 
mur.  Reguliis  Carthagin^m 10  r^diit.  Consul  in  Africam 
profectus,  CarthaginSm  vgnit.  Consid  millia8  passuum 
duo  ab  oppido  castra  posuSrat.  Catilma  juventutgm  quam 
illex^rat  mala  facinora3  edocebat.  Socrates  totliis  mundi 
se  incolam2  St  civ^m  arbitrabatur.  Exploratores  de  liostium 
adventu  consulgm  certiorem  faciunt.  JuvSnes  E-omani 
Atheniis 10  studiorum  causa  prof icisci  solebant. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Labienus  followed  Ca3sar  into  Gaul ;  Marius  returned 
home.  Our  cavalry  pursued  the  enemy  ten  miles.  Csesar 
set  out  from  the  winter  quarters  to  Rome.  The  place  and 
time  often  render  cowards  brave.  Lust  nSakes  (renders} 
men  blind.  IP  Which  of  the  teachers  (masters*)  taught  the 
boys  grammar  and  music?  My  brother  taught  me  to  play 
on  the  lute.  /The  general  led  all  his  forces  across  the 
bridge  in  one  night.  VMy  brother  is  twenty  years  old. 

1  {  127.  »  J  151  5.  3  I  151  a. 

*  \  150,  Rem.  1.  5  j  129,  Rem.  2.  6  \  152,  Rem.  2. 

»  \  132.  s  I  153.  9  §  153. 
w     154. 


THE   VOCATIVE. — THE   ABLATIVE.  231 

|*Csesar  asked  the  senate  for  an  army.  /The  robbers  de- 
manded money  from  Caius.  f  &re  you  going  to  Rome  for 
the  sake  of  study?  f^C8esar  was  distant  ten  days'  journey 
from  the  camp  of  Ariovistus. ?  3  It-is-characteristie  qf  a 
good  general  to  throw  his  forces  over  a  river  quickly.  /A 
boy  twelve  years  old  used  to  inform  the  enemy  of  the  ap- 
proach of  our  forces.^  JkChe  Germans  will  pitch  their 
camp  ten  miles  off. 

y  THE  VOCATIVE. 

§  158.  The  name  of  the  person  addressed  is  put^n 
the  vocative. 

The  vocative  has  no  grammatical  connection  with  the 
sentence,  but  merely  serves  to  call  the  attention  of  th6 
person  to  whom  the  discourse  is  directed. 

THE  ABLATIVE. 

§  159.  RULE  XXIV. — Ablative  of  Cause,  Manner, 
Means,  Instrument.  The  ablative  expresses  the  cause, 
manner,  means,  and  instrument :  as, 

Cseciis  avaritia,  4  Blinded  by  avarice. 

Hoc  modo/ec*£,  •          -.    '      He  did  it  in  this  manner. 

Aqullcl  alls  volat,  '  The  eagle  flies  with  his  wings. 

Captlvum  gladio  o^dlt,  •    He  kills  the  captive  icith  a  sword. 

Remark  1. — The  causal  ablative  is  used  mostly  with  intransi- 
tive and  passive  verbs,  and  with  adjectives. 

Remark  2. — The  cause,  especially  with  transitive  verbs,  is  often 
expressed  by  ob  or  proptcr,  with  the  accusative. 

Remark  3. — Akin  to  the  causal  ablative  is  the  ablative  of  source 
with  participles  expressing  origin :  as,  natus  dea,  born  of  a  god- 


Remark  4- — The  manner  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  of  words 
meaning  manner, — modus,  mos,  ratio,  rltus  ; — or  by  the  ablative 


232  SYNTAX. 

of  other  words  with  cum :  as,  cum  voluptate  te  audio.  When  an 
adjective  is  added  to  the  noun,  cam  is  usually  omitted  :  as,  gequo 
an imo  cdldmitdtes  ferre,  to  bear  calamities  with  patience. 

Remark  5. — When  the  means  or  instrument  is  a  person,  per  with 
the  accusative  must  be  used  :  as,  per  te  liberatus  sum,  I  was  freed 
through  you.  But  the  use  of  per  is  nut  confined  to  persons:  as, 
per  vim,  per  f  idem. 

Remark  6. — To  this  rule  may  be  referred  the  ablative  with  the 
deponents  utir,  I  employ  myself  with,  I  use  ;  fruor,  I  delight 
myself  with,  I  enjoy  ;  funyor,  I  busy  myself  with,  I  perform  ; 
potior  (pjtls),  I  make  myself  powerful  with,  I  take  possession 
of;  vescor,  I  feed  myself  with,  I  eat. 

NOTE.— Potior  sometimes  takes  an  objective  genitive  (I make  my- 
self master  of). 

Remark  7. — A  causal  ablative  is  used  with  expressions  of  trust, 
— -fldo,  cotifldo,  Jrettis,  etc.:  as,  fret&s  vlribtis,  trusting  in  his 
strength. 

§  160.  KULE  XXV.— The  ablative  expresses  the 
material  or  supply:  as,  Germdnia  flummibus  abundat, 
Germany  abounds  in  rivers. 

This  ablative  is  used  with  verbs  and  adjectives  of 
plenty  or  want,  filling  or  emptying,  depriving,  etc.;  also 
with  opus  est,  there  is  need.  This  is  a  branch  of  the 
causal  ablative,  the  supply  being  the  necessary  antecedent 
of  the  idea  of  filling; — there  can  be  no  filling  without 
something  to  fill  with.  Emptying  and  depriving  are  the 
contraries  of  filling. 

Remark  1. — With  opus  and  usus  the  genitive  is  sometimes  used, 
and  rarely  the  accusative.  Opus  is  either  subject  of  est,  or  an 
indeclinable  adjective  in  the  predicate.  Dtice  nobls  opus  est,  we 
have  need  of  a  leader  ;  or,  dux  nobls  opus  est,  a  leader  is  necessary 
for  us.  The  latter  construction  is  used  with  neuter  pronouns  and 
adjectives:  as,  quid  nobls  opus  est? 

Remark  2. — The  genitive  is  also  used  with  expressions  of 
plenty  or  wants.  See  §  135,  Rule  IX.,  d. 


THE    ABLATIVE.  233 

§  161.  RULE  XXVI. — Ablative  of  Limitation. — 
Nouns,  adjectives,  and  verbs  are  limited  by  the  ablative 
showing  in  what  respect  their  meaning  is  taken  :  as, 
opptdum  nomine'  Bibrax,  a  town,  Bibrax  by  name ; 
ceg8r  pgdibiis,  lame  in  his  feet. 

§  162.  RULE  XXVII.— Ablative  of  Price.— The 
price  or  value  of  a  thing,  if  stated  definitely,  is  ex- 
pressed by  the  ablative :  as,  patridm  auro  vendidit,  he 
sold  his  country  for  gold. 

Remark  1. — The  price  or  value,  if  indefinitely  stated,  is  ex- 
pressed by  the  genitive.  See  $  137. 

Remark  2. — To  this  rule  may  be  referred  the  ablative  with 
dignus,  indignus,  etc. 

Remark  3. — The  ablative  of  price  is  akin  to  the  causal  ablative, 
as  the  price  is  the  necessary  antecedent  of  buying  and  selling ; — 
there  can  be  no  buying  and  selling  without  a  price. 

§  163.  RULE  XXVIII.— Ablative  of  Separation.— 
That  from  which  any  thing  is  freed,  removed,  or  separated, 
is  expressed  by  the  ablative  :  as,  patridm  hostibus  lib  era- 
vtt,  he  freed  his  country  from  enemies. 

Remark  1. — A  preposition  (d&,  de,  ex)  is  often  used  with  this 
ablative. 

Remark  2. — The  preposition  is  rarely  used  with  names  of 
towns  denoting  the  place  from  which  motion  proceeds,  or  with 
the  ablatives  domo,  hiimo,  rare,  and  rtirl.  Roma  discessit.  Domo 
exlre,  to  go  out  from  home. 

Remark  3. — Verbs  of  taking  away  have  sometimes,  instead  of 
an  ablative,  a  dative  of  advantage  or  disadvantage:  as,  ntc  nrihi 
le  eripient,  nor  shall  they  take  you  from  me. 

§  164.  RULE  XXIX,— Ablative  of  Quality.— The 
ablative  limited  by  an  adjective  is  used  to  express  the 
quality  of  a  thing :  as,  serpens  ingenti  magmtudme',  a 
serpent  of  huge  size. 

20* 


234  SYNTAX. 

{  j'i  "-'  '•' 

Remark  1.— This  ablative  may  form  part  of  the  predicate,  like 
an  adjective :  as,  Agesilaus  statura/mrf  humili,  Agesilaus  was  of 
low  stature. 

The  same  idea  is  sometimes  expressed  by  an  ablative 
of  limitation,  limiting  the  adjective:  as,  Agesilaus 
staturdfu/tt  hftmXlls,  Agesilaus  was  low  in  stature. 

Remark  2. — A  genitive  may  supply  the  place  of  the  adjective: 
as,  est  bos  cervi  flgurd,  there  is  an  ox  of  the  shape  of  a  stag  (a 
stag-shaped  ox). 

§  165.  RULE  XXX. — Ablative  of  Comparison. — The 
ablative  is  used  with  the  comparative  degree  when  qudm 
is  omitted,  to  express  that  with  which  something  is 
compared :  as;  mons  est  arbftrS  altitir,  a  mountain  is  higher 
than  a  tree. 

NOTE. — This  may  be  considered  a  branch  of  the  causal  ablative, 
that  with  which  something  is  compared  being  a  necessary  antece- 
dent of  the  idea  of  comparison.  It  is  perhaps  better  to  consider  it 
an  ablative  of  limitation : — "  as  far  as  a  tree  is  concerned,  a  mountain 
is  higher." 

Remark  1. — The  complement  of  a  comparative  may  be  con- 
nected by  the  conjunction  qudm,  either  in  the  same  case  or  in  the 
nominative,  subject  of  est,  full,  etc.,  understood :  as,  fortiorem 
vldl  nemmem  qudm  Marium,  or  qudm  Marius  (est). 

Remark  2. — When  the  thing  compared  is  the  subject,  the  abla- 
tive is  generally  used:  as,  saxum  auro  dtiri&s  est;  also, when  the 
thing  compared  is  the  object,  the  ablative,  especially  of  pronouns, 
is  used :  as,  hoc  riilill  grdtius  fdcerc  potes,  you  can  do  nothing 
more  agreeable  than  tins. 

But  with  a  comparative  in  any  other  case  than  the  nominative 
or  accusative  the  ablative  is  very  rarely  used.  Qudm  is  used 
with  all  cases. 

Remark  3. — The  complement  of  a  comparative  is  often  omitted 
altogether,  and  the  comparative  is  translated  by  too,  rather,  or  quite, 
with  the  positive :  as,  equitcs  paulo  longius  processerant,  the  horse- 
men had  advanced  a  little  too  far.  Saepius,  quite  frequently. 


& 

THE   ABLA' 


Remark  4- — Plus,  minus,  and  amplius  are  often  prefixed  to 
expressions  of  number,  magnitude,  etc.,  without  effect  upon  the 
construction :  as,  non  amplius  horas  sex  mansit,  he  stayed  not 
more  than  six  hours.  These  words  may  be  considered  adverbs, 
or  indeclinable  nouns. 

Longius  and  the  adjectives  major  and  minor  are  sometimes 
used  in  the  same  way:  thus,  puer  annorum  dectm,  a  boy  of 
ten  years ;  putr  minor  annorum  decem,  a  boy  of  less  than  ten 
years. 

§  166.  KULE  XXXI.— Ablative  of  Place  where.— 
The  ablative,  usually  with  the  preposition  in,  expresses 
the  place  where :  as,  castris  or  in  castris  mansit,  he  re- 
mained in  the  camp ;  Alexander  Baby  long  mortuus  est, 
Alexander  died  at  Babylon. 

NOTE. — The  preposition  is  rarely  used  with  names  of  towns. 

Exc. — The  name  of  a  town  denoting  the  place  where,  if  of  the 
first  or  second  declension  and  in  the  singular  number,  is  in  the 
genitive :  as,  habitat  Romae,  he  lives  at  Rome ;  Mlleti  mortuus 
est,  he  died  at  Miletus. 

Remark  1. — The  genitives  doml,  huml,  mllltlce,  and  belli,  also 
express  the  place  where :  as,  doml  mllUiceque,  at  home  and  in 
service. 

Remark  2. — The  genitive  of  names  of  islands  and  countries  is 
sometimes  used  in  the  same  way:  as,  Romce  Numidiaeque,  at 
Rome  and  in  Numidia. 

§  167.  KULE  XXXII.— Ablative  of  Time  when.— 
The  point  of  time  at  which  any  thing  occurs  is  ex- 
pressed by  the  ablative :  as,  tertid  hord,  at  the  third 
hour. 

Remark  1. — The  limit  of  time  within  which  any  thing  is  done 
is  expressed  by  the  ablative.  See  \  153,  note. 

Remark  2. — The  time  before  or  after  an  event  is  expressed — 

(a.)  By  ante  or  post  with  a  numeral. 

(6.)  By  anttqudm  or  postqudm. 

(c. )  The  time  after  an  event,  by  the  relative  or  quum. 


236 


SYNTAX. 


(a.)  After  ten  years,  or  ten  years  after.  \ 


\ 


(6.)  'Ten  years  after  he  had  came. 


post  decem  annos. 

decem  jjost  annos. 

post  declmum  annum. 

declmum  post  annum. 

decem  annls  post. 

decem  post  annls. 

declmo  anno  post. 

declmo  post  anno, 
post  decem  annos 
decem  post  annos 
post  declmum  annum 
declmum  post  annum 
decem  annls  post 
decem  post  annls 
declmo  anno  post 


quam  venlt. 


declmo  post  anno  ) 

When  ante  or  post  stands  last,  an  accusative  specifying  the  event 
is  often  added  :  as,  dtcimo  anno  antt  conjurationem. 

(c.)    Octo  diebus  quibus  occlsun  est,  eight  days  after  he  was  killed. 
Quatilduo  quo  ocellus  est,  in  four  days  after  he  was  killed. 

§  168.  RULE  XXXIII.—  Ablative  of  Di/erence.— 
The  ablative  is  used  to  show  how  much  one  thing 
exceeds  or  falls  short  of  another  :  as,  multis  partibus 
major,  many  times  larger  ;  dimidio  m/lndr,  less  by  half. 

§  169.  RULE  XXXIV.  —  Ablativewiih  Prepositions.  — 
Twelve  prepositions  are  followed  by  the  ablative.  See 
§120. 

For  the  ablative  of  duration  of  time  and  extent  of  space,  see  \  153. 
For  the  ablative  absolute,  see  $  186. 

EXERCISE  LVI. 
§  170.      Vocabulary. 

'  fretus,  -a,  -iim,  trusting.  '    secundus,  -a,  -um,  favorable. 

concordia,  -ge,  agreement.  tumultus,  -us,  tumult. 

discordia,  -as,  disagreement.  *  cadaver,  -er-is($  38,  Exc.  2),  corpse. 

plerumque  (adv.),  for  the  most  part,     sensus,  -us,  feeling,  sense. 

•  moeror,  -or-is,  grief.  talentum,  -T,  ,talent. 

•  incredibilis,  -e,  incredible.  •  as,  assis  (m.),  a  farthing,  a  small  coin. 


THE   ABLATIVE. 


237 


morsus,  -us,  biting.  religio,  -on-is,  religion. 

anxius,  -a,  -urn,  anxious.  Neptunus,  -I,  Neirtune  (god  of  the 

natiis,  -us,  birth.  sea). 

in-vad-o,  -ere,  invas-i,  invas-um,  to  attack. 

eon-fld-o,  -ere,  confis-us,  to  trust.     ($  109,  3.) 

cresc-5,  -ere,  crev-i,  eret-um,  to  grow. 

ui-lUb-or,  -I,  dl-laps-us,  to  fall  to  pieces. 

inter-eo,  -ire,  interi-i,  inturit-uin  (g  111,  9),  to  perish. 

loqu-or,  loqui,  locut-us,  to  speak. 

ut-or,  -I,  usus,  to  use. 

fru-or,  -i,  fruct-iis,  to  enjoy. 

vesc-or,  vesci, ,  to  eat,  feed  upon. 

con-fic-i-o,  -ere,  confec-i,  confect-iim,  to  finish. 

tut--or,  -ari,  -atus,  to  protect. 

in-duc-5,  -ere,  indux-i,  induct-iim,  to  lead  on,  induce. 

im-pl-eo,  -ere,  implev-i,  implet-um,  to  Jill. 

spoli-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  strip,  rob,  deprive. 

nud-o,  -ure,  -avi,  -atum,  to  make  naked,  strip. 

pr5-hlb-eo,  -ere,  prohlbu-i,  prohibit-um,  to  keep  off,  prevent. 

ex-pell- o,  -ere,  expul-i,  expuls-um,  to  drive  out. 

inter-dlc-o,  -ere,  inter-dix-i,  inter-dict-um,  to  forbid. 

mut-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atutn,  to  exchange,  to  change. 


Prse  moerore, 


Major  natu "(g  161), 

B,e  (abl.  of  res), 

Dux  nobis  (g  142)  opus  est, 

Duce  (§  160)  nobis  (g  143)  opus  est, 

Matarato    (part.    perf.   pass.)    opus 

est, 

Gives  agrls  (g  160)  spoliare, 
Equus  mihi  (§  142, Rem.  3)  talento 

(?  162)  stetit, 

Denis  in  diem  assibiis  ($  162), 
Asse  (|  162)*carum, 
Aqua  (g  163)  aliquem  interdicere, 
Alicul  (^  141  or  142)  aquam  inter- 
dicere, 

Alicui  (?  142)  aqua  et  igni  (g  163) 
interdicere, 


EXAMPLES. 

On  account  of  grief.     A  preventing 

cause. 

Greater  by  birth,  older,  elder. 
In  fact. 

A  leader  is  necessary  for  us. 
We  have  need  of  a  leader. 


There  is  need  of  haste. 

To  deprive  the  citizens  of  their  land. 

The    horse    cost   me  a   talent    (stood 

to  me  at  a  talent). 
For  or  at  ten  farthings  a  day. 
Dear  at  an  as. 
To  cut  one  off  from  water. 

To  forbid  water  to  one. 
To  cut  one  off  from  fire  and  water, 
to  banish. 


238  SYNTAX. 

Translate  into  English. 

Hostes  niimgro1  freti  in  nostros  impgtum  fecere'.  Dux 
hostium  natura1  loci  conf  idebat. :  Decimse  legion!2  Caesar 
maxime  conf!dej)at.  Concordia1  res  parvse  crescunt; 
discordia1  maximse  dilabuntur.  Mult!  oppidanorum  fum6 
£t  sit!  inter ierunt.  ISTumidse  plerumque  lacte  St  carne3 
vescuntur.  Hannibal  victoria3  frill  quam  uti  mal.uit. 
Catilma, 'cupiditatS  regni  inductus,  conjuratrSngm  fecit. 
Sapie'ritisf  est  sequo  animo  dolor^m  ferrg.  Cornibus  tauri, 
aprl  jdentibias,  morsu  leones  se  tutantur.  PatSr  tuiis 
nomin^5  magis  quam  impSrio5  rex  fuit.  Fratriim  maxi- 
mus  natu 5  fuit  Orggtorix.  Milites  urbem  tumultu 6  imple- 
bunt.  Neptunus  ventis6  sScundis  vela  implevit.  Auctori- 
tatS  tua7  nobis8  opiis  est.  Quantum  argent!  tibi2  opus 
est?  Quanti9  istfi  ^quus  tibi  stetit?  Talento.10  Hsec 
victoria  uobis  multo  sanguing10  stetit.  Denis  in  diem 
assibus10  anima  £t  corpus  militis  sestimantiir.  Quodunon 
ftpus  est  asse  carum  est.  Divites  cives  E-omani  uxores 
lib^rosquS  militum  agris12  expellebant.  Regulus  Cartha- 
gin£12  profectiis,  Eomam13  pervenit.  Sacerdotes  Balbo 
aqua  £t  igni  interdixSrant.  Consul  Roma^discessit. 

4 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  Britons  live  mostly  on  milk  and  flesh.  The  gene- 
ral, trusting  in  the  nature  of.  the  place,  kept  his  forces  in 
camp.  Very  many  poor  (men)  have  died  of  hunger  and 
thirst.  I  cannot  speak  for  (on  account  o/)  grief.  The 
townsmen  besought  Csesar  with  many  tears.  Orgetorix, 


M 

1159, 

Rem. 

7. 

2 

?  142. 

3  2  159,  Rem. 

6. 

•| 

1  133. 

5 

2  161. 

6  J  160. 

'i 

10  $ 

!  160, 
!  162. 

Rem. 

£ 

8 
11 

2.143. 
J  129,  72m.  5. 

9  ?  137. 
12  J  163. 

13  j 

!  154. 

THE   ABLATIVE.  239 

the  richest  and  most  noble  of  the  Helvetians,  led  on  by 
the  desire  of  reigning  (regni)>  made  a  conspiracy  of  the 
nobility.  ]  The  soldiers  finished  the  journey  with  incredible 
swiftness.  ^  Cicero  wrote  all  his  speeches  with  the  greatest 
care  and  diligence,  ^he  Belgians  attacked  the  camp 
with  great  shouting.  *  It  is  the  duty  of  a  young  man  to 
respect  his  elders.  l'  Bocchus  was  king  in  name,  but  not  in 
fact.  vVThe  sailors  had  loaded  the  ships  with  gold.1  s  Thou 
hast  deprived  the  citizens  of  (their)  land ;  thou  hast 
stripped  the  temples  of  (their)  silver  and  gold ;  thou 
hast  filled  the  city  with  blood  and  corpses ;  for  these 
things  (ob  has  res')  I  cut  thee  off  from  water  and  fire.  We 
have  need  of  haste.  ^How  much  gold  have  we  need  of? 

j  This  base  fellow  will  exchange  faith  and  religion  for 
money.  ^Lycurgus  forbade  the  use  of  gold  to  his  people. 

\  The  JEduans  were  not  able  to  keep  off  the  Helvetians 
from  their  country. 

EXERCISE  LVII. 
§  171.      Vocabulary. 

statura,  -ae,  stature,  height    (of  a     Hibernia,  -ae,  Ireland. 

man).  antequam  (conj.),  before. 

humilis,  -e  ($  72,  2),  low.  postquam  (conj.),  after. 

exiguus,  -a,  -urn,  small,  short.  doctus,  -a,  -uin,  learned. 

potestas,  -tat-is,  power.  amplus,  -a,  -um,  large,  much. 

perpetuus,  -a,  -um,  continual.  diimdium,  -i,  half. 

tyrannus,  -I,  king,  despot.  infinitus,  -a,  -um,  boundless. 

genus,  gener-is,  race,  family.  altitudS,"  -in-is,  depth,  height. 

spelunca,  -ae,  cave.  paulus,  -a,   -um,   little.     (Usually  in 

pravus,  -a,  -um,  depraved.  '  neuter.} 

figfira,  -93,  shape,  figure.  Diana,  -03,  Diana. 

inferior   (%  72,    4),    lower,   of   leas  Ephesius,  -a,  -iim,  Ephesian. 

value,  inferior.  Punicus,  -a,  -um,  Carthaginian. 

posterior  (§  72,  4),  later,  of  less  ac-  ScIpiS,  -on-is,  Seipio. 

count.  Africanus,  -a,  -ilm,  African.    (A  sur- 

prascipuus,  -a,  -iim,  especial.  name  of  Seipio.} 

Varr5,  -on-is,  Varro.  Britannia,  -ae,  Britain. 


240  SYNTAX. 

die -5,  -ere,  dix-T,  dict-um,  to  say,  to  call. 

duc-o,  -ere,  dux-1,  duct-um,  to  lead,  to  deem. 

cup-i-o,  -ere,  cupiv-i,  cupit-uin,  to  desire. 

de-flagr-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  burn  down,  .to  be  consumed. 

EXAMPLES. 

A  battle  more  fierce  than  in  pro* 

Proejium  atrocius  quam  pro  nu-    !  portion    to    the   numbers    of   comba- 
mero  pugnantium,  I   tants ;  or  than  loould  have  been  ex- 

j  pected  from,  etc. 

Quo  (g  168)  longior  dies,eo  (§  168)         The  longer  the  day,  the  shorter  the 
nox  brevior,  night.     (Ed  is  antecedent  of  quo.) 

Translate  into  English. 

Agesilaus  statura1  fuit  humili,  corporg  exiguo.  Qui2 
potestatg  est  perpStua,  tyrannus  habetur  £t  dicitiir.  Lucius 
Catilma,  nobili  ggn&re3  natus,  fuit  magna  vi1  £t4  animi 
corporis,  sSd  inggnio1  malo  pravoquS.  Est  bos  cervi5 
figura,  cujus  a  mfidia6  fronte  unum  cornu  exsistit.  Sapi- 
entis7  est  humana  omnia  virtut^8  infgriora  ducgreV  Bello 
Punico9  quo8  nullum  majus  Roman!  gesser^,  ScipiS  Afri- 
caniis  prsecipuam  gloriam  tulit.  Hsec  verba  sunt  Var- 
ronis,  quara  fuit  Claudius  doctioris.10  Ed  die  non  am- 
plius11  tri&  millia  hominum  occisi  sunt.12  Gallorum  copise 
non  longius  millia  13passuum  octo  ab  castris  abSrant.  Tri- 
biis  annis u  post  bellum  civile'  populus  Syphac^m  reg^m 
creavit.  Homines  quo  plura  habent,  eo  cupiunt  ampliora. 
VarrO  Antiochise15  vixit. '  'CicerO  studiorum  causa  multos 
annos  Athenis  habitavit.  Qua  noctS  natus  est  Alexander, 
tempi um  Dianse  Ephesise  deflagravit. 


i  §  164,  Rem.  1. 

2  $  129,  J2m.  & 

s  §  159,  Rem.  3. 

*  \  123,  Jfcwi.  &f. 

5  \  164,  J2ew.  ^. 

6  2  128,  Rem.  8. 

»  §  133. 

8  |  165. 

»  J  167. 

10  J  127. 

11  §  165,  Rem.  4* 

i2  §  128,  72cm.  5. 

13  I  153. 

w  {  167,  J2«w.  ^. 

"  |  166,  Exc, 

THE   PASSIVE   CONSTRUCTION.  241 

Translate  into  Latin. 
( 
It  is  the  duty  of  a  general  to  deem  his  own  safety  of  less 

account  than  the  common  safety.  Near  the  city  is  a  cave 
of  boundless  depth.  ^  This  soldier  is  of  low  stature  and 
lame  in  his  feet.  I  have  seen  no  more  beautiful  (woman) 
than  Tullia.  ^  On  that  day  Csesar  advanced  (procedure*)  not 
more  than  six  miles.  cMore  men  were  killed  tli&ii^would 
have  been  expected  from  the  number  of  combatants,  ihree 
days  after  Gesar  reached  the  camp,  ambassadors  were  sent 
by  the  Germans.  >  The  consul  was  blind  for  many  years  be- 
fore (antequam)  you  were  born.  The  king  of  the  Thracians 
dwelt  many  years  at  Rome.  Ireland  is  less  by  half  than 
Britain.  Cicero  was  much  more  eloquent  than  Crassus. 
The  farther  the  enemy  retreated,  the  more  swiftly  did  our 
men  pursue.  Our  horsemen  pursued  the  enemy  a  little 
too  far. 


THE  PASSIVE  CONSTRUCTION. 

For  the  change  from  active  to  passive  construction, 
see  §  108. 

§  172.  RULE  XXXV.—  Verbs  which  in  the  active 
take  another  case  in  addition  to  the  object-accusative,  in 
the  passive  retain  that  other  case  :  as,  tibZr  pugro  datur, 
a  book  is  given  to  the  boy  ;  arbores  fblils  nudantur,  the 
trees  are  stripped  of  leaves. 


1.  —  A  second  accusative  in  the  active  (except  with 
verbs  of  teaching  and  some  verbs  of  asking)  becomes  a  predicate 
nominative  in  the  passive.  Urbem  vocdvit  Romam  ;  Urbs  Roma 
vocdtur. 

Remark  2.  —  As  intransitive  verbs  have  no  direct  object  in  the 
active,  they  are  not  used  personally  in  the  passive,  except  with  a 

21 


242  SYNTAX. 

cognate  or  equivalent  nominative :  as,  curses  currltur.   When  they 
are  used  impersonally,  the  remote  object  is  of  course  retained:] 
as,  mihi  a  te  persuadetur,  I  am  persuaded  by  you. 

Remark  3. — The  infinitive  passive  of  an  intransitive  verb  is  j 
often  used  as  a  complement  of  an  impersonal  expression :    as, 
tnilii  persuaderl  non  putest,  it  cannot  be  persuaded  to  me; — I can-\ 
not  be  persuaded. 

SYNTAX  OF  THE   INDEFINITE  VEKB. 

The  finite  verb  consists  of  the  indicative,  the  sub-  > 
junctive,  and  the  imperative  mood ;  the  indefinite  verb, 
of  the  infinitive,  participles,  gerund,  and  supine. 

INFINITIVE. 

§  173.    KULE   XXXVI.— Subject    Infinitive.— -The*! 
infinitive  is  a  neuter  noun  in  the  nominative  or  accusa- 
tive, and  may  be  the  subject  of  a  verb :   as,  gratum  est 
tectim  ambularS,  it  is  pleasant  to  walk  with  you. 

§  174.  RULE  XXXVII. —  Complementary  Infinitive.  \ 
— The  infinitive  is  used  as  a  complement  (filling  up)  with  I 
certain  verbs,  nouns,  and  adjectives  expressing  an  incom- 
plete idea:  as,  par  at  bellum  gSre're',  he  is  preparing  to 
wage  war. 

NOTE. — The  complementary  infinitive  is  generally  an  accusative, 
either  of  direct  object  or  limitation.  TranslrZ  conatur,  he  attempts 
the  crossing.  Translre  pdtest,  he  is  able  as  to  the  crossing  (his 
ability  reaches  that  limit). 

Remark  1. — The  infinitive  with  nouns  and  adjectives  is  rare 
in  prose,  the  gerund  being  generally  used.     Cupidus  moriendl,    ; 
rather  than  cupidus  morlrl. 

Remark  2. — A  purpose  is  not  expressed  in  Latin  prose  by  the 
infinitive.  Thus,  /  came  to  see,  must  be  translated  venl  ut  viderem, 
not  venl  videre,  though  this  construction  is  sometimes  used  by  the 
poets. 


GERUND   AND   GERUNDIVE.  243 

Remark  3. — An  infinitive  expressing  an  incomplete  idea  (§  130, 
3)  has  the  same  case  after  it  as  before  it,  if  both  nouns  refer  to 
the  same  thing:  as,  volo  esse  rex;  nemlnl  medio  esse  licet;  mihi 
esse  poetae  dil  non  concessere,  the  gods  have  not  permitted  me  to 
be  a  poet;  ptidet  me  victum  discedtre,  I  am  ashamed  to  come 
off  conquered. 

Remark  4. — An  adjective  limiting  a  complementary  infinitive 
agrees  with  the  subject :  as,  Ccesdr  clemens  existlmdrl  voluit, 
Caesar  wished  to  be  esteemed  merciful. 

Remark  5. — The  accusative  with  the  infinitive  ($  188)  is  some- 
times used  with  licet,  and  the  predicate  noun  must  then  be  in  the 
accusative :  as,  nemml  (se)  medium  esse  licet. 

§  175.  RULE  XXXVIII.—  Historical  Infinitive.— 
In  animated  narration  the  infinitive  is  often  used  like  a 
past  indicative :  as,  consul  \n  Afrlcam  festmarg,  the 
consul  hastened  to  Africa. 

For  the  predicate  infinitive,  see  $  188. 

For  the  construction  of  participles,  see  $  185. 

GERUND  AND  GERUNDIVE. 

§  176.  RULE  XXXIX.— The  gerund  is  a  verbal 
noun  in  the  oblique  cases  (the  nominative  being  sup- 
plied by  the  infinitive),  and  is  construed  with  the  same 
oases  as  the  verb  from  which  it  is  derived. 

Studium  patrem  vldendi,  the  desire  of  seeing  my  father. 
Parcendo  victis,  by  sparing  the  conquered. 

§  177.  RULE  XL. — Instead  of  a  transitive  gerund 
the  gerundive  is  frequently  used  ;  the  object-noun  being 
put  into  the  ease  of  the  gerund,  and  the  gerundive  agree- 
ing with  it  in  gender,  number,  and  case :  as, 

Consilium  scribendi  epistolam,  ) 

_,       ,        Y  The  denan  of  writing  a  letter. 
Consllium  epistolae  seribendae,  j 

Remark  1. — A  transitive  gerund  with  an  object  accusative  is 
not  generally  used  in  the  dative  or  accusative,  but  the  gerundive 


244  SYNTAX. 

is  used  instead :  as,  chartd  utilis  est  scribendls  epistolis,  or  dd 
sciibendas  epistdlds  (not  scrlbendo  tpistolao).  So  also  when  the 
gerund  would  be  the  object  of  a  preposition  the  gerundive  is  pre- 
ferred :  as,  in  victore  laudando  (not  victorem),  in  praising  the 
conqueror. 

Remark  2.— The  gerund  is  preferred  when  the  object  is  a  neuter 
adjective  or  pronoun:  as,  stadium  aliquid  fdciendl,  the  desire  of 
doing  something. 

Remark  3. — The  genitive  singular  of  the  gerund  is  sometimes 
used  instead  of  the  genitive  plural  of  the  gerundive,  with  a  noun 
in  the  genitive  plural :  as,  fdcultds  agrorum  latrombus  suls  corido- 
nandi,  the  opportunity  o/  presenting  our  fields  to  his  ruffians.  So 
also  in  the  expression  sul  purgandl  causa,  for  the  purpose  of 
excusing  themselves;  though  sul  may  better  be  regarded  as 
the  genitive  singular  neuter  of  the  possessive,  like  nostrl  and 
vestri,  and  purgandl  as  a  gerundive  agreeing  with  it. 

Remark  4- — The  verbs  utor,  fruor,  fungor,  potior,  and  some- 
times medeor,  use  the  gerundive  like  transitive  verbs. 

§  178.  RULE  XLI. — The  gerundive  of  intransitive 
verbs  is  used  impersonally  with  the  tenses  of  ess%,  to  ex- 
press the  necessity  or  duty  of  doing  an  action  :  as, 

Mihi  eundum  est,  I  must  go. 

Tib!  eundum  est,  Thou  must  go.  9 

Caio  eundum  est,  Cains  must  </o. 

Nobis  eundum  est,  We  must  go. 

Vobis  eundum  est,  Ye  must  go. 

Pueris  eundum  est,  The  boys  must  go. 

Mihi  eundum  erat,  /  had  to  go. 

Tib!  eundum  erat,  Thou  hadftt  to  go. 

Caio  eundum  erat,  Caius  had  to  go. 

Mihi  eundum  erit,  /  shall  have  to  go. 

Mihi  eundum  esset,  I  should  have  to  go. 

Mihi  eundum  fuisset,  /  should  have  had  to  go. 

Remark  1. — The  object  of  the  action  is  sometimes  expressed: 
as,  nobls  ratione  utendum  est,  we  must  use  reason. 

But  with  transitive  verbs  the  personal  construction  is  almost 
always  used :  as, 


SUPINE.  245 

Epistola  mihi  est  scrlbenda,  A  letter  must  be  written  by  me.  J  must 

to  rite  a  letter. 

Epistola  tibi  est  scribenda,  You  must  write  a  letter. 

Epistola  nobis  evat  scrlbenda,  We  had  to  write  a  letter. 

Epistola  vobis  erit  scrlben  la,  Ye  will  have  to  write  a  letter. 

Epistola  Caio  esset  scrlbecda,  Caius  would  have  to  write  a  letter. 

(This  use  of  the  gerundive  is  sometimes  called  the  second 
Periphrastic  Conjugation.) 

Remark  2. — The  agent  is  expressed  by  the  dative  (?  145),  rarely 
by  the  ablative  with  a  or  db. 

SUPINE. 

§179.  RuLEXLII. — (a.)  The  supine  in  urn  (accusa- 
tive) is  used  with  verbs  of  motion  to  express  the  purpose 
of  the  motion,  and  is  construed  with  the  same  cases  as 
its  verb :  as,  vSnio  te  rftgatiim,  I  come  to  ask  you. 

(6.)  The  supine  in  u  is  used  with  adjectives  as  an  ab- 
lative of  limitation  (§  161):  as,/ac^£  factu,  easy  to  be 
done  (with  respect  to  the  doing). 

EXERCISE   LVIII. 
§  180.      Vocabulary. 

spatium,  -i,  opportunity,  time.  veriltum,  -I,  javelin. 

defcssus,  -a,  -um,  wearied.  eloquentia,  -ae,  eloquence. 

negligens,  -ent-is,  careless.  magnanimus,  -a,  -iim,  magnanimous. 

cur-are,  to  attend  to.  setas,  -tat-is,  age,  life. 

Arar,  or  Araris,  -is  (ft  33,  Hem.  T),     satis  (noun,  adj.,  or  adv.),  enough 

the  Scione,  a  river  of  Gaul.  simul  (adv.),  at  the  same  time. 

honesto  (adv.),  honorably.  cupidus,  -a,  -um,  desirous. 

Hermmius,  -I,  Herminius.  vexillum,  -I,  flag,  standard. 

prsed-or,  -ari,  -atus,  to  plnnder. 

framcnt-or,  -ari,  -atils,  t->  f;>r<i'je. 

purg-o,  -are,  -avi,  -iitum,  to  cleanse,  excuse. 

con-serv-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  save,  preserve. 

pro-pon-5,  -ere,  proposu-i,  proposit-um,  to  set  up. 

ag-o,  -ere,  eg-I,  act-um,  to  do. 

ex-ced-o,  -erq  excess-i,  excess-um,  to  go  out,  retire. 
21* 


246  SYNTAX. 

de-li£-5,  -ere,  deleg-i,  delect-um,  to  choose. 
di-rip-i-o,  -ere,  diripu-i,  dirept-um,  to  pillage. 
ad-hib-e5,  -ere,  adhibu-i,  adhibit-um,  to  apply,  use. 
re-scin'.l-o,  -ere,  rescid-i,  re-sciss-urn,  to  cut  down. 
disc-5,  -ere,  didisc-i,  to  learn. 
quer-or,  quer-i,  quest-iis,  to  complain. 
re-pet-6,  -ere,  repetiv-I,  repetlt-um,  to  ask  back. 
per-'cut-i-o,  -ere,  percuss-I,  pereuss-um,  to  strike. 
hort-or,  hort-arl,  hort-atus,  to  encourage,  exhort. 
pro-fug-i-o,  -ere,  profug-i,  profugit-um,  to  flee. 
pro-puls-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  repel. 
col-lig-o,  -ere,  colleg-i,  collect-um,  to  collect. 
cogit-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  think. 
de-sil-i-o,  -ire,  desilu-i,  desult-um,  to  leap  doicn. 
arcess-o,  -ere,  arcess-ivi,  arcess-itum,  to  send  for. 
cur-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  care  for,  attend  to. 
par-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  prepare,  acquire,  buy. 

EXAMPLES. 

Neque  —  neque,  Neither  —  nor. 

Spatium  excedendi,  Time  for  retiring. 

Consilium  capere,  To  form  a  design. 

Pontetn     in     fliimine     faciendum      To  have  a  bridge    built   over  a  river 

curare,  (to  attend  to  the  building  of  a  bridge, 

etc.). 

Caesarl  ($  145)  omnia  erant  agenda,     Csesar  had  to  do  all  things.   (Literally, 

all  things  were  to  be  done  by  Csesar.) 
Sui    (§    177,    Rem.    3}    purgandi     For  the  purpose  of  excusing  himself, 

causa,  herself,  themselves. 

A  purpose  may  be  expressed — 

(a.)  After  verbs  of  giving,  etc.,  by  a  predicate  gerundive :  as,  urbs 
militibiis  dlrlpienda  data  est,  the  city  was  given  to  the  soldiers  to  be  plun- 
dered. 

(b.)  By  ad  with  the  accusative  of  a  gerund  or  gerundive-,  as,  ad  cds 
;•«••>•  eonficiendd*,  for  finishing,  to  finish,  these  things. 

(c.)  After  a  noun,  by  the  dative  of  a  gerundive:  as,  me  regem  bello 
gerendS  credvisti,  you  have  made  me  king  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  on 
war. 

(d.)  By  caufid,  gratia,  with  the  genitive:  as,  me  regem  belli  gerendi 
causa  credvisti,  you  have  made  me  king  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  on 
war. 


SUPINE. 


247 


(e.)  By  the  supine  after  verbs  of  motion  :  as,  leydil  res  repetitum  reniunt, 
ambassadors  come  to  seek  redress. 

(For  other  modes  of  expressing  purpose,  see  §  193;  §  210;  § 
185,  3  b.) 

Translate  into  English. 

Germams  neque  consilii  habendi1  n£qu£  arma  capiendi2 
spatiiim  datum  est.  Magna  pars  £quitatus  prsedandi  fru- 
mentandique 2  causa  trans  Rheniim  missa  erat.  Ad  eas  res 
conf  iciendas l  Orggtorix  deligitur.  Omnes  homines  plura 
habendi3  ciipidi  sunt.  Multi  in  Squis  parandis1  adliibent 
curani,  s^d  in  amicis  deligendis1  negligentes  sunt.  Csesar 
in  Arari  pontSm  faciendum l  ciiravit.  CaBsar  pontem  qu^m 
in  Hheno  faciendum1  curaverat,  rescidit.  Hominis  mens 
discendo  alitiir  ^t  cogitando.  BrSvS  tempus  setatis  satis 
longiim  est  ad  benS  honestequ^  vivendum.  Herminius 
int^r  spdliandum1  corpus  hostis  v^ruto  percussus  est. 
Loquendi  eloquentia  augetiir  legendis l  oratoribus  ^t  poetis. 
Principes  civitatis,  sui  conservandi4  causa,  Roma5  profu- 
gerunt.  Fortes  ^t  magnanimi*  sunt  habendi  non  qui6 
faciunt,  s£d  qui  propulsant  injuriam.  Illo  ipso  die  mihi7 
proficiscendiim8  erat.  Militibtis  de  navibus  erat  desilien- 
diim.8  Mendaci9  a  nullo  creditur.10  Mihi  a  te  noceii11  non 
potest. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

(The  verb  esse  is  often  omitted  with  participles.    See  $  126,  Rem.  4>) 

The  Gauls  had  formed  the  design  of  attacking  the  town. 

^  Time  for  retiring  from  (out  of)  the  fight  was  not  given  to 

1  §  177.  2 1  176.  3  ^  135  am 

*  |  177,  Rem.  3.  5  \  163.  6  g  129,  Rem.  2. 
7  §  145.                                    8  I  178.                        9  \  142,  or  \  141. 

10  $  114,5;  1112,  Rem.  2.     «  \  172,  Rem.  3. 

*  Predicate    nominative    after   sunt    habendi;   the   subject  is  th« 
relative  sentence  following. 


248  SYNTAX. 

the  wearied.  The  hope  of  plundering  had  recalled  the 
farmers  from  their  fields.  ^  The  general  gave  the  city  to 
his  soldiers  to  be  plundered.  vThe  chiefs  of  the  state  came 
to  Csesar/or  the  purpose  of  excusing  themselves.  *The  king's 
daughters  had  fled  from  home  for  the  purpose  of  saving 
themselves.  (  The  Gauls  send  ambassadors  to  Rome  to  com- 
plain-of  (supine)  injuries,  and  to  seek  redress.  I?L  short  life 
is  long  enough  to  accomplish  all  these  things.  ^Csesar  had 
to  do  all  things  at  one  time :  the  flag  had  to  be  set  up,  the 
soldiers  recalled  from  the  work ;  (those)  who  had  advanced 
a  little  too  far,  sent  for;  the  line  had  to  be  drawn  up ;  the 
soldiers  exhorted;  the  signal  given. lt>The  soldiers  had  at 
the  same  time  both  to  leap-down  from  the  ships  and  to 
fight  with  the  enemy.  The  Helvetians  were  desirous  of 
carrying  on  war.  ^  I 

SYNTAX  OP  PROPOSITIONS. 

§181.  1.  Propositions  are  either  principal  or  depend- 
ent. A  principal  proposition  makes  complete  sense 
when  standing  alone ;  a  dependent  one  does  not  make 
complete  sense  when  alone,  but  must  be  connected  with 
another  proposition. 

2.  Principal  propositions  are  declarative,  interrogative, 
imperative,  or  exclamatory  ;  as, 

Puer  currtt,  the  boy  runs.  (Declarative.) 

CurriinS  puer  9  Does  the  boy  run  ?  (Interrogative.) 

Cur  re  puer  !  Run,  boy  !  (Imperative.) 

Quarn  cZleriier  currltl  How  fast  he  runs!  (Exclamatory.) 

3.  Dependent  or  subordinate  propositions  are  of  ten 
kinds,  viz. : — 

1.  Participial  propositions,  i.e.,  those  whose  predicate  is  a  participle. 
•  2.  Infinitive  propositions,  i.e.,  those  whose  predicate  is  an  infinitive. 
3.   Causal  propositions,  introduced  by  the    causal   conjunctions   quod, 
quia,  etc. 


THE   MOODS.  249 

4.  Final  propositions,  introduced  by  &  final  conjunction. 

5.  Conditional  propositions,  introduced  by  a  conditional  conjunction. 

6.  Concessive  proposition*!  introduced  by  a  concessive  conjunction. 

7.  Comparative  propositions,  introduced  by  a  comparative  conjunction. 

8.  Temporal  propositions,  introduced  by  a  temporal  conjunction. 

9.  Relative  propositions,  introduced  by  a  relative  pronoun. 

10.   Interrogative  propositions,  introduced  by  an  interrogative  word. 

4.  Every  dependent  proposition  is  either  a  noun,  an 
adjective,  or  an  adverb,  limiting  either  the  subject,  or 
predicate,  or  some  other  word  of  the  principal  propo- 
sition on  which  it  depends. 

5.  Propositions  of  the  same  rank,  whether  principal 
or  dependent,  may  be  connected  by  conjunctions,  and 
are  then  said  to  be  co-ordinate  with  each  other.     Co- 
ordination is  of  five  kinds,  viz. : — 

1.  Copulative:  e.g.,  he  has  lost  his  property,  and  forfeited  his  credit. 

2.  Disjunctive :  e.g.,  either  he  has  lost  his  property,  or  he  has  forfeited 
his  credit. 

3.  Adversative :  e.g.,  he  has  lost  his  property,  but  he  has  not  forfeited 
his  credit. 

4.  Corroborative  :  e.g.,  he  will  forfeit  his  credit,  for  he  has  lost  his  pro- 
perty. 

5.  Conclusive:   e.g.,  he  has  lost  his  property,  therefore  he  will  forfeit 
his  credit. 


THE  MOODS. 

§  182.  RULE  XLIIL— The  indicative  is  used  both 
in  principal  and  dependent  sentences  when  a  fact  is 
stated. 

§  183.  RULE  XLIV. — The  subjunctive  is  used  when 
a  thing  is  stated,  not  as  a/ac£,  but  simply  as  conceived 
in  the  mind.  It  is  used  in  principal  propositions, — 

(«.)  In  a  softened  assertion:  as,  hoc  confirmaverim,  I  think  I  can  as-' 
sert  this, 


250  SYNTAX. 

(b.)  In  a  question   implying  doubt  or  expecting  a  negative  answer:  as, 

quid  fad  dmus  ?   what  shall  we  do? 
(c.)   To  express  a  supposea  case  :    as,  forsltun  allquis  dixerit,  perhaps 

some  one  will  say. 
(d.)  To  express  a  command  or  prohibition:  as,  ne  hocfeceris,  do  not  do 

this. 

Remark. — The  subjunctive  is  always  used  to  express  a  com- 
mand or  exhortation  in  the  first  person,  the  imperative  having  no 
first  person :  as,  eamus,  let  us  go. 

TENSES. 
§  184.  The  tenses  are  either  primary  or  historical. 

f     PRESENT.          FUTURES.  PRES.  PERFECT. 

amat,  amabit,  amavit, 

Primary.       ]         he  iove8t  he  wiu  iove.  he  ha8  iovedt 

amaverit, 

he  will  have  loved. 

C         IMPERFECT.  PAST  PERFECT.  AORIST  PERFECT. 

Historical.     <    amabat,  amaverat,  amavit, 

/         he  was  loving.  he  had  loved.  he  loved. 

RULE  XLtV.— Succession  of  Tenses. — If  there  be  a 
primary  tense  in  the  principal  proposition,  there  must 
be  a  primary  tense  in  the  dependent;  if  there  be  an 
historical  tense  in  the  principal,  there  must  be  an 
historical  tense  in  the  dependent. 

PRINCIPAL.  DEPENDENT. 

Venio  ut  videam,  I  come,  that  I  may  see. 

Veniam  ut  videam,  /  will  come,  that  I  may  see. 

Veni  ut  videam,  /  have  come,  that  I  may  see. 

Veniebam  ut  viderem,  /  was  coming,  that  I  might  see. 

Veni  ut  viderem,  I  came,  that  1  might  see. 

Remark  1. — An  historical  present  is  primary  in  form,  but  past 
in  fact :  it  is,  therefore,  often  followed  by  past  tenses  in  the  depend- 
ent propositions. 

Remark  2. — The  latter  part  of  a  long  oblique  discourse,  when 
the  leading  verb  is  past,  is  almost  always  shifted  to  the  present, 
for  the  sake  of  animation. 


PARTICIPIAL   PROPOSITIONS.  251 


PARTICIPIAL  PROPOSITIONS. 

§  185.  1.  The  participle  is  used  to  abridge  discourse, 
and  may  stand  in  the  place  of  a  causal,  final,  conditional, 
concessive,  relative,  or  temporal  proposition,  or  a  prin- 
cipal proposition  connected  by  et  with  what  follows. 

2.  (a.)  The  participle   may  agree  with  the  subject, 
object,  or  some  other  word  of  the  principal  proposition 
(participial  conjunctive  construction) :  as,  Aristldes  patrid 
pulsiis  Ldc&dcemone'm  fuglt,  Aristides  when  driven  from 
his  country  fled  to  Sparta. 

(6.)  Or,  it  may  stand  with  a  noun  or  a  pronoun  in  the 
ablative,  without  grammatical  connection  with  any  word 
in  the  principal  proposition :  as,  his  rebus  constitutis, 
consul  discesstt,  these  things  being  determined  upon,  the 
consul  departed.  (Ablative  Absolute.) 

3.  Here  may  be  noted  some  peculiarities  in  the  use 
of  the  participles. 

(a.)  The  participle  in  rus  is  used  with  the  verb  esse  to  represent 
the  agent  as  about  to  perform,  or  intending  to  perform,  an  action. 
Ldciittirus  fuit,  he  was  on  the  point  of  speaking.  (This  is  some- 
times called  the  First  Periphrastic  Conjugation.) 

(b.)  The  participle  in  rus,  especially  with  verbs  of  motion,  is 
sometimes  used  to  express  &  purpose.  Ad  Jovem  Ammontm  pergit 
consulturus  de  orlglne  sud,  he  goes  to  Jupiter  Ammon  to  consult 
about  his  origin. 

(c. )  The  perfect  passive  participle  agreeing  with  a  noun  is  often 
used  like  a  verbal  noun  in  -io  or  -us  limited  by  a  genitive:  as,  db 
urbe  condita,  from  the  building  of  the  city ;  post  prcelium  factum, 
after  the  fighting  of  the  battle.  An  adjective  limiting  a  noun  may 
often  be  translated  in  the  same  way,  i.e.  like  an  abstract  noun  with 
a  genitive  :  as,  improvlsd  re  commotl,  alarmed  by  the  suddenness 
of  the  thing. 

(d.)  Instead  of  the  perfect  tenses  in  the  active,  the  perfect  pas- 


252  SYNTAX. 

sive  participle  is  sometimes  used  with  liabco  ;  and  the  compound 
form  thus  obtained  is  generally  stronger  than  the  simple  perfect : 
as,  Dumnorix portorid  redempta  ha"buit  (forrtdemerdt),  Dumnorix 
had  farmed  the  revenues. 

§  186.  EULE  XLVI. — Ablative  Absolute. — A  noun 
and  participle,  whose  case  depends  upon  no  other  word, 
are  put  in  the  ablative  called  absolute,  to  express  the 
time,  cause,  condition,  or  circumstances  of  an  action : 
as,  Pythagoras,  Tarquinio  regnantfi,  \n  Italiam  veritt, 
Pythagoras  came  to  Italy  in  the  reign  of  Tarquin  (Tar- 
quin  reigning). 

Remark  1. — Two  nouns,  or  a  noun  and  an  adjective,  are  often 
used  in  the  ablative  absolute  without  a  participle,  the  participle 
ens  of  esse  having  become  obsolete :  as,  natura  dp.ce,  under  the 
guidance  of  nature  (nature  being  guide)  ;  Manlio  consule,  in  the 
consulship  of  Manlius  (Manlius  being  consul).  ^ 

Remark  2. — This  omission  of  the  participle  ens  is  quite  com- 
mon in  the  participial \conj^inctive  construction  also :  as,  C. 
.Antdm&s,  pedibus  seger,  )prtelfo  ddxsse  nequibat,  Caius  Antonius 
could  not  be  present  at  the^j^ttle,  (being},  lame  in  his  feet,  i.e. 
because  he  was  lame;  Metellus,  vir  egregius  dlils  artlbus,  Metel- 
lus  (though  he  was)  an  illustrious  man  in  other  respects,  etc. 

Remark  3. — The  ablative  absolute  is  very  rarely  used  when  the 
subject  of  the  participial  proposition  is  the  same  with  that  of  the 
principal  proposition;  the  conjunctive  construction  is  then  used. 

EXERCISE   LIX. 
§  187.      Vocabulary. 

repentinus,  -&,  -um,  sudden.  de-sper-are,  to  despair. 

tempestas,  -tat-is,  time.  Atheniensis,  -is,  an  Athenian. 

ulterior  ($  74,  \],  farther.  Messala,  -se,  Mesaala. 

Dyonysius,  -1,  Dyonysins.  Pls5,  -on-is,  Piso. 
Syracusae,  -arum,  Syracuse,  a  city     Persa,  -se,  a  Persian. 

of  Sicily.  ex  sententia,  according  to  one's  notion, 
pollicitati§,  -frn-is,  promise.  satisfactorily. 

err-are.  to  errt  to  wander. 


PARTICIPIAL   PPvOPOSITIONS.  253 

arrip-i-o,  -ere,  arripu-i,  arrept-um,  to  snatch  up. 

nancisc-or,  nancisc-i,  nactus  and  nanct-us,  to  obtain. 

pro-gred-i-or,  progred-I,  progress-us,  to  go  forward. 

co-hort-or,  -aii,  -atus,  to  encourage,  exhort. 

cond-o,  cond-ere,  condid-1,  condit-um,  to  found,  build. 

com-mitt-o,  -ere,  coin-mis-i,*commiss-um,  to  join. 

del-e5,  -ere,  delev-1,  delet-um,  to  destroy. 

aggred-i-or,  aggred-i,  aggress-us,  to  go  to,  attack. 

ver-eor,  ver-erl,  verit-iis,  to  fear. 

ad-duc-o,  -ere,  addux-i,  adduct-um,  to  lead  on. 


EXAMPLE. 

Cassar,    having    called   a    council, )  Caesar,   concilio    convocato,   centuri- 
sharply  censured  the  centurions.  J       ones  vehementer  incusdvlt. 

(None  but  deponent  verbs  have  a  perfect  participle  with  an  active 
meaning ;  the  perfect  active  participle  in  English  must  therefore  be 
translated  by  the  perfect  passive  participle  in  the  ablative  absolute, 
unless  the  verb  is  deponent.) 


Translate  into  English. 

Nostri,  rgpentma  re  perturbati,  arm  a  arrtpiunt.  Bar- 
bari,  multituding  navium  perterriti,1  a  Htor6  discesserant. 
Nactus  idoneam  ad  navigandum 2  tempestatSm,  tertia  ferS 
vigilia3  Sopites  in  ulte'riorem  portum  progredi  jussit.  His 
rebus  ex  sententia  confectis,4  impSratdr,  milites  cohortatus, 
proelium  commlsit.  Viginti  annis5  ant6  CatonSm  natum6 
pat^r  metis  vita7  discessit.  Anno  quadragesimo  prime  ab 
urbS  condita6  Num^i  rex8  creatus  est.  Haud  multis  anms 
post  Carthagin^m  deletam6  Jugurtha  natus  est.  Dyony- 
sius  tyranniis,  Syracusis7  expulsiis,  Corinth!9  puSros  doce- 
bat.  Legatus  signum  militibus  non  dgdit  cupientibus. 


1  g  185,  2  a. 
*J186. 

2  §  142,  #m.  #. 
5  {  167,  72m.  #. 
*|  130,  2. 
22 

3  §  167. 
6  g  185,  3  c. 
»  J  166,  Exc. 

254  SYNTAX. 

Natura  duce  *  nunquam  errabimus.  i  '  His  rebus  consti- 
tutis2  legati  regain  de  rebus  suis  desperantgm,  multis  pol- 
licitationibus  aggrediuntur.3>^Hac  re  st£tim  per  spgcula- 
tores*  cognita,  Caesar,  insidias  veritus,  exercitum  castrls5 
continuit.  jAlexande'r  in  Asiam  contendit  regnum  Per- 
sarum  occupaturus.6  '^Csesar  in  Italiam  profecturiis7  prin- 
cipes  civitatum  ad  se  convocat.  '  '  Consul  collSm  occupa- 
turus estX^Athenienses  legates  miserunt  oraculum  consiil- 
turos.6/  /  Marco  Messala  ^t  Marco  Pisong  consiilibus,1 
Orgetorix,  cupiding  regni  adductus,  conjurationSm  nobill- 
tatis  fecit.  f  > 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Who  will  err  under  the  guidance  of  nature?  Wlio, 
pray,  will  not  err  under  your  guidance  ?  }  In  the  consul- 
ship of  Manlius  the  Gauls  sent  ambassadors  to  Rome. 
'These  things  having  been  determined  upon,  the  line  of 
battle  having  been  drawn  up,  the  signal  having  been 
given,  our  men  commenced  battle.  *  Both  parties  fought 
(§  114,  5)  bravely.  ^The  consul,  fearing  the  enemy's 
cavalry,  kept  his  forces  in  camp  (for)  three  days.  /'Two 
years  before  the  destruction  of  Carthage  the  Numidians 
sent  ambassadors  to  Rome  to  the  senate.  '  The  general  is 
going-to-attack  the  enemy  at  sunset.  In  the  reign  of 
Tarquin  the  Proud,  many  noble  citizens  were  murdered  at 
Rome.  <  The  general,  having  called  together  his  lieuten- 
ants, ordered  them  to  commence  the  battle.  The  Athe- 
nians, having  consulted  the  oracle,  returned  home/  1  Ad- 
herbal,  (when)  expelled  from  Numidia,  fled  to  Rome. 
\\  These  things  having  been  satisfactorily  arranged,  Caesar 
set  out  to  (in)  Britain. 


186,  Rem.  1.  2  I  l§6/>  3  §  95,  Rem. 

159,  Rem.  5.  5  §  166.  6  §  185,  3  b. 

185,  3  a. 


INFINITIVE   PROPOSITIONS.  255 


INFINITIVE  PROPOSITIONS. 

§  188.  EULE  XLVII. — After  expressions  of  saying, 
thinking,  etc.  (verbtt,  sentiendl  H  dlcendi),  and  certain 
impersonal  expressions,  dependent  propositions  intro- 
duced in  English  by  that,  are  expressed  in  Latin  by 
infinitive  propositions  :  as;  dlclt  me  scrlb&r&,  he  says  that 
I  write. 

The  subject  of  an  infinitive  proposition  is  in  the 
accusative. 

NOTE. — The  infinitive  cannot  with  propriety  be  called  a  predi- 
cate, as  it  is  a  noun,  and  not  a  mode  of  the  verb.  Thus,  in  the 
above  example,  the  object  of  dlclt  is  scribere,  and  me  shows  the  limit 
to  which  the  assertion  extends  ($  155),  he  asserts  the  writing  with 
respect  to  me.  The  thing  asserted  is  the  writing,  and  the  person  as 
to  whom  the  assertion  is  made  is  me.  But  as  the  accusative  with 
the  infinitive  corresponds  to  English  noun-propositions  introduced 
by  that,  it  is  more  convenient  to  regard  it  as  a  dependent  pro- 
position, the  accusative  being  the  subject,  and  the  infinitive  being 
the  predicate. 

Remark  1. — The  infinitive  expresses  an  action  as  incomplete, 
completed,  or  future,  with  reference,  not  to  the  present  time,  but 
to  the  time  of  the  leading  verb. 

(a.)  Dicit,  he  says         }  me  scrlbere,      ^  ^ 

DIcet,  he  will  say       that  I  write,  or     f  s™Psiss6>  .  ™  scripturum  essg, 

Dixit,  he  has  said  J  am  writing.       J  that  1 have  wriiten'  J  that  Iwil1  write' 
$.)  Dicebat,  he  was  saying  ~\  me  scribere",      ^  me  scrip.«isse,  ^ 

Dixit,  he  said  I  that  I  wrote,  or  I  that  Ihad          [  m§  scriPtMra  ess§» 

Dixerat,  he  had  said     J  was  writing.      J  written.  J  that  Iw°uld  WrUe' 

ep.  scriptum  IrT, 
that  the  letter 
will  be  written. 
ep.  scriptum  iri, 
that  the  letter 
would  be  written. 


}epist61S,m  scrlbT,  "\  ep.  scriptam  ess§,  ^) 
that  the  letter  is  >  that  the  letter  has  ( 
being  written*  J  been  written.  J 

Jepistolam  scribl,  "|  ep.  scriptam  essg,  ^ 
that  the  letter  was  >  that  the  letter  had  > 
being  written.  J  been  written.  ) 


*  A  doubtful   expression,  which,  however,  has   been  engrafted 
upon  the  language. 


256  SYNTAX. 

Hence,  after  a  primary  tense  (a)  the  infinitive  is  translated 
like  the  indicative  of  the  same  tense,  i.e.  an  infinitive  present, 
like  an  indicative  present,  etc. ;  after  an  historical  tense  (b)  the 
infinitive  present  is  translated  like  the  indicative  imperfect ;  the 
infinitive  perfect,  like  the  indicative  past-perfect ;  the  infinitive 
future,  like  the  subjunctive  imperfect  (should  or  icould)  ;  and  the 
infinitive  future-perfect  (fuisse  scriptHrum],  like  the  subjunctive 
past-perfect  (should  have,  would  have). 

Remark  2. — The  accusative  with  the  infinitive  future  passive 
is  properly  the  object  of  the  supine,  the  infinitive  present  passive 
Irl  being  used  impersonally :  as,  dlcit  tpistolam  scriptam  m,  he 
says  that  it  is  gone  to  write  the  letter ;  i.e.  that  some  one  is  going. 
to  write  it,  and,  hence,  that  it  will  be  written. 

Remark  3. — The  passive  construction  is  preferred  with  transi- 
tive verbs  where  ambiguity  would  arise  from  the  use  of  the 
direct  object.  Thus,  nuncialum  est  Mdriam  Jagurthdm  vlcisse, 
might  mean  either  "  that  Marius  has  conquered  Jugurtha,"  or 
''that  Jugurtha  has  conquered  Marius."  Hence  Jagurthdm  a 
MJrio  victam  is  preferable. 

Remark  4- — Verbs  meaning  to  wish  or  desire  are  followed  by  a 
complementary  infinitive,  or  an  infinitive  with  a  subject:  as, 
CcBsdr  clemens  existimarl  vult,  or  Ccesdr  se  existimarl  clementtm 
vult,  Caesar  wishes  to  be  esteemed  merciful. 

R  mark  5. — An  infinitive  proposition  is  always  a  noun-pro- 
position, the  object  of  a  verb  of  saying  or  thinking,  the  sub^ 
ject  of  an  impersonal  verb,  or  in  apposition  with  another  noun. 
With  an  impersonal  verb  an  infinitive  proposition  is  logically 
(i.e.  according  to  the  manner  of  speaking)  dependent,  but  gram- 
matically the  subject. 

EXERCISE  LX. 
§  189.     Vocabulary. 

jucrum,  -i,  yoJce.  f&miliaris,  -e,  pertaining  to  the  family. 

biermium,  -I,  two  years.  res  familiaris,  property. 

victor,  -or-is,  conqueror.  spes,  -ei,  hope. 

prod-itor,  -or-is,  traitor.  facultas,  -tat-is,  means,  opportunity. 


m 

INFINITIVE  PRO: 

nSg-8,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  say  no,  to  \ 

com-par-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  acquire. 

larg-ior,  larg-iri,  larglt-iis,  to  bribe. 

neglig-5,  -ere,  neglex-I,  neglect-um,  to  neglect. 

con-sId-6,  -ere,  consed-i,  consess-uin,  to  encamp. 

con-stat,  con-stabat,  con-stit-it  (impers.),  it  is  evident. 

nosc-o,  -ere,  novr-i,  not-um,  to  find  out,  to  know. 

conjic-i-5,  -ere,  conjec-i,  conject-um,  to  hurl. 

pollic-eor,  pollic-eri,  pollicit-us,  to  promise. 

sper-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atura,  to  hope. 

re-nunti-5,  -arc,  -avi,  -atum,  to  bring  back  word. 

pell-o,  -ere,  pepul-i,  puls-um,  to  beat,  drive. 

mm-or,  -ari,  -atiis,  to  threaten. 

confirm-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  declare,  assert. 

red-d8.  redd-ere,  reddid-i,  reddit-um,  to  give  back,  return. 

animadvert-5,  -ere,  animadvert-i,  animadvers-iim,  to  perceive. 

opprim-5,  -ere,  oppress-!,  oppress-um,  to  oppress. 

sub  monte,  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain. 


EXAMPLES. 


(a.)  Caesari  nunciatur, 


Word  is  brought,  it  is  announced,  to 

Csesar. 
(6.)  Eex   se  negotiuin  confecturum     The    king   promises    to    finish    the 

pollicetur,  business. 

(c.)  Latrones    se    regem    occisuros     The   robbers   threatened  to   slay  the 

ease  minabantur,  king, 

(d.)  Iinperator   se   regem  futurum 

sperabat,  The  general  hoped  to  be  king. 

(Observe  that  after  the  verbs  hope,  promise,  and  threaten,  the 
Latins  use  an  infinitive  proposition,  while  we  use  a  complementary 
infinitive ;  but  a  complementary  infinitive  sometimes  occurs  with 
these  verbs :  as,  polllcentur  obstdes  dare.) 


(e.)  Memoria  (g  166)  tenere, 
(/.)  Caesar  negat  se  posse, 

(g.)  Turpe  est  regem  mentlrl, 
(h.)  Constat  inter  omnes, 


To  remember. 

Csesar    sai/s    that  he    cannot  (denies 

that  he  can). 
It  is  base  for  a  king  to  -lie  (that  a 

king  lie). 
All  are   aware  (it  Is  evident  anwn^ 

all). 


258  SYNTAX. 

(t.)   Dicitur  Jugurtham  regem  esse,     It   is   said    that   Juyurtha   ia    king. 

(Impersonal  construction.) 

Jugurtha  dicitur  rex  esse,  Juyiirtha  is  said  to  be  king*     (Per- 

sonal construction.) 

Translate  into  English. 

Exploratores  dicunt  oppidum  ab  hostibus  teneri.  Cams 
fratrem  suum  magno  in  periculo  esse  anirnadvertit. 
Csesari  l  notum  est  Dumnorigem  Helvetiis  2  fdvere.  Rgglnse 
nunciabo  te  venisse.  ^  GalbS,  ab  exploratoribus  certior3 
factiis  est  Gallos  omnes  diseessisse.A  Csesari  nuntiatum  est 
Gallos  propiiis  accedere  ac  lapides  telaqu^  in  nostros  con- 
jicere.  ISTuncius  pollicetur  se  nggotium  ex  sententia  con- 
fecturiim  esse.^  Principes  sperabant  se  totius  Gallic  * 
potiri  posse.  !  Equites  rgnimtiaverunt  oppidum  expugnatum 
esse.  i  Caesar  mgmoria  t^nebat  Lucium  Cassium  consulem 
occlsum?  exercitumque  ejus  ab  Helvetiis  pulswn1  &t  sub 
jiigum  missum.1  '  Csesar  negavit  se  Helvetiis  ite'r  p^r  pro- 
vinciam  darS  posse.  Ad  eas  res  cqnficiendas  5  Helvetii 
.biennitim  sibl2  satis  esse  duxerunt.  JEquiim  est  victorem 
pareere  victis.  Non  sine  causa  dictum  est  dlvitias  alas 
haberS.  Constat  intgr  omnes  nemmem  sinS  virtutS  posse1 
beatum6 


Translate  into  Latin. 
\ 

The  cruel  chief  threatened  to  slay  (§  189,  Exc.)  the 
women  and  children.  Ariovistus  declared  that  he  would 
not  return  the  hostages.  *  Caesar  said  that  he  was  not  lead- 
ing the  army  against  his  country.  ''This  base  traitor  will 
sriy  that  he  has  not  announced  our  plans  to  the  enemy. 
Who  can  assert  that  he  has  never  violated  the  laws  of 

i  \  141.  2  %  142.  3  g  128  b. 

*?dlM,note.  5JJ177.  *\ll±,Rem.3. 

?  J  126,  Bern.  4- 


CAUSAL   PROPOSITIONS.  259 

( 

God  ?  Dumnorix  asserted  that  lie  was  about  to  seize  the 
kingdom.  All  were  aware  that  the  robbers  had  slain  the 
merchant.  Vlt  is  not  just  for  a  rich  man  to  oppress  the 
poor.  cflt  is  said  that  in  Africa  men  eat  human  flesh. 

0  The  Belgians  are  said  to  be  the  bravest  of  all  the  Gauls. 

/Word  had  been  brought  to  Csesar  that  the  enemy  had 
moved  their  camp,  and  had  encamped  at  the  foot  of  the 
mountain.  I  \Csesar  had  said  (dlcere)  that  he  would  not 
neglect  the  injuries  of  the  JEduans.  f  Sfbe  chief  thought 
that  he  would  compel  the  nobility  by  force.  >The  consul 
hopes  by  these  things  to  increase  (§  189,  Exc.  <f)  his  pro- 
perty,  and  to  acquire  means  for  (ad)  bribing. 


CAUSAL  PROPOSITIONS. 

§  190.  Dependent  causal  propositions  are  introduced 
by  the  causal  conjunctions. 

RULE  XLVIII. — The  subjunctive  is  used  in  causal 
propositions  when  a  statement  is  made,  not  as  a  fact,  but 
as  the  assertion  or  opinion  of  some  one  else  :  as,  Socrates 
accusdtus  est  qu5d  corrumpSre't  juventuttm,  Socrates  was 
brought  to  trial  because  (as  men  said)  he  corrupted  the 
youth. 

Remark  1. — A  verb  of  saying  or  thinking  is  sometimes  ex- 
pressed, and  the  subjunctive  still  retained  by  a  species  of  attrac- 
tion. What  would  have  been  the  predicate  of  the  causal  sentence 
becomes  the  accusative  with  the  infinitive.  Irdtus  est  Caius  quod 
diceret  leges  esse  violdtds,  instead  of  Irdtus  est  Caius  quod  leges 
essent  violatce,  Caius  was  angry  because  (as  he  alleged)  the  laws 
had  been  violated. 

Remark  2. — Dependent  causal  sentences  are  nouns,  usually 
limiting  the  predicate  like  a  causal  ablative.  The  causal  con- 
junctions quod,  quid,  etc.  are  relative  words. 


260  SYNTAX. 

EXERCISE   LXI. 
§  191.      Vocabulary. 

Liscus,  -i,  Liscus.  unde     (rel.     adv.),     whence,    from 

gruviter,  severely.  -irhii-h. 

quod  (corij.),  because.  preVens,  -ent-is,  present. 

tarn  (adv.),  so.  religio,  -on-is,  religiun,  a  row. 

neces.siirius,    -a,    -um,    necessary,        superstitio,  -on-is,  superstition. 

critical.  concilium,  -i,  council. 

propinquus,  -a,  -urn,  near.  partim  (adv.  %  31,  Rem.  2],  partly. 

Harude^,  -um,  the  Harndians.  praeter       inodum,      unduly,      beyond 

quia,  because  (ejcpressrny  a  motive).          measure. 
quoniam     (quum-jam),    since,    be-     ratio,  -on-is,  plan,  reason, 
cause  (as  everybody  knows). 

accus-6,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  censure,  accuse,  bring  to  trial. 

sub-lev-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  relieve. 

incus-5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  blame,  censure. 

intro-duc-o,  -ere,  -dux-i,  -duct-um,  to  introduce. 

corrump-o,  -ere,  corriip-i,  corrupt-um,  to  corrupt. 

re-prehend-o,  -ere,  reprehend-i,  reprehens-um,  to  rebuJce* 

vac-5,  -are.  -avi,  -atum,  to  be  unoccupied. 

jact-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  toss  about,  to  discuss. 

EXAMPLES. 

Res  Ita  se  habet,  This  is  the  case  (the  thing  thus  has 

itself). 

Multis  presentibus  (^  186),  In  the  presence  of  many. 

CivitatI  (I  142)  consulere,  To  consult  for,  look  to,  the  state. 

Translate  into  English. 

Crcsiir,  principibiis  conv5catis,  Dlvitiaciim  gt  Liscilm 
graviter  accusat  qu6d  tarn  ngcessario  temper^,  tarn  propin- 
quis  hostibus1  ab  iis  non  sublevetitr;  multo2  Stiam  gravius, 
quod  ab  iis  sit  destitiltus  qu^ritur.  JEduf  legates  mlserunt 
questiim3  quod  Harudes  agros  eorum  popular entiar.  Socra- 
tes ne'catus  est,  non  quod  juventute'm  corrumperet  et  novas 

i  2  186,  Rem.  1.  *  $  168.  3  J  179  a. 


CAUSAL   PROPOSITIONS.  261 


stiperstitiones  introduc&r%t>  s£d  quia  Athenienses 
bus  reprehendebat.  Id  ea  rations  Coesar  fecit  ;  quod  nole- 
bat  eum  locum  undo1  Helvetil  discessgrant  vacare.2  Dum- 
norix  se  in  Gallia  rSlinqui  2  volebat,  partim  quod  insuetiis 
navigandi3  marS  timer  ety  partim  quod  religionibus  impedl- 
retar.  Caesar,  concilio  convocato,  centuriones  omnium 
ordinum4  vehementfir  incusavit  quod  dc  rebus  minime  ad 
eos  pertinentibus  5  sententiam  dixissent.  Quoniam  civitati 
consiile'rg  non  possum,  mih!  consulam.  Quoniam  res  ita 
se  hab^t,  in  urb£m  r^deamus.6 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Caesar  cut  down  the  bridge  which  he  had  built  (see  §  180, 
examples)  over  the  Rhine,  because  he  was  unwilling  for 
the  Germans  to  follow  him  into  Gaul.  Was  not  Ar  is  tides 
banished  from  his  country  because  (as  men  thought)  he 
was  unduly  just?  The  ^Eduans  complained  that  (because) 
Ariovistus  had  (as  they  alleged)  led  a  great  army  of  Ger- 
mans across  the  Rhine.  Caesar,  because  he  was  unwilling 
(a  fact)  for  these  things  to  be  discussed  in  the  presence  of 
the  ambassadors,  quickly  dismissed  the  council.  The 
consul  said  that,  since  he  could  not  consult  for  the  state, 
he  would  look  to  his  own  safety.  You  desire  to  slay  me, 
not  because  (as  you  allege)  I  have  violated  the  laws  of  the 
commonwealth,  but  because  I  have  rebuked  you  severely 
for  your  crimes.  The  shepherd  blamed  his  son  strongly, 
because  he  had  neglected  to  shear  the  sheep.  I  Since  this  is 
the  case,  let  us  set  out.  /  Liscus  said  that,  since  such  was 
the  case,  he  would  speak  a  few  things. 

1  \  129,  Rem.  10.  2  j  188.  s  \  135  a. 

4  \  132.  5  I  185,  2  a.  •  g  183,  Rem. 


262  SYNTAX. 

FINAL  PKOPOSITIONS. 

§  1 92.  Final  propositions  express  a  purpose  or  result 
(the  end  to  which  an  action  tends),  and  are  introduced 
by  the  final  conjunctions  ut^  ne,  quo,  quin,  quoiuinus. 

§  193.  RULE  XLIX.— The  predicate  of  a  final  pro- 
position is  in  the  subjunctive  :  as,  vtni  ut  videam,  I  have 
come  to  see. 

NOTE. — As  a  purpose  has  reference  to  the  future,  and  is  not  a,  fact, 
but  something  conceived  in  the  mind,  it  is  purely  subjective,  and 
should  obviously  be  expressed  by  the  subjunctive.  A  result  is  a 
purpose  accomplished,  and  was  regarded  by  the  Latins  not  so  much 
in  the  character  of  a  fact,  as  of  what  was  intended  to  follow,  or 
would  naturally  be  expected  to  follow,  in  the.  circumstances  :  they 
give  it,  therefore,  the  shape  which  it  was  supposed  to  have  before  it 
became  a  result ;  and  hence  the  use  of  the  subjunctive. 

Remark  1. —  Ut  or  utl  expresses  either  a  purpose  or  a  result. 
Verii  ut  videam,  I  have  come  to  see  (that  I  may  see}.  Ed  impttH 
mdites  ierunt  ut  hostes  sefiigaz  mandarent,  the  soldiers  went  with 
such  violence  that  the  enemy  took  to  flight. 

Remark  2. — (a.)  Ne  always  expresses  a  purpose  (that  —  not, 
lest).  Te  obsecro  ne  hoc  facias,  I  beseech  you  not  to  do  this. 

A  negative  result  i^ust  be  expressed  by  ut  —  non. 

(b.)  With  verbs  of  fearing,  ne  is  translated  that,  and  ut,  that  — 
not,  the  final  sentence  being  constructed  with  reference  to  the 
contrary  purpose  or  hope  implied  in  the  verb  of  fearing.  Timeo 
ne  moriattir,  I  am  afraid  that  he  will  die.  (It  is  my  purpose  that 
he  shall  not.}  Timeo  ut  moriatur,  I  am  afraid  that  he  will  not 
die.  (It  is  my  purpose  that  he  shall.) 

Ne —  non  is  sometimes  used  instead  of  ut  for  emphasis,  especially 
after  a  negative :  as,  non  vereor  ne  tud  virtus,  oplnionl  ho  mm  dm 
non  respondedt,  I  am  not  afraid  that  your  valor  will  not  answer 
the  expectation  of  men. 

Remark  3. —  Quo,  that,  is  generally  used  in  preference  to  ut, 
when  a  comparative  enters  the  sentence.  Ccesdr  ponttm  fecit  quo 
f  acilius  flumen  translret. 


FINAL    PROPOSITIONS.  263 

Remark  4-  —  Qitln,  but  tJiat,  but  that  —  not  (—  qul  non  or  ut  — 
noii),  is  used  with  negative  expressions,  and  expressions  of  doubt. 
Nemo  est  quln  putet,  there  is  no  one  who  does  not  think.  Nemo 
tdm  imperltus  est  quin  putet,  no  one  is  so  foolish  as  not  to  think. 

Remarks.  —  Qudmlnus,  that  —  not,  is  often  used  with  expul- 
sions of  hindering,  instead  of  ne.  Nlhll  Caio  obstat  quommua 
sciibat,  nothing  hinders  Caius  from  writing. 

Quln  is  sometimes  used  if  a  negative  precedes. 

Remark  6.  —  Ut  is  often  omitted  after  volo  and  verbs  of  permit- 
ting, asking,  advising,  commanding,  reminding. 

Ne  is  often  omitted  after  cave. 

Remark  7.  —  A  final  proposition  is  usually  a  noun,  though  a 
result  may  be  an  adverb  limiting  sic,  ltd,  tdm,  tantus,  etc.  Ui 
in  the  sense  of  as  is  always  a  relative. 


EXI:RCISE  LXIL    (#*,-  m;  QUO.) 
§  194.     Vocabulary. 

commutatio,  -on-is,  change.  motus,  -us,  movement,  insurrection. 

al&critas,  -tat-is,  cheerfulness.  colloqui,    -locutus,     to    confer,     con* 
morti-fer,  -a,  -iim,  mortal,  deadly.         verse. 

pristinus,  -a,  -vim,  former.  ex  equis  or  equu,  on  horseback. 

coinmunicatio,  -on-is,  communica-  Item  (conj.),  likewise. 

tion.  subit5  (adv.),  suddenly. 

neu,  or  neve  (cop.  fin.  conj.),  and  una  (party.$166),  (adv.),  toe/ether. 

that  not,  nor  (after  a  final  sen-  contlnens,  -ent-is,  continent. 

tence). 

ad-duc-o,  -ere,  addux-i,  adduct-um,  to  lead  against. 

preecip-i-5,  -ere,  prsecep-i,  praecept-uin,  to  instruct,  enjoin. 

e-dic-o,  -ere,  edix-I,  edict-um,  to  issue  an  edict. 

in-stitu-o,  -ere,  institu-i,  institut-um,  to  instruct,  teach. 

incend-o,  -ere,  incend-I,  incens-um,  to  set  on  fire. 

ex-ur-5,  -ere,  exuss-I,  exust-ilm,  to  burn  up. 

ia-nasc-or,  -I,  innut-us,  to  spring  up. 

tim-eo,  -ere,  timu-i,  to  fear  (as  a  coward}. 

metu-5,  -ere,  metu-i,  to  fear,  to  be  apprehensive. 

ver-eor,  -eri,  verit-iis,  to  feel  awe  of,  to  fear.    (As  tlmeo  and  metuo 

have  no  supine  stem,  the  parts  forme(Vfrom  that  stem  are  sup- 

plied by  vereor  in  either  sense.) 


264 


SYNTAX. 


coqu5,  -ere,  cox-i,  coct-um,  to  cook. 

pac-0,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  subdue. 

imper-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  (intr.),  to  command,  order. 


That  — no,  that  —  not  any, 
That  no  one, 
That  no  one  at  all, 
That  —  never, 
That  nothing, 


EXAMPLES. 

Negative  Purpose. 
Ne  quis  (§  89,  Bern.  2 
Ne  quis, 
Ne  quisquam,  • 
Ne  unquam, 
Ne  quid, 


Negative  Result. 

Ut  nullus. 

Ut  nem5. 

Ut  nemo  omnium. 

Ut  nunquam. 

Ut  nihil. 


Tanta  vis  probitatis  est  ut  earn  vel  So  great  is  the  power  of  honesty,  that 

in  hoste  dllljdmus,  we  love  it  even  in  an  enemy. 

N.B. — In  final  propositions  of  result,  the  subjunctive  is  translated 
like  the  indicative  of  the  same  tense. 

Operam  dare,  To  take  care. 

Prseeeptum  est,  Instructions  were  given  ($  114,  5). 

E dictum  est,  An  edict  was  issued  (114,  5). 

Pater   f  Ilio   praecepit   ne  unquam  The  father  instructed  his  son  never  to 

menfttetur,  lie. 

Dominus  servo  imperavit  ut  equum  The  master  commanded  the  servant  to 

infrendret,  bridle  the  horse. 

t)ominus      servo       imperavit      we  The  master  ordered  the  servant  not  to 

equum  infrendret,  bridle  the  horse. 


Translate  into  English. 

Id  mih!  sic  grit  gratum  ut  gratius1  essg  nihil  possit. 
Ea  non  ut  te  instituerem  scrips!.  Caesar  castella  communit, 
quo  f acilius  Helvetios  prohiberg  possit.  Oppidan!  multis 
cum  lacrymis  imp^rator^m  obsecrabant  ne  oppidiim  incen- 
deret.  Prseceptiim  Srat  Labieno  ne  proelium  committeret 
Esse2  nos  SportSt  ut  vlvamus,  noh  viv^rS  ut  edamus.  In  eo 
itinerg  Org£t5rix  persuasit  Castico3  ut  regniim  in  civitatS 
sua  occuparet;  itemqu^  pumnorigl3  ^Eduo,  fratri4  Diviti- 


aci,  ut  idem  conaretur  persuasit.      Hauracis3   persuasuin 


174,  Rem.  4. 


127. 


FINAL   PROPOSITIONS.  265 

Srat1  uti,  oppidis  suis  vicisque'  exustis,2  una  cum  Helvetiis 
proficiscerentur.  Consul  edixit  ne  quisquam  in  castris 
coctum  cibiim  vender  et.  Tantus  trmor  omnem  exercitum 
subito  occupavit  ut  omnium  animos  perturbdret.  Hac 
oration^  habita,2  tanta  comrnutatio  facta  est  ut  summa 
alacritas  £t  cupiditas  belli  gerendi3  innata  esset.  Legem 
brevem  essg4  oportet  quo  facilius  ab  impSritis  tenedtur. 
Consul  militibus  imperavit  ne  quern  civem  inter/ iccrent. 
Caesar  v£ritus  ne  quis  motus  in  Gallia  ficret,  Labienum  in 
continent^  reliquit.  Milites  mStuunt  ne  mortlfSrum5  sit 
vulntis  Scipionis.  Timeo  ut  fratres  me!  ad  urbein  perveni- 
ant.  Csesar  milites  cohortatus  est  ut  suse  pristinss  virtutis 
mSmoriam  retmerent,  neu  perturbdrentur  animo.6  OpSra 
dabatur  ne  quod  iis7  colloquium  inter  se,  nevS  communi- 
catio  essSt. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

The  enemy  ran  forward  so  swiftly  tfiat  time  was  not  given 
to  our  men  for  throwing  their  darts.  So  great  a  panic 
took  possession  of  the  citizens  that  no  man  was  able  to  take 
up  arms.  An  edict  has  been  issued  that  no  one  leave  the 
town.  Instructions  had  been  given  to  the  horsemen  not  to 
pursue  the  enemy  too  far.  Wise  men  eat  to  live,  but  fools 
and  gluttons  live  to  eat.  I  advise  you,  my  son,  never  to 
believe  a  liar.  Balbus  is  such  a  liar  (so  lying)  that  he  is 
never*  believed  (it  is  never  believed  to  him).  I  fear  that 
some  one  has  announced  our  plans  to  the  enemy.  Ariovis- 
tus  demanded  that  they  should  confer  on  horseback,  and  not 
bring  more  (amplius)  than  ten  horsemen  apiece  to  the  con- 
ference. The  Belgians,  fearing  (having  feared)  that  if  all 
Gaul  were  subdued  (abl.  abs.)  the  army  of  the  Komans 

i  §  172,  Rem.  2.  2  \  186.  3  j  177> 

4  \  188.  &  J  128  b.  •  {  161. 

»  \  143. 

23 


266  SYNTAX. 

would  be  led-against  (ad)  them,  collected  great  forces.  The 
citizens  feared  that  the  auxiliaries  would  not  reach  the  city. 
Csesar  commanded  (inyp&Far$)  the  soldiers  to  run  forward 
swiftly,  and  not  give  the  enemy  time  for  collecting  them- 
selves. Ariovistus  said  that  he  feared  that  snares  were 
prepared  for  him.  It  has  been  said  that  brave  men  do  not 
fear  death.  The  consul  thought  that  Catiline  had  formed 
the  design  of  setting  the  city  on  fire.  An  edict  was  issued 
that  no  bread  (nothing  of  bread)  should  be  introduced  into 
the  camp. 

EXERCISE   LXIII.     (Qmn;   Quommus.) 

§  195.      Vocabulary. 

dubius,  -a,  -um,  doubtful.  custos,  custod-is,  guard. 

compell-are,  to  call,  address.  itaque  (conj.),  and  so,  therefore. 

dubit-are,  to  doubt.  baud  multum  ($  153),  not  much,  not 

conjunctio,  -on-is,  friendship,  inti-        far. 

macy.  ParmeniS,  -on-is,  Parmenio. 

avoc-are,  to  call  away,  separate.          medicus,  -I,  physician. 
investig-are,  to  investigate.  medicamentum,  -I,  dose  of  medicine. 

Cimon,  -on-is,  Cimon. 
fl-eo,  flere,  flev-i,  flet-um,  to  weep. 
ob-st-0,  obst-are,  obstit-i,  obstit-um  (intr.),  to  stand  in  front  of,  hinder, 

prevent. 

im-ped-io,  -ire,  -ivi,  -Itum  (tr.),  to  tangle  the  feet,  hinder,  prevent. 
de-terr-eo,  -ere,  deterru-i,  deterrit-um,  to  frighten  off,  deter,  prevent, 
praster-mitt-o,  -ere,  -mls-i,  -miss-iim,  to  pass  by,  leave  undone. 
circum-ven-io,  -ire,  -ven-i,  -vent-iim,  to  surround. 
bib-o,  -ere,  bib-i,  bibit-um,  to  drink. 
ad-spic-i-5,  -ere,  adspex-i,  adspect-um,  to  look  at. 
im-pon-5,  -ere,  iinposu-T,  imposit-um,  to  post,  place. 
fru-or,  fru-i,  fruct-us,  to  enjoy. 

EXAMPLES. 

/•  It  cannot  be  that  he  is  not  going  to 
Fieri  non  potest  qu-in  venturus  sit,  J       come  (but  that  he  is  going  to  come}] 

(       he  is  certainly  going  to  come. 

Nunquam  Balbum  adspexit  quin      He  never  saw  Balbus  without  calling 
fratricldam  compelldret,  him  a  fratricide. 


FINAL,   PROPOSITIONS.  267 

Milites  retinere  non  possum  quin  cur-      I    cannot    restrain    the    soldiers 
rant,  from  running. 

Facere  or  rnihl  1 

~  _  «        >  non  possum  quin  fleam.  I  cannot  help  weeping, 
temperare,      J 

Non   est   dubiurn      )  )    There  is  no   doubt    "\  that   God 

XT-   -  quin  Deus  mun-  I    «  A    ,       7     .    7          ,          , 

Negan   n5n   potest  >         ^  >  It  cannot   be  denied  >  rules     trie 

Quis   dubitat  )       dGm  ****        j    Who  doubts  j  world. 

After  the  above  expressions,  quin  must  be  translated  that. 

Nihil  praetermisi  quin  ad  te  veniam,  I  have  left  nothing  undone  to  come  to 

you. 

Nihil  Caio  obstat  quominus  veniat,   ")    _, 

~    n^.-       „  .*     r  Nothing  hinder*  Cams  from  coming. 
Nihil  obstat  quominus  Cams  vem&t,  j 

Per  me  stat  quominus  venids,  It  is  my  fault  that  you  do  not  come. 
Quid  te  impedivit  quominus  venires,  What  prevented  you  from  coming  ? 
Minimum  (§  153)  abfuit  quin  caderet,  He  was  very  near  falling. 

Translate  into  English. 

Non  dubium  est  quin  virtus  summiim  sit  bonum.1  Bal- 
bum  nunquani  adspexit  quin  proditor^m2  compelldret. 
Fi^ri  non  p5test  quin  alii  a  nobis  dissentiant.  Non  du- 
bitavit  Adherbal  quin  Jugurtha  eum  interf  ic6r£  condretur. 
Quis  diibitarS  potest  quin  multo3  turpius  sit  fall^rS4  quam 
falli?  German!  rStmeri  non  potuerunt  quin  in  nostros 
tela  conjicerent.  P^r  Considium  st^tit  quominus  Caesar 
Helvetios  circumvenlret.  Org^torix  non  dubitat  quin  breVI 
tempor^5  totius  Gallise  regnum  occupaturus  sit.  Altitudo 
flu  minis  hostes  deterrebat  quominus  transirS  condrentur. 
Nihil  prsetermisit  Cicero  qutn  Pompeium  a  Csesaris  con- 
junctionS  dvocdret.  Nihil  tam  difficile  est  quin  quserendo 
investigari  possit.  Cimon  nunquam  in  hortis  custodem 
imposuit,  ne  quis  impedlretur  quominus  fructibus6  fruere- 
iur.  Parmenio  audiv^rat  v^nentim  a  Philippi  medico 
regi 7  parari  ;8  itaquS  Spist5la  scripta 9  eum  deterrer^ 

1  |  128,  Rem.  5.         2  ?  151  b.  s  g  igg. 

4  I  173.  5  j  i67)  Rem.  1.  6  j  159^  Rem>  6t 

*  §  141.  8  g  188.  a  |  186. 


268  SYNTAX. 

voluit  quominus  mgdicamentiim  biberet  quod  m£diciis 
constitugrat. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

It  cannot  be  denied  that  Caesar  was  (a  man)  of  the 
greatest  courage.  Who  can  doubt  that  our  men  are  able 
to  sustain  the  attack  of  the  enemy  (for)  many  months? 
The  general  will  certainly  relieve  us  in  a  few  days.  It 
cannot  be  denied  that  your  son  was  born  many  years 
(§  167,  Bern.  2)  after  the  building  (§  185,  3  c)  of  the 
city.  I  never  converse  with  you  without  becoming  wiser. 
What  hinders  us  from  persuading  Marius  not  to  storm  the 
town?  It  was  not  Cicero's  fault  that  Pompey  was  not 
separated  from  intimacy  with  (of)  Caesar.  The  army  was 
not  far  from  being -beaten  and  sent  under  the  yoke.  The 
soldiers  could  not  be  restrained  from  running  forward  with 
a  great  shout.  Orgetorix  was  not  far  from  getting  posses- 
sion of  the  government  of  all  Gaul.  There  is  .no  man  but 
knows  that  all  things  are  ruled  by  God.  The  queen  could 
not  help  weeping. 

CONDITIONAL  PROPOSITIONS. 

§  196.  Conditional  propositions  express  a  condition, 
and  are  introduced  by  the  conditional  conjunctions  si, 
if;  ritdt  or  ni,  unless,  if  —  not ;  sin,  but  if;  dum,  modo, 
dummodo,  provided. 

The  complement  of  the  condition  is  called  the  conclu- 
sion. 

§  197.  RULE  L. — (a.)  If  the  condition  is  represented 
as  a  fact,  the  indicative  is  used  both  in  the  condition 
and  conclusion. 

f  If  you  speak  the  truth  (of  which  I  have  no 
Si  vera  dicis.  leqes  violavi.  \        7     7  \    r  7         7      7 

(.       doubt),  I  have  broken  the  laws. 

(6.)  If  the   condition  is  represented  as  possible  or 


CONDITIONAL   PEOPOSITIONS.  269 

likely  to  be  realized,  the  subjunctive  present  or  perfect 
is  used  in  the  condition,  and  the  indicative  (generally 
future)  in  the  conclusion.  (Indeterminate  Condition.} 

Si  pecuniam  habeat,  dabit,  If  he  has  the  money,  he  will  give  it. 

( If  he  will    give   (shall    have   given)  me' 
Si  mihi  pecuniam  dederit,  Ibo,  <       the  money,  I  will  tjo.     (The  money  must 

(      be  given  before  I  go.) 

(c.)  If  the  non-existence  of  the  condition  is  implied, 
the  subjunctive  is  used  both  in  the  condition  and  con- 
clusion, the  imperfect  for  present  or  future  time,  the 
past-perfect  for  past  time. 

f  If  he  had  money  (noio],  Tie  would  give  it. 

Si  pecuniam  haberet,  daret,  -I  If  he  should  have  money  (at  any  future 

[      time),  he  would  give  it. 

>   j-j-    ~t  /  V  he  had  had  mon'ey>  he  would  have 
Si  pecuniam  habmsset,  dedisset,  j      given  ^     (pMt  ^  } 

Remark  1. — On  the  same  principle,  the  subjunctive  present  or 
present-perfect  is  used  to  express  a  possible  wish,  the  imperfect 
or  past-perfect  to  express  a  vain  wish. 

f  vi  vat !  (may  live  ! 

Utinam  films  •<  viveret !  Oh  that  my  son  -I  were  living! 

(  vixisset !  (  had  lived  I 

Remark  2. — The  condition  is  sometimes — 

(a.)  Implied  in  some  other  expression:  as,  sine  cibo  nemo 
vlvtre  posset,  no  one  would  be  able  to  live  without  food ;  or, 

(6.)  Altogether  suppressed,  in  which  case  the  indicative  imper- 
fect is  frequently  used :  as,  sdtius  erat  mdrl  qudm  mentlrl,  it 
would  be  better  (if  necessary)  to  die  than  to  lie. 

Remark  3.— When  the  non-existence  of  the  condition  is  im- 
plied, the  indicative  (especially  the  imperfects  dtcebdt,  oportebdt, 
debebdm,  poterdm,  and  erdm  with  a  gerundive  or  adjective)  is 
sometimes  used  in  the  conclusion:  as,  si  victoria  dubid  esset 
tdmen  omnes  bonds  relpublwce  subvenlre  decebat,  if  the  victory- 
were  doubtful,  yet  all  good  men  ought  to  come  to  the  assistance 
of  the  state. 

Remark  4-— The  use  of  the  imperfect  or  past-perfect  in  a  condi- 
tional sentence  does  not  necessarily  imply  the  non-existence  of 

23* 


270  SYNTAX. 

the  condition,  as  they  are  often  used  simply  because  the  leading 
verb  is  past,  and  not  because  the  character  of  the  condition 
requires  their  use.  (See  g  184.) 

Itemark  5. — In  a  mere  supposition  the  present  subjunctive  is 
often  used,  both  in  condition  and  conclusion.  Nee  si  scidm  dwtre 
auslm,  and  if  I  knew  I  would  not  dare  to  say. 

Remark  6. — The  conclusion  is  a  principal  or  a  dependent  pro- 
position, according  to  tie  construction  of  the  sentence  in  which 
it  stands. 

Si  vera  dieis,  leges  violdcl. 

Caius  confesses  est  se,  si  frater  vera  dieeret,  leges  violdvisse. 

Remark  7. — If  the  condition  must  be  fulfilled  before  the  con- 
clusion can  follow,  the  Latins  use  a  perfect  tense  where  in  Eng- 
lish we  use  a  present .  as,  si  hoc  feceris,  te  amabo,  if  you  do 
(shall  have  done)  this,  I  will  love  you.  (The  doing  must  be 
accomplished  before  the  loving.) 

Remark  8. — A  conditional  proposition  is  an  adverb,  limiting 
the  predicate  oi  the  conclusion. 

EXERCISE   LXIV. 
§  198.      Vocabulary. 

prseceptum,  -i,  precept.  in-cit-are,  to  arouse. 

inmiicitia,  -se,  enmity.  perpetuus,  -a,  -urn,  unending. 

adhuc  (adv.),  still,  yet.  invlt-are,  to  invite. 

mature  (adv.),  soon.  vera    dicere,    to    speak    truth    (true 

iitinam  (inter).),    Oh  that !  1  wish         thing*). 

that.  subvenire    alicui,    to    come    to    one's 

stipendium,  -I,  tribute,  tax.  assistance. 

t^uotannis  (adv.),  yearly. 

minu-o,  -ere,  minu-i,  minut-um,  to  make  less,  weaken. 

exerc-eo,  -ere,  exercu-i,  exercit-um,  to  exercise. 

siibig-5,  -ere,  subeg-i,  subact-um,  to  subjnyate. 

lacess-o,  -ere,  lacessiv-i,  lacessit-iim,  to  provoke. 

injuria  lacessere.  to  provoke  by  injury,  to  injure. 

dol-e5,  dol-ere,  dolu-i,  dolit-um,  to  grieve. 

con-ven-io,  -ire,  conven-i,  convent-um,  to  agree. 

pend-o,  pendere,  pepend-i,  pens-um,  to  weigh,  to  pay. 

respond-e5,  -ere,  respond-i,  respons-iim,  to  answer. 

cav-eo,  -ere,  cav-v,  caut-um,  to  avoid. 


CONDITIONAL   PROPOSITIONS.  271 

Translate  into  English. 

Me'mo'ria  minuitur  nisi  earn  exerceds.  Si  Helvetii  flu- 
m&i  transirg  conentur,  Csesar  eos  prohibebit.  Csesar 
jiEduis  bellum  intulisset  nisi  obsides  misissent.  Alexander, 
si  diutius  vixisset,  totum  orbgm  terrarum  subegisseL  Uti- 
nam  pat£r  meus  vlvdt !  Utmam  rex  viveret !  Csesar  aV 
Ariovisto  postiilavit  ne  quam1  multitudmSm  hominiim  in 
Galliam  transducer et,2  neve  ^Eduos  injuria3  Idcesseret2  neve 
his  sociisquS  eorum  bellum  inferret  ;2  "  Si  id  ita  feceris" 
inquit,  "  milil4  populoque'  R5mano  perpStua  ^micitia  tecum 
Irit"  Ad  hsec  Aridvistiis  respondit :  "JEduis5  injuria3 
bellum  non  inf^ram,  si  in  eo  quod  convenerunt  maneant, 
stipendiumque  quotannis  pendant"  Nisi  te  satis  incita- 
tum  essS6  confiderem,  plura  scr'iberem.  Sin6  ferro7  fieri 
non  posset  (it  would  be  impossible)  ut  agri  col^rentur. 
ImpSrator^  interfecto7  fi^ri  non  potest  qum  exercitus 
pellatur.  Si  vis  me  flerg,  primum  d6lendum  est8  ipsi 
tibi.9 

Translate  into  Latin. 

If  you  speak  the  truth,  Cato  has  done  (to)  you  a  great 
injury.  If  this  is  the  case  (§  191,  Ex.).  I  will  set  out 
immediately  to  Rome.  No  man  can  be  happy,  unless  his 
life  is  ruled  by  the  precepts  of  virtue.  If  Csesar  had  been 
able  to  avoid  these  enmities,  he  would  be  still  living.  If  I 
knew,  I  would  say.  If  you  live  well,  you  will  die  happily. 
/  wish  you  had  come  a  little  (§  168)  sooner.  Ariovistus 
would  not  have  led  his  army  across  the  Rhine  unless  he 
had  been  invited  by  the  Sequanians.  It  would  be  im- 
possible to  believe  this  report  if  we  did  not  know  that  the 

i  g  89.  2  j  193.  s  j  159. 

*  g  143.  5  g  141.  e  g  igs. 

7  {  197,  Rem.  2,  «.  8  §  178. 


272  SYNTAX. 

messenger  always  speaks  the  truth.  If  I  had  known  your 
danger,  I  would  have  come  to  your  assistance.  If  I  go  to 
Rome,  I  will  send  you  the  money  which  you  demand.  If 
the  Helvetians  had  endeavored  to  cross  the  river,  Csesar 
would  have  prevented  them.  Ariovistus  would  not  be  waging 
war  on  the  .ZEduans  if  they  had  paid  the  tribute.  Without 
an  army  it  is  impossible  to  wage  war  (it  cannot  happen  that 
war  be  waged). 

CONCESSIVE  PROPOSITIONS. 

§  199.  Concessive  propositions  express  something 
granted  or  yielded,  and  are  introduced  by  the  concessive 
conjunctions  etsi,  quanqudm,  tametsi,  tamZnetsi,  etiamsl, 
ticZt,  quamvis,  quantumvls,  quamtibZt,  ut  and  quum  in  the 
sense  of  although,  etc.,  with  the  general  meaning  although* 

§  200.  RULE  LI. — (a.)  If  the  thing  granted  is  repre- 
sented as  a  fact,  the  indicative  is  used,  generally  with 
quanqudm,  etsi,  or  tametsi :  as,  Romdni,  quanqudm  fessl 
brant,  lumen  instructl  procedunt,  the  Romans,  though 
they  were  weary,  yet  march  in  order  of  battle. 

(6.)  A  concession  merely  for  argument's  sake,  or 
where  the  non-existence  of  the  thing  granted  is  im- 
plied (a  mere  conception),  is  expressed  by  the  subjunc- 
tive, usually  with  quamvis  or  facet,  sometimes  with 
Ztiamsl  or  etsi:  as,  mendacium,  quamvis  occultettir, 
tdm&i  turp$  est,  a  falsehood,  though  it  be  concealed,  is 
nevertheless  base. 

Remark  1. — The  complement  of  a  concessive  sentence  is  an 
adversative  proposition  introduced  by  tdmen. 

Remark  2.- — Quanqudm  is  properly  the  accusative  singular 
feminine  of  quisquis  (rtm  being  understood) :  thus,  (a.)  In  respect 
to  whatever  thing  the  Romans  were  weary,  etc. 


CONCESSIVE   PROPOSITIONS.  273 

Remark  3. — Etsl,  tdmetsl,  etiamsl  (even  if),  and  ut  in  the  sense 
of  even  if,  although,  are  properly  conditional  conjunctions,  the 
mood  to  be  used  depending  upon  the  character  of  the  condition. 
(See  |  197.) 

Remark  J^. —  Quamvls,  guantumlibtt,  quamlibet,  are  properly 
relative  pronouns  (as  much  as  you  please,  however  much).  Thus, 
in  example  (b),  a  falsehood,  however  much  it  may  be  concealed,  lei 
it  be  concealed  as  much  as  you  please,  etc.  (See  §  210,  Rem.  3.) 

Remark  5. — Licet  is  an  impersonal  verb,  ut  being  omitted:  as, 
fremant  omnes  licet,  dlcdm  quod  sentio,  though  all  cry  out  (it  is 
allowed  that  all  cry  out),  I  will  say  what  I  think. 

Remark  6. — The  subjunctive  is  always  used  with  ut  or  quum 
concessive. 

Remark  7. — Concessive  propositions  are  adverbs. 

EXERCISE  LXV. 
§  201.      Vocabulary. 

occult-are,  to  conceal.  -~  strenuus,  -a,  -um,  brisk,  active, 

fessiis,  -a,  -urn,  weary.  Italicus,  -i,  Italian. 

nondum  (adv.),  not  yet.  **  penes  (prep.),  with,  in  the  power  of. 

tamen  (conj.),  nevertheless,  yet.  deditio,  -on-is,  surrender. 

emoluinentura,  -i,  advantage.  advers-ari,  to  resist,  object. 

crebro  (adv.),  frequently.  Sic  (adv.),  thus. 

put-are,  to  think. 

—  cognosc-o,  -ere,  cognov-i,  cognit-um,  to  find  out. 

accid-o,  -ere,  accid-i,  ,  to  happen. 

con-sequor,  -I,  consecutus,  to  follow,  pursue  and  overtake,  attain. 

ne-sc-io,  nesc-ire,  nesciv-I,  nescit-uin,  not  to  know. 
~^suad-eo,  -ere,  suas-i,  suas-um,  to  advise. 

reor,  reri,  ratus,  to  think,  deem. 

trans-eo  ($  111,  9),  -ire,  transi-i,  transit-um,  to  pass  away. 
^  vit-6,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  shun,  to  escape. 

potior,  potius  (superl.  potissimus,  from  potis),  letter,  preferable. 

Translate  into  English. 
Quod  turpe  est,  id,1  quamvis  occultetur,  honestiim 

i  I  87,  G  2  \  174,  Rem.  4. 


274  SYNTAX. 

nullo  mSdo  potest.  Nostri  milites  quanqucim  itine're'  £t 
prcelio  fessi  erant,  tamen,  consuie  imperanteV  ad  summum 2 
collem  celSritgr  procurrerunt.  Caesar,  etsl  nondum  eorum 
consilia  cognoverat,  tamgn  fere  id  quod  accidit  suspicabatur. 
Viri  bom  multa3  6b  earn  causam  faciunt,  quod  dgcgt,  etsl 
nullum  consecuturum  emolumentum  vident.  Quod4  crebro 
aiiquis  videt,  non  miratur,  Ztiamsl  causam  nescit.  •  Licet 
strenuum  metiim  putes  essS,  velocior  tam^n  spes  est. 
Italic!  Adherbali5  suadent  uti  se  6t  oppidiim  Jugurthse 
trddat;  at  ill^,  tametsl  omnia  potiora6  fide7  Jugurthse 
rebatur,  tamSn,  quia  p^ngs  Italicos,  si  adversaretur,8 
cogendi  potestas  ^rat,  deditionSm  facit.^  Divitise,  quamvis 
magnse  sint,  tam^n  alas  habent.  f  Quamvis  prudens  atque 
sapiens  sis,  mortem  vitarS  nulld  modo  pot^s :  sic  transit 
gloria  mundi. 

COMPARATIVE  PROPOSITIONS. 

§  202.  Comparative  propositions  express  comparison, 
and  are  introduced  by  comparative  conjunctions  (than, 
as),  qutim,  ut  (as),  slcut,  v8lut,  prout,  tanquam,  qutisi,  utsl, 
acsl,  ceu  ;  with  do  and  atqu&  (as  or  than). 

§  203.  EULE  LIL — In  comparative  sentences, — 

(a.)  A  fact  is  expressed  by  the  indicative :  as,  qu^m 
maxlmds  pfttest  copids  cogtt,  he  collects  as  great  forces 
as  he  can. 

(6.)  A  mere  conception,  and  not  a  fact,  is  expressed  by 
the  subjunctive:  as,  me  adspicWis  quasi  monstrum  Sim, 
you  gaze  at  me  as  if  I  were  a  nfiteister. 

Remark  1. — The   comparative   conjunctions  are  for  the  most 

i  $  186.  2  \  128,  Rcm.  8.          ***  J  128,  Rem.  5. 

^  J  129,  Rem.  2.         5  \  141.  6  \  151  b. 

7  I  165.  8  \  107,  Rcm.  4- 


COMPAKATIVE   PROPOSITIONS.  275 

part  either  relative  or  conditional  words.  Thus,  qudm,  than, 
is  a  relative,  rem  being  understood.  Cicero  eloquentior  fuit 
quam  (rem)  Csesar  (eloquens  full).  In  respect-to-what  Csesar  was 
eloquent,  Cicero  was  more  eloquent ;  i.e.  Cicero  was  more  eloquent 
than  Ccesar.  So,  in  example  (a),  (copias  cogit  (tdm)  maximas 
qudm  potest,  he  collects  forces  very  great  in  that  degree  in  wJiich 
degree  he  can),  qudm  is  an  adverbial  relative,  tdm  understood 
being  its  antecedent;  or  it  may  be  considered  an  accusative 
singular  feminine  of  qul,  rem  being  understood :  copias  quam 
(rem)  potest  maximas,  forces  very  great  in  what  respect  he  can, 
i.e.  as  great  as  possible.  The  position  of  the  superlative  is  the 
re.gular  one.  (See  §  129,  Rem.  6.)  In  the  example,  in  liorto 

ambuldbdm  sicut  meus  est  mos  ( as  my  custom  is),  sic  is  an 

adverbial  demonstrative  limiting  ambuldbdm,  and  ut  an  adverbial 
relative  having  sic  as  its  antecedent ;  (in  liorto  eo  modo  ambulabam 
quo  modo  metis  est  mos  ambuldre).  In  example  (b),  qudm  (quasi 
=  quam  si)  is  a  relative,  and  si  a  conditional  conjunction.  Me 
adspicitis  qudm  (adspiceretls)  si  monstrum  essem,  you  gaze  at  mo 
as  (you  would  gaze)  if  I  were  a  monster.  It  will  be  observed, 
however,  that,  as  the-  leading  verb  is  present,  the  present  is  used 
in  the  comparative  proposition  (sim,  not  essem),  though  the  non- 
existence  of  the  condition  is  implied. 

Remark  2. — In  comparative  propositions,  the  subjunctive  is 
mostly  translated  by  the  indicative. 

Remark  3. — Comparative  propositions  are  adverbs. 


EXERCISE  LXVL 
Vocabulary. 

quasi  (quam-si),  as  if.  veluti  (vel-uti),  even  so,  just  as. 

porinde  (adv.),  in  the  same  manner,  Graecus,  -a,  -um,  Greek. 

precisely,  just,  exactly.  litera,  -se,  a  letter  of  the   alphabet ; 
aliter  (adv.),  otherwise.  pi.  literature. 

ac   or  atque    (after    aliter),  than;  avidc  (adv.),  eagerly. 

(after  perinde),  as.  diuturnus,  -a,  -um,  long,  lasting. 

honor,  -or-is,  office,  honor.  imperatum,  -I,  order,  command. 

honores  populi,  offices  given  by  the  ita  (adv.),  so. 

people.  ops  (now.  obs.  $  51),  op-is,  help,  might. 


276  SYNTAX. 

sicuti    or    sicut    (sic-uti),   so   as,    rati§,  -on-is,  plan. 

just  as.  summa  ope,  with  all  one's  might. 

tanquam    or    tamquain    (tarn,   so,     silentium,  -I,  silence. 

quam,  as),  so  as,  just  as.  vitam  transire,  to  pass  one's  life. 

pecus,  -oils,  flock,  herd;  pi.  cattle,     agmen,  -in-is,  an  army  on  the  march. 
ex-pl-eo,    ere,  explev-i,  explet-um,  to  Jill,  satisfy. 
con-temn-o,  -ere,  con  temp  s-i,  contempt-urn,  to  despise. 
nit-6r,  nit-i,  nix-us  and  nis-us,  to  strive. 
de-fer-o,  de-ferre,  de-tul-i,  de-lat-um,  to  carry  (from  one  to  another),  to 

report. 

e-ven-i5,  -ire,  even-i,  event-urn,  to  turn  out,  result. 
sub-sequor,  subsequi,  subsecut-us,  to  follow  closely. 

Translate  into  English. 

Grsecas  litgras  sic  avide  arripui,  quasi  diuturnam  sitim 
explerS  c&perem.  Mea  in  domo  imperata  tua  dicis, 
quasi  dominus  sis.  Homines  corrupt! l  siiperbia 2  ita 
agunt,  quasi  populi  honores  contemnant;  ita  hos  (honores) 
pgtunt  quasi  honeste  vixerint.  Sicuti  dixl  faciam.  Pat£r 
meus  septima  hora3  r^dibit,  sicut  pollicitus  est.  Mala  for- 
tuna  tibi  accidit,  tanquam  mih!  (accidit).  Homines  summa 
opS4  niti5  dgcgt,  ne  vitam  silentio4  transeant6  veluti  p^cora 
(vitam  transeunt).  Res  evenit  non  p^rinde  atque  puta- 
v£ram.  Caesar,  ^quitatu  prsemisso,7  subsSquebatur  omni- 
bus copiis ;  sed  ratio  orddqug  agminis  alitSr  se  habebat  de 
Belgse  ad  Nervios  detulerant. 

TEMPORAL  PROPOSITIONS. 

§  204.  Temporal  propositions  point  out  the  time  of 
an  action,  and  are  introduced  by  the  temporal  conjunc- 
tions tit,  ubij  quum,  when ;  postqutim,  posteaqu&m,  after ; 

1 1  185,  2  a.  2  §  159.  s  g  167. 

*  ?  159.  5  g  173.  «  g  193. 

^  a  isa 


TEMPORAL   PROPOSITIONS.  277 

anttquam,  priusquam,  before ;  quando,  when,  whenever ; 
qudties,  as  often  as ;  quamdiu,  as  long  as ;  dim-Mac,  simul, 
as  soon  as ;  dum,  donee,  quoad,  while,  as  long  as,  until. 

NOTE  1. — In  the  narration  of  facts,  the  indicative  will  of  course 
be  used  in  temporal  propositions  :  as,  postquam  In  urbem  venit,  alter 
he  came  into  the  city. 

NOTE  2. — The  adverbial  relative  quum  or  cum  (at  what  time, 
when,  while)  frequently  has  also  a  causal  or  concessive  force,  since, 
although.  As  a  pure  particle  of  time,  it  takes  the  indicative,  but  is 
also  followed  by  the  subjunctive  imperfect  or  past-perfect  in  the 
narration  of  past  facts,  especially  when  the  aorist-perfect  is  used  in 
the  principal  sentence.  When  the  subjunctive  is  used,  however, 
the  idea  of  cause  is  usually  combined  with  that  of  time.  Quum, 
causal  or  concessive,  always  takes  the  subjunctive.  Hence, — 

§  205.  RULE  LIII. — The  subjunctive  is  always  used 
(a)  with  QUUM  causal  or  concessive;  (6)  frequently  also 
with  QuttM  temporal,  especially  when  the  aorist-perfect 
is  used  in  the  principal  sentence. 

(a.)   Quse  quum  Ita  sint,  since  these  things  are  so. 

(a.)  Ceres  frumenta  invenit,  quuni  anted  homines  glandlbus  vescerentur, 
Ceres  invented  grains,  wherean  men  before  lived  on  acorns. 

(6.)  Quum  nostrl  annii  cepissent,  hostes  se  recepenint,  when  our  men 
had  taken  up  arms,  the  enemy  retreated.  (Here  quum  cepusent  points  out 
both  the  time  and  the  cause  of  the  enemy's  retreat.) 

§  206.  RULE  LIV. — With  anttquam  and  priusquam 
(a)  the  indicative  is  used  to  express  the  simple  priority 
of  one  action  to  another  (both  having  actually  been  per- 
formed). 

Fltios  convocdvit  antequam  mortuus  est,  he  called  together  his  sons 
before  he  died. 

(6.)  The  subjunctive  is  used — (1.)  when  the  action 
is  future  and  doubtful ;  (2.)  when  the  non-existence 
of  the  action  is  implied;  (3.)  in  indefinite  general 
expressions. 

24 


278  SYNTAX. 

(1.)  Csesar,  priusquam  quiclquam  Csesar,  before  he  attempted  any 
conaretur,  DivUiacum  vocdvlt,  thing,  called  Divitiacus. 

(The  attempting  was  future  to  the  calling,  and  dependent  upon  the 
result  of  Caesar's  interview  with  Divitiacus.) 

(2.)  Prius  ad  hostium  castra per-  He  reached  the  enemy' scamp  before 
veirit,  quam  Germdnl  quid  ageretur  the  Germans  could  find  out  ivhat  was 
sentire  possent,  going  on. 

(It  is  here  implied  that  the  Germans  never  could  find  out.) 

(3.)  Tempestds  mlndtur  antequam  The  tempest  t h reatens  before  it  rises, 
surgat,  (A  general  truth.) 

Remark  1. — After  a  future  in  the  principal  proposition,  the 
indicative  present  or  future-perfect  is  used  with  anttqudm  and 
priusquam :  as,  antequain  pro  Mtirend  dlccre  instituo  paucd  pro 
me  dlcdni,  before  I  begin  to  speak  for  Murena,  I  will  say  a  little 
for  myself. 

Remark  2. — In  historical  narrative,  the  subjunctive  imperfect 
and  past-perfect  are  sometimes  used  with  these  conjunctions,  very 
much  m'twe  same  way  as  with  quum  temporal.  Pauc'is  ante 
diebus  quam  Syracuse^  caperenttir,  a  few  days  before  Syracuse 
was  taken. 

§  207.  RULE  LV. — Dum,  dontc,  and  quo&d-,  in  the 
sense  of  until,  are  followed  by  the  indicative  when  a  fact 
is  stated ;  by  the  subjunctive  when  the  action  is  doubt- 
ful or  future  (not  &fact,  but  a  conception}. 

Locum  relinquere  nolultdum  Milo  He  would  not  leave  his  post  till 
veniret,  Milo  should  come. 

(These  conjunctions  in  the  sense  of  while,  as  long  as,  take  the 
indicative.) 

Remark. — All  temporal  propositions  are  adverbs,  and 
in  such  propositions  the  subjunctive  is,  for  the  most  part, 
translated  like  the  indicative. 


TEMPOKAL   PROPOSITIONS. 


EXERCISE    LXVII. 

§  208.      Vocabulary. 


279 


Sries,  -etis,  ram. 
infirmus,  -a,  -urn,  weak, 
scapha,  -98,  boat. 
Commius,  -I,  Commius. 
Atrebas,  -at-is,  Atrebatian. 
mandatum,  -I,  order. 
ver,  ver-is,  sirring. 
acerb  us,  -a,  -urn,  bitter. 
Phocion,  -on-is,  Phocion. 
perpetuo,  continually. 


pavor,  -or-is,  f right. 

se  recipere,  to  recover  one's  self. 

exspect-are  dum,  to  wait  for  any  tiling 
to  happen. 

periculum  facere,  to  make  a  trial. 

fulguratio,  -on-is,  lightning. 

Sonus,  -I,  sound. 

rusticus,  -a,  -um,  rustic. 

Suessiones,  -um,  Suessiana. 

Boeotii,  -orum,  Boeotians. 
Epammundas,    -ae,    Epaminondas      dementia,  -3d,  madness. 

(App.  I.).  Verres,  -is,  Verres. 

obsidio,  -on-is,  siege.  rosa,  -ae,  rose. 

sum-6,  -ere,  sumps-i,  sumpt-um,  to  take. 
dif-fer-o,  -ferre,  dis-tul-i,  di-lat-um,  to  put  off,  defer. 
in-cip-i-o,  -ere,  incep-i,  incept-um,  to  begin. 
in-cid-o,  -ere,  incid-i,  incas-iim,  to  fall  upon. 
con-sperg-o,  -ere,  -spers-i,  -spers-um,  to  sprinkle. 
prae-sto,  -are,  praestit-i,  praestit-um  and  praestat-um,  to  stand  before,  be 

superior. 

at-ting-o,  -ere,  attig-i,  attact-um,  to  touch,  reach. 
de-sist-5,  -ere,  destit-i,  destit-um,  to  leave  off,  cease. 
bell-o.  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  make  war. 
claud-o,  -ere,  claus-i,  claus-uni,  to  shut  up. 
ex-pon-o,  -ere,  exposu-i,  exposit-uin,  to  set  forth,  explain. 
de-ferve?c-o,  -ere,  deferv-i,  to  subside. 

inter-ced-5,  -ere,  -cess-i,  -cess-um,  to  come  between,  intervene. 
de-liber-o,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  deliberate. 
de-flu-o,  -ere^  de-flux-I,  deflux-um,  to  flow  away. 
com-pl-eO,  -ere,  complev-i,  complet-um,  to  Jill. 

/       Translate  into  English. 

1.   QUUM,  when,  since,  although,  whereas. 

Cses£r  qu&m  id  nuneiatum  esset,  maturavit  ab  urb^  pr5- 
f  icisci.1  Qu6d2  ciim  tinlmadvertisset  Csesar,  scaphas  longa- 
rum  navium  militibus3  compleri4  jussit.  Britanni  Com- 


13174 


2  $  129,  Rem.  9. 


160. 


188. 


280  SYNTAX. 

mium  Atrgbatgrn,  guftm  ad  eos  Csesaris  mandate  deferret, 
comprehenderant,  et  in  vincuia  conjec£rant.  tyu&m  rosain 
vlderdt,  tiim  inclpSr^1  ver  arbitrabatur.  O  acerbam  inlhi2 
raemoriain 3  tempuris  illlus  £t  loci,  quum  hie  in  me  incidlt, 
quum  complexes  est,  conspersitque  lacrymis,  n^c  loqui  pra3 
moerorS  potuit !  Phocion  fuit  perpetuo  paupSr,  quum  di- 
tissimiis  essS  posset.  Homines,  quum  multis  rebus  infir- 
miores  sint,  hac  re4  maxime  bestiis5  prsestant,  quod  loqui 
possuntX  ^Edui,  quum:  se  suaqug  ab  Helvetiis  defender^ 
uoupossint,  legatos  ad  CsesarSm  mittunt  rogatum 6  auxilium. 
Quam  vita  sinS  S,micis  metus7  plena  sit,  ratio  ipsa  monSt 
amicitias  comparare.  Quse  cum  ita  sint,  ad  urbem  prof  i- 
eiscamur.8 

2.   Postquam ;   Antequam ;   Prinsquam. 

E£  postqudm  Komse9  aud'ttd  sunt,  timor  omnes  invasit. 
Decem  post  diebus10  qudm  Csesar  in  Italiam  pervenlt, 
l^giones  duse  Srant  conseriptse. 

(RULE  LV.,  a.)  Ante  decimum  digm10  qudm  vita11  disces- 
sit,  liberos  omnes  convocavit.  Hsec  omnia  ante  facta  sunt 
qudm  Verres  Italiam  attigit.  Epammondas  non  prius 
bellfirg  destitit  qudm  LacSdsemonem  obsidione12  clausit. 

(6.)  Gives  prius  se  dediderunt  qudm  aries  murum  at- 
tigisset.  AntSquam  de  republica  dlcdm,  exponam  br^viter 
consilium  meum.  Caesar  priusquam  hostes  se  ex  pavorg  gt 
fiiga  reciperent,  in  fines  Suessionum  exercitum  duxit.  Ad 
lisec  cognoscenda13  priusquam  pSriculum  fdceret,  Caium 
prsemittit.  Ante  videmus  fulgurationSm  qudm  sonum 
audidmus. 

3.  Dum;  Donee;   Quoad. 

Dum  haec  g^runtur,  Ca3s^ri  nunciatiim  est  hostes  propius 

i  |  188.  2  §  142.  3  g  156. 

*g  161.  &  §  141.  6£  179  a. 

^  2  135  a.  8  I  183,  Hem.  •  J  16G>  Exo- 

W|1G7,  JZew.  2..  «  {  163.  "  j  169.  ^  J  177. 


EELATIVE   PROPOSITIONS.  281 

accede're'.1  Lucius,  quo£d  potuit,  pontem  defendit.  Epami- 
nondas,  quum  animadverteret 2  mortiferum  se  vulnus  ac- 
cSpisseV  ferrum  in  corpor£  contmuit  quoad  renuntidtum  est 
vicisse1  Bceotios.  Irati  r6gandi  sunt*  ut  vim  differant, 
dum  defervescat  Ira.  Caesar,  ut  spatium  intercedere  possSt3 
dum  milites  convenlrenty  legatis  respondit  di£m  se  ad  deli- 
bgrandum  sumpturum.  Dum  vivimiis  vivamus.4  Csesar 
summse  dementise5  ess^  judicabat,  exspectarS  dum  hostiiim 
copise  augerentur.  Rusticus  exspectat  dum  defluat  amms. 

RELATIVE  PROPOSITIONS. 

§  209.  Relative  propositions  are  introduced  by  a  rela- 
tive word.  (For  construction  of  relatives,  see  §  129.) 

The  predicate  of  a  relative  proposition  is  of  course  in 
the  indicative  when  afact  is  stated.  The  subjunctive  is 
used  in  three  cases. 

§  210.  RULE  LVI. — The  subjunctive  is  used  in 
relative  propositions  —  (a)  expressing  purpose,  result,  or 
cause  (qul  =  ut  or  quod  with  a  personal  pronoun!) :  as, 

Legdtos  mlserunt  qul  (=  ut  ii)  They  sent  ambassadors  that  they  might 
pdcem  peterent,  sue  (to  sue)  for  peace.  (Purpose.) 

Won  Is  sum  qui  (=  ut  ego)  hoc  I  am  not  such  a  one  as  to  do  this. 
faciam,  (Result.') 

Male  fecit  Hannibal  qul  (=  quod  f  H«™*"1  did  ™r™9  in  wintering 
is)  C&pu*  hiemarit,  j  (because  he  wintered)  at  Capua. 

\-  ( Cause.) 

(b.)  In  indefinite  general  expressions,  both  affirmative 
and  negative :  as, 

Sunt  qul  die  ant,  There  are  some  who  say. 

Nemo  est  orator  qui  se  Demosthenfo  No  one  is  an  orator  who  is  unwilling 
simile  in  esse  nolit,  to  be  like  Demosthenes. 

1  g  188.  2  §  9Q5  j.  s  j  193. 

*  {  183,  Hem.  5  %  183. 

*  Ought  to  be  asked. 
24* 


282  SYNTAX. 

(c.)  To  express  the  words  or  opinions  of  some  one 
else,  and  not  of  the  author :  as,  nuneiattim  est  8quttts  qul 
prsemissl  essent  r£vertiss&,  word  was  brought  that  the 
horsemen  who  had  been  sent  forward  had  returned. 

Remark  1. — The  subjunctive  with  qul  expresses  a  purpose  with 
reference  to  the  object  of  the  sentence,  a  purpose  with  reference  to 
the  subject  being  expressed  by  ut.  (See  \  193,  §  180,  Example.) 
Thus,  qul  pacSm  peterent  means,  that  they  (the  ambassadors]  might 
seek  peace.  Qul  may  be  used  with  the  passive  construction, 
legdtl  missl  sunt  qul  pdcem  peterent,  where  the  object  in  the  active 
becomes  subject  in  the  passive. 

Remark  2. —  Quippe,  utpote,  and  ut  are  frequently  joined  with 
qul  expressing  a  cause.  The  indicative  is  frequently  used  with 
quippe  qul. 

Remark  3. — The  subjunctive  is  used  in  indefinite  general  ex- 
pressions introduced  by  any  relative  word,  whether  adjectival  or 
adverbial.  Ubi  res  posceret  casiellum  commiinlvit,  wherever  cir- 
cumstances required,  he  built  a  fort.  Such  relative  sentences  ex- 
press a  condition  : — thus,  if  circumstances  anywhere  required,  etc. 
But  the  indicative  is  frequently  used :  as,  quamcunque  In  part  em 
nostrl  impetum  fecerant,  hostes  loco  cedere  cogebantur. 

Remark  4- — The  poets  and  some  prose  writers  use  the  indicative 
with  sunt  qul,  erant  qul,  etc.  The  indicative  will  of  course  be 
used  when  a  definite  subject  is  introduced.  Sunt  f  tree  quad  domdrl 
non  possunt,  there  are  wild  beasts  which  cannot  be  tamed.  (A  fact.) 
But  the  subjunctive  is  used  even  then,  if  &  particular  fact  is  not 

stated :  as,  sunt  ferce  quse  domdrl  non  possint, such  that 

they  cannot  be  tamed  (if  one  should  make  the  attempt). 

Remark  5. — The  subjunctive  is  used  in  a  relative  proposition 
included  in  another  dependent  proposition  expressing  a  concep- 
tion rather  than  a  fact.  In  such  cases  the  relative  proposition 
takes  the  subjective  complexion  of  the  sentence :  as,  mllites  co- 
hortatus  est  tit  omnes  qul  essent  vulncrdtl,  proelium  redintegrarent, 
he  exhorted  the  soldiers,  in  order  that  all  who  had  been  wounded 
might  renew  the  fight.  Tanta  rerum  commutatio  facta  est,  ut 
nostrl,  etiam  qul  vulneribus  confecti  procubuissent,  proelium  red- 
integrarent, so  great  a  change  of  things  was  produced,  that  our 


RELATIVE   PROPOSITIONS.  283 

men,  even  those  who  had  fallen  worn  out  with  wounds,  renewed  the 
Jight. 

Remark  6. — A  relative  proposition  is  an  adjective,  limiting  the 
antecedent.  Putr  qul  Itglt,  the  reading  boy.  But  as  an  adjective 
often  agrees  with  a  noun  while  limiting  a  verb,  so  an  adjective 
proposition  frequently  limits  the  predicate,  expressing  the  purpose 
(like  a  dative  of  purpose,  ?  144)  or  the  cause  (like  an  ablative  of 
cause  (§  159).  See  examples,  §  210  a. 

EXERCISE   LXVIII. 
§  211.      Vocabulary. 

divinus,  -a,  -urn,  pertaining  to  the     adulatio,  -on-is,  flattery. 

'gods.  fortuna,  -&,  fortune. 

quo  (adv.  for  old  ace.  quori),  whither,     natus  (part,  of  notcdr),  a  son. 
rudis,  -e,  uncivilized.  ant  —  aut,  either  —  or. 

'argutus,  -a,  -urn,  sagacious.  Druides,  -urn,  Druids. 

fortuniitus,  -a,  -um,  fortunate.  fuma,  -se,  fame,  report. 

-priECO,  -on-is,  herald,  crier.  praaditus,  ~a,  -um,  endowed. 

^pecc-are,  to  do  wrong,  to  sin.  esuriens,    -ent-is   (part,  of  esurire}, 

coinplures,  -a  and  -ia,  very  many,          hungry. 

quite  a  number.  quam  (relative  adv.),  as. 

phalanx,  phalang-is  (Gr.  ace.  pha-     una    (parte    understood,    $    166),    <o- 

langa,  pi.  phalangas),  phalanx.         gether. 
fionierus,  -I,  Homer. 

cona-mitt-o,  -ere,  commis-i,  commiss-um,  to  commit. 
ad-ven-io,  -ire,  adven-i,  advent-um,  to  arrive. 
proo-sum,  prae-esse,  prae-ful,  pras-futurus,  to  preside  over. 
di-lig-o,  -ere,  dllex-i,  dllect-um,  to  choose,  to  love. 
vid-eo,  -ere,  vid-i,  vls-um,  to  see. 

vid-eor,  -eri,  vis-us,  to  be  seen  (hence,  to  seem,  appear). 
cens-eo,  -ere,  censu-i,  cens-um,  to  be  of  opinion. 
re-per-io,  -ire,  reper-i,  repert-iim,  to  Jind. 

insil-io,  -ire,  insilu-i,  ,  to  leap  upon. 

re-vell-o,  -ere,  revell-i,  revuls-um,  to  tear  off. 
prae-pon-o,  -ere,  prasposu-i,  pracpositum,  to  prefer. 
fall-o,  -ere,  f  efell-i,  fals-um,  to  deceive. 
occid-o,  -ere,  occid-i,  occas-iim,  to  fall,  die. 

EXAMPLES. 

(a.)  Dignus  est  qul  ametur  (^210     He  is  worthy  of  being  loved  (that  he 
a),  be  loved). 


284  SYNTAX. 

(b.)  Iddneus  est  cm  res  mandetur  He  is   fit  to  have  the  business  in, 

(J  210  a),  trusted  to  him  (that  the  business  be 

intrusted), 

(c.)    Doctior   sum   quam   qui    a   te  I  am  too  learned  to  be  taught  by  you 

docear  ($  210  a),  (than  that  I  be  tauyht). 

(d.)   Quod  sciain  ($  210  b)}  As  far  as  I  know. 

Quod  menrinerirn,  As  far  as  I  remember, 

(e.)   Leydtus,  ut  imperiitum   erat,  The   lieutenant  crossed   the   river,    as 

jlumen  transilt,  had  been  ordered. 

(/.)  Alter!,  ut  cceperant,  se  recepe-  The  other  party  retreated  as  (in  the 

runt,  manner  in  which)  they  had  begun. 

( Ut  in  the  sense  of  as  is  a  relative,  in  example  (e)  equivalent  to 
quod,  and  subject  of  impZralum  erat ;  in  example  (/)  equivalent  to 
quo  modo,  and  limiting  coeperant. ) 

(g.)  Nemo  est  qui  putet  ($  210  b),       There  is  no  one  who  thinks. 

Nemo  est  qum  putet  (§  193),        There  is  no  one  who  does  not  think. 
(h.)  An  quisquain  est?  Is    there    any    one?     (stronger   than 

numquw). 

Translate  into  English. 

1.  PURPOSE,  LVL,  a. — Britanni   Druides  habent,  qui 
rebus1  divinis  prcesint.     J^dui  legates  Romam2  miserunt 
qui  auxilium  a  senatu 3  p&t&rent.      Legati  missi  grant  qui 
nunciarent  oppidum  expugnatum  esse.4      Galli  I6cum  non 
habebant  quo  se  reciperent.      Caesar   gquitatum   prsemisit 
qui5  liostiiim  itmgra  explordrent. 

2.  RESULT,  LVI.,  a. — NemO  tarn  riidis  est  ad  quern  f  am2, 
sapientise  tuse  non  pervenerlt.     Socrates  dignus  £rat  qui  ab 
omnibus  dlligeretur.     Caius  non  satis  idoneus  visus  est  cul 
tantum  nggotiiim  manddretur.     Non  siimus  ii  quibus  nihil 
veriim   esse6  vldedtur.      Non  is  sum   qui   tantum    scelus 
committam.     Major  sum  quam  cm7  posslt  fortuna  nocerg. 
Argutior  fuit  Jugurtha  quam  qui  Micipsae  verbis  fall&re- 
tur. 

1  §  141,  note.  2  \  154.  3  \  151,  Rem.  1.  *>  I  188. 

5  \  129,  Rem.  7.         6  {  174.  »  \  142. 


EEL  ATI  VE  PROPOSITIONS.  285 

3.  CAUSE,  LVL,  a.-  —  O  fortunate  adolescens,  qul  tuse 
virtutis  H5merum  prsecongm  l  inveneris  !   Peccavisse  2  mihl 
videor  qul  a  te  discessertm.      Omnes  laudabant  fortunas 
meas,  qul3  natiim  tali  ingenio  prseditum  hdberem. 

4.  LVI.,  6.  —  Sunt  qul  censeant  una  animum  £t  corpus 
occide're'.4     Kgpertl  sunt  complures  qul  in  phalangas  in- 
sillrent,  £t  scuta  manibus  reveller  ent.     Mhil  est  quo  d  ho- 
mines tarn  miseros  1  faciat  quam  impiStas  ^t  scSlus.     An 
quisquam  est  qul  libertati  servitutgni  prceponatf     NemO 
est  quin  Balbum  stultum1  existimet. 

5.  LVI.,  c.  —  ArioVistus  dixit  se  obsides  quos  ab  JEduis 
haberet  non  redditurum.4   Caesar  n^gavit5  se  Helvetiis  quod 
postuldrent 


Translate  into  Latin. 

The  Britons  sent  ambassadors  to  say  (§  210  a)  that  they 
would  return  the  prisoners  whom  they  had  taken  (§  210 
c).  No  one  of  the  soldiers,  as  far  as  I  know,  has  left  his 
post.  This  boy  has  never,  as  far  as  I  recollect,  deceived 
me.  Is,  Caius  (a)  suitable  (person)  to  commit  your  daughter 
to  ?  Kings  are  not  too  wise  to  be  conquered  by  flattery, 
nor  too  sagacious  to  be  deceived.  "  Some  say  (there  are  who 
say)  that  the  consul  is  both  (et]  a  liar  and  a  thief.  Some 
thought  that  the  enemy  would  not  besiege  the  city.  Is  there 
any  one  who  doubts  that  (§  193,  Rein.  4)  God  rules  the 
world  ?  Is  there  any  one  wrho  thinks  that  a  robber  will 
return  the  booty  ivhich  he  has  taken  ?  The  townsmen  will 
send  the  noblest  of  the  state  to  sue  for  (ask)  peace.  The 
general  is  worthy  of  being  loved  by  all  the  soldiers.  The 
lieutenant,  as  was  ordered,  sent  forward  the  cavalry  to 
sustain  the  attack  of  the  enemy  till  the  footmen  should 
arrive  (§  207). 

i  \  151  b.       *%  174.       3  |  129,  Ran.  7.       *  g  188.       5  j  139,  Exc.  /. 


286  SYNTAX. 

liTEREOGATIVE  PROPOSITIONS. 

§  212.  Interrogative  propositions  are  introduced  by 
an  interrogative  word,  and  contain  a  question. 

1.  A  direct  question  is  asked  by  means  of  a  principal  proposi- 
tion :  as,  quls  vtnlt  f  who  comes  ? 

2.  An   indirect   question   contains   the   substance   of  a  direct 
question,  without  giving  the  exact  words,  and  the  proposition  by 
which  it  is  asked  is  always  dependent:  as,  janitor  interrogavit 
quls  venlret,  the  porter  asked  who  came. 

3.  Questions,  both  direct  and  indirect,  are  asked  by  means  of 
interrogative  pronouns  ($  88),  and  the  particles  ne,  nonne,  num 
($  81);    and   double   questions,  by  utrum  —  an,  whether  —  or. 
In  an  indirect  question,  ne  means  whether,  if;   nonne,  if  not ; 
num,  whether,  if. 

§  213.  RULE  LVII. — The  subjunctive  is  used  in 
a  direct  question  implying  doubt :  as,  quo  fugidm  f 
whither  shall  I  fly  ? 

§  214.  RULE  LVIII. — The  subjunctive  is  used  in 
indirect  questions  :  as,  nescio  quls  ve'nia't,  I  do  not  know 
who  is  coming. 

Remark  1. — The  older  writers  sometimes  use  the  indicative  in 
indirect  questions. 

Remark  2. — The  first  part  of  a  double  question  is  often  omitted. 
Cujum  pecus  est  hoc  f  an  Melibcei  ? — Is  it  another  person's,  or  is 
it  Meliboeus's  ? 

Remark  3. — Dependent  interrogative  propositions  are  nouns. 

EXERCISE  LXIX. 
§  215.      Vocabulary. 

quo?  whither?  Delphi,    -orum,    Delphi   (a   city   of 
permultiim  (adv.),  very  much.  Greece). 

consultum,  -I,  a  thiny  determined;  patina,  -se,  dish. 

abl.  on  purpose.  Morini,  -orum,  the  Morini. 

inoertus,  -a,  -um,  uncertain.  sit-ire,  to  be  thirsty. 


INTERROGATIVE 


vitrcus,  -a,  -um,  of  gla**. 
concavus,  -a,  ^um,  hollow. 
miiniis  concava,  the  hollow  of  the 

hand. 

unde  ?  whence? 
cur  ?  ichy  ? 

deorsum  (adv.),  down-hill. 
interrog-are,  to  ask. 


Apollo,  -f 
ab  Ap.  peter 
in  fans,  -ant- is,  infant. 
providentia,  -33,  jjrovidenc.e. 
prsestantia.  -as,  excellence. 
catlniis  or  -um,  -I,  bowl. 
fictilis,  -e,  earthen. 
casus,  -iis,  chance. 


ab-do,  -ere,  abdid-i,  abdit-um,  to  run  for  concealment. 
af-fer-o,  afiferre,  attul-i,  allat-um,  to  briny  forward. 
causam  afiferre,  to  briny  forward  a  reason,  to  explain. 
irasc-or,  -I,  irat-us,  to  be  angry. 
Iratus,  -a,  -um  (as  an  adjective),  angry. 


EXAMPLES. 


Quid  (g  155)  interest? 

Nihil  (g  155)  refert  or  interest, 

Ub!  gentium  (§  134)  ? 

Nescio  quis  clamavit, 


What  difference  does  it  make  ? 

It  makes  no  difference. 

Where  in  the  world?     (In  what  place 

of  the  nations  f) 
Somebody  or  other  (I  don't  know  who) 

shouted.     (A fact.     Nendo  qui*  = 

aliqulu,  but  stronger.) 


Translate  into  English. 

Quisn&m  in  horto  ambuUt  ?  Nescio  qivls  m  horto  am- 
bulet.  PuSr  dic^rS  non  p6tuit  quo  latrones  sese  abdidissent. 
SsepS  non  utilS1  est  scir^2  quid  futurum  sit.  Quails1  sit 
Animus,  ips£  Animus  nescit.  Permultum  interest  utrum 
casu  an  consulto/Ia^  injuria.  Can  n6pos-n6  Ss,  ^in  filius? 
Incertum  est  Call  n^pos-ng  sim,  &n  f  ilius.  Si  sitis3  nihil 
interest  utrum  aquam  bibds  an  vmum,  n^c  refert  utrum  sit 
aureum1  poculum,4  an  vitreum,  an  miinus  concava.  NonnS 
cams  lupo5  similis  est?  Pafir  pitr^m  interr6gavit  nonne 
canes  lupis  similes  essent.  Pu8r  interrogates  est  utrum 
pluris6  patr^m  an  matrSm  faceret.  Numquis7  infantibus5 


128  b. 

142,  Rem.  3. 


173. 
137. 


197  a. 

89. 


130,  1. 


288  SYNTAX. 

irascitur  ?  Interrtfgat  Caius  num  quis  infantibus  irascdtur. 
Quo  itis,  pugri  ?  In  hortum  ?  Ariovisto  mirum  visum  est 
quid  in  ejus  Gallia  Csesari1  nggotii2  esset.  Mentiri3 
honestum-nS  sit  factu4  an  turp£,  nemO  dubitat.  Und&  le- 
gati  venissent  rex  nunquam  rgpSrirg  p6tuit.  An  quisquam 
dubitat  casu-ne  an  Dei  providentia  mundiis  regatiir?  Dum 
in  his  locis  Csesar  navium  parandarum5  causa  morabatur, 
ex  magna  parts  Morinorum  ad  eum  legati  venerunt,  qui 
causas  afFerrent6  cur  civitas  populo  Romano  belliim  intu- 
lisset.  NesciO  quis  in  horto  ambuldbat. 

Translate  into  Latin. 

Does  any  man  doubt  concerning  the  excellence  of  virtue? 
The  poet  asks  whether  any  one  doubts  concerning  the  ex- 
cellence of  virtue.  Can  you  explain,  my  son,  why  water 
always  flows  down  hill?  ^The  king  sent  messengers  to 
Delphi  (§  154)  to  inquire  (§  210  a)  of  Apo-llo  whether 
he  should  give  his  daughter  in  marriage  to  Clodius  or 
Glaucus.  <  What  difference  does  it  make  to  a  hungry  man 
whether  he  eats  his  food  out  of  a  golden  dish  or  an  earthen 
bowl  ?  ^It  makes  no  difference  to  the  dead  whether  the 
king  is  a  wise  man  or  a  fool.  It  is  uncertain  whether  the 
girl  thinks  more  of  (§  137)  her  father  or  mother.  It  is  un- 
certain whether  Balbus  values  life  or  honor  m($(,(pluris). 
It  seems  wonderful  to  me  what  business  either  you  or  your 
father  has  (§  143)  in  my  garden.  Did  Caius  kill  his 
brother  by  chance,  or  on  purpose  ?  I  have  not  been  able 
to  find  out  whether  the  injury  was  done  by  chance  or  on 
purpose.  No  one  knows  where  in  the  world  Glaucus  is 
wandering. 

i§143.  2  §134.  8ji73. 

*  {  179  b.  5  \  111.  e  \  210  a. 


ORATIO    OBLIQUA. 


289 


OEATIO  OBLIQUA. 

§  216.  In  narrating  the  words  or  opinions  of  another, 
the  writer  may  give,  either — 

(a.)  The  exact  words  of  the  speaker :  as,  Ocesdr  dixit, 
"  Vein,  vidi,  vici,"  Caesar  said,  "/  came,  I  saw,  I  con- 
quered" (Oratio  recta,  or  Direct  discourse);  or, 

(6.)  The  substance  of  what  the  speaker  said,  but  not 
the  exact  words :  as,  Ccesar  dixit  se  venissS,  vidissg, 
vicissg,  Caesar  said  that  he  had  come,  seen,  conquered. 
(Ordtio  obliqua,  or  Indirect  discourse.) 

§  217.  EULE  LIX. — Principal  propositions  in  the 
oratio  recta  become  infinitive  propositions  in  the  oratio 
obliqua;  and  dependent  propositions  in  the  oratio  recta 
take  the  subjunctive  in  the  oratio  obliqua. 


Oratio  recta. 

Ariovistus    dixit,   "  Obsides    quos 
ab  -ZEduis  habeo  non  reddam." 


Oratio  obliqua. 

Ariovistus  dixit  se  obsides  quos  ab 
<<Eduis    haberet   non    reddlturum 

€886. 


Remark  1. — An  imperative  in  the  oratio  recta  becomes  a  sub- 
junctive in  the  oratio  obliqua,  a  verb  of  commanding  or  exhort- 
ing being  understood. 

Remark  2. — The  reason  for  the  use  of  the  subjunctive  referred 
to  above  (Rule  LIX.)  is  obvious,  as  the  writer  is  making  the 
statement  not  as  a  fact  upon  his  own  authority,  but  as  the  opinion 
or  assertion  of  some  one  else. 

Remark  3. — The  accusative  with  the  infinitive  is  sometimes  used 
in  relative  propositions  in  the  oratio  obliqua,  the  relative  being 
equivalent  to  et  with  a  demonstrative,  and  the  sentence  being 
therefore  dependent  only  in  form.  The  same  construction  occurs 
occasionally  in  other  dependent  propositions,  especially  in  com- 
parative propositions. 

Remark  4- — The  indicative  is  occasionally  used  in  dependent 
sentences  in  the  oratio  obliqua. 

25 


290  SYNTAX. 

Remark  5. — Questions  in  which  the  indicative  is  used  m  direct 
discourse  are  generally  expressed  in  oblique  discourse  by  the 
accusative  with  the  infinitive,  if  the  subject  is  of  the  first  or  the 
third  person;  by  the  subjunctive,  if  the  subject  is  of  the  second 
person. 

Si  veteris  contumelies  obllviscl  vellet,  num  etidm  recentium  inju- 
riariim  memoridm  deponere  posse  ?  (Si  —  vellem,  num  —  pos- 
sum?) 

An  quicqudm  superbius  esse  ?     (An  quicqudm  silperbius  est?) 

Quid  tandem  vererentur,  aut  cur  de  sua  virttite  desperarent? 
(Quid  veremini,  aut  cur  desperatis?) 

But  we  also  find  the  contrary  construction:  as,  cur  quisqudm 
judicaret,  which  in  the  direct  discourse  would  be  ctir  quisqudm 
judlcdt. 

Remark  6. — If  the  subjunctive  is  used  in  direct  discourse  (§  183), 
it  is  of  course  retained  in  oblique. 

EXERCISE   LXX. 
§  218.      Vocabulary. 

super-are,  to  overcome.  plus  (adv.)  posse,  to  be  more  power- 

invictus,  -a,  -urn,  invincible.  ful.     (See  $  150,  Remark  8.) 

suspic-arl,  to  suspect.  stipendiarius,  -a,  -um,  tributary. 

opulentus,  -a,  -um,  powerful.  propterea  quod,  for  the  reason  that, 

because. 

sub-e5,  -ire,  siibi-T,  subit-iim  (^  111,  9)>  to  go  under. 

intellig-o,  -ere,  intellex-i,  intellect-um,  to  find  out,  to  know. 

Translate  into  English. 

Ariovistus  respondit,  '^Eduos,  qutini&if,  belli>/ortunam 
tentassent*  ^t  armis  siipSrati  fssent,  stipendiaries1  ess^ 
factos :  nemin^m  seciim  iSine  sua  pernicie  contendissS : 
cum  Caesar  velleV  congrederetiir : 3  intellecturiim 4  quid  in- 
victi  German!,  qui  intgr  annos  quatuord^cim  tectum  non 
siibiissent,  virtutg  (facSrS)  possent.'6  Diviti^cus  dixit 

i  2  128  b.  2 1  205.  3  g  217,  Rem.  1. 

*  ;  188.  5  §  214. 

*  For  tentavissent. 


ORATIO   OBLIQUA.  291 

'pejus1  victoribus  Sequams2  quam  JEduis  victis  accidissg,3 
proptered  quod  Ariovistus  in  eorurn  finibus  consedisset, 
tertiamqug  partem  agri  Sequani,  qul  esset  optimus  totius 
Gallise,4  occupdvisset.'  Consul  pollicitus  est  'se,  postqudm 
rex  f  mgm  I6quendi  fecisset,  legatos  audituriim  esseV  Im- 
pgrator  rgspondit  '  se,  etsl  nondum  principum  consilia  cog- 
novisset?  tamSn  conjuratione*m  fi^ri*  suspicari.'  Philoso- 
phus  respondit  'nSgari6  non  possS  quin  homines  mortales 
essent.' 1  Hex  dixit, '  qul 8  opulentior  esset,  etiamsl  injuriam 
accipgret,5  tamgn,  quid  plus  possZt,  fad^rsg6  videri.' 

Translate  into  Ifatin. 

Caesar  said  (negdvif)  that  he  could  not  give  the  Helvetii 
a  way  through  the  province,  because  he  feared  that  (§  193, 
2  6)  they  would  do  injury  to  his  allies.  The  scouts  an- 
nounced to  Caesar  that  the  cavalry  which  he  had  sent  for- 
ward had  been  routed  by  the  enemy ;  that  the  skirmishers 
had  not  been  able  to  cross  the  'river ;  that  the  forces  which 
the  Germans  h»d  collected  would  arrive  in  three  days. 
Word  was  brought  that  the  footmen,  the  flight  of  the 
horsemen  having  been  seen,  had  retreated  to  the  mountain. 

(Change  the  examples  in  the  Latin  exercise  from  oratio 
obliqua  to  oratio  recta.) 

1  g  |28,  Rem.  5.  2  \  \\l.  3  §  188. 

8  I  129,  Rem.  2. 
*  Depends  on  se  susplcdri. 


292 


APPENDIX    I. 


Pe-neZ'-o-pe, 

JE-He'-as, 

An-cAi'-ses, 

Pe-tteZ'-o-pes, 

M-ne'-m, 

An-c7u'-sae, 

Pe-ne7'-o-po3, 

M-ne'-te, 

^ 

Pe-;ie7'-o-pen, 

JE-»e'-am  or  -an, 

An-c7,i'-sen, 

Pc-neZ'-o-pe, 

JEt-ne'-a,, 

An-c7tt'-sc  or  -a, 

Pe-ne?'-o-pe. 

M-ne'-*. 

An-cAl'^se  or  -a. 

APPENDIX  I. 

GREEK  NOUNS  OF  THE  FIRST  DECLENSION. 

§  219.  1.  Nouns  of  this  declension  transferred  from 
the  Greek  end  in  e  (fern.) ;  as  and  cs  (masc.). 

PARADIGM. 

Norn. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Voc. 
All. 

2.  Nouns  in  a  transferred  from  the  Greek  sometimes  have  an 
in  the  accusative. 

3.  Those  Greek  nouns  which  have  a  plural  are  declined  in  that 
number  like  mensd. 

4.  The  genitive  plural  of  patronymics  in  es,  and  of  some  com- 
pounds in  gcnd,  and  cold,  has  um  instead  of  arum. 

APPENDIX  II. 

GREEK  NOUNS  OF  THE  SECOND  DECLENSION. 

§  220.  1.  Greek  no^ins  of  the  second  declension  end 
in  os  (masc.  and  fern.),  and  on  (neut.);  commonly  changed 
in  Latin  into  us  and  to. 


PARADIGM. 


Singular. 


fearbiton,  a  lyre. 

Singular.  Plural. 


Nom. 

De'-los, 

An-dro'-ge-os, 

5«r'-bl-ton, 

ftar'-bi-ta, 

Gen. 

De'-ll, 

An-c?rd'-ge-o  or  -i, 

Jar'-bi-tl, 

6ar'-bl-tuu, 

Dat. 

J9e'-lo, 

An-dro'-ge-o, 

^ar'-bi-to, 

6ar'-bi-tis, 

Ace. 

Ue'-lon, 

An-Jro'-ge-o  or  -on, 

Z>ar'-bl-ton, 

6ar'-bl-ta, 

Voc. 

De'-le, 

An-c/ro'-ge-os, 

ia;-'-bi-ton, 

Jrtr'-bi-tii, 

All. 

De'-\o. 

An-fZro'-ge-o. 

6ar'-bi-to  ; 

5a/-bi-tis. 

GREEK    NOUNS    OF    THIRD    DECLENSION. 


293 


2.  The  plural  of  Greek  nouns  in  os  is  declined  like  the  plural 
of  dommiis,  except  that  they  sometimes  have  -on  instead  of  -drum 
in  the  genitive. 

3.  Greek  proper  names  in  eus  are  declined  like  dommus,  except 
that  they  have  the  vocative  in  eu.     They  sometimes  retain  tho 
Greek  forms  in  the  other  cases,  viz.:   genitive  eus,  dative  el  (con- 
tracted el],  accusative  ed,  and  are  of  the  third  declension. 

4.  Pelage  is  found  as  the  accusative  plural  of  peldgiis. 

APPENDIX  III. 
GREEK  NOUNS  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION. 

§  221.  The  following  paradigms  show  the  most  usual 
forms  of  Greek  nouns  of  the  third  declension : — 


Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Foe. 

All. 

o. 

Lampas, 

J  -udis,        | 
(  -ados,        j 

-adi, 

(  -adem, 
j  -ada, 

-as, 

-ade. 

p. 

-ados, 

-adum, 

-adibus, 

(  -ados, 
1  -adus, 

-ades, 

-adibus. 

s. 

Ileros, 

-01S, 

-01, 

J  -oem, 

-OS, 

-oe. 

p. 

-oes, 

-oum, 

-oibus, 

(  -oes, 

1  -ens, 

-oes, 

-oibus. 

Chelys, 

'  "|cs,         } 

-yi, 

'*, 

-ye  or  y. 

PoesTs, 

-is,  -ios,    ) 

_J 

1  "*    ' 

_l 

-i. 

-60S,              j 

' 

|-m, 

Achilles, 

l-eo's,   '      j 

-1, 

{  -ea,  -en,  j 

-es,  -e, 

-e  or  -I. 

Orpheus, 

-eos, 

-ei, 

-ea, 

-eu, 

See  ^220,  3. 

A  or, 

-eris, 

-eri, 

-era, 

-er, 

-ere. 

Dlclo, 

-fis, 

-o, 

-0-, 

-o, 

-o. 

APPENDIX   IV. 

DERIVATION  OF  NOUNS,  ADJECTIVES,  AND  VERBS, 

§  222.  1.  Nouns  are  derived  from — other  nouns 
(Denominatives)  •  from  adjectives  (Adjectival  Abstracts) ; 
from  verbs  (Verbals). 

25* 


294  APPENDIX    IV. 

DENOMINATIVE   NOUNS. 

2.  The  ending  ium  added  to  the  stem  of  a  noun  denotes  condi- 
tion, and  sometimes  a  collection  or  assemblage :    as,  colleg-iiim 
(colleg-a),  being  a  colleague,  the  office  of  colleague,  an  assemblage 
of  colleagues,  a  college. 

3.  The  ending  imonium  added  to  a  noun-stem  denotes  condi- 
tion, and,  derivatively,  several  other  relations :  as,  matr-imonidin, 
motherhood,  the  married  state ;  patr-imonium,  fatherhood,  then, 
derivatively,  that  which  results  from  being  a  father,  what  a  father 
gives  a  son,  what  a  son  inherits,  a  patrimony. 

4.  The   ending  etum  added  to  the   stem  of  names  of  plants 
denotes  a  place  where  they  grow  in  abundance :  as,  laur-elum,  a 
laurel  grove ;  qiierc-etum,  an  oak  grove. 

5.  The  diminutive  endings  las,  Id,  Ium,  ulus  (a,  um),  olus  (d, 
urn),  sometimes  culus,  unculus,  uleus,  denote  a  small  specimen  of 
the  primitive :  as,  libellus  (liber],  a  little  book  ;  filiolus  (fllids}, 
a  little  son. 

6.  Patronymics  are  personal  names  derived  from  the  name  of 
one's  father  or  other  ancestor.      They  end  in  ides  (penult  short, 
feminine  is);  ides  (penult  long,  feminine  eis);  ids, iddes( feminine 
as};  and  some  feminines  in  ine  or  tone;  as,  Tynddr-ides,  a  son 
of  Tyndarus ;   Tynddr-is,  a  daughter  of  Tyudarus.     Ner-ldes,   a 
son  of  Nereus ;  Ner-eis,  a  daughter  of  Nereus. 

7.  Amplificatives  are  personal  names  given  on  account  of  the 
great  size  of  some  part  of  the  body.     They  are  formed  by  adding 
o  to  noun-stems :  as,  cdplt-o,  big  head ;  nas-o,  big  nose. 

ABSTRACT   NOUNS. 

8.  Adjectival  abstracts  are  formed   by  adding  to   adjective- 
stems  the  endings  ids,  itds,  etas  ;  tils,  itHs,  ittido  ;  id,  itid,  ities ; 
edo,  and  imonid. 

VERBAL   NOUNS. 

9.  The  name  of  an  action  or  condition  is  expressed — 

(a.)  By  adding  or  to  the  present-stem  (generally  of  intransitive 
verbs) ;  as,  mo3r-or,  grief;  splend-or,  brightness. 


DERIVATION    OF    ADJECTIVES.  295 

(b.)  By  adding  i&m  to  the  present  or  supine  stem:  as,  gaud- 
ium,  joy;  exit-ium,  destruction. 

(c.)  By  adding  io  or  us  to  the  supine-stem:  as,  lect-io,  a  read- 
ing ;  cant-us,  a  singing. 

(d.)  Sometimes  by  adding  Sid,  Imonid,  imonium,  to  the  present- 
stem,  or  urd  to  the  supine-stem:  as,  qiwr-eld,  complaining,  a 
complaint. 

10.  Urd  added  to  the  supine-stem  usually  denotes  the  result  of 
an  action :  as,  pict-ilrd,  the  result  of  painting,  a  picture. 

11.  The  doer  of  an  action  is  expressed  by  or  (feminine  rix) 
added   to    the    supine-stem :    as,  vict-or,    vict-rix,    a   conqueror. 
Some   nouns  in  tor  are   formed  from   other   nouns,  though  an 
intermediate  verb  is  always  supposed  to  exist :   as,  vi-d,  vi-are, 
vi-Cd-or  ;  glddi-us,  glddi-drc,  glddi-dt-or. 

The  doer  is  expressed  by  adding  d  or  o  to  the  present-stem  of 
a  few  verbs :  as,  scrlb-d,  comed-o. 

12.  The  endings  ulum,  bulum  (brum),  culum  (clum  or  crum), 
triim,  added  to  the  present-stem,  express  the  instrument,  some- 
times the  place,  for  performing  the  action :    as,  ven-d-bulum,  a 
hunting-spear ;    vtli-i-culum,  a  vehicle.     These  endings-  are  some- 
times added  to  noun-stems :  as,  dcet-dbulum,  a  vinegar-cruet. 

13.  The  ending  men  added  to  the  present-stem  expresses  the 
thing  in  which  the  action  of  the  verb  is  exhibited :  as,  flU-mcn, 
that  which  exhibits  flowing,  a  river ;    ag-men,  something  which 
exhibits  motion,  an  army  on  the  march. 

14.  The   ending   mentum   added  to  the  present-stem   usually 
with  a  connecting  vowel,  expresses  the  means  of  performing  the 
action :  as,  doc-u-mentam,  a  means  of  showing,  a  proof. 

15.  The  ending  orium  added  to  the  supine-stem  expresses  the 
place  where  an  action  is  performed :   as,  audlt-orium,  a  lecture- 
room.     These  nouns  are  neuter  adjectives,  formed  by  adding^mm 
to  the  verbal  in  or  denoting  the  doer. 


DERIVATION  OF  ADJECTIVES. 

16.  Adjectives  are  mostly  derived  from  verbs  (  Verbals), 
or  from  nouns  and  adjectives  (Denominatives). 


296  APPENDIX    IV. 

DENOMINATIVE   ADJECTIVES. 

17.  The  ending  eas  (sometimes  ww-?,  neus)  moans  made  of:  as, 
aur-eus,  made  of  gold;  ebur-nus,  made  of  ivory.     Sometimes  it 
expresses   resemblance   in   character:    as,  virt/in-eus,  maidenly. 
The    endings    mus    (penult    short)    and  -etms    have   the   same 
meaning. 

18.  The   endings   alls,  anus,  dris,  arms,  His   (penult   long), 
dtilis,  icus,  wins,  ius,  mus  (penult  long),  and  was,  mean  per- 
taining to,  belonging  to,  and   form  possessive   adjectives.      The 
ending  His  often  denotes  character  :  as,  puer-llis,  boyish.     These 
adjectives    are  often   used   as   nouns,   the   limited   noun   being 
omitted:    as,  ferr-drius  (fdber),  a  smith;   medlc-lnd  (a?*s),  the 
physician's  art,  medicine  ;  dvi-drium,  a  place  pertaining  to  birds, 
an  aviary ;  ov-lls,  something  pertaining  to  sbe^p,  a  fold. 

19.  The  endings-  ds  us  and  lentus  mesmfull  of:  as,  vln-osus,  full 
of  wine ;  fraud-u-lentus,  full  of  fraud. 

20.  From  names  of  places  are  formed  possessives  in  anus,  as, 
ensis,  ius,  Inns.:  as,  Athen-i-ensis,  of  Athens,  an  Athenian. 

21.  The  ending  dtus  means  furnished  with,  wearing:  as,  aji-dtus, 
winged ;  barb-dtus,  bearded. 

VERBAL    ADJECTIVES.. 

22.  The  ending  bundus  added  to  the  present-stem,  with  a  con- 
necting vowel,  has  the  meaning  of  the  participle  present,  but 
usually  with,  an  int^isive.  force :  as,  err-d-lundus,  wandering  to 
and  fro.      Cutidtis  has  sometimes  Ijie  'same  meaning. 

*   23.  .Theiending  Idas  added  to  the  present-stem  expresses  state 
or  conditioners, .cdl7idus,  warm;  rdp-idus,  rapid. 

24.  The  ending  uus  ad'cled  to  the  stem  ^jgm  in trans^ive^  verb 
expresses  condition  or  tendency  ;    added  to  the  stem  of' a 'transi- 
tive verb,  it  has  a  passive    meaning:    as,  congru-us,  agreeing; 
noc-uus,  hurtful ;  consplc-uus,  visible.  •  \     \ 

25.  The  endings  bills  (with  a  connecting  vowel)  and  ills  added 
to  verbal  stems  express,  passively,  capability  or  desert :  as,  fdc- 
ills,  capable  of  being  done ;    dm-d-bills,  deserving  to  be  loved. 
Sometimes  they  are  active  in  meaning :  as,  horr-l-bilis,  producing 
horror. 


DERIVATION   OF   VERBS.  297 

26.  The  ending  wills  or  ltius  added  to  the  supine-stem  has  a 
passive  sense:  &s, Jict-lcius,  feigned. 

27.  The  ending  ax  expresses  an  inclination, — generally  an  evil 
one:  as,  rdp-ax,  rapacious. 

28.  The  ending    Ivus   added   to   the   supine-stem   expresses, 
actively,    capacity    or    tendency :    as,    conjunct-lvus,   having    a 
tendency  to  unite,  conjunctive. 


DERIVATION  OF  VERBS. 

29.  From  noun  and  adjective  stems  are  formed — 

(a.)  Intransitives  (in  o,  eo,  or),  denoting  to  be  that  denoted  by 
the  primitive :  as,  cdmlt-or,  I  accompany. 

(b.)  Transitives  (o,  or),  denoting  to  do  or  make,  to  exercise, 
employ,  or  use  upon  something,  that  which  is  denoted  by  the 
primitive:  as,  fraud-o,  I  use  fraud,  I  defraud;  llber-o,  I  make 
free. 

30.  From  verbs  are  derived  the  following : — 

(a.)  Frequentative.?,  expressing  frequency  or  increase  of  the 
action  expressed  by  the  primitive.  They  are  formed  by  adding 
the  endings  of  the  first  conjugation  to  the  supine-stem,  at  pass- 
ing into  it:  as,  clam-are  (cldm-dt-),  to  cry — cldm-it-dre,  to  cry 
aloud  or  frequently.  A  few  add  ito  to  the  present-stem:  as, 
dg-lto.  Frequentatives  are  sometimes  formed  from  frequenta- 
tives :  as,  curro,  curso,  cursito ;  vtnio,  vento,  ventito. 

(b.)  Inceptives,  'expressing  the  beginning  of  an  action  or 
condition.  They  are  of  the  tfrird  conjugation,  and  are  formed 
by  adding  sco,  scor,  to  the  present-stem  with  a  connecting  vowel: 
as,  Idb-d-sco,  I  begin  to  totter  ;  ard-e-sco,  I  begin  to  be  warm ; 
proflcK-sc&\  I  begin  Fo  make  myself  forward,  I  set  out. 

(c.)  Desideratives,  expressing  strong  desire.  They  are  of  the 
fourth  conjugation,  and  are  formed  by  adding  urio  to  the  supine- 
stem -of -the  primitive:  as,  es-urio  (edo),  I  desire  to  eat,  I  am 
hungry.  They  are  few  in  number. 

(d.)  Diminutives,  which  express  trifling  action.  They  are 
formed  by  adding  illo  to  the  present  or  supine-stem :  as,  conscrlb- 
illo,  I  scribble. 

(e.)  Intensives,  which  express  earnest  action.     They  are  of  the 


298  APPENDIX   V. 

third  conjugation,  and  are  formed  by  adding  esso  or  mo  to  the 
stem  of  the  primitive  :  as,  fdc-esso,  I  do  with  all  my  might. 

NOTE. — Many  verbs  of  the  above  classes  have  only  the  meaning 
of  the  primitive. 

APPENDIX  V. 

ANALYSIS  OF  TENSE-FORMATION. 

§  223.  1.  Every  verb-form  consists  of  two  parts,  the 
stern  and  the  ending.  The  ending  consists  of  the  per- 
sonal signs  (for  the  most  part  pronominal  roots  of  the 
different  persons);  the  connecting  vowel,  or  mood-sign; 
and,  in  some  tenses,  the  tense-sign.  Though  for  the 
sake  of  convenience  we  call  the  radicals  am-,  mon-,  and 
and-  the  present-stems  of  the  verbs  dmdre,  mdntre,  and 
audire,  the  stems  are  in  fact  ama-,  mtine1-,  and  audi-; 
verbs  of  the  first,  second,  and  fourth  conjugations  may, 
therefore,  be  termed  pure  or  vowel  verbs,  while  only 
those  of  the  third  conjugation  have  consonant  stems. 
Thus,  in  the  form  ama-ba-tis  (ama-eba-l-tis),  dmd- 
means  love;  eba-,  the  tense-sign,  marks  incomplete 
action  in  past  time  (the  e  being  absorbed  by  a  of  the 
stem),  and  means  did;  2,  the  connecting  vowel,  or  mood- 
sign,  is  absorbed  by  the  a  preceding ;  while  Us,  the  per- 
sonal sign,  means  ye  or  you.  The  whole,  if  literally 
rendered,  means  love-did-ye,  or,  according  to  the  Eng- 
lish idiom,  ye  love-did,  ye  love-d. 

2.  The  following  tables  show  the  personal,  mood, 
and  tense  signs,  which,  uniting  with  the  verb-stem, 
produce  the  various  verb-forms. 


DERIVATION   OF   VERBS. 
(a.)     PERSONAL  ENDINGS. 


299 


Singular. 

Plural. 

Person, 

1st. 

2d. 

3d. 

1st. 

2d. 

3d. 

Active, 

m, 

s, 

t. 

mils, 

tis, 

nt. 

Ind.  Perf.  stl. 

Ind.  Perf.  stis. 

Passive, 

r, 

ris,    re, 

ttir. 

mur, 

mini, 

ntur. 

NOTE. — The  personal  sign  m  is  the  radical  of  the  Greek,  Latin, 
and  English  me ;  mus  is  the  pluralized  form ;  s,  frequently  inter- 
changed with  t,  is  the  radical  of  tu  (Greek  cv,  English  th-ou),  and 
tis  is  the  same  form  pluralized,  the  t  being  resumed:  t,  of  the  third 
person  (plural  nt),  has  a  demonstrative  force,  and  is  found  as  a 
prefix  in  tantus,  tails,  etc.  ;  and  as  a  suffix  in  id  (English  i-t), 
is-te,  etc. 

The  sign  of  the  passive  is  r,  and  enters  into  all  the  passive  end- 
ings except  mini,  which  is  wholly  unlike  the  rest,  and  is  generally 
considered  a  participial  ending  (Greek  ptvoi),  estis  being  understood : 
— amd-mini  estis.  The  personal  signs  for  the  imperative  are  to  (pi. 
tote),  to  (pi.  ntd).  Passive,  re  or  tor  (pi.  mini),  tor  (pi.  nttir). 


(b.)     MOOD-SIGNS. 


Persons. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

(  All  but  Pres.-Perfect  and  ) 

Fut.,  3d  and  4th  Conj.      / 
Indicative,     j  pres>.perf> 

o, 

i, 

I1' 

\pass.  6 
I, 

I. 
I. 

i, 
i, 

i, 

I, 

u. 
em. 

(.  Fut.,  3d  and  4th*Conj. 

.*> 

i, 

i. 

i, 

i, 

u. 

r  Pres.,  2d,  3d,  and  4th  Conj. 

a, 

», 

a. 

a, 

a, 

a. 

Pres.,  1st  Conj. 
Subjunctive.  4   ^ 
j   Pres.-Perf. 

e, 
!, 

e, 
^ 

e. 
!. 

e, 

!, 

e, 
¥, 

e. 
!. 

(^  Imperf.  and  Past-Perf. 

e, 

e, 

e. 

e, 

e, 

e. 

Imperative. 

- 

e, 

i. 

- 

i, 

ii. 

Inf.  Active,  e;   Passive,  I. 

NOTE. — The  mood-signs  of  the  indicative  are  short  (except  I  and 
eru  of  the  present-perfect) ;  those  of  the  imperative  are  short ;  those 
of  the  subjunctive  are  long  (except  I  of  the  present-perfect,  which  is 
long  or  short). 


300 


APPENDIX   V. 

(c.)     TENSE-SIGNS. 


Pres. 

Imperf. 

Future. 

Pres.-Peff. 

Past-Perf. 

Fut.PerfJ 

Indicative. 

none. 

eba. 

eb,  1st  and  2d  conj. 
e,    3d  and4thconj. 

none. 

6r&. 

6r. 

i 

Subjunctive. 

none. 

6r. 

er. 

iss. 

Infinitive. 

6r. 

iss. 

. 

NOTE. — The  sign  of  completed  action  must  not  be  confounded  with 
the  tense-sign.  It  is — 

In  the  1st  conj.,  v,  sometimes  passing  into  u, — sec-u-l ; 
"     "   2d     "       v,  generally  passing  into  u, — mon-u-i  / 
"     "    3d     "      generally  s,  sometimes  u. 
"    «    4th  "      v. 

Before  it  the  final  letter  of  the  stem  is  lengthened :  as,  ama-vl, 
fie-vi,  and  audi-vi.  The  reduplication  is  sometimes  used,  as  in 
Greek,  to  indicate  completed  action :  as,  mo-mord-i,  po-posc-l,  ve- 
ven-i  (contr.  ven-i),  mo-mdv-l  (contr.  mov-l) .  Such  perfects  as 
pav-i  (pa-sc-o),  quiev-l  (quig-sc-o),  spre-vl  (sper-n-o  for  spr$-n-o\ 
are  regularly  formed  on  vowel-stems,  strengthened  by  the  addition 
of  sc  (App.  IV.,  30  b)  and  n. 

3.  Where  two  vowels  come  together,  the  former  usually  absorbs 
the  latter,  the  two  short  syllables  making  one  long  one.     It  must 
be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that  no  vowel  in  Latin  can  be  long 
before  m,  t,  or  r  (final),  except  in  certain  monosyllables,  and  a 
long  vowel  before  one  'of  these  final  letters  is  shortened.     The 
mood-sign  o  and  the  personal  sign  m  never  stand  together,  but 
one  or  the  other  is  dropped:   as,  dmd6(m),  dmabd(6}m,  —  dmo, 
dmdbdm. 

4.  In  the  following  table  the  stem,  tense-sign,  mood-sign,  and 
personal  sign  are  exhibited. 


PARTS   ON   THE   PRESENT-STEM. 


Full  Form. 

reg-8-(m), 
reg-i-s,  etc., 
rgg-u-nt. 

Contracted  Form. 
reg-5, 
reg-is,  etc., 
reg-unt. 

Full  Form. 
ama-o-(m), 
.  ama-i-s,  etc., 
&m£-tt-nt. 

Contracted  Form. 
am  -5, 
am-as, 
&m-ant. 

DERIVATION   OF    VERBS. 


301 


Full  Form. 

Contracted  Form. 

Full  Form. 

Contracted  Form. 

reg-e"ba-(5)-m, 
reg-eba-i-s,  etc 
reg-eba-u-nt. 

reg-ebam, 
,    reg-ebas, 
reg-ebant. 

ama-eba-(o)-m, 
ama-eba-i-s,  etc., 
ama-eba-i-t. 

am-abam, 
am-abC,s, 
am-abat. 

reg-e-a-m, 
reg-e-i-s,  etc., 
reg-e-u-nt. 

reg-sim, 
reg-es, 
reg-ent. 

ama-eb-o-(m), 
ama-eb-i-s,  etc., 
ama-eb-u-nt. 

am-abo, 
am-a.bis, 
am-abunt. 

reg-a-m, 
reg-a-s,  etc., 
reg-a-mus,  etc. 

reg-am, 

reg-as, 
reg-amus. 

ama-e-m, 
ama-e-s,  etc., 
ama-e-mus. 

am-em, 
ain-es, 
am-emus. 

reg-er-e-m, 
reg-er-e-s. 

reg-erem, 
reg-eres,  etc. 

ama-er-e-m, 
ama-er-e-s. 

am-arem, 
am-ares,  etc^ 

reg-e-, 
reg-i-t§, 
reg-i-te, 
reg-i-tote,  etc. 

reg-e, 
reg-it5, 
reg-ite, 
reg-itote,  etc. 

ama-e-, 
ama-i-to, 
ama-i-te, 
ama-i-tote,  etc. 

am-a, 
am-ato, 
am-ate, 
am-atote. 

reg-er-e. 

reg-ere. 

ama-er-e. 

am-are. 

PARTS   ON    THE   PERFECT-STEM. 


regs-i,  rex-i, 

regs-i-sti,  rex-isti, 

regs-i-mus,  etc.  rex-imus,  etc. 

regs-era-(o)-m,  rex-eram, 

regs-era-i-s,  etc.  rex-eras,  etc. 

regs-er-5-(m),  rex-er5, 

regs-er-i-s,  etc.  rex-eris,  etc. 

regs-er-l-m,  rex-erim, 

regs-er-i-s,  etc.  rex-eris,  etc. 

regs-iss-e-m,  rex-issem, 

regs-iss-e-s,  etc.  rex-isses,  etc. 


regs-iss-e. 


rex-isse. 


amav-i, 

amuv-i-sti, 

amav-I-mus. 


amav-i, 
amav-isti, 
amav-imus,  etc. 


amav-era-(o)-m,  amav-eram, 

amav-era-i-s,  etc.  amav-eras,  etc. 

araav-er-o-(m),  amav-er5, 

amav-er-is,  etc.  amav-eris,  etc. 

amav-er-i-m,  amav-erim, 

amav-er-l-s,  etc.  amav-eris,  etc. 

amav-iss-e-m,  amav-issem, 

amav-iss-e-s,  etc.  amav-isses,  Q^tc. 


amav-iss-S. 


amav-iss5. 


26 


302  APPENDIX   V. 


PARTS   ON   THE   PRESENT-STEM. 


Full  Form. 

Contracted  Form. 

Full  Form.          Contracted  Form. 

fle-o-(m), 
fle-i-s, 
fle-i-t,  etc., 
fle-u-nt. 

fle-5, 
fl-es, 
fl-et,  etc., 
fl-ent. 

audi-o-(m), 
audi-i-s, 
audi-i-t,  etc., 
audi-u-nt. 

aud-i5, 
aud-is, 
aud-it,  etc., 
aud-iunt. 

fle-eba-(o)-m, 
fle-eba-i-s, 
fle-eba-i-t,  etc. 

fl-ebam, 
fl-ebas, 
fl-ebat,  etc. 

audi-eba-(o)-m, 
audl-eba-i-s, 
audi-eba-i-t,  etc. 

aud-iebam, 
aud-iebas, 
aud-iebat,  etc. 

flc-eb-o-(m), 
fle-eb-i-s, 
fle-eb-i-t,  etc. 

fl-eb5, 
fl-ebis, 
fl-ebit,  etc. 

audi-a-(o)-m, 
audi-e-i-s, 
audi-e-i-t,  etc. 

audi-am, 
audi-es, 
audi-et,  etc. 

fle-a-m, 
fle-a-s, 
fle-a-t. 

fl-eam, 
fl-eas, 
fl-eat,  etc. 

audi-a-m, 
audi-a-s, 
audi-a-t. 

aud-iam, 
aud-ias, 
aud-iat,  etc. 

fle-er-e-m, 
fie-er-e-s,  etc. 

fl-erem, 
fl-eres. 

audi-er-em, 
audi-er-e-s. 

aud-irem, 
aud-ires,  etc. 

fle-e  —  , 
fle-e-te,  etc. 

fl-e, 
fl-ete,  etc. 

audi-e  —  , 
audi-e-te,  etc. 

aud-i, 
aud-ite,  etc. 

PARTS   ON   THE    PERFECT-STEM. 

fle-v-I-(m), 
flev-era-(o)-m, 
flev-er-o-(in). 

fler-i, 
flev-eram, 
flev-ero. 

audi-v-I-(m), 
audiv-era-(o)-m, 
audiv-er-o-(m). 

audiv-i, 
audiv-eram, 
audiv-ero. 

fle\r-er-i-m, 
flev-iss-e-m, 
flev-iss-e. 

flev-erim, 
flev-issem, 
flev-isse. 

audiv-er-l-m, 
audiv-iss-e-m, 
audiv-iss-e. 

audiv-erim, 
audiv-issem, 
audiv-isse. 

NOTE. — The  pupil  can  readily  complete  the  tables  for  himself. 

5.  The  participles  are  formed  by  adding  adjectival  endings  to 
the, verb-stem  (sometimes  with  a  connecting  vowel  in  consonant 
verbs),  ns  expressing  continuance  (actively);  tHrusy  futurity; 
tus,  completion  (passively) ;  and  -ndus,  fitness,  capacity. 


PECULIARITIES   OF  TENSE-FORMATION.          303 

6.  The  gerund  is  a  verbal  noun  formed  by  adding  -ndl,  etc.,  to 
the  verb-stem,  a  connecting  vowel  being  necessary  in  consonant 
verbs :  as,  rtg-e-ndl. 

7.  The   supine  is  a  verbal   noun  of  the   fourth   conjugation, 
sometimes  complete  (as,  cursus),  but  usually  found  only  in  the 
accusative  and  ablative.     It  is  formed  by  adding  tus  (sometimes 
sus)  to  the  verb-stem. 


APPENDIX  VI. 

PECULIARITIES  OF  TENSE-FORMATION. 
Tenses  formed  on  the  Present-stem. 

$  224.  1.  The  tense-sign  of  the  indicative  future  in  verbs  of  the 
fourth  conjugation  (i  stems)  seems  anciently  to  have  been  eb,  as 
in  a  and  e  stems,  the  I  of  the  stem  absorbing  the  e  of  the  tense- 
sign  :  as,  vestl-b-o,  scl-b-o,  instead  of  vestidm,  scidm.  The  same 
contraction  also  occurs  in  the  imperfect :  as,  ves-tlbdm.  The  forms 
Ibdm  and  Ibo  of  eo  are  still  retained. 

2.  The  endings  Im,  Is,  etc.,  in  the  subjunctive  present  (mood- 
sign  i)  are  sometimes  found  in  the  earlier  writers  and  in  the 
poets :  as,  edlm,  edls,  <?dlt,  edlmus,  etc.,  for  eddm,  etc.     The  same 
mood-sign  is  always  found  in  the  forms  slm,  sis,  etc.,  vellm,  veils, 
etc.,  and  their  compounds. 

3.  The  ending  e  is  dropped  in  the  imperatives  die,  due,  fdc, 
and  fer.     The  short  forms  are  also  used  in  their  compounds,  ex- 
cept those  compounds  of  fdcio  which  change  d  into  I :  as,  ejfice. 

4.  The  personal  sign  of  the  imperative  future  passive  second 
person   singular   was  anciently  mino :    as,  Jiortd-mlno,  progredi- 
mlno.     The  older  writers  sometimes  use  the  active  ending  of  the 
imperative  in  deponent  verbs :  as,  arbitrate,  instead  of  arbitrator. 


Tenses  formed  on  the  Perfect-stem. 

5.  The  letter  v  of  the  perfect-stem  is  frequently  elided  and  the 
first  vowel  of  the  ending  is  absorbed:  as,  dmd-(v)-istl,  dmastl: 
fle-(v)-erdm,  flcrdm.  When  l  precedes  v,  there  is  usually  no  con- 


304  APPENDIX   VII. 

traction.  This  is  especially  the  case  in  compounds  of  eo:  as, 
rCdil,  p~rii,  xubil,  etc. 

G.  When  tlie  perfect-stem  ends  in  5,  the  syllables  is,  iss,  im- 
mediately following  it,  .are  sometimes  omitted:  as,  toastl,  eoas- 
sem,  ccastiSi  for  eoas-istl,  evax-uxtm,  evds-istis. 

1.  An  ancient  future-perfect  in  so  sometimes  occurs,  from  which 
subjunctive  forms  in  sem  and  sim  are  formed :  as,  recepso,  rtcep- 
sim.  Sometimes  this  future  is  formed  on  the  present-stem :  as, 
hdbesso. 

The  forms  auslm,  faxlm,  and  faxo  are  retained  by  the  classic 
writers. 

COMPOUND   VERBS. 

8.  Compound  verbs  generally  form  their  perfect  and  supine 
stem  like  the  simple  verbs  from  which  they  are  derived.  Some- 
times, however,  there  is  a  change  of  the  stem-vowel:  as,  7idb-eo, 
pro-klb-eo ;  fdc-io,  con-flc-io  ;  scand-o,  de-scend-o.  A  reduplication 
in  the  perfect  is  omitted  in  compound  verbs  :  as,  cced-o,  ce-cld-l; 
oc-cld-o,  oc-cid-l;  but  the  compounds  of  do,  sto,  disco,  and  posco, 
and  some  of  those  of  curro,  retain  it. 


APPENDIX  VII. 

THE   VARIOUS   FORMATIONS    OF   THE   PERFECT   AND 
SUPINE    STEMS. 

§  225.     First  Conjugation. 

1.  The  perfect  and  supine  stems  are  formed,  in  the  first  conju- 
gation, by  adding  respectively  av  and  at  to  the  present-stem ;  or, 
to  speak  more  correctly,  by  adding  v  and  t  to  the  crude  form  of 
the  verb :  as,  dmd-,  dmav-,  dmdt-. 

2.  But— 

(a.)  The  characteristic  vowel  d  is  elided  in  the  perfect  tenses  of 
a  few  verbs  (v  passing  into  u  after  a  consonant),  and  in  such 
cases  is  usually  changed  into  i  in  the  supine :  as,  crepo,  crep-u-l, 
crep-i-tum. 

(b.)  The  perfect-stem  is  formed  by  reduplicating  the  initial 
consonant  with  e:  as,  d-dre,  ded-l. 


PERFECT   AND   SUPINE   STEMS. 


305 


(c.)  Some  verbs  seem  originally  to  have  reduplicated,  but  the 
reduplication  has  been  dropped,  the  first  two  syllables  blending 
into  one,  and  the  short  stem-vowel  becoming  long :  as,  Idv-o,  lav-l 
for  Id-la-vl. 

3.  The  following  list  contains  the  verbs  which  vary  from  the 
usual  mode  of  formation  : — 


Crep5,  crepare,  crepui,  crepitum,  to 
creak  ;  increpo,  -avi  or  -ui,  -atum 

or-itum;  discrepo,  -ui, ;  re- 

crep5,  -are, , . 

Cub5,  cubui,  cubituin,  to  lie  down. 
Incubo  has  rarely  -avi.  Some  of 
the  compounds  insert  m,  and  are  of 
the  third  conjugation. 

Do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  to  give.  Com- 
pounds with  monosyllabic  preposi- 
tions are  of  the  third  conjugation. 

Domo,  domui,  domitum,  to  tame. 

Frico,  fricui,  fricatum  or  frictum, 
to  rub  ;  confricS,  confricavi,  con- 
fricatum. 

Juv5,  juvi,jutum,juvaturus,  to  help. 

Lavo  (-are  and  -ere),  lavi  and  la- 
vavi,  lotum,  lautum,  and  lavatum, 
lavaturus,  to  wash. 

Mic5,  micui,  ,  to  quiver;  di- 

mic5,  -avi,  rarely  -ui,  -atum ; 
emico,  -ui,  -atum. 


Nico,  necavl,  rarely  necui,  nccatum, 

rarely  nectum,  to  kill. 
Plico,  plicavi  and  plicui,  plicatum 

and  plicitum,  to  fold.     Applic5, 

complico,  explico,  implico,  in  the 

same  way.      The  other  compounds 

have  -avi,  -atum. 
Poto,  potavi,  potum  and  potatum, 

to  drink. 
Seco,  secui,   sectum    and  secatiim, 

to  cut.     So  also  praeseco,  reseco. 

The   other    compounds    have    only 

sectum. 
Sono,  sonui,  sonitum,  soniturus,  to 

sound  ;  consono,  exsono,  inson5, 

praesonS,  -ui, ;   resono,  -avi. 

StO,    steti    (for   sesti),    statum,   to 

stand. 
Ton5,  tonui, ,  to  thunder;   at- 

tono,  -ui,  -itum. 
Vet5,  vetui,  vetitum,  to  forbid,. 


§  226.     Second  Conjugation. 

1.  The  perfect-stem  is  formed,  in  the  second  conjugation, — 

(«.)  By  adding  v  to  the  crude  form  of  the  verb,  as  in  the  first 
conjugation  :  as,  flt-o,  flev-i. 

(b.)  But  in  most  verbs  the  characteristic  e  is  elided,  v  passing 
into  u,  and,  as  in  the  first  conjugation,  the  characteristic  passing 
into  I  in  the  supine:  as,  mone-o,  monu-l,  monit-um. 

(c.)  In  many  verbs  e  is  elided,  and  5,  instead  of  v,  added,  with 
such  consonant  changes  as  euphony  may  require :  as,  arde-o, 
ar-s-l  for  ard-sl ;  auge-o,  aux-l,  for  augs-l. 

26* 


306 


APPENDIX   VII. 


(d.)  A  few  verbs  reduplicate  the  initial  consonant,  and  drop  the 
characteristic  e:  as,  morde-o,  mv-mord-l. 

(e.)  Some  verbs  preserve  a  trace  of  the  reduplication  in  the 
lengthening  of  the  stem-vowel  in  the  perfect,  the  characteristic, 
as  in  the  last  class,  being  elided:  as,  mdve-o,  mov-l, — perhaps  for 
mo-mov-l;  or  perhaps  the  original  form  was  move-v-l,  syncopated 
into  mom  to  avoid  having  two  successive  syllables  begin  with  v. 
All  verbs  of  the  first  and  second  conjugations  which  lengthen  the 
stern-vowel  in  the  perfect  have  stems  ending  in  v,  except  video 
and  sedeo. 

2.  The  following  list  contains  the  verbs  of  the  second  conjuga- 
tion which  form  the  perfect  and  supine  stems  otherwise  than  ac- 
cording to  \  226,  1  (6),  that  being  considered  the  regular  forma- 
tion, as  it  is  the  one  which  most  commonly  occurs. 


Aboleo,  abolivi,  abolitum,  to  destroy. 
The  other  compounds  of  the  obso- 
lete oleo  are  adoleo,  adolui  (rarely 
adolevl),  Sdultum  j  exolesco  (in- 
ceptive from  exole5),  exolevi,  ex- 
oletum  ;  dele5,  delevi,  deletum. 

Algeo,  alsi, ,  to  be  cold. 

Arceo,  arcui,  arctum,  to  keep  off. 

Ardeo,  arsi,  arsum,  to  burn. 

Audeo,  ausus  sum  (rarely  ausi,  from 
which  auslm),  to  dare. 

Augeo,  auxi,  aucturn,  to  increase. 

CaveS,  cavi,  cauturn,  to  beware. 

Censeo,  censui,  censum,  to  be  of 
opinion.  Pcrcenseo,  percensui; 
recenseo,  recensul,  recensum  and 
recensitum. 

CieO,  ci vl,  citum,  to  arouse.  The 
confounds  with  ex  and  ad  are  of 
the  fourth,  conjugation.  The  pen- 
nit  of  cxcitus  is  common,  and  that 
of  concltus  in  rarely  lony. 

Conniveu,  connivi  or  connixi, , 

to  shut  the  eyes. 

Denseo,  densetum,  to  be  dense. 

Doceo,  docui,  doctum,  to  teach. 


Faveo,  favi,  fautum,  to  favor. 
Ferveo,   ferbui,   or   fervo,   fervl,   to 

boil. 

Fleo,  flevi,  flctum,  to  weep. 
Foveo,  fovi,  fotum,  to  warm. 
Fulgeo,     fulsi     (anteclassical      and 

poetic,  fulgo,  fulsi),  to  flash,. 
Gaudeo,  gavisus,  to  rejoice. 
Haereo,  lia3Si,  haesum,  to  stick  ;    ob- 

haareo,  -ere, , j    so,  also, 

subh.iereo. 

Indulgeo,  indulsi,  indultum,  to  in- 
dulge. 

Jiibeo,  jussi,  jussum,  to  order. 
Luceo,  luxi,  ,  to  shine;    pollu- 

ceo,  polluxi,  polluctiim. 
Lugeo,  luxi,  luctum,  to  mourn. 
Maneo,  mansi,  mansiim,  to  stny. 
Misceo,  miscui,  mistum  or  mixtiim, 

misturus,  to  mix. 
Mordeo,       momordi,      morsum,     to 

bile. 

Moveo,  mo  vi,  motum,  to  move. 
Mulceo,     mulsl,      mulsum,      rarely 

mulctum,  to  stroke. 
Mulgeo,  mulsl,  rarely  mulxi,  mul- 


u 


PERFECT   AND   SUPINE   S' 


sum  or  mulctum,  to  milk;  emul- 
geo,  -ere, ,  emulsuin. 

Neo,  nevi,  netum,  to  spin. 

Pavco,  pavi,  ,  to  fear. 

Pendco,  pependi, ,  to  hang;  im- 

pendeo,  -ere. 

Pleo  (obsolete],  plevi,  pletum,  to  fill. 

Prandeo,  prandi,  pransuin,  to  break- 
fast. 

Ridco,  risi,  risum,  to  laugh. 

Sedeo,  sedi,  sessum,  to  sit ;  prsesi- 
deo,  prsesedi, . 

Soleo,  solitus,  rarely  solui,  to  be 
accustomed. 

Sorbeo,  sorbui,  ,  to  suck  up; 

resorbeo,  -ere,  ;  absorbeo, 

absorbui,  rarely  absorpsi,  absorp- 
tum. 


Spondeo,     spopon 

pledge. 

Strideo,  stridi,  to  creak. 
Suudeo,  suasl,  suilsum,  to  advise. 
Teneo,  tenui,  tentum,  to  hold ;  per- 

tineo,  pertinui, . 

Tergeo    or   tergo,  tersi,    tersum,  to 

wipe. 

Tondeo,  totondi,  tonsum,  to  shear. 
Torqueo,  torsi,  tortum,  to  twist. 
Torreo,  torrui,  tostum,  to  roast. 

Turgeo,  tursi, ,  to  swell. 

TJrgeo    or    urgueo,    ursi,    ,    to 

press. 
Video,  vidi,  visum,  to  see. 

Vieo,  ,  vietum,  to  plait. 

Yoveo,  vovi,  votiim,  to  vow. 


\  227.  To  these  may  be  added  the  following  impersonal  and 
deponent  verbs  of  the  second  conjugation  : — 

Piidet,    puduit    or   puditum    est,  it 


Becet,  decuit,  it  becomes. 

Libet,    libuit     or    libitum    est,    it 

pleases. 
Licet,    licuit    or   licitum    est,   it   is 

allowed. 

Liquet,  liquit  or  licuit,  it  is  clear. 
Miseret,  iniseruit,  sometimes  misere- 

tur,  miseritum  or  misertum  est,  it 

pities. 

Oportet,  oportuit,  it  behooves. 
Piget,    piguit    or    pigitum    est,    it 

grieves. 
Pcenitet,  poenituit,  it  repents. 

$  228.  The  following  have  the  perfect  in  ul,  but  want  the 
supine : — 

Aceo,  to  be  sour;  candeo,  to  be  white ;  caneo,  to  be  hoary ;  egeO,  to 
icant;  emineo,  to  rise  up  ;  floreS,  to  flower  ;  horreo,  to  bristle;  lateo,  to 
lie  hid ;  muceo,  to  be  mouldy ;  nigreo,  to  be  black ;  oleo,  to  smell ;  palleo, 
to  be  pale  ;  pateo,  to  be  open;  sileo,  to  be  silent ;  stride§,  to  creak ;  studeo 
(studivl  once),  to  be  eager;  stupeo,  to  be  stunned;  time5,  to  fear. 


shames. 

Tsedet,  tseduit  or  tassum  est,  it  dis- 
gusts. 

Fateor,  fassus,  to  confess  ;  diffiteor, 
diffiterl, . 

Mecleor, ,  to  cure. 

Misereor,  miseritus  or  misertus,  to 
pity. 

Reor,  ratus,  to  think. 

Tueor,  tuitus  or  tutus  (the  latter 
passive}^  to  behold,  to  gazQ  at. 


308  APPENDIX   VII. 

§  229.  The  following  have  neither  perfect  nor  supine  stems, 
though  from  some  of  them  perfect  tenses  are  formed  with  an  in- 
ceptive force : — 

JEgreo,  to  be  sick  ;  albeo,  to  be  white  ;  areo,  to  be  dry  ;  ave5,  to  covet ; 
calico,  to  be  hard;  calveo,  to  be  bald;  ceveo,  to  fawn;  clareo,  to  be 
briyht ;  clueo,  to  be  famous;  flaccuo,  to  droop  ;  flaveo,  to  be  yellow  ;  foeteo, 
to  stink;  frigeo,  to  be  cold ;  frondeo,  to  bear  leaves ;  hebeo,  to  be  dull ; 
humeo,  to  be  moist;  lacteo,  to  suck;  langueo,  to  be  faint;  lenteS,  to  be 
slow;  liveo,  to  be  livid  ;  maceo,  to  be  lean;  maereo,  to  grieve;  niteo,  to 
shine;  oleo,  to  smell ;  polleo,  to  l>e  powerful ;  putco,  to  stink;  renidco,.  to 
glitter  ;  rigeo,  to  be  stiff ;  rube5,  to  be  red;  scateo,  to  gush  out ;  seneo,  to 
be  old  ;  sordeo,  to  be  filthy ;  splendeo,  to  shine  ;  squaleo,  to  be  foul ;  sue5, 
to  be  wont;  tepeo,  to  be  warm  ;  torpeo,  to  be  stiff ;  tiimeo,  to  swell ;  uveo, 
to  be  moist;  vegeo,  to  arouse  ;  vigeo,  to  flourish  ;  vireo,  to  be  green. 

VARIOUS  FORMATIONS  OF  THE  PERFECT  AND  SUPINE 
STEMS. 

Third  Conjugation. 

$  230.  1.  The  perfect-stem  is  formed,  in  the  third  conjuga- 
tion,— 

(a.)  By  adding  s  to  the  present-stem,  which  in  this  conjugation 
is  the  crude  form  of  the  verb :  as,  carp-o,  carps-l. 

(b.)  By  adding  v  to  the  crude  form  of  the  verb,  which  has 
been  strengthened  by  adding  n  or  sc,  as  in  Greek. 

These  are  all  originally  vowel  verbs :  as,  cre-sc-o,  crev-l ;  pa- 
sc-o,pav-l;  no-sc-o,  nov-l ;  sl-n-o,  slv-l ;  sper-n-o  (sptr-o  by  meta- 
thesis for  spre-o),  sprev-l. 

(c.)  By  adding  u  (the  form  which  the  perfect-sign  v  assumes 
after  a  consonant) :  as,  dl-o,  dlu-l. 

(d.)  By  adding  w  to  the  present-stem  :  as,  arcess-o,  arcess-wl. 

(e.)  By  reduplicating  the  initial  consonant:  as,  curr-o,  cu~ 
curr-o. 

(f.)  By  lengthening  the  present-stem,  with  or  without  vowel 
change :  as,  tm-o,  cm-l ;  ag-o,  eg-l. 

(y.)  In  a  number  of  verbs  (especially  vowel  verbs  in  u)  the 
perfect-stem  is  like  the  present-stem :  as.,  dcii-o,  dcu-l. 

2.  The  supine-stem  is  usually  formed  in  the  third  conjugation 
"by  adding  t,  frequently  by  adding  s,  to  the  present-stem. 


PERFECT   AND   SUPINE   STEMS. 


309 


3.  The  following  list  contains  most  of  the  verbs  of  this  con- 
jugation : — • 


Acu5,  acui,  acutuin,  to  sharpen. 

Ag5,  egl,  actum,  to  set  in  motion ; 

arabig5,  -ere, ,  ;  deg5, 

degi;  satago,  satagere, , . 

Alo,  alul,  alturn  and  alitum,  to 
nourish. 

Ang5,  anxi,  anctum  and  anxum,  to 
choke. 

ArcessS  (pass,  -iri  or  -I),  arcessivi, 
arce.ssltum,  to  send  for. 

Argu5,  argul,  argutum,  to  convict. 

Batu5,  batul,  to  beat. 

Bib5,  bibi,  bibitum,  to  drink. 

Cad5,  cecidl,  casum,  to  fall ;  accid5, 
decido,  excid5,  succid5,  have  no 
supine-stem.  (See  App.  VL,  8.) 

Caed5,  caecidi,  csesum,  to  cut.  The 
compound*  change  3d  into  i :  as, 
*  occid5,  occldl,  occisum.  (See 
App.  VI.,  8.) 

Cand5,  to  cause  to  shine ;  whence 
accend5,  incendo,  succendo 
(-cendi,  -censuin). 

Cano,  cecini,  cantura,  to  siny ; 
praecin5,  -cinui,  -centum;  concinS, 

-cinui,  ;  so  occin5,  accino, 

-ere, , ;  *o,  also,  incm5, 

intercino,  recm5,  succin5. 

Capesso,  -ivi  or  -ii,  -Itum,  to  seize. 

Capi5,  cepl,  captum,  to  take;  so 
antecapiS.'  The  other  compounds 
change  a  of  the  present-stern  into  i, 
and  of  the  supine-stem  into  e :  as, 
accipio,  accepT,  acceptum. 

Carp5,  carpsi,  carptum,  to  pluck.    ' 

Cedo,  ce.ssi,  cessum,  to  yield. 

CellS,  ante-,  prse-,  -ere,  , ; 

excel!5,  excellui,  excelsum ;  per- 
cel!5,  perciili,  perculsiim. 

Cern5,  crevi,  cretuin,  to  decide. 


Cing6,  ciuxi,  cinctum,  to  gird. 


Clango,  -ere, 


— ,  to  clang. 


Ciaudo,  clausi,  clausuia,  to  shut. 

Claud5  or  -e6,  ,  clausum,  to 

limp. 

Ciepo,  clepsi,  rarely  clepi,  cleptuin, 
to  steal. 

Colft,  colui,  cultuin,  to  cultivate; 
occulo,  occulul,  occultum. 

Coino,  compsi,  comptum,  to  adorn. 

Compesco,  compescui,  to  check. 

Condo,  condidi,  conditum,  to  build; 
abscondo,  -condidi  or>w-condl, 
-conditumor-consum.  For  other 
compounds  of  do,  see  $  225,  3. 

ConsulS,  -sului,  -sultum,  to  consult. 

Coqu5,  coxi,  coctura,  to  cook. 

Cresc5,  crevl,  cretum,  to  grow. 

Cud5,  -ere, , ,  to  forge  ;  ex- 

cudo,  excudl,  excusum. 

CupiS,  -Ivi  or  -ii,  -itum,  to  desire. 

Curr5,  ciicurri,  cursum,  to  run  ;  con- 
curr5,  succurro,  transcurrS,  drop 
the  reduplication.  The  other  com- 
pounds have  both  forms:  as,  ac- 
curr§,  accurrT,  accucurrl,  accur- 

sum  ;  antecurr5,  -ere, , ; 

so,  also,  circumcurrS.  (See  App. 
VI.,  8.) 

DepsS,  depsui,  depstum,  to  knead. 

Dic5,  dixi,  dictum,  to  say. 

Disc5,  didici,  disciturus,  to  learn. 

Dispesco,  ,  dispistum,  to  sepa- 
rate. 

DividS,  dlvlsi,  divisum,  to  divide. 

Duc5,  duxi,  ductiim,  to  lead. 

Edo,  cdi,  esura,  to  eat.     (See  ?  111.) 

Em5,  emi,  emptum,  to  buy ;  dem5, 
dempsi,  demptum. 

Exu5,  exui,  exutiim,  to  put  off. 


310 


APPENDIX   VII. 


Facesso,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  do  eagerly. 

Facio,  fed,  factum,  to  do ;  pass. 
flo,  fieri,  factus  (g  111).  Jmper. 
pres.  fac.  Compounds  with  verb- 
stems  follow  the  simple;  pate-faciG, 
-feel,  -factuin,  patefac,  patefi5; 
those  with  prepositions  change  a 
of  the  present-stem  into  I,  and  of 
the  supine-stem  into  e,  and  have  a 
regular  passive :  as,  interficio, 
interleci,  interfectum ;  interficior, 
interf  ici,  interfectus. 

Fallo,  fefelli,  falsum,  to  deceive  ;  re- 
fello,  refelli, . 

Fendo  (obs.),  defendo,  defend!,  de- 
fensum,  to  defend;  ofiendo,  of- 
-fendi,  -fen sum,  to  offend. 

Fero,  ferre  (syncopated from  fer-ere), 
lull,  latum,  to  carry.  A  perf.  te- 
tuli  occurs  ;  affero,  attuli,  allatuna  ; 
aufero,  abstuli,  ablatum ;  confero, 
contuli,  collatum  ;  differo,  distiili, 
dilatum;  effero,  extuli,  elatum; 
infero,  intuli,  illatum ;  offer5,  ob- 
tuli,  oblatum;  suffer5,  sustull, 
sublatum. 

Fervo,  fervi,  to  "boil.  See  PerveS, 
second  conjugation. 

Fldo,  fisus,  to  trust ;  confid5,  con- 
fidi  or  conf isus  sum. 

Fig8,  fixi,  fixiim,  rarely  fictum,  to 
fix. 

Findo,xfidi,  fissum,  to  split. 

Fingo,  finxi,  fictum,  to  feign. 

Fl^p*^,  flexi,  flexum,  to  bend. 

Piigo,  flixT,  ,  to  dash  ;    afllig5, 

affli^i,  afflictum;   so  infligo,  pro- 
fllgo,  -ar'e,  -avi,  -atiim. 

Fluo,  flu.xi,  fluxum,  to  flow. 

Podio,  fodi,  fossum,  to  dig.  Old  inf. 
pass,  fodiri  j  so,  also,  cfFodiri. 

Fran^,  fregi,  fractiim,  to  break. 
S,  fremul,  fremitum,  to  roar. 


Frendo, ,  fresum  and  fressum, 

to  (JJKlb'h. 

Prlgo,  frixi,  frictum,  rarely  frixum, 
to  fry. 

Fugio,  fugi,  fugitum,  to  fly. 

FulgO, , ,  to  flash. 

Furido,  fusi,  fusum,  to  pour. 

Fur 5, ,  }  to  rage. 

Gemo,  gemui,  gemitiim,  to  groan. 

Gero,  gessi,  gestum,  to  bear. 

Gigno  (for  gi-geno),  genui,  genitiim, 
to  beget. 

Glisco,  , ,  to  grow. 

Glubo, , ,  to  peel;  deglub5, 

degluptiim. 

Gruo  (obs.),  congruB,  ingruo,  -grui. 

Ico,  ici,  ictuni,  to  strike. 

Imbuo,  imbui,  imbutiim,  to  imbue. 

IncessS,  incessivi  or  incessi,  , 

to  attack. 

Induo,  indui,  indutum,  to  put  on. 

JaciS,  jeci,  jactum,  to  throw;  con- 
jicio,  -jeci,  -jectum;  so  the  other 
compounds. 

Jungo,  junxi,  junctum,  to  join. 

Lacesso,  -ivi,  -ituin,  to  provoke. 

Lacio  (obs.),  allicio,  allexi,  allectum, 
to  allure.  So  illiciB,  pellicio  ;  but 
elicio,  elicui  and  elexl,  elicitum. 

Laedo,  laesi,  laesum,  to  hurt. 

Lainbo,  Iambi,  lambitum,  to  lick. 

Leg3,  legi,  lectum,  to  read.  So  the 
compounds  with  ad,  per,  prse,  re, 
sub,  and  trans ;  the  other  com- 
pounds change  e  into  i.  Diligo, 
intelligo,  and  negligo,  have  -lexi, 
-lectum. 

Lingo,  linxi,  linctum,  to  lick;  de- 
lingo,  -ere,  to  lick  up. 

Lino,  livi  or  levi,  litiim,  to  daub. 

Linquo,  liqui,  ,  to  leave;  re- 

linquB  and  delinqu5,  -liqui,  -lio- 
tiim. 


PERFECT   AND   SUPINE   STEMS. 


311 


Ludo,  lusi,  lustim,  to  play. 

Luo,  lui,  luiturus,  to  atone ;  abluo, 

-lui,  -lutuni.      So  diluo  and  eluo. 
Mundo,  mandi,  mansum,  to  chew. 
Mergo,  inersi,  mersum,  to  dip. 
Metuo,   metul  (metutum,    rare),   to 

fear. 
Mingo,  minxi,  minctum    and  mic- 

tuui,  to  make  water. 
Minuo,  minui,  minutum,  to  lessen. 
Mitto,  misi,  missum,  to  send. 
Molo,  molul,  molitum,  to  grind. 
Mungo    (obs.),     emung5,    einunxi, 

emunctum,  to  wipe  the  nose. 
Necto,  nexui  and  nexl,  nexiim,  to 

knit;    annecto,   annexui,   annec- 

tum.     So  innecto  and  connecto. 

Ningo  or  ninguo,  ninxi, ,  to  snoiv. 

Nosc5,  novi,  notuin,  to  know.     Ag- 

nosco  and  cognosce  have  -nitum ; 

dignosco  and  prasnosco  have  only 

the  present-stem. 
Nubo,  nupsl,  nuptum,  to  veil. 
Nuo,  to  nod;   abnuo,  -nul,  -nuitum 

or  -nutum ;   annuo,  -nui,  -nutum  ; 

innu5,  -nui,  -nutum ;  renu5,  -nui, 


— , ,  to  smell. 


015  (olere), 

Pando,  pandi,  passum  or  pansum, 

to  spread;  dispando, ,  dispan- 

sum. 

Pango,  panxi,  peg!  and  pepigi, 
panctum  and  pactiim,  pancturus, 
to  fix.  The  compounds  have  -pigi, 
-pactum,  except  depango  and  sup- 
pingO,  which  loant  the  perfect-stem  ; 
and  repango,  which  wants  both 
perfect  and  supine  stems. 

Parco,  pepcrci,  rarely  parsl,  parci- 
tum  and  parsum,  to  spare. 

Pario,  peperT,  partum  and  paritiim, 
to  brin(j  forth.  The  compounds  are 
of  the  fourth  conjugation. 


Pasco,  pavT,  pastum,  to  feed. 
Pecto,  pexi,   pexum    and  pectitum, 

to  comb. 
Peclo,   pipedi^ ,  to  break  toind  ; 

oppedo, , . 

Pello,  pepuli,  pulsum,  to  drive. 
Pendo,  pependi,  pensum,  to  weigh. 
Peto,  petlvi  and  -ii,  petituni,  to  beg. 
Pingo,  pinxi^  pictum,  to  paint. 
Pinso  or  pii^o;  pinsi  and  pinsui,  pin- 

situm,    pinsum    and    pistum,    to 

pound. 

Plango,  planxi,  planctum,  to  beat. 
Plaudo,    plausi,  plausuin,  to    clop  ; 

circumplaudo,    ,   .       The 

other  compounds,  except  applaudo, 

change  au  into  o. 
Plecto,  plexi  and  plexui,  plexum,  to 

twine. 

Pluo,  plui  or  pluvi,  ,  to  rain. 

Pond,  posui,  posltum,  to  place. 
Porricio^  porreci,  porrcctiim,  to  sac- 
rifice. 

Posco,  poposcT,  ,  to  demand. 

Prehendo,  } 

Prendo,      i  -di^  -siim'  to  8cize' 
Premo,  press!,  pressum,  to  press. 
Promo,  prompsi,  promptum,  to  bring 

out. 
Psall5,    psalli,   ,   to  play    on  a 

stringed  instrument. 
Pungo,  piipugi,  punctum,  to  prick. 

The  compounds  with  con-,  dis-,  ex-, 

and  inter-,  have  punxi,  punctum ; 

repungo  has  no  perfect  or  supine. 
Qusero,  qusesivl  and  quaesii,  quassi- 

tum,  to  seek. 
Quatio,  ,    quassiim,    to    shake. 

The  compounds  change  qua  into  cii : 

os,  concutio,  concussT,  concussiim. 
Quiesco,  quicvi,  quietum,  to  rest. 
Rado,  rasi,  rasum,  to  shave. 
Rapio,  rapul,  raptum,  to  snatch. 


312 


APPENDIX   VII. 


RegB,  rexl,  rectum,  to  rule. 
Rep5,  repta,  reptiira,  to  creep. 
Rydo,  rosl,  rosum,  to  gnaw.     E-  and 

pra3-rodB   want    the  perfect-stem; 

and  obrodo,  both  perfect  and  su- 

pine  steins. 

Rudo,  rudivi,  ruditum,  to  bray. 
Ruinpo,  'rupi,  ruptum,  to  break. 
Ruo,  rul,  rutum,  ruiturus,  to  fall; 

corruo,  corrui, ;  so  irruo. 

Salo  or  sallo, ,  salsum,  to  salt. 

Sapio,  sapivl  and  sapii,  — <—,  to  be 

wise  ;  resipio,  , ;  so  de- 

sipio. 

Scabo,  scabi, ,  to  scratch. 

Scalpo,  scalpsi,  scalptum,  to  engrave. 
Scando,  scandi,  scansum,  to  climb. 
Scindo,    scidi    (anciently   sciscldi), 

scissum,  to  cut. 

Scisco,  sclvi,  seitiim,  to  order. 
Scribo,  scrips!,  scriptum,  to  write. 
SculpS,  sculpsi,  sculptum,  to  carve. 
Sero,  scvi,  satuin,  to  sow. 
Sero, ,  sertum,  to  entwine.    Com- 
pounds have  serui. 
Serpo,  serpsi,  serptum,  to  creep. 
Sldo,  sidi  (collateral  form  of  sede5), 

to  settle. 

Sino,  sivi,  situm,  to  place. 
Sisto,    stitl,    statum,   to    stop.      The 

compounds  with  con,  de,  ex,  and  ob, 

have  stitl,  stitum ;    the  rest  want 

the  supine-stem. 

Solvo,  solvi,  solutum,  to  loose. 
Spargo,  sparsi,  sparsum,  to  scatter. 
Specio,    spexi,    spectum,    to    look; 

used  only  in  the  compounds. 
Sperno,  sprevi,  spretum,  to  despise. 
Spuo,  spui,  sputum,  to  spit ;  respu5, 

respui, . 

Statuo,  statul,  statutum,  to  place. 
Stern5,  stravl,  stratum,  to  strew. 
Sternuo,  sternul, ,  to  sneeze. 


Stert6,  stertul, ,  to  snore. 

Stinguo,  , ,  to  put  out.    The 

compounds  have  stinxi,  stinctum. 
Strepo,    strepui,    ,    to    make   a 

noise. 

Stride,  stridi,  to  creak. 
Stringo,  strinxi,  strictum,  to  bind. 
Struo,  struxi,  structum,  to  build. 
Sugo,  suxi,  suctuin,  to  suck. 
Sumo,  sumpsl,  sumptum,  to  take. 
Suo,    sui,    suturn,   to    sew;    consuS, 

,  consutum;   so  dissu5,  assu5, 

Tango  (strengthened  from  tago),  t§- 
tigl,  tactum,  to  touch. 

Tego,  texi,  tectum,  to  cover. 

Temno, , ;  contemnB,  -tem- 
ps!, -temptum,  to  despise. 

Tendo,  tetendi,  tensum  and  tentum, 
to  stretch.  So  in-,  os-,  and  reten- 

do ,- — detendo, ,  -tensum.  The 

other  compounds  have  tentuin. 

Tergo  (tergeo,  second  conjugation), 
tersl,  tersiim,  to  wipe. 

Tero,  trlvl,  tritum  (syncopated  for 
terivi,  teritum),  to  rub. 

Texo,  texui,  textum,  to  weave. 

Tingo  (or  tinguo),  tinxi,  tinctum,  to 
moisten. 

Tollo,  tetuli  (anciently],  rarely  tolli, 

,  to  raise.  Sustuli  and  sub- 

latum,  from  suifero,  supply  the 
perfect  and  supine  stems  of  tol!5 
and  sustollo.  The  compounds  want 
perfect-stem. 

Traho,  traxi,  tractum,  to  draw. 

Treino,  tremui, ,  to  tremble. 

Tribuo,  tribui,  tributum,  to  attribute. 

Trudo,  trusi,  trusum,  to-thrust. 

Tundo,  tutiidi,  tunsiim  and  tusum, 
to  beat.  The  compounds  have  -tu- 
sum ;  but  detunsum  and  obtun- 
suin  also  occur. 


INCEPTITE   VERBS. 


313 


Ung5  (or  -guS),  unxi,  unctum,  to 
anoint. 

TJr5,  ussi,  ustum,  to  burn. 

Vado,  vasi  (once),  ,  to  go.  Su- 

pervudo,  ,  .  The  com- 
pounds have  vasi,  vasum. 

Veho,  vexi,  vectum,  to  carry. 

Vell5,  veil!  and  vulsi,  vulsum,  to 
pluck  out.  So  avel!5,  divellS, 
evel!5,  intervello,  -vulsi,  -vulsum. 


The   other   compounds    have   velli 

only. 

Vergo,  versi, ,  to  incline. 

Verro,  verri,  versum,  to  sweep. 
Verto,  vertl,  versum,  to  turn. 
Vinco,  vici,  victum,  to  conquer. 
Viso,  visl,  vlsum,  to  visit. 
Vivo,  vixi,  victuin,  to  live. 
Volvo,  volvi,  volutum,  to  roll. 
Vomo,  vomui,  vomltum,  to  vomit. 


INCEPTIVE   VERBS. 

\  231.  Very  few  inceptive  verbs  have  a  supine-stem,  and  these 
take  it  from  the  simple  verb  ;  the  perfect-stem,  when  used,  is  also 
adopted  from  the  simple  verb.  In  many  inceptives,  especially 
those  derived  from  nouns  and  adjectives,  the  intermediate  verb  in 
~eo  is  not  used :  as,  grdvesco,  from  grdvls. 

Evilesc5,  evilui,  to  grow  vile. 
Extiinesco,  extimui,  to  fear  greatly. 

Fatisco, ,  to  gape. 

Fervesco, ,  to  boil. 

Flaccesco,  flaccui,  to  wilt. 
Floresco,  florin,  to  begin  to  flourish. 
Fracesco,  fracui,  to  grow  rancid. 
Frigesco,  frixi,  to  grow  cold. 
Frondesco,  frondui,  to  grow  leafy. 

Fruticesco, ,  to  begin  to  shoot. 

Gelasco, ,  to  freeze. 

Gemisco, ,  to  begin  to  sigh. 

Gemmasco, ,  to  begin  to  bud. 

Gemmesco, ,  to  become  a  gem. 

Generasco,  ,  to  be  produced. 

Grandesco, ,  to  grow  large. 

GravescO, ,  to  grow  heavy. 


Acesco,  acui,  to  grow  sour. 

^Egresc5, ,  to  grow  sick. 

Albesco, ,  to  grow  white. 

Alesco,    ,    to    grow;    coalesco, 

-alul,  -alitum. 
Ardesco,  arsi,  to  take  fire. 
Aresco, ,  to  grow  dry  ;  exaresc5, 

-arui ;  so  inaresco,  peraresc5. 

Augesc5, ,  to  begin  to  grow. 

Calesco,  ,  to  grow  warm. 

Calvesco, ,  to  grow  bald. 

Candesco,  candui,  to  grow  white. 

CanescS, ,  to  grow  gray. 

Claresco,  clarui,  to  become  bright. 
Condormisco,     -dormivi,     to    grow 

sleepy. 

Contieesc5,  -ticui,  to  become  silent. 
Crebresco,   crebui   and   crebrul,    to 

increase.  • 
Crudesco,  criidui,  to  become  cruel. 

Ditesc5, ,  to  grow  rich. 

Dulcesc5,  dulcui,  to  grow  sweet. 
DurescS,  durui,  to  grow  hard. 


Haeresc3,  • 
Hebesco,  - 


— ,  to  adhere. 
-,  to  grow  dull. 


Horresco,  horrui,  to  grow  rough. 

Humesco, ,  to  grow  moist* 

IgnescS, ,  to  become  in/lamed 

IndSlescS,  -dolui,  to  be  grieved. 


27 


314 


APPENDIX   VII. 


InsolescS, ,  to  lie  haughty. 

IntegrascO, ,  to  grow  fresh. 

Juvenesco, ,  to  grow  young. 

Languesco,  langul,  to  grow  languid. 

Lapidesco,  ,  to  become  stone. 

Latesco,  ,  to  grow  broad. 

Latesco, ,  to  lie  hid  ;    delitescS 

and  oblitesco  have  -litui. 
Lentesc5,  to  become  soft. 
Liquesco,  licul,  to  become  liquid. 

Lucesco, ,  to  grow  light. 

Lutesco, ,  to  grow  muddy. 

Macesco, ,        ) 

Ti/r  *  _    f  to  grow  lean. 

Macresco,  macrm,  J       * 

Madesco,  madui,  to  grow  wet. 

Marcesc5, ,  to  pine  away. 

Maturesco,  maturui,  to  ripen. 

Miseresco, ,  to  pity. 

Mitesco, ,  to  grow  mild. 

Mollesco, ,  to  grow  soft. 

Mutesco,  ,  to  grow  dumb  ;  ob- 

mutesoo,  obmutui. 

Nigresco,  nigrui,  to  grow  black. 

Nitesco,  nitui,  to  grow  bright. 

Notesco,  notui,  to  become  known. 

ObbrutescS, ,  to  become  brutish. 

Obdorinisco, ,  to  fall  asleep. 

Obsurdesco,  obsurdul,  to  grow  deaf. 

Occallesco, ,  -callul,  to  grow 

hard. 

Olesc5  (rarely  used],  adolesc5,  ad- 
olevi,  adultum,  to  grow  up;  ex- 
olesco,  -olevl,  -oletum,  to  grow 
obsolete;  so,  obsolesco;  inolesco, 
,  -olevl,  olitum. 

Pallesco,  pallul,  to  grow  pale. 

PatescO,  patui,  to  be  opened. 

Pavesco, ,  to  grow  fearful. 

Pertimesc§,  -timui,  to  fear  greatly. 


Pinguesc§, ,  to  grow  fat. 

PubescS,  pubui,  to  grow  to  maturity. 

PuerascS, ,  to  become  a  boy. 

Putesco,  putui,  ) 

Putresco, ,  J   to  become  rotten' 

Raresco, ,  to  become  thin. 

Resipisc5,  -siplvl,  -sipii  and  -sipui, 
to  come  to  oneself. 

Rigesc5,  rigui,  to  grow  cold. 

Rubesco,  rubui,  to  grow  red. 

Sanesco, ,  to  become  sound ;  con- 

sanescB,  -sanui. 

Senesco,  senui,  to  grow  old. 

Sentesc5, ,  to  perceive. 

Siccesco, ,  to  become  dry. 

Silesco, f  to  grow  silent. 

Solidesco, ,  to  grow  solid. 

Sordesco,  sordui,  to  grow  filthy. 

Splendesco,  splendui,  to  grow  bright. 

Spumesco, ,  to  begin  to  foam. 

Sterilesco, ,  to  become  barren. 

Stupesco, ,  to  be  astonished. 

Suesco,  suevi,  suetum,  to  become  ac- 
customed. 

Tabesco,  tabui,  to  waste  away. 

Teneresc5  and  -asco, ,  to  grow 

tender. 

Tepesco,  tepui,  to  grow  warm. 

Torpisco,  torpul,  to  grow  torpid. 

Tremisc5; ,  to  grow  tremulous. 

Tumesco,  tumui,  | 

TurgescS,  J  to  be^in  to  8WelL 

Uvesco, ,  to  grow  moist. 

Valesco,  to  grow  strong. 

Vanesco,  > ,  to  vanish  ;  evanescS, 

evani. 

Veterasco,  -avi,  to  grow  old. 

Yiresco, ,  to  grow  green. 

Vlvesco,  vixi,  to  come  to  life. 


DEPONENT   VEEBS. 


315 


§  232.     Deponent  Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation. 


Apiscor,  aptus,  to  get. 
Expergiscor,  -perrectus,  to  wake  up. 
Fatiscor,  to  gape;    defetiscor,    de- 

fessus.     So  the  other  compounds. 
Fruor,   fructus,   frultus,    fruiturus, 

to  enjoy. 

Fungor,  functus,  to  perform. 
Gradior,  gressus,  to  walk;    aggre- 

dior,  aggredl  and  aggrediri,  ag- 

gressus  /  so  progredior. 
Irascor,  iratus,  to  be  angry. 
Labor,  lapsus,  to  fall. 
Liquor,  liqul,  to  flow. 
Loquor,  locutus,  to  speak. 
Miniscor  (obs.),  commmiscor,  com- 

mentus,  to  invent;    reminiscor,  to 

remember. 
Morior,  mori,  rarely  morirl,  mortu- 

us,  inoriturus,  to  die. 


Nanciscor,  nactus  or  nanctus,  to  ob- 
tain. 

Nascor,  natus,  nascituriis,  to  be 
born. 

Nitor,  nisus  or  nixus,  nisiirus,  to 
strive. 

Obliviscor,  oblitus,  to  forget. 

Paciscor,  pactus,  to  bargain. 

Patior,  passus,  to  suffer. 

Prof  iciscor,  profectus,  to  set  out. 

Queror,  questus,  to  complain. 

Ringor,  rinctus,  to  snarl. 

Sequor,  secutus,  to  follow. 

Tuor,  tutus,  to  protect. 

Ulciscor,  ultus,  to  avenge. 

Utor,  usus,  to  use. 

Vescor,  to  eat. 


Fourth  Conjugation. 

\  233.  1.  Verbs  of  the  fourth  conjugation  are  vowel- verbs,  the 
characteristic  vowel  being  i.  The  perfect-stem  is  formed — 

(a.)  By  adding  v:  as,  audio,  audlvl. 

(b.)  The  characteristic  vowel  is  dropped  in  some  verbs,  and 
then  v  passes  into  u :  as,  sdli-o,  sdl-u-l. 

(c.)  By  dropping  the  characteristic  and  lengthening  the  stem- 
vowel  :  as,  veni-o,  ven-l. 

2.  The  supine-stem  is  formed  by  adding  t.    In  many  verbs  v 
of  the  perfect-stem  is  elided. 

3.  The  following  list  contains  those  verbs  which  form  the  per- 
fect-stem according  to  the  last  three  methods  mentioned  above : 


Amlcio,  -ui  or  -xi,  amictum,  to  clothe. 

Balbuti5, , ,  to  stammer. 

CsecutiS, , ,  to  be  blind. 


Cambio,  campsT,  to  exchange. 

Dementi5, , ,  to  be  mad. 

EffutiS, ,  effutitum,  to  prate. 


316 


APPENDIX   VII. 


E5,  ivi,  itum,  to  go.  The  compounds 
almost  always  elide  v  of  the  per- 
fect-stem, redii,  etc. ;  anteeo,  -ivi 

or  -ii, .  Contraeo  and  posteo 

have  no  perfect  or  supine. 

Farcio,  farsi,  fartiim  and  farctum, 
to  pack.  The  compounds  change 
a  into  e;  refercio,  -fersi,  -fertum; 

confercio, ,  confertum ;  effar- 

cio  or  -fercio, ,  effertum. 

Ferio, , ,  to  strike. 

Feroci5,  -ivi  and  -ii,  to  be  fierce. 

Fulci5,  fulsi,  fultum,  to  prop.  Ful- 
citus  occurs. 

Gannio, , ,  to  bark. 

GlociS, , ,  to  cluck. 

Grandi5, , ,  to  make  great. 

Haurio,  hausi,  rarely  hauril,  hau- 
sum,  rarely  hausitum,  hausus, 
hausurus,  hauritus,  hauriturus. 

Hinnio, , ,  to  neigh. 

Ineptio, ,  ,  to  trijle. 

Pario  is  of  the  third  conjugation, 
but  its  compounds  are  of  the  fourth  : 
as,  aperi5,  aperui,  apertum ;  so 
opperio;  reperio,  reperl,  reper- 
tum ;  so  comperio,  rarely  depo- 
nent. 

Prurio, , ,  to  itch. 


Queo  (like  e8),  quivi,  quitum,  to  b* 

able. 

Ptaucio, ,  rausum,  to  be  hoarse. 

Riigio, , ,  to  roar. 

Ssevi5,  saevii,  -itum,  to  rage. 

Sagio, , ,  to  perceive  keenly* 

Salio,  salui  or  salii,  saltum,  to  leap  ; 

as-  and   de-    sili5,   -ui,  -sultum ; 

pro-  and  trans-  silio,  -ui,  -Ivi,  -ii ; 

ab-,  in-,  sub-  silio,  -ii,  -ui ;    dis-, 

ex-,  re- silio,  -ui;  circum-  andprsd- 

silio  have  no  perfect  or  supine. 

Salio, ,  salltum,  to  salt. 

Sancio,  sanxi,  sanctam   and  sanci- 

tum,  to  ratify. 

Sarcio,  sarsi,  sartum,  to  patch. 
Sarrio,  -ivi,  -ui,  -itiim,  to  hoe. 

Scaturio, , ,  to  gush  out. 

Sentio,  sensl,  sensiim,  to  feel. 
Sepelio,  -ivi  and  -ii,  rarely  sepeli, 

sepultum,  rarely  -itum,  to  bury. 
Sepio,  sepsi,  septum,  to  hedge. 
Singultio, , ;  also  singult5, 

,  -atiim,  to  sob. 

Sitio,  -ivi  and  -ii, ,  to  be  thirsty. 

Suffio,  -ivi  and  -ii,  -Itum,  to  fumigate. 

Tussio, } ,  to  cough. 

Viigio,  -ivi  or  -ii,  to  cry. 
Venio,  venl,  ventum,  to  come. 
Vincio,  vinxi,  vinctiim,  to  bind. 


Deponent  Verbs  of  the  Fourth  Conjugation. 


Metior,    mensiis    and    metitus,    to 

measure. 

Ordior,  orsus,  to  begin. 
Orior,  ortiis,  oriturus,  to  rise.      Of 

the  third  conjugation)  except  infin. 

pres. 
Perior  (obs.  whence  peritiis) ;  expe- 


rior,  expertiis,  to   try ;   opperior, 

oppertus    and   opperitils,  to   wait 

for. 

Potior,  potitus,  to  obtain. 
The  poets  sometimes  use  an  indicative 

present   and   subjunctive  imperfect 

of  the  third  conjugation. 


ROMAN   MODE   OF   RECKONING   TIME.  317 

APPENDIX  VIII. 
ROMAN   MODE   OF   RECKONING   TIME. 

§  234.  1.  The  Romans  divided  the  natural  day  (from  sunrise 
to  sunset)  into  twelve  equal  hours  of  varying  length  according 
to  the  time  of  year.  The  night  was  also  divided  in  the  same  way 
into  four  equal  watches. 

2.  The  year,  according  to  the  calendar  of  Julius  Caesar,  was 
divided  into  twelve  months,  as  follows : — 


Januarius,  31  days. 

Februarius,  28     " 

Martius,  31     " 

Aprllis,  30     " 


Maius,  31  days. 

Junius,  30     " 

Quintllis,  31     " 

Sextilis,  31     " 


September,  30  days. 

October,  31     " 

November,  30     " 

December,  31     " 


3.  In  early  times  the  year  began  in  March:  hence  the  names, 
Quintllis,  Sextilis,   September,   etc.      Quintllis  and  Sextilis  were 
afterwards  changed  to  Julius  and  Augustus,  in  honor  of  the  first 
two  Caesars. 

4.  The  day  of  the   month  was   reckoned   from  three  points, 
Kalends,  Nones,  and  Ides,  which  fell  respectively  on  the  first, 
fifth,  and  thirteenth  of  each  month  ;    except  March,  May,  July, 
and  October,  when  the  Nones  fell  on  the  seventh,  and  the  Ides  on 
the  fifteenth. 

5.  Any  given  date  was  reckoned,  not  backward  from  the  first 
day  of  the  month  as  with  us,  but  forward  to  the  next  Kalends, 
Nones,  or  Ides,  inclusive.     Thus,  the  2d  of  March  was  called  the 
''sixth  before  the  Nones  of  March;'7  sextus  (ante)  Nonas  Mar- 
tiaSj  or  ante  diem  sextiim  Nonas  Martids;  the  16th  of  March  was 
called  the  "  17th  before  the  Kalends  of  April,"  septimus  dcclmus 
(ante)  Kdlendds  Aprltes,  or  ante  ditm  septlmum  dtclmum  Kdlen- 
dds  Aprltes.      The  2d  of  June  was  called  quart  Us  Nonas  Jilnids, 
or  ante  diem  quartum  Nonas  Jdnids,  etc. 

6.  In  leap-year  February  had  29  days,  the  24th  (sextus  Kal. 
Mar.)  being  doubled  and  called  blsextus  Kal.  Mar. — Hence  leap- 
year  was  called  blsextllls. 

7.  Therefore,  to  reduce  the  Roman  calendar  to  our  own, — 
(a.)  For  a  date  before  the  Nones  or  Ides,  subtract  the  number 

of  days  from  the  day  of  the  month  on  which  the  Nones  or  Ides 

27* 


318  APPENDIX   IX. 

fell,  and  add  one  to  the  remainder.    Thus,  a.  d.  VIII,  Idus  Maias, 
(15  —  8)  +  1  =  8;  May  8th. 

(6.)  For  a  date  before  the  Kalends,  subtract  the  number  of  days 
from  the  number  of  days  in  the  month,  and  add  two  to  the  re- 
mainder. Thus,  a.  d.  XVII,  Kal.  Jun.,  (31  —  17)  +  2  =  16; 
May  16th. 

8.  To  reduce  our  calendar  to  the  Roman,  the  process  will  be 
reversed. 

9.  The  week  of  seven  days  (hebdomds)  was  not  used  in  Rome 
till  after  the  introduction  of  Christianity. 


APPENDIX  IX.    PKOSODY. 

§  235.  Prosody  is  the  science  of  versification,  and 
belongs  rather  to  poetry  than  to  grammar. 

QUANTITY. 

§  236.  1.  The  quantity  of  a  syllable  is  the  relative 
time  occupied  in  pronouncing  it,  a  long  syllable  requiring 
twice  as  much  time  as  a  short  one. 

2.  A  vowel  is  long  by  nature,  as  duco;  or  by  position, 
as  restiti.  A  syllable  that  is  sometimes  long  and  some- 
times short  is  said  to  be  common. 

§  237.  RULE  I. — A  vowel  before  another  vowel  is 
short. 

So  also  when  h  comes  between  two  vowels,  it  being 
only  a  breathing. 

Exc.  1.  Flo  has  i  long  except  before  er;  and  sometimes  even 
then :  as,  fiunt,  flam,  fleret. 

Exc.  2.  E  between  two  i's  is  long  in  the  genitive  and  dative 
of  the  fifth  declension:  as,fdciei. 

Exc.  3.  A  is  long  in  the  penult  of  old  genitives  in  di :  as, 
auldi. 

Exc.  4.  A  and  e  are  long  in  the  endings  aius,  eius,  eia. 


PROSODY.  319 

Exc.  5.  I  is  common  in  genitives  in  *us,  but  in  alterlus  it  is 
almost  always  short ;  in  dllus,  long,  contracted  for  dliius. 

Exc.  6.  The  first  vowel  of  eheu  is  long  ;  that  of  Diana,  io,  and 
ohe,  is  common. 

§  238.  KULE  II. — Diphthongs  are  long. 

Exc.  1.  Proe,  in  composition,  is  short  before  a  vowel. 
Exc.  2.  A  diphthong  at  the  end  of  a  word  is  sometimes  made 
short  when  the  next  word  begins  with  a  vowel. 

§  239.  KULE  III. — Contracted  syllables  are  long. 
(For  an  exception,  see  §  223,  3.) 

§  240.  RULE  IV. — A  vowel  before  two  consonants, 
a  double  consonant,  or  the  letter  j,  is  long  by  position. 

NOTE. — A  vowel,  other  than  i,  really  combines  with  j  to  form  a 
diphthong. 

Remark  1. — The  vowel  is  long  by  position  when  one  or  both  the 
consonants  are  in  the  same  word  with  it ;  but  when  both  stand 
at  the  beginning  of  the  following  word,  it  is  common. 

Remark  2. — A  short  vowel  at  the  end  of  a  word  before  a  double 
consonant  orj  beginning  the  next  word  is  not  lengthened. 

Remark  3. — The  law  of  position  is  frequently  disregarded  by 
the  comic  poets. 

Exc.  1.  I  is  short  before  j  in  the  compounds  of  jugum :  as, 
bijugiis. 

Exc.  2.  A  vowel  naturally  short,  before  a  mute  followed  by  a 
liquid  is  common. 

Remark  4- — A  vowel  is  made  long  by  position  in  compound 
words  where  the  former  part  ends  with  a  mute  and  the  latter 
part  begins  with  a  liquid :  as,  ab-luo. 

Remark  5. — A  short  vowel  at  the  end  of  a  word,  before  a  mute 
and  a  liquid  in  the  next  word,  is  rarely  lengthened,  except  in  the 
arsis  of  a  foot. 

Remark  6. — In  Latin  words  only  I  and  r  following  a  mute 
lengthen  a  preceding  short  vowel. 

§  241.  RULE  V.— Derivatives  retain  the  quantity  of 
their  primitives. 


320  APPENDIX    IX. 

Exc.  1.  Frequentatives  from  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation 
change  a  long  into  i  short  :  as,  clamdt-um,  clamlt-o. 

Exc.  2.  (a.)  Some  derivatives  lengthen  a  short  vowel:  such  as 
deni  from  dtcem,  persona  from  sono,  humdnus  from  homo,  secius 
from  secus,  Idterna  from  Idteo,  sedes  from  scdeo,  lltera  from  lino, 
tegida  from  tego,  susplcio  from  susincor. 

(b.)  Some  shorten  a  long  vowel:  as,  dlcax  from  dlco,  dux 
(duds)  from  duco,  fides  from/VZo,  Idbo  from  Z^6or,  lucerna  from 
liiceo,  mulestus  from  moles,  ndto  from  natum,  noto  from  notum, 
odium  from  odi,  sopor  from  sc^'o,  vddum  from  t-acfo,  w5co  from 


§  242.  KuLEVL  —  Words  introduced  from  the  Greek 
or  other  languages  retain  their  original  quantity  ;  so, 
also,  Latin  stems  have  the  same  quantity  as  the  cognate 
Greek  ones  :  as,  Darius  (Greek  Aapztoz)  ;  vicus  (Greek 
o?xoc,  digammatecT). 

§  243.  EULE  VII.  —  Compound  words  retain  the 
quantity  of  their  components. 

Exc.  1.  Agnitus  and  cognltus  from  notus,  dejero  and  pejero 
frowijuro;  hodie  from  hoc  die;  compounds  in  dlcus  from  dlco; 
innuba,  pronuba,  subnuba,  from  niibo  (but  connubium  has  u  com- 
mon) ;  imbtcillus  from  bdcillum;  ambltum  from  Uum,  but  i  is  short 
in  ambitus  and  ambltio. 

Exc.  2.  Pro  is  short  in  procella,  procul,  prof  anus,  profdri,  pro- 
festus,  proficiscor,  profiteor,  profugio,  profundus,  prontpos,  pro- 
neptis,  Siwlprdtervus.  It  is  common  in  procuro,  prof  undo,  propago, 
propello,  and  prdplno.  The  Greek  pro  is  always  short. 

Remark  1.  —  The  inseparable  prepositions  dis  and  re  are  short  ; 
dl,  se,  and  ve,  are  long. 

Remark  2.  —  A  ending  the  former  part  of  a  compound  word  is 
long  ;  the  other  vowels,  short. 

Exc.  1.  E  is  long  in  se  for  sex  or  semi,  and  common  in  some 
compounds  of  facio. 

Exc.  2.  I  is  long  when  the  first  part  of  a  compound  is  declined, 
or  may  be  separated  without  altering  the  sense:  as,  quldam, 
agrlcultura  ;  also  in  the  former  part  of  compounds  of  dies 


PROSODY.  321 

(blduum,  merldie*s,  etc.),  in  iblque,  utroblque,  and  ibidem,  and  in 
Idem  when  masculine. 

Exc.  3.  0  is  long  in  compounds  of  contro,  intro,  retro,  quando 
(except  quandtiquidem),  and  in  alioqui. 

INCREMENTS. 

§  244.  1.  A  noun  is  said  to  increase  when  in  any  of 
its  cases  it  has  more  syllables  than  in  the  nominative- 
singular.  A  plural  increment  is  one  which  belongs  to 
the  endings  of  the  plural  number;  while  a  singular  in- 
crement always  belongs  to  the  stem. 

2.  If  a  word  has  but  one  increment,  it  is  the  penult ; 
if  two,  the  antepenult  is  called  the  first  increment,  and 
the  penult  the  second ;  if  three,  the  syllable  before  the 
antepenult  is  called  the  first,  the  antepenult  the  second, 
and  the  penult  the  third:  as, 

I  12  123 

sermo,  ser-mon-is,  ser-mon-i-bus,  it-m-er-i-bus. 
SINGULAR   INCREMENTS. 

§  245.  RULE  VIII. — Increments  of  the  third  declen- 
sion in  a  and  o  are  long ;  in  e,  i,  and  u,  short. 

Remark  1. — There  are  no  singular  increments  in  the  second 
declension,  stems  in  r  merely  dropping  the  nominative-ending. 
Those  of  the  first,  fourth,  and  fifth  declensions  belong  to  \  237. 

A. 

Exc.  1.  Masculines  in  dl  and  dr  (except  Car  and  Nar),  with 
anas,  mas,  vds  (vddis),  baccdr,  hepdr,jubdr,  Idr,  nectar,  par,  fax, 
and  sal,  increase  short. 

Exc.  2.  Nouns  in  s  preceded  by  a  consonant  increase  short  in 
a  and  o :  as,  daps,  ddpls ;  scrobs,  scrobls. 

O. 

Exc.  3.  0  in  the  increment  of  neuters  is  short ;  but  os  (6m) 


322  APPENDIX   IX. 

and  neuter  comparatives  have  o  long.     The  increment  of  ddoi 
is  common. 

Exc.  4.  Arbor,  memor,  bos,  compos,  impos,  Icpus,  and  prcecoa 
increase  short. 

E. 

Exc.  5.  Nouns  in  en,  ems  (except  Hymen)  wiihAnio  and  Nerio, 
increase  long  ;  also,  hceres,  locuples,  mansues,  merces,  quies,  Iber, 
ver,  alec  or  dlex,  lex,  rex,  vervex,  plebs,  and  seps. 

I. 

Exc.  6.  Nouns  and  adjectives  in  ix  increase  long ;  but  cdlix, 
coxendix,  filix,  fornix,  Idrix,  nix,  pix,  sdlix,  and  strix,  increase 
short. 

Exc.  7.  Dls,  glls,  lls,  vis,  Nesls,  Quirls,  Samrils,  and  vlbex,  in- 
crease long. 

U. 

Exc.  8.  Nouns  in  us  (gen.  urls,  udls,utls),  with  far,  frux,  lux, 
Pollux,  increase  long;  but  intercus,  Ligm,  and  pecus  increase 
short. 

Remark  2. — Increments  in  y  belong  to  Greek  nouns. 

PLURAL   INCREMENTS. 

§  246.  RULE  IX. — Plural  increments  in  a,  e,  and  o 
are  long ;  in  i  and  u,  short. 

INCREMENT    OF   VERBS. 

§  247.  1.  AT  verb  is  said  to  increase  when  any  of  its 
forms  has  more  syllables  than  the  second  person  singu- 
lar of  the  indicative  present  active. 

2.  The  number  of  the  increment  is  reckoned  as  in 
nouns  (§  244,  2) :  as, 

1  12  123  1234 

audis,  aud-i-tis,  aud-I-e-bas,  aud-i-e-ba-tis,  aud-I-e-bam-i-ni. 

§  248.  RULE  X. — In  the  increment  of  verbs,  a;  e,  and 
o  are  long,  i  and  u  are  short. 


PROSODY.  323 

A. 

Exc.  1.  The  first  increment  of  do  is  short. 

fi. 

Exc.  2.  E  is  short  before  r  in  the  first  increment  of  the  present 
and  imperfect  of  the  third  conjugation,  and  in  the  second  incre- 
ment in  beris  and  litre. 

Exc.  3.  E  is  short  before  ram,  rim,  and  ro,  and  the  persons 
formed  from  them. 

I. 

Exc.  4.  I  is  long  before  v  or  s  in  the  perfect-stem. 

Exc.  5.  7  is  long  in  the  supine-stem  of  gaudeo,  dlvido,  peto, 
qucero,  recenseo,  obliviscor,  and  intensives  in  sso. 

Exc.  6.  /is  long  in  the  first  increment  of  the  fourth  conjuga- 
tion, except  imus  of  the  perfect ;  also  in  slmus,  sltis,  vellmus, 
velltis,  ndllto,  nollte,  nolltote. 

Exc.  7.  /is  common  in  ris,  rimus, ritis,  of  the  indicative  future- 
perfect  and  subjunctive  perfect. 

U. 

Exc.  8.  U  is  long  in  the  supine-stem  and  future  participle 
active. 

PENULTS. 

§  249.  RULE  XI. — Monosyllabic  perfect  and  supine 
stems  are  long  (§  225,  2  c) :  as,  moviy  motum  (perhaps 
syncopated  from  mtivitum). 

Exc.  (a.)  Seven  perfect-stems  are  short:  bib-i,  ded-i,  fid-i (from 
Jindo),  scid-i,  stet-i,  stlt-i,  tul-i. 

NOTE. — A  reduplication  is  always  short:  hence  the  short  stems  of 
blbi,  d8di,  steti  (for  s&ti),  and  stiti  (for  slsti). 

(b.)  Ten  supine-stems  are  short :  cit-um,  ddt-um,  it-urn,  tit-um, 
quit-urn,  rdt-um,  rut-um,  sdt-um,  sit-um,  stdt-um. 

So,  also,  the  obsolete  futum,  whence  futtirus. 

§  250.  KULE  XII. — (a.)  Words  in  abrum,  dcrum, 


324  APPENDIX    IX. 

dtrum,  ubrum,  osus,  dtum,  Hum,  utum,  udus,  dris,  and 
elus,  lengthen  the  penult. 

Exc.  Gelus,  gelum,  and  scelus  ;  defrutum,  pulpltum,  petorltum, 
lutum. 

(b.)  Words  in  ca,  do,  ga,  go,  ma,  tus,  le,  les,  Us,  na, 
ne,  ni,  nis,  dex,  dix,  mex,  mix,  lex,  and  rex,  lengthen  the 
penult. 

Exc.  In  CA,  brassica,  dica,  fulica,  mantica,  pedica,  pertica, 
scutica,  tunica,  vomica;  in  DO,  cddo,  dlvido,  edo  (to  eat),  solido, 
spado,  trepido;  in  GA  and  GO,  cdllga,  fuga,  pldga,  toga,  ego,  ligo; 
in  MA,  dnima,  lacrlma,  victlma ;  in  TUS,  cdtus,  Idtus  (-tris], 
metus,  vegetus,  dnhelltus,  dlgitus,  grdtuitus,  halltus,  servltus, 
splrltus,  notus,  quotus,  arbutus,  putus,  inclutus ;  in  LE,  male;  in 
LIS,  verbals  in  His  and  bllis  ;  adjectives  in  dtilis,  dapsllis,  grdcllis, 
humllis,  pdrilis,  mugllis,  simllis,  sterllis,  strigills ;  in  NE  and  NIS, 
sine,  cdnis,  cinis,  juvenis  ;  in  NA,  buccma,  f.sclna,.femma,  fuscma, 
lamina,  pdgina,  patina,  sarcina,  dpince,  nundince ;  in  LEX,  culex, 
sllex;  in  MEX,  rumex. 

(c.)  A,  e,  o,  and  u,  before  mus,  mum,  nus,  num,  are 
long. 

Exc.  Glomus,  humus,  postumus,  nemus  ;  anus  (an  old  woman), 
mdnus\  ocednus,  penus,  tenus,  Venus,  onus,  bonus,  sonus,  Id- 
gdnum. 

(d.)  Words  in  dies,  itis,  otis,  dta,  eta,  ota,  uta,  lengthen 
the  penult,  except  sttis,  ptttis,  ntita,  rdta.. 

(e.)  A  penultimate  vowel  before  v  is  long. 

Exc.  Avis,  brevis,  grdvis,  Igvis,  ovis  ;  juvo,  Idvo,  ovo;  dvus,  cdvus, 
fdvus,  novus,  favor,  pdvor,  novem. 

§  251.  RULE  XIII. — (a.)  Words  in  acus,  %cus,  Vdus, 
tlus,  Imus;  ba,  bo,  pa,  po  ;  Mas,  Was,  and  Ua,  shorten 
the  penult. 

Exc.  Ddcus,  mgrdcus,  opdcus ;  dmlcus,  apncus,  flcus,  mendl- 
cus,  plcus,  postlcus,  pudlcus,  splcus,  umbilicus;  Idus,  fldus. 


PROSODY.  325 

infldus,  nidus  ;  asllus,  blmus,  llmus,  oplmux,  patrlmus,  matrlmus, 
quadrlmus,  trlmus,  and  the  superlatives  Imus  and  primus  ;  g'eua, 
ba,bo,  gltibo,  llbo,  nilbo,  scrlbo,  rlpa,  ctipa,  papa,  pupa,  scdpa,rBpo, 
pitulta. 

(6.)  Diminutives  and  polysyllables  in  ulus,  with  verbs 
in  %no,  Vnor,  shorten  the  penult. 

Exc.  Festlno,  sdglno,  proplno,  oplnor,  and  compounds  of  cllno. 

§  252.  RULE  XIV. — Words  in  inus,  except  adjectives 
expressing  time  or  material,  lengthen  the  penult. 

Exc.  But  mdtdtlnus,  rtpentlnus,  and  vespertlnus  lengthen  the 
penult,  and  the  following  shorten  it :  accimts,  dslnus,  d^minus, 
fdcinus,  sinus,  terminus,  geminus,  circlnus,  minus. 

§  253.  RULE  XV. — Before  final  ro  and  ror,  a  and  e 
are  short ;  the  other  vowels,  long. 
Exc.  Pero,  spero,foro,  soror,  voro,furo. 

§  254.  RULE  XVI. — Before  final  rus,  ra,  rum,  e  is 
short ;  the  other  vowels,  long. 

Exc.  Austerus,  gdlerus,  plerus,  procerus,  serus,  severus,  verus, 
stdtera  ;  barbdrus,  nurus,  plrus,  scdrus,  spdrus,  torus,  hdra,  mom, 
pdrum,  suppdrum. 

§  255.  RULE  XVII. — Adverbs  in  tim  lengthen  the 
penult;  those  in  \ter  and  Uus  shorten  it.  But  stdtim 
(immediately)  is  short. 

Remark  1. — Many  apparent  exceptions  to  the  foregoing  rules 
are  covered  by  g  241,  \  242,  \  243.  The  masculine  only  of  adjec- 
tival terminations  is  given,  the  quantity  of  the  feminine  and  the 
neuter  being  of  course  that  of  the  masculine. 

Remark  2. — Patronymics  (Greek)  in  ddes  and  ides  shorten  the 
penult,  while  those  in  dis,  eis,  and  dis,  lengthen  it.  Nouns  in  eus 
form  patronymics  in  Ides. 

28 


326  APPENDIX   IX. 


AOTEPENULTS. 

§  256.  EULE  XVIII. — The  connecting  vowels  i,  o, 
and  u  are  short;  a  is  long:  as,  vlndlentus,  fraudulentus, 
&tlmentum,  atrdmentum. 

§  257.  RULE  XIX. — A  vowel  before  nea,  neo,  nia, 
nio,  niuSy  nium,  is  long. 

Exc.  Castdnea,  tinea,  mdneo,  mineo,  mdneo,  teneo,  ignominiay 
luscinia,  venia,  Idnio,  venio,  and  words  in  cinium. 

FINAL  SYLLABLES. 
MONOSYLLABLES. 

§  258.  EULE  XX. — (a.)  Monosyllables  ending  in  a 
vowel  are  long. 

(6.)  Monosyllabic  nouns  ending  in  a  consonant  are 
long;  all  other  monosyllables  ending  in  a  consonant 
are  short. 

Exc.  1.  Cor,  fel,  mel,  pol,  vir,  os  (ossis),  vds  (vadis),  are 
short. 

Exc.  2.  En,  non,  eras,  plus,  cur,  par,  are  long.  So,  also, 
monosyllables  in  c,  except  nee  (short),  and  hie  and  hoc  (com- 
mon). 

Exc.  3.  Monosyllabic  plural  cases  and  verb-forms  in  as,  es,  and 
is  are  long ;  but  es  from  sum  is  short. 

POLYSYLLABLES. 
A.  final. 

§  259.  EULE  XXI. — A  final,  in  words  declined,  is 
short,  and  long  in  words  undeclined. 

Exc.  1.  A  final  is  long  .in  the  ablative  singular  of  the  first 
declension,  and  in  the  vocative  singular  of  Greek  nouns  in  as 
and  es. 


PEOSODY.  327 

Exc.  2.  A  final  is  short  in  eid,  itd,  quid,  and  putd,  when  used 
adverbially ;  sometimes  also  in  contra&nd.  numerals  in  ginta.  In 
postea  it  is  common. 

E  final. 

§  260.  EULE  XXII.— E  final  is  short  in  words  of 
two  or  more  syllables. 

Exc.  1.  E  final  is  long  in  the  first  and  fifth  declensions. 

Exc.  2.  Final  e  in  the  imperative  active  second  person  singular 
of  the  second  conjugation  is  a  contraction ;  but  it  is  sometimes 
short  in  cave,  vale,  vide. 

Exc.  3.  Final  e  is  long  in  fere,  ferme,  ohe,  and  in  adverbs 
derived  from  adjectives  of  the  second  declension;  but  it  is  short 
in  bene,  male,  inferne,  and  superne. 

I  final. 

§  261.  EULE  XXIII.— /final  is  long. 

Exc.  /final  is  common  in  mihi,  tlbi,  slbi,  lbit  ubi,  nisi,  qudsit 
and  cui  when  a  dissyllable. 

O  final. 

§  262.  EULE  XXIV.— 0  final,  in  words  of  more  than 
one  syllable,  is  common. 

Exc.  1.  0  final  is  long  in  the  dative  and  the  ablative,  and  in 
the  local  adverbs  quo,  eo,  eodem,  etc. ;  also  in  omnlno  and  id. 

Exc.  2.  0  final  is  short  in  clto,  illlco,  profecto,  and  modd,  and 
generally  in  tgo  and  homo. 

V  final. 

§  263.  EULE  XXV.—  U  final  is  long. 

J>,  TJ,  N,  It,  T,  final. 

§  264.  EULE  XXVI.— A  vowel  before  d,  I,  n,  r,  t, 
final,  is  short. 

Exc.  E  is  long  in  lien,  Iber,  and  Celtlber. 


328  APPENDIX   IX. 

C  final. 

§  265.  KULE  XXVII.— A  vowel   before  c  final  is 
long;  but  e  in  donee  is  short. 

As,  JEs,  Os,  final. 

§  266.  RULE  XX VIIL — As,es, and os, final, are  long. 

Exc.  1.  As  is  short  in  anas. 

Exc.  2.  Es  is  short  in  nouns  of  the  third  declension,  Class  III. 
(I  35) ;  and  in  ptnts. 
Exc.  3.   Os  is  short  in  compos,  impos,  and  os  (ossis). 

Is,  Us,  Ts,  final. 

§  267.  EULE  XXIX.— Is,  us,  and  ys,  final,  are 
short. 

Exc.  1.  Is  and  us  are  long  in  plural  cases,  and  in  the  nomina- 
tive of  nouns  having  a  long  stem-vowel :  as,  mtisls,  jructds, 
tellds,  Samius.  But  bits  of  the  dative  and  the  ablative  is  short. 

Exc.  2.  Contracted  final  syllables  in  us  and  is  are  of  course 
long:  as,  audls  for  audi-is,  fructus  for  fru ctu-is. 

Exc.  3.  Bis  in  the  indicative  future-perfect  and  subjunctive 
perfect  is  common. 

Remark. — The  last  syllable  of  a  verse  (except  the  anapaestic 
and  Ionic  a  minore)  may  be  long  or  short. 


VERSIFICATION. 

§  268.  1.  A.  foot  is  a  combination  of  two  or  more  sylla- 
bles. A  compound  foot  consists  of  two  simple  feet 
united. 

2.  The  simple  feet  of  two  syllables  are  the 

Spondee,  two  long,  :  as,          sese. 

Pyrrhic,  two  short,  ~  ~:  as,          bone. 

Trochee  or       ] 

Chor  f       ^  a      s^101^  ~ :  as» 

Iambus,  short  and  long,  w  ~:  aa 


PKOSODY. 


329 


3.  The  simple  feet  of  three  syllables  are  the 


one  long  and  two  short,  — •  ~  w 
Anapcest,  two  short  and  one  long,  ~  ^  — 

Tribrach,  three  short, 

Molossus,  three  long, 

Amphibrach,      short,  long,  and  short,     ~  —  ~ 
Amphimdcer   ") 

or  Crete,     /  lonS'  short'  and  lonS> 
Bacchlus,           one  short,  two  long,        ^  — 
Antibacchlus,     two  long,  one  short, 

4.  The  compound  feet  are  the 
Dispondee,          double  spondee, 
Proceleusmatic,  double  Pyrrhic, 
Ditrochee,  double  trochee, 

Diiambus,  double  iambus, 

Ionic  d  mojdre,  spondee  and  Pyrrhic, ~ 

Ionic  d  minore,  Pyrrhic  and  spondee,      ~  ~  ~ 
Choriambus,       choree  and  iambus,         —  ^  ~  • 

Aniispast,  iambus  and  choree,         ^ 

First  epitrit,       iambus  and  spondee,      ~ 

Second  epitrit,    choree  and  spondee,        —  -  — 

Third  epitrit,     spondee  and  iambus, *•*• 

Fourth  epitrit,    spondee  and  choree,        ' 


as, 

as, 

as, 

as,       mlrari. 

as,       ptrltus. 


corpora, 
bdnltds. 
cupcre. 


First  pceon, 
Second  pceon, 
Third  pceon, 
Fourth  pceon, 


choree  and  Pyrrhic, 
iambus  and  Pyrrhic, 
Pyrrhic  and  choree, 
Pyrrhic  and  iambus, 


as,       ceptrdnt. 

as,       dmabds. 
as,      feclsse. 


as,  dcceplssent. 
as,  celcriter. 
as,  eradltas. 
as,  dmdvtrds. 
as,  confeccrdm. 
as,  ddolescens. 
as,  credulllds. 
as,  verectindus. 
as,  dmdvertint. 
as,  Imperdvl. 
as,  aUcturitds. 
as,  feclssetis. 
as,  ddmoriitus. 
as,  dmdbllls. 
as,  putrllls. 
as,  celtrltds. 


5.  Isochronous  feet  are  those  whose  average  quantity 
is  equal.  Thus,  a  dactyl  is  isochronous  with  a  spondee ; 
a  choree,  with  an  iambus,  etc. 


METRE  AND  VERSES. 

§  269.  1.  Metre  is  the  arrangement  of  syllables  and 
feet  into  verses. 

28* 


330  APPENDIX   IX. 

2.  There  are  six   kinds  of  metre,  named  from  the 
fundamental  foot  employed  in  each :    to  wit,  dactylic, 
anapaestic,  iambic,  trochaic,  chor iambic,  and  Ionic. 

3.  A  verse  is  a  number  of  feet  arranged  in  a  certain 
order,  constituting  a  line  of  poetry.     Two  verses  are 
called  a  distich;  half  a  verse,  a  hemistich. 

4.  Verses  are  sometimes  named  from  the  author  who 
used   them   principally :    as,  Anacreontic,    from    Ana- 
creon;    Asclepiadic,  from  AsclepiMes;    Sapphic,  from 
Sappho,  etc., — sometimes  from  the  number  of  feet  or 
measures  which  they  contain  :  as,  pentameter,  containing 
five   feet;    hexameter,  containing   six    feet, — sometimes 
from   the   foot   chiefly   used :     as,    dactylic,    consisting 
chiefly  of  dactyls ;  spondaic,  consisting  chiefly  of  spon- 
dees. 

5.  A  verse  wanting  one  syllable  at  the  end  is  called 
catalectic ;  a  verse  wanting  a  whole  foot  at  the  end  is 
called  brachycatalectic  ;  a  complete  verse  is  called  acata- 
lectic;  a  verse  wanting  a  syllable  at  the  beginning  is 
called  acephalous  ;  a  verse  having  a  redundant  syllable 
or  foot  is  called  hypercatalectic  or  hypermeter. 

6.  A  verse  or  part  of  a  verse  consisting  of  a  foot  and 
a  half  (three  half- feet)  is  called  trihem/lm8r1s ;  consisting 
of  two  feet  and  a  half  (five  half-feet),  penthernlm&ris ; 
consisting  of  three  feet  and  a  half  (seven  half-feet),  hept- 
MmlmZrts;    consisting  of  four   feet  and  a  half  (nine 
half- feet),  enn&hem/tme'rls. 

7.  Scanning  is  dividing  a  verse  into  the  feet  of  which 
it  is  composed,  or  reading  it  metrically. 

FIGURES   OF   PROSODY. 
§  270.  The  figures  of  prosody  are — 


PROSODY.  331 

(a.)  Synalcepha,  or  the  elision  of  a  final  vowel  or 
diphthong  when  the  next  word  begins  with  a  vowel. 
Thus,  si  omnts  is  read  s'omncs;  illl  int$r  se  is  read  iff 
int&r  se,  etc. 

Remark  1. —  0,  lieu,  all,  proh,  vce,  and  vak,  are  not  elided. 
Other  long  vowels  and  diphthongs  sometimes  stand  unelided,  and, 
if  so,  they  are  generally  short  in  the  thesis  of  a  foot. 

(6.)  Ecthlipsis,  or  the  elision  of  a  final  m  with  the 
preceding  vowel,  when  the  next  word  begins  with  a 
vowel :  as, 

Monstr-(ww)  horrend-(ww),  inform-(e),  ingens,  cui  lumen  ademptum. 

Final  s  was  sometimes  elided  in  the  same  way  by  the 
earlier  poets. 

Remark  2. — M  final,  when  unelided,  is  short  before  a  vowel. 

(c.)  Synceresis,  or  the  contraction  of  two  separate 
vowels  into  one  syllable :  as,  deinde,  fluviorum,  tennis, 
pronounced  dine-de,  fluv-yorum,  ten-wis. 

(d.)  Dicer  esis,  or  the  separation  of  one  syllable  into 
two  :  as,  silua  for  silva ;  su-adent  for  suadent. 

(e.)  Systdle,  or  the  shortening  of  a  syllable  naturally 
or  by  position  long :  as, 

Obstiipui,  steterunt  comae ;  vox  faucibus  hsesit. 

(/.)  Diastdle,  or  lengthening  a  syllable  naturally 
short. 

(g.)  Synapheia,  or  such  a  connection  between  the  last 
syllable  of  one  verse  and  the  first  of  the  next,  that  the 
former  is  made  long  by  position,  or  cut  off  by  synaloa- 
pha  or  ecthlipsis. 

RHYTHM. 

§  271.  1.  Rhythm  is  the  alternate  elevation  (arsis) 
or  depression  (thesis)  of  the  voice  in  pronouncing  the 


332  APPENDIX   IX. 

syllables  of  a  verse.  The  terms  arsis  and  thesis  are  also 
applied  to  the  part  of  the  foot  on  which  this  elevation 
or  depression  takes  place.  The  arsis  of  a  foot  is  on  the 
long  syllable,  and  is  determined  by  the  fundamental  foot 
of  any  measure.  Thus,  in  dactylic  measure  the  arsis  is 
on  the  first  syllable,  while  in  iambic  it  is  on  the  last ; 
therefore  a  spondee  in  dactylic  measure  has  the  arsis  on 
the  first  syllable,  and  in  iambic,  on  the  last. 

2.  The  ictus  is  the  stress  of  voice  in  pronouncing  the 
arsis  of  a  foot.     A  short  syllable  in  the  arsis  of  a  foot 
is  sometimes  lengthened  by  the  ictus. 

3.  The  caesura  of  the  verse  is  such  a  division  of  the 
line  by  the  ending  of  a  word  as  affords  a  convenient 
and  harmonious  pause. 

DACTYLIC   METRE. 

§  272.  I.  1.  An  hexameter  or  heroic  verse  consists  of 
six  feet,  the  last  of  which  is  a  spondee,  and  the  fifth  a 
dactyl ;  but  the  fifth  foot  is  sometimes  a  spondee,  and 
then  the  verse  is  called  spondaic: 

Lndere  |  quse   vel-|leru  |[  cala-|mo  per-|misit  a-|gresti.     Virg.  JE.  1,10. 
In  nova  |  fcrt  ani-|mus  ||  mu-jtatas  |  dicere  |  formas.      Ov.  M.  1,  1. 
Cara  de-|um  sobo-|les  ||  mag-|num  Jo  vis  |  lucre- jmentum.     Virg. 

2.  The  ccesura  in  hexameter  usually  occurs  after  the 
arsis  of  the  third  foot,  as  above ;  frequently,  however, 
it  occurs  after  the  arsis  of  the  fourth  foot,  and  there  is 
then  a  slighter  one  after  the  arsis  of  the  second :  as, 

Iride  to-|ro  ||  pater  |  JEne-|as  ||  sic  |  orsus  ab  |  alto. 

3.  A  rapid  and  spirited  movement  is  produced  by 
the  recurrence  of  dactyls ;    a  slow  and  heavy  one,  by 
that  of  spondees : 

Atque  le-|vem  st!pu-|lam  ||  crep!-|tanti  |  urere  |  flamma. 
Ill-(i)  in-|ter  se  |  mag-|na  vi  |  brachia  |  tollunt. 


PROSODY.  333 

II.  1.  A  pentameter  verse  consists  of  five  feet,  of 
which  the  first  and  second  may  each  be  a,  dactyl  or  a 
spondee;  the  third  is  always  a  spondee;  and  the  fourth 
and  fifth  are  anapaests  (i.e.  two  short  and  one  long) : 

Sub  qua  |  nunc  recu-|bas  ||  arb-|ore  vir-|ga  fuit. 
Quaque  ve-|nit  inult-|as  ||  ac-jcipit     am-jnis  aquas. 

2.  It  is  generally,  however,  divided  into  two  hemi- 
stichs,  the  first  containing  two  dactyls,  two  spondees,  or 
a  dactyl  and  a  spondee,  followed  by  a  long  syllable ;  the 
second,  two  dactyls,  followed  by  another  long  syllable. 
The  caesura  occurs  at  the  close  of  the  first  hemistich : 

Sub  qua  |  nunc  recu-|bas  ||  arbore  |  virga  fu-|it. 
Quaque  ve-|nit  mult- 1  as  ||  accipit  |  amnis  a-|quas. 

3.  This   verse   usually   alternates   with    hexameter, 
forming  what  is  called  elegiac  verse. 

III.  ^Eolic  pentameter  consists  of  five  feet,  the  first 
being  a  spondee,  a  trochee,  or  an  iambus ;  and  the  rest, 
dactyls : 


IV.  Phalceeian  pentameter  consists  of  the  first  half 
of  a  pentameter,  followed  by  a  dactyl  and  a  spondee : 

-I-   -I -II-  H- 

V.  Tetrameter  a  priore  consists  of  the  first  four  feet 
of  an  hexameter,  the  fourth  being  a  dactyl : 

Garrula  |  per  ra-|mos,  avis  |  obstrepit. 

Tetrameter  catalectic  wants  the  last  two  syllables  of 
the  fourth  foot. 

VI.  Tetrameter  a  posterior e  consists  of  the  last  four 
feet  of  an  hexameter,  the  third  foot  being  either  a  dac- 
tyl or  a  spondee : 


334  APPENDIX   IX^* 

Mobili-|bus  po-|maria  |  rivis. 
Menso-jrem  cohi-jbent  Ar-jchyta. 

VII.  Tetrameter  Meiurus,  or  Faliscan,  is  the  same  as 
tetrameter  a  posteriore,  except  that  the  last  foot  is  an 
iambus  instead  of  a  spondee : 

~  I  -       I          ,   I   >. 

I  I  -          I 

VIII.  Dactylic  trimeter  consists  of  the  last  three  feet 
of  an  hexameter : 

Nigris  |    aequora  |  ventis. 

IX.  Archilochian  trimeter  catalectic  consists  of  the 
first  half  of  a  pentameter: 

Arbori-jbusque  co-|mae. 

X.  Dactylic  dimeter,  or  Adonic,  consists  of  a  dactyl 
and  a  spondee : 

More  pal-jaestrae. 

ANAP^STIC   METRE. 

§  273.  I.  Anapaestic   monometer  consists  of  two  ana- 
paests : 

II.  Anapcestic  dimeter  consists  of  four  anapaests  : 


IAMBIC   METRE. 

§  274.  I.  Iambic  trimeter,  or  sendrius,  consists  of  six 
iambic  feet;  but  the  iambus  is  often  replaced  by  a  spon- 
dee in  the  first,  third,  and  fifth  feet.  A  tribrach  is  used 
instead  of  an  iambus  in  any  foot  except  the  last ;  and 
the  spondee  is  replaced  by  its  equivalents,  the  dactyl  or 


PROSODY. 


335 


anapaest,  and  sometimes  by  a  double  Pyrrhic,  in  the  first 
foot. 

1.  2.  3.  4.  5.  6. 


There  is  generally  a  caesura  in  the  third  or  fourth 
foot. 

II.  The  choliambus,  or  axd^cov,  also  called  Hipponac- 
tean,  from  its  inventor  Hipptoax,  is  iambic  trimeter,  or 
senarius,  with  a  spondee-or  a  trochee  in  the  last  foot. 

III.  Iambic  tetrameter,  or  octonarius,  consists  of  eight 
iambic   feet,  varied  as  in  iambic   trimeter,. the    caesura 
usually  falling  on  the  arsis  of  the  fourth  foot. 

IV.  Iambic  tetrameter*  calalectic  is  an  iambic  tetra- 
meter without  the  last  syllable  of  the  last  foot,  and  in 
the  seventh  place  there  is  always  an  iambus. 

V.  Iambic  trimeter  catalectic,  or  Archilochian,  is  iambic 
trimeter  without  the  last  syllable  of  the  last  foot ;  but 
it  does  not  admit  of  a  spondee  in  the  fifth  place : 

Locas  |  sub  ip-|sum  fu-|nus  et  |  sepul-jcrl. 

VI.  Iambic  dimeter,  or  Archilochian  dimeter,  consists 
of  four  iambic  feet,  with  the  same  variations  as  iambic 
trimeter.     This  measure  is  acephalous  when  it  wants 
the   first  syllable,  and  hypermeter  when  a  syllable  is 
added  at  the  end : 

Qui  ma- 1 j or  ab-|sentes  |  habet. 
Acephalous,  At  |  fides  |  et  In-|geni. 

Hypermeter,  Rede -|  git  In  |  veros  |  timo-|res. 

VII.  Iambic  dimeter   catalectic,  or  Anacreontic,   is 


336 


APPENDIX   IX. 


iambic  dimeter  without  the  final  syllable,  and  with  the 
third  foot  always  an  iambus : 

VIII.  The   Galliambus   consists  of  two  iambic  di- 

• 

meters  catalectic,  the  caesura  occurring  at  the  end  of 
the  first  dimeter. 

TROCHAIC  METRE. 

§  275.  I.  Trochaic  tetrameter  catalectic  consists  of 
seven  trochees  and  a  catalectic  syllable.  The  first  five 
trochees,  and  sometimes  the  sixth,  are  replaced  by  tri- 
brachs ;  and  the  second,  fourth,  and  sixth,  by  a  spondee 
or  its  equivalent : 


3. 


7.         8. 


The  caesura  falls  upon  the  thesis  of  the  fourth  foot. 

II.  Sapphic  verse,  so  called  from  the  poetess  Sappho, 
consists  of  five  feet, — the  first,  fourth,  and  fifth  being 
trochees,  the  second  a  spondee,  and  the  third  a  dactyl. 
The  second  foot  is  sometimes  a  trochee : 

Audi-Jet  cl-|ves  acu-|isse  |  ferrum. 

The  caesura  falls  upon  the  arsis  of  the  third  foot. 

III.  Phalcecian  verse,  so  called  from  the  old  Greek 
poet  Phalaecus,  consists  of  five  feet, — a  spondee,  a  dac- 
tyl, and  three  trochees : 


IV.  Trochaic  dimeter  catalectic  consists  of  three  tro- 


PEOSODY.  337 

chees — the  second  being  sometimes  replaced  by  a  spon- 
dee or  dactyl — and  a  catalectic  syllable.  This  measure 
may  also  be  scanned  as  iambic  dimeter  acephalous 
(§274,  VI.) : 

At  fi- |des  et  |  inge-|ni; 
At  |  fides     et  in-[geni. 

CHOBIAMBIC  METRE. 

§  276.  I.  Choriambic  pentameter  consists  of  a  spon- 
dee, three  choriambi,  and  an  iambus  : 

Tenta-|ris  imme-|ros.  |  Ut  melius  \  quidquid  erit  |  pati. 

II.  Choriambic  tetrameter  consists  of  three  choriamb! 
and  a  Bacchius.     The  iambus  of  the  first  foot  is  some- 
times replaced  by  a  spondee : 

Ssepe  trans  fin-|ein  jaculo  |  nobilis  ex-|pedito. 

III.  Asclepiadic  tetrameter,  so  called  from  the  poet 
Asclepiades,  consists  of  a  spondee,  two  choriambi,  and 
an  iambus,  the  caesura  occurring  at  the  end  of  the  first 
choriambus : 

MraTce-lnas,  atavis  ||  edite  reg-|ibiis. 

This  verse  is  sometimes  scanned  as  dactylic  penta- 
meter catalectic  (§  272,  II.) : 

Maece-  nas,  ata-|vis  ||  edite  |  regibus. 

IY.  Choriambie  trimeter,  or  Glyconic,  so  called  from 
the  poet  Glyco,  is  composed  of  a  spondee,  a  choriambus, 
and  an  iambus,  the  spondee  being  sometimes  replaced 
by  a  trochee  or  an  iambus : 

1111  |  robur  et  aes  |  triplex. 

V.  Choriambic  trimeter  catatectic,  or  Pherecratic  (from 
the  poet  Pherecrates),  is  composed  of  a  spondee,  a 
choriambus,  and  a  catalectic  syllable ;  in  other  words,  i* 

29 


338  APPENDIX   IX. 

is    a    catalectic    Glyconic.     The   spondee   is   sometimes 
replaced  by  a  trochee,  anapaest,  or  iambus : 

Nigris  |    aequora  ven-jtis. 

VI.  A  combination  of  Glyconic  and  Pherecratic  pro- 
duces Priapean  verse : 


VII.  Choriambic  dimeter  consists  of  a  choriambus 
and  a  Bacchius : 

Sanguine  vip-|ermo. 

IONIC  METRE. 

§  277.  I.  Ionic  a  majore,  or  Sotadic  (from  the  poet 
Sotades),  is  composed  of  three  greater  Ionics  and  a 
spondee.  The  Ionics  are  often  replaced  by  ditrochees, 
and  the  long  syllable  of  the  trochees  by  two  short 
ones: 

1.  2.  3.  4. 


II.  Ionic  a  minor e  is   composed   entirely  of  lesser 
Ionics : 

Slmul  unctos  |  Tibermis  |  humeros  la-|vit  in  iindis. 


COMPOUND   METRES. 

§  278.  I.  Greater  Alcaic  is  composed  of  two  iambi 
and  a  catalectic  syllable,  followed  by  a  choriambus  and 
an  iambus  which  may  be  scanned  as  two  dactyls.  The 
first  iambus  is  frequently  replaced  by  a  spondee.  The 
caesura  occurs  after  the  catalectic  syllable : 

Vides  f  ut  al-|ta  ||  stet  nive  can-jdidum. 


PROSODY.  339 

II.  Dactylico-trochaic  tetrameter,  or  lesser  Alcaie,  con- 
sists of  two  dactyls  followed  by  two  trochees : 

-  I   -       .  I   .    ,   I   - 
I  I  I 

III.  Dactylico-troehaic   or   Archilochian   heptameter 
consists  of  the  dactylic  tetrameter  a  priore  (§  272,  V.), 
followed  by  three  trochees  ;  the  caesura  after  the  fourth 
foot: 

Solvitur  |  acris  hi-|ems  gra-|ta  vice  ||  veris  |  et  Fa-|voni. 

IV.  Dactytico-iambic,  or  Elegiambus,  is  composed  of 
two  and  a  half  dactylic  feet,  followed  by  an  iambic  di- 
meter (§  274,  VI.) : 

Scribere  |  versicu-|los  ||  amo-  re  per-|cussum  |  gravi. 

The  caesura  occurs  after  the  penthemimeris,  as  in 
hexameter. 

V.  lambico-dactylic  verse,  or  lambelegus,  consists  of 
an  iambic  dimeter  (§  274,  VI.)  followed  by  a  dactylic 
penthemimeris;  the  caesura  occurring  after  the  fourth 
foot: 

Tu  vi-|na  Tor-|quato  |  move  ||  consule  |  pressa  me-|o. 

STANZAS. 

§  279.  1.  A  combination  of  verses  recurring  in  a 
certain  order  is  called  a  stanza  or  strophe.  A  poem 
containing  stanzas  of  two  lines  is  called  distrdphon ;  of 
three  lines,  tristrdphon  ;  of  four  lines,  tetrastrdphon. 

2.  A  poem  consisting  of  only  one  kind  of  metre  is 
called  monocolon;  of  two  kinds,  dicolon;  of  three  kinds, 
tricolon. 

HORATIAN   METRES. 

§  280.  In  the  lyric  poems  of  Horace  there  are  twenty 
differe*  species  of  metre,  used  in  nineteen  different 


340  APPENDIX    IX. 

combinations,  which  are  arranged  below  according  to 
the  frequency  of  their  use: — 

1.  Two  greater  Alcaics  (§  278,  I.),  one  iambic  dimeter  hyper- 
meter  (|  274,  VI,),  and  one  lesser  Alcaic  (g  278,  II.  j. 

2.  Three  Sapphics  (J  275,  II.)  and  one  Adonic  (§  272,  X.). 

3.  One  Glyconic  (§  276,  IV.)  and  one  Asclepiadic  (§  276,  III.). 

4.  One  iambic  trimeter  (§  274,  II.)  and  one  iambic  dimeter 
(I  274,  VL). 

5.  Three  Asclepiadics  (J  276,  III.)  and  one  Glyconic  (j  276, 
IV.). 

6.  Two  Asclepiadics  (J  276,  III.),  one  Pherecratic  (j  276,  V.), 
and  one  Glyconic  (g  276,  IV.). 

7.  Asclepiadic  (§276,  IH.). 

8.  One  hexameter  (g  272, 1.)  and  one  dactylic  tetrameter  a  pos~ 
teriore  (§  272,  VI.). 

9.  Choriambic  pentameter  (§  276,  I.). 

10.  One  hexameter  (g  272,  I.)  and  one  iambic  dimeter  (g  274, 
VL). 

11.  Iambic  trimeter  (g  274,  I.). 

12.  One  choriambic  dimeter  (g  276,  VII.)  and  one  choriambic 
tetrameter  (g  276,  II.). 

13.  One  hexameter  (g  272,  I.)  and  one  iambic  trimeter  (g  274, 

i.). 

14.  One  hexameter  (g  272,  I.)  and  one  dactylic  trimeter  cata- 
lectic (g  272,  IX.). 

15.  One  iambic  trimeter  (g  274, 1.),  one  dactylic  trimeter  cata- 
lectic (I  272,  IX.),  and  one  iambic  dimeter  (g  274,  VI.).     The 
last  two  frequently  constitute  an  Elegiambus  (g  278,  IV.). 

16.  One  hexameter  (§  272, 1.),  one  iambic  dimeter  (§  274,  VI.), 
and  one  dactylic  trimeter  catalectic  (|  272,  IX.).     The  last  two 
frequently  constitute  an  lambelegus  (§  278,  V.). 

17.  One  Archilochian  heptameter  (|  278,  III.)  and  one  iambic 
trimeter  catalectic  (?  274,  V.). 

18.  One  iambic  dimeter  acephalous  ($  274,  VI.)  and  one  iambic 
trimeter  catalectic  (§  274,  V.). 

19.  Ionic  a  minore  (§  277,  II.). 


KEY  TO  THE  ODES  OF  HORACE. 


341 


METRICAL  KEY  TO  THE  ODES  OF  HORACE. 

§  281.  The  following  is  an  alphabetical  list  of  the 
first  words  of  the  Odes,  with  the  number  in  the  preced- 
ing section  annexed,  where  the  metre  is  explained : — 


JEli,  vetusto No.  1 

jEquam  memento 1 

Albi,  ne  doleas 5 

Altera  jam  teritur 13 

Angustam,  amice 1 

At,  0  deorum 4 

Audivere,  Lyce 6 

Bacchum  in  remotis 1 

Beatus  ille 4 

Coelo  supinas 1 

Coelo  tonantem 1 

Cum  tu,  Lydia 3 

Cur  me  querelis 1 

Delicta  majorum 1 

Descende  ccelo 1 

Dianam,  tenerse 6 

Diffugere  nives 14 

Dive,  quern  proles 2 

Divis  orte  bonis 5 

Donarem  pateras 7 

Donee  gratus  eram 3 

Eheu  !    fugaces 1 

Est  mini  nonum 2 

Et  thure  et  fidibus 3 

Exegi  monumentum 7 

Extremum  Tanaim 5 

Faune,  nympharum 2 

Festo  quid  potius  die 3 

Herculis  ritu 2 

Horrida  tempestas 16 

Ibis  Liburnis 4 

Icci,  beatis 1 

Ille  et  nefasto 1 

Impios  parrse 2 

Inclusam  Dana-en 5 

Intactis  opulentior 3 

Integer  vitae 2 


Intermissa,  Venus,  diu No.  3 

Jam  jam  efficaci 11 

Jam  pauca  aratro 1 

Jam  satis  terris 2 

Jam  veris  comites 5 

Justum  et  tenacem 1 

Laudabunt  alii 8 

Lupis  et  agnis 4 

Lydia,  die,  per  omnes 12 

Maecenas  atavis 7 

Mala  soluta 4 

Martiis  cselebs 2 

Mater  sseva  Cnpidinum 3 

Mercuri,  facunde 2 

Mercuri,  nam  te... 2 

Miserarum  est 19 

Mollis  inertia 10 

Montium  custos 2 

Motum  ex  Metello 1 

Musis  amicus  1 

Natis  in  usum 1 

Ne  forte  credas 1 

Ne  sit  ancillae 2 

Nolis  longa  ferae 5 

Nondum  subacta 1 

Non  ebur  neque  aureum 18 

Non  semper  imbres 1 

Non  usitata 1 

Non  vides,  quanto 2 

Nox  erat 10 

Nullam,  Vare,  sacra, 9 

Nullus  argento 2 

Nunc  est  bibendum 1 

0  crudelis  adhuc 9 

0  diva,  gratum 1 

0  fons  Bandusiae 6 

0  matre  pulchra I 


29* 


342 


APPENDIX   X. 


0  nata  mecum No.  1 

0  navis,  referent 6 

0  saspe  mecum 1 

0  Venus,  regina 2 

Odi  profanuin 1 

Otium  Divos 2 

Parcius  junctas 2 

Parcus  Deorum 1 

Parentis  olim 4 

Pastor  quum  traheret 5 

Persicos  odi,  puer „ 2 

Petti,  nihil  me 15 

Phoebe,  silvarumque 2 

Phoebus  volentem 1 

Pindarurn  quisquis 2 

Poscimur:  si  quid 2 

Quse  cura  Patrum 1 

Qualern  ministrum 1 

Quando  repostum 4 

Quantum  distet  ab  Inacho 3 

Queni  tu,  Melpomene 3 

Quern  virum  aut  heroa 2 

Quid  bellicosus 1 

Quid  dedicatum 1 


Quid  fles,  Asterie No.  6 

Quid  irninerentes 4 

Quid  obseratis 11 

Quid  tibi  vis 8 

Quis  desiderio 5 

Quirf  multa  gracilis 6 

Quo  me,  Bacche. 3 

Quo,  quo,  scelesti  rultis 4 

Rectius  vives 2 

Rogare  longo 4 

Scriberis  Vario 5 

Septimi,  Gades 2 

Sic  te  Diva  potens 3 

Solvitur  acris  hiems 17 

Te  maris  et  terrse 8 

Tu  ne  qusesieris 9 

Tyrrhena  regum 1 

Ulla  si  juris 2 

Uxor  pauperis  Ibyci 3 

Velox  amoenum 1 

Vides,  ut  alta 1 

Vile  potabis 2 

Vitas  hinnuleo 6 

Vixi  puellis 1 


APPENDIX  X. 

FIGURES. 

§  282.  Figures  of  Etymology. 

1.  Prosthesis  is  prefixing  a  letter   or  syllable  to  a 
word  :  as,  gi-g$no,  gl-gno,  for  g%no. 

2.  Paragdge  is  affixing  a  letter  or  syllable  to  a  word : 
as,  amdri8r  for  timdrl. 

3.  Epentli&ns  is  the  insertion  of  a  letter  or  syllable  in 
the  middle  of  a  word :  as,  cer-n-o  for  c8r-o. 

4.  Aphcer&sis  is  cutting  off  a  letter  or  syllable  from 
the  beginning  of  a  word  :  as,  'st  for  est. 


r 

X. 


FIGURES   OF   SYNmX.  343 


5.  Apocftpe  is  cutting  off  a  letter 
end  of  a  word :  as,  ve  for  vel. 

6.  Syncope  is  taking  away  a  letter  or  syllable  from 
the  middle  of  a  word  :  as,fer-re  for  fer-8-re. 

7.  Crasis  is  the  blending  of  two  vowels  into  one  :  as, 
cogo  for  co-dgo. 

8.  Antithesis  is  putting  one  letter  in  the   place  of 
another :  as,  vdlo  for  velo  ;  olli  for  itti. 

9.  Metathesis   is  changing  the  order  of  letters :   as, 
certus  for  cretus. 

§  283.  Figures  of  Syntax. 

1.  Ellipsis  is  the  omission  of  one  or  more  words  in  a 
sentence.     It  includes — 

(a.)  Asyndeton,  or  the  omission  of  copulative  con- 
junctions in  animated  discourse :  as,  copias  educit, 
aciem  instruit. 

(6.)  Zeugma,  or  the  connection  of  a  word  with  two 
constructions  while  it  is  properly  applicable  to  only 
one :  as,  pollicentur  se  imperata  facturos ;  se  nunquam 
contra  populum  Romanum  conjurasse.  (Here  the  second 
infinitive  proposition  depends  not  on  pollicentur,  but  on 
dicunt  implied  in  it.) 

(c.)  Syllepsis,  or  the  agreement  of  an  adjective  or 
verb  with  one  of  several  different  words,  to  all  of  which 
it  equally  belongs  :  as,  mens  enim,  et  ratio,  et  consilium 
in  senibus  est.  Sociis  et  rege  recepto. 

(d.)  Prolepsis,  or  placing  the  parts  after  the  whole 
without  repeating  the  verb  :  as,  consules  discedunt,  alter 
ad  urbem,  alter  in  Numidiam. 

2.  Pleonasm  is  using  more  tvords  than  are  necessary. 
It  includes — 


344  APPENDIX    X. 

(a.)  Polysyndeton,  or  redundancy  of  conjunctions  :  as, 
et  pater,  et  mater,  et  liberi. 

(6.)  Hendiadys  (one-by-two),  or  the  connection  of 
two  words  by  et  when  one  is  an  attributive  of  the  other : 
as,  pater  is  et  auro  for  aureis  poMris. 

(c.)  Periphrasis,  or  a  roundabout  mode  of  expres- 
sion :  as,  regina  noctis  for  luna. 

3.  Enallage  is  a  change  of  construction,  or  a  depart- 
ure from  the  established  usage.     It  includes — 

(a.)  Synesis,  or  a  referring  to  the  sense  rather  than  the 
form  :  as,  plebs  clamant ;  equitatus  qui  prsemissi  erant ; 
mea  ipsius  causa. 

(6.)  Anacoluihon,  or  beginning  a  sentence  in  one  way 
and  ending  it  in  another,  so  that  the  harmony  of  its 
parts  is  destroyed. 

(c.)  Antiptosis,  or  using  one  case  for  .  another :  as, 
nomen  mihi  Arcturo  est, — instead  of  Arcturus. 

4.  Hyperbdton   is  a  change   in   the  usual  order  of 
words  or  propositions.     It  includes — 

(a.)  Anastroplie,  or  inversion  of  the  natural  order  of 
words  :  as,  urbem  circum. 

(6.)  Hysteron  protZron  (hind-part-before),  or  inverting 
the  natural  order  of  the  sense :  as,  pater  tuus  valetne  ? 
vlvitne  f 

(c.)  Hypallage,  or  an  interchange  of  constructions  :  as, 

In  nov&fert  animus  mutatas  dicere  formas 
Corpora, 

instead  of  corpora  in  novas  formas  mutata. 

(d.)  Tmesis,  or  the  separation  by  intervening  words 
of  the  parts  of  a  compound :  as,  prius  advenit  quam 
visus  est. 


MODELS   OF   ANALYSIS.  345 

APPENDIX  XI. 

MODELS   OF  ANALYSIS. 

(As  these  models  are  intended  for.  permanent  use,  they  include 
derivation,  of  which  beginners  know  nothing.) 

1.  To  analyze  a  noun,  state — 

(1.)  What  kind  of  noun. 

(2.)  Gender. 

(3.)  Declension,  and  class  if  of  the  3d  declension. 

(4.)  Decline  it. 

(5.)  Derivation. 

(6.)  What  case,  and  why. 

(7.)  The  rule. 

EXAMPLE. — Imperator  venit.  Imperator  is  a  common 
noun,  masc.,  third,  fifth  class;  imperator,  imperatoriSj  im- 
peratori,  &c.  (throughout) ;  derived  from  impero  by  adding 
the  ending  or,  which  denotes  the  doer,  to  the  supine  stem ; 
and  impero  from  in  and  paro;  found  in  the  nominative 
singular,  subject  of  venit.  The  subject  of  a  finite  verb  is  in 
the  nominative. 

2.  To  analyze  an  adjective,  state — 

(1.)  What  part  of  speech. 

(2.)  Class. 

(3.)  Decline  it. 

(4.)  Degree. 

(5.)  Compare  it. 

(6.)  Derivation. 

(7.)  Case,  number,  and  gender,  and  why. 

(8.)  Rule. 

EXAMPLE. — Pastor  est  prudens.  Prudens  is  an  adjec- 
tive of  the  third  class ;  prudens,  prudens ;  prudentis,  pru- 
dentis, &c.  (throughout) ;  positive  degree,  prudens,  pru- 
dentior,prudentissimus;  contracted  form  of  providens,  pre- 
sent participle  of  provideOj  compounded  of  pro  and  video ; 


346  APPENDIX   XI. 

found  in  the  nominative  singular  masculine,  agreeing  with 
pastor,  and  forming  part  of  the  predicate.  An  adjective 
in  the  predicate  agrees  with  the  subject. 

3.  To  analyze  a  substantive-personal  pronoun,  state — 

(1.)  What  kind  of  pronoun. 

(2.)  What  person. 

(3.)  Decline  it. 

(4.)  What  case,  and  why. 

(5.)  Rule. 

EXAMPLE. — Mihi  librum  dedit.  Mihi  is  a  substantive- 
personal  pronoun  of  the  first  person ;  ego,  mei,  &c.  (through- 
out) ;  found  in  the  dative  singular,  indirect  object  of  dedit. 
The  indirect  object  of  a  verb  is  in  the  dative. 

4.  To  analyze  a  possessive  pronoun,  state — 

(1.)  What  kind  of  pronoun. 

(2.)  Person  (and  number  of  primitive). 

(3.)  Decline  it. 

(4.)  Derivation. 

(5.)  Where  found,  and  why. 

(6.)  Rule. 

EXAMPLE. — Pater  noster.  Nosier  is  a  possessive  pro- 
noun of  the  first  person  plural ;  noster,  nostra,  nostrum,  &c. 
(throughout);  derived  from  nos;  found  in  the  nom.  sing, 
masc.,  agreeing  with  pater.  Adjective  words  agree  with 
the  nouns  which  they  limit,  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

5.  To  analyze  a  relative  or  demonstrative,  state — 

(1.)  What  kind  of  pronoun. 

(2.)  Decline  it. 

(3.)  Derivation,  if  derived. 

(4.)  Antecedent. 

(5.)  Where  found,  and  why. 

(6.)  Rule. 


MODELS   OF   ANALYSIS.  347 

EXAMPLE. — Puella  quam  vidi.  Quam  is  a  relative 
pronoun;  qui,  quce,  quo^d,  &c.  (throughout);  referring  to 
puella  as  its  antecedent,  with  which  it  agrees  in  number 
and  person ;  found  in  the  ace.  sing,  fern.,  direct  object  of 
vidi.  The  relative  proiwun  agrees,  &c. 

6.  To  analyze  a  regular  verb,  state — 

(1.)  What  part  of  speech. 

(2.)  Transitive  or  intransitive. 

(3J  What  conjugation. 

(4.)  Give  the  principal  parts. 

(5.)  Derivation. 

(6.)  Where  found  (mood,  tense,  voice,  person,  and 
number),  and  why. 

(7.)  Eule. 

EXAMPLE. — Imperator  centuriones  convocavit.  Convo- 
cavit  is  a  verb,  transitive,  first;  convoco,  convocare,  convo- 
cavi,  convocation;  compounded  of  con  for  cum,  and  voco; 
found  in  the  indicative  present-perfect  active,  third  person 
singular,  agreeing  with  imperator  as  its  subject.  The  verb 
agrees  with  its  subject  in  number  and  person. 

7.  To  analyze  an  irregular  verb,  state  the  same,  with 
the  addition  of  the  fact  that  it  is  irregular. 

EXAMPLE. — Vita  brevis  est.  Est  is  a  verb,  intransitive, 
irregular;  sum,  esse,fori,  &c. 

8.  To  analyze  an  adverb,  state — 

(1.)  What  sort  of  adverb. 

(2.)  What  degree,  and  compare  it. 

(3.)  Derivation  and  formation. 

(4.)  What  it  limits. 

EXAMPLE, — Milites  fortiter  pugnabant.  Fortiter  is  a 
modal  adverb;  positive  degree;  fortiter,fortius,fortissime; 
derived  from  fortis  by  adding  iter  to  the  stem ;  and  limits 


348  APPENDIX   XI. 

pugnabant,  expressing  the  manner  of  the  fighting,  and 
answering  the  question  "How?" 

9.  To  analyze  a  preposition,  state —   : 

(1.)  What  part  of  speech.          ^  .      ,\ 

(21)  AVhat  case  follows  it. 

(3.)  Derivation.  -   .  -  •-,  v; 

^mjVuv 

(5.)  What  the  adjunct  limits,  and  what  question  it 

answers. 

EXAMPLE. — ^Edui  citra  Khenum  habitant.  Citra  is  a 
preposition  followed  by  the  accusative ;  originally  the  abl. 
sing.  fern,  of  the  adjective  citer;  having  Rhenum  as  its 
object.  The  adjunct  citra  Rhenum  limits  habitant,  and 
answers  the  question  "Where?" — a  local  limitation. 

10.  To  analyze  a  conjunction,  state — 

(1.)  What  sort  of  conjunction. 

(2.)  Derivation. 

(3.)  What  it  connects. 

(4.)  What  sort  of  proposition  it  introduces. 

11.  To  analyzes  proposition,  state — 

(1.)  Whether  principal  or  dependent. 

(2.)  Class. 

(3.)  Subject  and  predicate. 

(4.)  What  part  of  speech,  if  dependent. 

(5.)  What  it  limits,  and  how. 

(6.)  What  question  it  answers. 

EXAMPLE. — Veni  ut  viderem.  Ut  viderem  is  a  depend- 
ent final  proposition;  ego  subject,  viderem  predicate;  a 
noun,  dative  of  purpose  limiting  veni  and  expressing  the 
purpose  of  the  coming.  It  answers  the  question  "  Why  ?" 
"To  what  end?" 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY. 


A  or  AB 
A. 

a  or  ab  (prep.), /Vow,  by ; 


120,  2. 


ab-do,  -ere,  abdidi,  abditum,  to  run 

for  concealment,  to  hide. 
ab-eo,  -ire,  abii,  abituin,  to  go  away. 
absens,  -entis  (absum),  absent. 
ab-solvo,   -ere,  -solvi,  -solutum,  to 

free  from,  clear,  absolve,  acquit. 
ab-sum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  to  be 

away  from,  to  be  absent.      Mini- 

mum abfuit,  he  lacked  very  little, 

was  very  near. 

ab-und5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  abound. 
ab-utor,  -i,  -usus,  to  abuse. 
ac  (cop.  conj.,  $  123,  Rein.  3},  and. 
ac-cedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum,  to  ap- 

proach. 
ac-cendo,  -ere,    accendi,   accensum 

(ad  and  cand5),  to  set  on  fire. 
ac-cido,  -ere,  accidl  (ad  and  cado), 

to  happen. 
ac-cipio,    -ere,    -cepi,    -ceptuin    (ad 

and  capio),  to  receive. 
ac-curro,    -ere,    -curri,   seldom   -cu- 

currl,  -cursum  (ad  and  curro),  to 

run  to. 
ac-cfis5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum  (ad  and 

causa),  to  bring  to  trial,  accuse,  re- 

proach. 
acer  or  acris,  -is,  -e  (§  59,  Rein.  3], 


sharp. 
acerbus,  -a,  -iim,  bitter. 


AD  VERSUS 

Achaia,  -ae,  Achaia. 
acies,  -el,  edge,  point,  line  of  battle. 
acriter  (adv.  acer),  sharply  ;  $  119. 
ad  (prep.,  ^  120,  1),  to,  at,  towards. 
ad-do,  -ere,  addidl,  additum,  to  add. 
ad-diicO,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum,  to  lead 

to  or  against,  to  prompt,  excite. 
adeo  (adv.),  so. 
Adherbal,  -alls,  a  Numidian  prince, 

son  of  Jlficipxa  and  half-brother  to 

Jugurtha. 
ad-bibeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  to  bring 

to,  apply,  employ. 
ad-huc  (adv.),  as  yet. 
ad-itus,  -us,  approach. 
ad-miror,  -ari,  -atus,  to  wonder. 
ad-mitto,  -ere,    -misi,    ^missiim,    to 

send  forth.     Equo  admisso,  with 

his  horse  at  full  speed. 
ad-moneo,  -ere,  -monul,  -monitum, 

to  remind. 
ad-olescens,  -entis,   young,  a  young 

man. 
ad-spici5,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectum,  to 

look  at,  behold. 
adiilatio,  -onis,  /lattery. 
ad-venio,    -ire,    -veni,    -ventum,    to 

arrive. 

ad-ventus,  -us,  arrival,  approach. 
adversor,  -ari,  -atus,  to  object,  op- 


pose. 

ad- versus,  adversum  (prep.),  against. 
30  349 


ADVEKTO 


350 


ANTE 


ad-vert5,  -ere,  -verti,  -versum,  to 
turn  towards.  Participle,  adver- 
sus,  adversum,  used  as  preposition 

aedificium,  -I,  building.     From 

asdii'ico,  -are,  -avi,  -atuin,  to  build. 

uEduus,  -I,  an  ^Eduan. 

seger,  -gra,  -gruin,  sick,  lame. 

wiEgimuruni,  -I,  ^Egimurum, 

aequor,  -oris,  a  level  surface,  the  sea. 
From 

aequus,  -a,  -um,  level,  even,  just. 

aer,  -is,  air. 

aestas,  -tatis,  summer. 

aestimo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  value, 
esteem. 

aetas,  -tatis,  age,  life. 

af-fero,  -ferre,  attuli,  allatum,  to 
bring  to. 

Africa,  -33,  Africa.     Hence 

Africanus,  -a,  -uin,  African:  a  sur- 
name of  Scipio  on  account  of  his 
exploits  in  Africa. 

ager,  SLgrl,Jield,  land,  territory. 

Agesilaiis,  -I,  Agcsilaus,  a  distin- 
guished Spartan  king. 

ag-gredior,  -I,  -gressus,  to  go  to,  ap- 
proach, attack. 

agilis,  -e,  active. 

agrnen,  -inis,  an  army  on  the  march. 

agntis,  -I,  lamb. 

ago,  -ere,  egi,  actum,  to  lead,  drive  ; 
(of  time,)  to  spend. 

agricola,  -ae,  farmer. 

ala,  -33,  wing. 

alacer  or  -cris,  -e,  cheerful ;  whence 

alacritas,  -tatis,  eagerness,  prompt- 
ness. 

Alexander,  -dri,  Alexander,  king  of 
Macedonia. 

alienus,  -a,  -um,  belonging  to  another, 
foreign. 

aliquandS,  at  some  time. 

aliquantiis,  -a,  -um,  somewhat  great, 


considerable;  aliquantum  agri,  a 

considerable  piece  of  ground. 
aliquis,  -qua,  -quod  or  -quid,  some, 

any,  some  one;  $  89. 
aliter,  otherwise. 
alius,  -a,  -ud   (g  56,  Eem.  1  and  2), 

another  (of  many). 
Allobrox,  -brog-is,  an  Allobrogian. 
a!6,  -ere,  alui,  alitum  and  altum,  to 

support. 

Alpes,  -ium,  the  Alps. 
alter,    -a,  -um    (§  56),  another  (of 

two),  second. 

altitudS,  -inis,  height,  depth. 
altiis,  -a,  -um,  high,  deep. 
amans,   -antis,   fond;     (as   noun,) 

lover. 

ambulS,  -are,  -avi,  atum,  to  walk. 
amens,  -entis,  mad. 
amicitia,  -83,  friendship  ;  from 
amiciis,  -I,  friend. 
a-mitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum,  to  lose. 
amnis,  -is  (§  33,  Eem.  6,  Exc.  2), 

river. 

ain§,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  love. 
amor,  -oris,  love. 

amplector,  -T,  -plexus,  to  embrace. 
amplus,  -a,  -um,  large,  ample;  ain- 

plius,  more. 

an  (interrog.  disjunc.  conj.),  or. 
aricilla,  -ae,  maid-servant. 
ancora,  -ae,  anchor. 
Ancus  Martius,   -i,  fourth   Icing  of 

Rome. 

angustus,  -a,  -um,  narrow. 
anjgrfff'-se,  breath,  life. 
animadverts,  -ere,  -verti,  -versum, 

to  turn  the  mind  to,  to  perceive. 
animal,  -alis  (§  39),  animal. 
animiis,  -I,  mind.  soul. 
annus,  -I,  year. 
anser,  -eris,  goose. 
ante  (g  120,  1),  before. 


ANTEA 


351 


AVOCO 


anteu,  aforetime,  before. 

antenna,  -se,  sail-yard. 

antequain  (often  separated;    temp. 

conj.),  before. 
Autigonus,  -I,  Antigonus. 
Antiochia,    -SQ,    Antioch,  a  city  of 

Syria. 

Antiochus,  -i,  Antiochus. 
anxiiis,  -a,  -urn,  anxious,  uneasy. 
aper,  -pri,  wild  boar. 
aperio,    -ire,    aperui,    apertum,   to 

open. 
Apollo,  -inis,  Apollo;  ab.   Apollme 

petere,  to  inquire  of  Apollo. 
appello,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  call. 
appetens,  -entis,  eager  for. 
ap-propinquo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to 

approach. 

aptus,  -a,  -um,fit,  suitable. 
apud,  with,  among  ;    (of  persons,)  at 

the  house  of,  in  the  works  of. 
aqua,  -33,  water. 
aquila,  -ae,  eagle. 
ara,  -se,  altar. 
Arar  or  Araris,  -is  (33,  Rem.  1),  the 

Saone,  a  river  of  Gaul, 
aratrum,  -I,  plough. 
arbitror,  -ari,  -atus,  to  think,  suppose. 
arbor,  -oris  (§  38,  Exc.  1),  free. 
arcesso,    -ere,   -ivi,   -itum,    to   call, 

bring. 

Arcturus,  -T,  Arcturus. 
arcus,  -us,  bow ;  $  48,  Rem.  £• 
arduus,  -a,  -um,  high,  difficult. 
argentum,  -I,  silver. 
argutus,  -a,  -um,  sagacious. 
aries,  -etis,  ram,  battering-ram. 
Ariovistus,  -i,  a  German  king. 
Aristides,  -is,  an  Athenian,  surnamed 

the  Just,  from  his  integrity, 
anna,  -orum,  arms. 
arm5,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  arm. 
aro,  -are,  -avi,  -atuni.  to  plough. 


ar-ripio,    -ere,    -ripui,    -reptum,    to 

seize,  snatch  up. 
ars,  art-is,  skill,  art. 
arx,  arc-is,  citadel. 
as,  assis,  a  pound  of  copper  (about 

sixteen  and  two-third  cents  of  our 

money);    in    general,   a    thing    of 

small  value. 
ascendo,    -ere,  -cendi,   -censum,    to 

ascend. 

asintis,  -I,  ass. 

asper,  -a,  -um  ($  55,  Rem.  3),  rough. 
aspicio,   -ere,   -spexi,    -spectum,   to 

behold,  see. 

Athense,  -ariim,  Athens. 
Atheniensis,  -is,  Athenian. 
atque  or  ac  (cop.  conj.),  and  ($  123, 

Rem.  3],  as,  than  (%  123,  10). 
Atrebas,  -atis,  an  Atrebatian. 
atrox,  -ocis,  savage,  cruel,  fierce. 
attingo,    -ere,    attigi,    attactiim,    to 

touch. 

auctoritas,  -tatis,  authority,  influence. 
audacter  (adv.),  boldly. 
audax,  -acis,  60^0?,  daring. 
audeo,  -ere,  ausus,  to  dare. 
audiens    (participial    adj.),  hearing, 

attentive ;   audiens  dioto,  attentive 

to  orders,  obedient. 
audio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  hear. 
augeo,  -ere,    auxi,    auctum,    to    in- 
crease, sioell. 

aurejis,  -a,  -um,  golden.     From 
aurum,  -I,  gold. 

aut,  or  ;  aut  —  aut,  either  —  or. 
auxilium,  -I,  aid,  help. 
avaritia,  -ae,  covetousness. 
avarus,  -a,  -um,  greedy,  covetous. 
avide  (adv.),  eagerly. 
avidus,  -a,  -uui,  desirous,  eager. 
avis,  -is,  bird;  $  33,  Rem.  6. 
avoc§,     -are,    -avi,    -atiim,    to    call 
away,  separate. 


BABYLON 


352 


CENSEO 


B. 

Babylon,  -onis,  Babylon. 
Balbiis,  -I,  Balbus  (stammerer). 
barbariis,  -a,  -um,  foreign,  barbarous. 
beiitc,  happily. 
beatus,  -a,  -urn,  happy. 
Belga,  -ae,  a  Belgian. 
bello,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  war. 
bellum,  -I,  war. 
bene  (melius,  optime),  well. 
benef  icium,  -I,  benefit. 
benignus,  -a,  -iim,  kind. 
bestia,  -ae,  brute,  beast. 
bibo,  -ere,  bibi,  bibitum,  to  drink. 
Bibrax,  -actis,  a  town  in  Gaul. 
bid  u  urn,  -I,  two  days'  time. 
biennium,  -I,  two  years'  time. 
bipartite  (adv.),  in  two  divisions. 
blandus,  -a,  -um,  flattering. 
Bocchus,  -I,  Bocchua. 
Boeotia,  -ae,  Boeotia. 
Boeotii,  -orum,  the  Bosotians. 
bonus,  -a,  -um,  good. 
bos,  bovis,  ox  or  cow. 
brevis,  -e,  short. 
breviter  (adv.),  shortly. 
Britannia,  -33,  Britain. 
Britannus,  -a,  -urn,  British;    (as  a 
noun,)  a  Briton. 

C. 

cadaver,  -eris,  corpse. 

Cadmus,  -i,  Cadmus. 

cado,  -ere,  cecidi,  casum,  to  fall. 

caecus,  -a,  -um,  blind. 

caed5,  -ere,  cecidi,    caesum,  to   cut, 

kill. 

Caesar,  -aris,  Caesar. 
caespes,  -itis,  turf. 
Caius,  -I,  Cains. 
calamitas,  -tatis,  misfortune. 
calcar,  -aris,  spur.     From 


calx,  calc-is,  heel. 

campester,  level.     From 

campus,  -i,  plain. 

cams,  -is,  dog. 

canto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  sing. 

cantiis,  -us,  singing. 

capax,   -acis,    capable  of  receiving, 

roomy,  large. 

capio,  -ere,  cepi,  captum,  to  take. 
capitalis,  -e,  of  the  head,  capital. 
captivus,  -I,  prisoner,  captive. 
Capua,  -as,  Capua. 
capiit,  capitis,  head. 
career,  -eris,  prison. 
carmen,  -inis,  song,  poem. 
caro,  carnis,  flesh. 
carpo,     -ere,    carp  si,     carptum,    to 

pluck. 

Carthagmiensis,  -is,  Carthaginian. 
Carthago,  -inis,  Carthage. 
carus,  -a,  -um,  dear. 
Cassius,  -I,  Cassius. 
castellum,  -I,  tower,  fort. 
Casticus,  -I,  Casticus. 
castigo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  chastise. 
castra,  -orum,  camp. 
casus,  -us,  a  falling,  chance. 
catena,  -33,  chain,  fetter. 
Catilina,  -ae,  Catiline. 
catinus  or  -um,  -i,  bowl,  dish. 
Cat5,  -onis,  Cato. 
causa,  -as,  reason,   cause ;    abl.,  for 

the  sake  of'(  always  placed  after 

the  limiting  word). 
cave5,  -ere,  cavi,  cautum,  to  beware. 
C^crops,  C^cropis,  Cecrops. 
cedo,  -ere,  cessi,  cessum,  to  yield. 
celer  or  -is,  -e,  swift.     Hence 
celeritas,  -tatis,  swiftness. 
celeriter  (adv.),  swiftly. 
celo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  conceal. 
cense5,  -ere,  censui,  censum,  to  be 

of  opinion,  to  think. 


CENSOR 


353 


COMMUNICATIO 


censor,  -oris,  censor,  a  Roman  magis- 
trate. 

centum,  hundred  ;  $  63. 
centurio,  -onis,  centurion,  captain  of 

a  hundred  men. 
Ceres,  Cereris,  Ceres. 
eerno,  -ere,  crevi,  cretum,  to  perceive, 

see. 

certamen,  -inis,  contest,  strife. 
certiis,  -a,  -urn,  certain. 
cervus,  -I,  stag. 
cetera,  -um    (nom.    sing.   masc.   not 

used),  the  rest  (of  a  thing). 
charta,  -ae,  paper. 
cibus,  -i,  food. 
CicerS,  -orris,  Cicero. 
Cimon,  -6ms,  Cimon. 
Cingetorix,  -igis,  Cingetorix. 
cing5,  -ere,  cinxi,  cinctum,  to  gird. 
cinis,  -eris,  ashes. 
circiter,  about. 
circum,  around. 
circum-dO,  -dare,   -dedi,  -datum,  to 

put  around,  to  surround. 
circum-fundo,  -ere,  -fudi,  -fusum,  to 

pour  around,  to  surround. 
circum-venio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventum, 

to  surround. 

cis,  citra,  on  this  side  of. 
civilis,  of  citizens,  civil. 
civis,  -is,  citizen. 
civitas,  -tatis,  state. 
clamito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  cry  out 

violently. 

clamO,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  shout. 
clamor,  -oris,  shouting. 
clariis,  -a,  -um,  famous,  renowned. 
classis,  -is,  fleet. 
Claudius,  -T,  Claudius. 
claudo,  -ere,  clausi,  clausum,  to  shut. 


clavis,  -is,  key. 
dementia,  -ae,  mildness. 
cliens,  -entls,  client,  dependant. 


Clodius,  -I,  Clodins. 

co3luni,  -1,  heaven. 

cosno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  dine,  sup. 

C03pi  (§  113,  Item.  I),  I  begin. 

cogito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  think, 
reflect. 

cognomen,  -mis,  surname. 

cognosce,  -ere,  -novl,  cognitum,  to 
find  out,  learn. 

cogo,  -ere,  coegi,  coactum,  to  collect, 
bring  together,  compel. 

cohors,  -hortis,  cohort. 

cohortor,  -ari,  -atus,  to  encourage. 

collega,  -ee,  colleague. 

collig5,  -ere,  -legi,  -lectum,  to  as- 
semble, gather,  collect. 

collis,  -Is,  hill. 

colloco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  put, 
station,  place,  set  up. 

colloquium,  conversation,  conference. 

colloquor,  -locutiis,  to  converse. 

co!5,  -ere,  colui,  cultum,  to  cultivate  ; 
(of  the  gods,)  to  worship. 

color,  -oris,  color. 

columba,  -93,  dove. 

com-edo,  -onis,  glutton. 

com-es,  -itis,  companion. 

comitium,  -T,  a  place  of  assembling  ; 
pi.  elections. 

commemorS,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  re- 
late. 

com-meo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  come 
and  go< 

com-missum,  -i  (part,  of  com-mitto), 
tt  thing  done,  crime. 

com-mitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -niissum,  to 
bring  or  send  together,  to  commence 
(battle),  to  commit. 

Commius,  -I,  Commius. 

commodum,  -i,  convenience. 


com-move6,  -ere,  -movi,  -motum,  to 

move,  disturb,  disquiet. 
communicatio,  -onis,  communication. 
30* 


COMMUNIO 


354 


CONSTITUO 


communi5,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  for- 

tify- 

cominunis,  -e,  common. 
coinmutatio,  -onis,  change. 
compare,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  bring 

together,  acquire. 
com-pello,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  call, 

address. 
com-pello,  -ere,  -pull,    -pulsum,    to 

drive  together. 
com-perio,  -ire,  -peri,   -pertum,   to 

find  out,  ascertain. 
com-plector,  -I,  -plexus,  to  embrace. 
compleo,   -ere,    -plevi,    -pletum,    to 

Jill. 
com-plures,  -ium  (§  72,  5),  a  great 

many. 

com-pos,  -otis,  having  control  of. 
comprehendo,  -ere,  -prehendl,  -pre- 

hensum,  to  catch  hold  of. 
compulsus,  -a,  -urn  (part,  compello). 
conatus,  -us,  attempt. 
con-caviis,  -a,  -um,  hollow  ;    mantis 

concava,  the  hollow  of  the  hand. 
con-cedo,   -ere,    -cessi,    -cessum,  to 

yield. 

con-cilium,  -i,  council. 
con-cito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  rouse, 

excite,  urge  on,  raise. 
con-cordia,  -se,  agreement,  concord. 
con-curro,  -ere,  -curri,  -cursum,  to 

run  together. 

con-cursus,  -us,  running  together. 
con-cutio,  -ere,  -cussi,  -cussiim,  •  to 

shake  violently. 
con-demn5,    -are,     -avi,    -jitum,    to 

condemn. 
con-do,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum,  to  found, 

build. 

condonO,  -are,  -avi,  -atiiin,  to   pre- 
sent, give  away. 
con-duco,  -ere,   -duxi,   -ductuin,   to 

bring  or  lead  together. 


con-fer5,  -ferre,  contull,  collatum, 
to  bring  together,  compare. 

con-ficio,  -ere,  -feel,  -fectum,  to 
finish. 

con-fido,  -ere,  -fisus,  to  trust. 

con-firm5,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  as- 
sert, establish. 

con-fiteor,  -eri,  -fessus,  to  con- 
fess. 

con-gredior,  -I,  -gressus,  to  meet 
with  (in  a  friendly  or  hostile 
sense). 

con-jicio,  -ere,  -jecl,  -jectum,  to 
throw,  hurl. 

con-junctio,  -onis,  union,  friendship , 
intimacy. 

con-jung5,  -ere,  -junxi,  -junctum,  to 
unite. 

con-jaratio,  -onis,  conspiracy. 

con-juro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  swear 
together,  conspire. 

con-jux,  -jugis,  husband  or  wife. 

Conor,  -ari,  -atiis,  to  attempt. 

conscius,  -a,  -uin,  conscious. 

con-scribo,  -ere,  -scrips!,  -scriptum, 
to  levy,  enroll. 

con-sector,  -ari,  -atus,  to  pursue 
eagerly  and  overtake. 

con-sequor,  -I,  -secutus,  to  pursuet 
attain. 

con-servo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  pre- 
serve, save. 

Considiiis,  -I,  Considius. 

con-sido,  -ere,  -sedi,  -sessiim,  to  en- 
camp, settle. 

con-siliuin,  -i,  counsel,  advice. 

con-spergo,  -ere,  -spersi,  -spersum, 
to  sprinkle. 

cori-stanter,  firmly,  persistently. 

con-stat,  constabat,  constitit,  it  is 
evident. 

con-stltuo,  -ere,  -stitui,  -stitutum, 
to  determine,  put,  fix. 


CONSUESCO 


355 


DECLTVIS 


con-suesco,  -ere,  -suevi,  -suetum,  to 

accustom, 

con-suetiido,  -inis,  custom. 
consul,  -is,  consul. 
consulo,      ere,     -sului,    -sultum.    to 

counsel,  reflect,  consult. 
consultum,  -i  (part.), «  thing  reflected 

on  ;   abl.,  on  purpose. 
con-sumo,  -ere,  -suinpsi,  -sumptiim, 

to  consume. 
con-temno,  -ere,  -tempsi,  -temptiim, 

to  despise. 
con-tend5,  -ere,  -tendi,  -tentum,  to 

strive,  contend,  hasten. 
con-tinens,  -entis  (part,  pres.),  hold- 
ing together,  continent. 
con-tinenter  (adv.),  continually. 
con-tineo,  -ere,  -tinui,  -tentum,    to 

hold  on  all  sides,  Iteep  in. 
contra,  against. 
con-traho,  -ere,  -traxi,  -tractum,  to 

draw  together. 
contumelia,  -se,  insult. 
con-venio,    -ire,  -veni,  -ventuin,  to 

come  together,  assemble. 
con-voco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  call 

together. 

copia,  -ae,  abundance;  pi.,  forces. 
coquo,  -ere,  coxi,  coctum,  to  cook. 
cor,  cordis,  heart. 
Corinthus,  -I,  Corinth. 
corniger,  -a,  -um,  horned. 
cornu,  -us,  horn. 
corona,  -aa,  crown. 
corpus,  -oris,  body. 
cor-iigo,  -ere,  -rexT,  -rectum,  to  set 

straight,  correct. 
cor-rumpo,  -ere,  -rupi,  -ruptum,  to 

destroy,  to  corrupt. 
crUs  (adv.),  to-morrow. 
Crassus,  -1,  Crassus. 
creber,  -a,  -um,  frequent. 
crebro  (adv.),  frequently. 


credo,  -ere,    didl,  -ditum,  to  believe. 

creino,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  burn, 

creo,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  create, 
make. 

cresco,  -ere,  crevi,  cretum,  to  grow. 

crinis,  -is,  hair. 

criiciatus,  -us,  torture. 

crudelis,  -e,  cruel. 

crudelitas,  -tatis,  cruelty. 

cubiciilum,  -T,  bedchamber. 

cubile,  -is,  couch. 

cujus,  -a,  -iim,  whose  ($  88). 

culpa,  -ae,  fault. 

culter,  -I,  knife. 

cum,  with. 

cupiditfis,  -tatis,  longing,  lust. 

cupidus,  -a,  -um,  desirous,  eager. 

cupio,  -ere,  -Ivi,  -itum,  to  desire. 

cur,  why. 

cura,  -oe,  care. 

euro,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  care  for, 
attend  to. 

curro,  -ere,  cucurrT,  cursum,  to  run. 

currus,  -us,  chariot. 

cursus,  -us,  running,  course. 

custos,  -odis,  keeper,  guardian,  sen- 
tinel. 

D. 

damno,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  condemn. 

Daviis,  -I,  Davus. 

de  (prep,  with  abl.),  down  from,  con- 
cerning, of. 

dea,  -ae  ($  18,  Rem.  5),  goddess. 

debeo,  -ere,  debul,  debitum,  to  owe, 
ought. 

de-cedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum,  to  de- 
part. 

decem,  ten;  $  63. 

decet,  decebat,  decuit  (^  114),  it  be- 
comes, it  is  right. 

decimiis,  -a,  -um,  tenth. 

de-clivis,  -e,  sloping  downward. 


DECORO 


356 


DIRIPIO 


decoro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  adorn, 
decorus,  -a,  -iim,  becoming. 
deciis,  -oris,  honor,  dignity. 
de-decus,  -oris,  disgrace. 
de-ditiO,  -onis,  surrender. 
de-do,  -ere,  dedidi,  deditum,  to  sur- 
render. 
de-fendo,   -ere,    -fendi,  -fensum,  to 

defend. 
de-fens5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  defend 

diligently. 

de-fer5,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum,  to  bring 
or  carry  (from  one  place  or  person 
to  another],  to  report,  to  tell. 
de-fervesco,  -ere,  -fervi  and  -ferbui, 

to  boil  down,  subside. 
defessus,  -a,  -urn,  weary. 
de-flagr5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  burn 

down. 
de-flu5,  -ere,  -fluxi,  -fluxuin,  to  flow 

down  or  away. 
de-jicio, -ere, -jeci,  jectum,  to  throw 

down. 

delecto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  delight. 
deleo,  -ere,  -evi,  -etum,  to  destroy. 
de-liber5,  -are,  -avi,   -atum,  to  de- 
liberate. 

de-lictum,  -I,  fault,  crime. 
de-lig5,  -ere,  -le^I,  -lectum,  to  choow. 
Delphi,  -oruin,  Delphi,  a  town    of 

Greece. 

Dcinaratus,  -T,  Demaratus. 
dementia,  -ae,  madness. 
de-monstrfi,  -are,  -ilvT,  -fHum,toshow. 
Demosthenes,  -is,  Demosthenes. 
denl,  ten  at  a  time;  §  63. 
dens,  dentis,  tooth. 
densus,  -a,  -um,  thick,  dense. 
denuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to   de- 
nounce, threaten. 
deorsum  (adv.),  down-hill. 
de-pono,  -ere,  -posui,   -itum,  to  lay 
aside. 


de-sili5,    ire,  -silui,  -sultum,  to  leap 

down. 
de-sisto,  -ere,    destiti,  destitum,  to 

cease. 

de-sper5,   -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to    de- 
spair. 

destino,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  fasten. 
de-stltu5,  -ere,  -stitui,  -stitutum,  to 

desert. 
de-stringo,  -ere,  -strinxi,  -strictum, 

to  draw. 

de-super  (adv.),/rowi  above. 
de-terreo,  -ere,  -terrui,  -territum,  to 

scare  off,  deter. 
deiis,  -i  (g  24,  Rem.  3],  a  god. 
de-venio,    -ire,    -veni,    -ventum,   to 

come  down. 
de-vor5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  gulp 

down. 
dexter,  -tera,  -terum  or  -tra,  -trum, 

on  the  right,  right. 
Diana,  -a),  Diana. 
dic5,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    to    dedi- 
cate, 

dlc5,  -ere,  dixT,  dictum,  to  say. 
dictator,  -oris,  dictator. 
dictum,  -I,  word. 
dies,  -ei,  day. 
dif-fero,  -ferre,  dis-tuli,  dl-latum,  to 

put  off,  defer. 
dif-fleilis,  -e,  difficult. 
dif-fido,  -ere,  -fisus,  to  distrust. 
dignus,  -a,  -iim,  worthy. 
di-labor,    -I,    -lapsus,     to    fall     to 

pieces. 

diligentia,  -ae,  diligence. 
di-lig5,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectum,  to  love. 
di-midium,  -I,  half. 
di-mitt5,    -ere,   -misi,    -missum,    to 

send  out. 

Dionysius,  -I,  Dionysius. 
di-ripio,    -ere,    -ripui,    -reptum,    to 

tear  asunder,  plunder,  pillage. 


DISCEDO 


357 


EPISTOLA 


dis-cedo,  -ere,  -cessf,  -cessiim,  to  de- 
part. 

discipulus,  -I,  pupil,  learner. 

diseo,  -ere,  didici,  to  learn. 

dis-cordia,  -se,  disagreement. 

dis-pliceo,  -ere,  -plicui,  -plicitum,  to 
displease. 

dis-pono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positum,  to 
arrange. 

dis-puto,  -are,  avi,  -atum,  to  dis- 
cuss, dispute. 

dis-sentio,  -ire,  -sensi,  -sensum,  to 
differ  in  opinion,  dissent. 

dis-similis,  -e,  unlike. 

diu,  -utius,  -utissime  (adv.),  long. 

diuturnus,  -a,  -urn,  lasting. 

dives,  -itis,  rich. 

divide,,  -ere,  -visi,  -visum,  to  di- 
vide. 

divinus,  -a,  -urn,  divine. 

Dlvitiacus,  -I,  an  ^Eduan  chief. 

divitiae,  -aruin,  richest. 

do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  to  give. 

doceo,  -ere,  docui,  doctum,  to  teach. 

doctrina,  -ae,  teaching,  doctrine. 

doctus,  -a,  -um,  learned. 

dole5,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  to  grieve. 

dolor,  -oris,  pain,  grief. 

domina,  -a>,  mistress. 

dominus,  -I,  master. 

doinS,  -are,  -ui,  -itum,  to  tame. 

clomus  (§  48,  Rem.  5),  house. 

donee,  until  (temp.  conj.). 

donum,  -I,  gift. 

dormio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  sleep. 

dormito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  fall 
asleep. 

Druides,  -um,  the  Druids. 

duMtatio,  -onis,  doubt. 

dubito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  doubt. 

dubius,  -a,  -um,  doubtful. 

ducenti,  -ae,  -a  (g  63),  two  hun- 
dred. 


duc5,    ere,  duxT,   ductum,  to   leadt 

deem,  consider,  regard. 
dulcis,  -e,  sweet. 
dum,  while,  as  long  as,  until. 
Duianorix,  -igis,  brother  of  Divitia- 

cus. 

duo,  -33,  -o,  two. 
duplex,  -icis,  double. 
duplicO,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  double. 
durus,  -a,  -um,  hard. 
dux,  duels,  leader. 
Dyonysiiis,  -I,  Dyonysiua. 

E. 

E  or  ex,  out  of,  from,  in  consequence 

of,  after. 
e-dico,  -ere,  -dixi,  -dictum,  to  issue 

an  edict. 

ed6,  -ere,  edi,  esum  (§  111),  to  eat. 
e-doceo,  -ere,    -docui,    -doctum,    to 

teach  thoroughly,  educate. 
e-duc5,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum,  to  lead 

out. 

effigies,  -el,  image,  likeness. 
egens,  -entis,  needy. 
egeo,  -ere,  egui,  to  need. 
egestas,  -tatis,  poverty. 
ego  Q  78),  /. 

e-gredior,  -I,  egressus,  to  go  out. 
egregius,  -a,  -um,  remarkable. 
e-jicio,  -ere,  -jeci,  -jectum,  to  cast 

out. 

elegans,  -antis,  luxurious,  elegant. 
eloquens,  -entis,  eloquent. 
eloquentia,  -ae,  eloquence. 
emo,  -ere,  emi,  emptum,  to  buy. 
emolumentiim,  -I,  advantage. 
eo,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  to  go. 
fipaminondas,  -se  (App.  I.),  the  greet 

Theban  general. 
fiphesius,  -a,  -um,  Ephesian. 
fiphesus,  -I,  a  city  of  Asia  Minor. 
epistola,  -ae,  letter,  epistle. 


EQUES 


358 


FINIS 


eaues,  -itis,  horseman. 

T-  '  • 

equester  or  -tris,  -e,  of  a  horse. 

equitatus,  -us,  cavalry. 

equito,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,  to    be  a 

horseman,  to  ride  on  horseback. 
equus,  -I,  horse. 

erga  (prep,  with  ace.),  towards. 
e-ripio,    -ere,    -ripui,    -reptum,    to 

rescue. 

erro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  err. 
error,  -oris,  error. 
esuriens,  -entis,  hungry. 
et,  and;  et  —  et,  both  —  and. 
etiam,  also. 
Etruria,  -83,  Etruria. 
ex  (prep,  with  abl.),  out  of. 
ex-ced5,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum,  to  re- 
tire. 

exemplum,  -i,  example. 
ex-eo,  -ire,  exii,  exitum,  to  go  out. 
exerceS,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  to  exercise. 
exercitus,  -us,  army. 
exigo,  -ere,  -egl,  -actum,  to  demand. 
exiguiis,  -a,  -um,  slight,  small. 
existimo,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  judge, 

think. 

exitium,  -i,  destruction. 
cx-pello,    -ere,    -pull,    -pulsum,    to 

drive  out. 

expers,  -pertis,  destitute. 
expleo,  -ere,  -plevi,  -pletum,  to  Jill 

out,  satisfy. 

ex-plorator,  -oris,  scout. 
ex-ploro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  search 

out. 
ex-pon5,  -ere,  -posui,  -positum,  to 

explain. 

ex-pugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  storm. 
ex-sist5,  -ere,  exstiti,   exstitum,  to 

stand  out. 
ex-spect5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  await, 

look  for. 
ex-uro,  -ere,  -ussl,  -ustum,  to  burn  uy>. 


F. 

facies,  -el,  form,  face* 

facile,  easily.     From 

facilis,  -e,  eany. 

faciuus,  -oris,  deed,  crime.    From 

facio,  -ere,  feel,  factum,  to  do,  make, 

esteem,value.  —  plur  is, to  think  mom 
facultas,  -tatis,  means,  power.       [of. 
fallo,  -ere,  fefelll,  falsum,  to  deceive. 
fama,  -ae,  fame,  reputation. 
fames,  -is,  hunger,  famine. 
fainilia,  -ae,  family. 
familiaris,     -e,    pertaining     to     the 

family  ;  res  fam.,  property. 
fateor,  -eri,  fassiis,  to  confess. 
fat!g5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  weary. 
fave5,  -ere,  favi,  fautumj  to  favor. 
febris,  -is,  fever. 
femina,  -83,  woman. 
femiir,  -oris  and  -inis,  thigh. 
ferax,  -acis,  fertile. 
fere  (adv.),  almost. 
fero,    ferre,    tiili,    latum,    to    bearf 

carry,  acquire. 
ferox,  -ocis,  jierce. 
ferreus,  -a,  -um,  made  of  iron. 
ferrum,  -I,  iron. 
ferus,  -a,  -um,  wild,  savage. 
fessus,  -a,  -um,  wearied. 
festlno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  hasten. 
fictilis,  -e,  earthen. 
fides,  -ei,  faith,  promise. 
fides,  -iiim,  strings,  a  lute,  lyre. 
fid5,  -ere,  fisus,  to  trust. 
fidiis,  -a,  -um,  faithful. 
figo,  -ere,  nxi,  fixum,  to  fix,  fasten. 
f  igura,  -93,  figure,  shape. 
f  ilia,  -ae,  daughter. 
filius,  -i,  son. 
fingo,    -ere,  finxi,  fictum,  to   make, 

feign. 
finis,  -is,  end,  limit,  boundary. 


FINITIMUS 


359 


HABITO 


fimtimus,  -a,  -um,  neighboring. 
fio,    fieri,    factus,    to    become,  to    be 

made. 

firiuus,  -a,  -um,  strong,  firm. 
flagito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  demand 

(earnestly). 
flatus,  -us,  blast. 

flecto,  -ere,  flexi,  flexum,  to  bend. 
fle5,  flere,  flevi,  fletum,  to  weep. 
fletus,  -us,  weeping. 
floccus,  a  lock  of  wool  (any  thing  of 

small  -value}. 
flos,  floris,  flower. 
fluctus,  -us,  wave. 
flumen,  -in Is,  river. 
flu6,  -ere,  fluxi,  fluxum,  to  flow. 
foedus,  -eris,  league,  treaty. 
folium,  -I,  leaf. 
fons,  fontis,  fountain. 
forma,  -ae,  form,  shape. 
formid8,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  dread. 
forsitan  (adv.),  perhaps. 
fortis,  -e,  brave. 
fortiter  (adv.),  bravely. 
fortitud5,  -inis,  fortitude,  firmness. 
fortuna,  -ae,  fortune. 
fortunatus,  -a,  -um,  fortunate. 
fossa,  -se,  ditch. 
frater,  -tris,  brother. 
fratricida,  -&,  fratricide. 
fraus,  fraudis,  deceit. 
frern5,  -ere,    fremui,    fremitum,    to 

murmur,  rage. 

frenum,  -I,  pi.  -I  and  -a,  bit,  bridle. 
fretus,  -a,  -um,  trusting. 
frons,  frontis,  forehead. 
fructus,  -us,  fruit. 
frumentarius,  -a,  -um,  of  c6rn. 
fruinentor,  -ari,  -atus,  to  forage. 
frumentum,  -I,  corn,  grain. 
fruor,  -T,  fructus,  fruitus,  to  enjoy. 
frustra  (adv.),  in  vain. 
fuga,  -&,  flight. 


fugio,  -ere,  fugi,  fugitum,  to  flee. 
fugo,    -are,   -avi,   -atuui,  to  put    to 

flight,  rout. 

fulguratio,  -onis,  lightning. 
funditor,  -oris,  slinger. 
fungor,  -I,  functiis,  to  perform. 
fur,  furls,  thief. 
furfur,  -uris,  bran. 
furor,  -oris,  rage,  fury. 
futurus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  be. 

G. 

Galba,  -ae,  Galba. 
Gallia,  -as,  Gaul. 
Gallicus,  -a,  -um,  Gallic. 
gallma,  -ae,  hen. 
Gallus,  -I,  a  Gaul. 
gaudeo,  -ere,  gavisus,  to  rejoice. 
gener,  -I,  son-in-law. 
generatim  (adv.),  by  tribes. 
gens,  gentis,  race,  family. 
genus,  -eris,  kind,  race. 
Germania,  -ae,  Germany. 
Germanus,  -I,  a  German. 
ger5,  -ere,  gessi,  gestum,  to   wage, 

carry  on. 

gladius,  -I,  sword. 
glans,  glandis,  acorn. 
Glaucus,  -I,  Glaucus. 
gloria,  -ae,  glory. 
Graecia,  -83,  Greece. 
Graecus,  -I,  a  Greek. 
grammatica,  -ae,  grammar. 
gratus,  -a,  -um,  acceptable,  pleasant. 
gravis,  -e,  heavy,  severe. 
graviter,  heavily,  severely. 
gregatim,  in  flocks,  herds. 
grex,  gregis,  flock,  herd. 

H. 

habeS,  -ere,  habui,  habitum,  to  have, 

hold. 
tiabitS,  to  have  frequently,  dwell. 


360 


INCIPIO 


haedus,  -i,  kid. 

hgereo,  -ere,  hsesi,  haesiim,  to  stick. 

Hannibal,  -alls,  Hannibal. 

Harudes,  -urn,  Harudians. 

hasta,  -83,  spear. 

baud,  not. 

Helotes,  -urn,  Helots. 

Helvetius,  -I,  a  Helvetian. 

Hercules,  -is,  Hercules. 

Herminius,  -I,  Herminius. 

herus,  -I,  master. 

hiberna  (castra),  winter  quarters. 

Hibernia,  -ae,  Ireland. 

hie,  haee,  hoc,  this. 

hiemd,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  winter. 

hiems,  -is,  winter. 

hodie,  to-day. 

Homerus,  -i,  Homer. 

hom5,  -inis,  man. 

honeste,  honorably. 

honestus,  honorable. 

honor,  -oris,  honor. 

bora,  -ae,  hour. 

horreuni,  -I,  granary. 

hortor,  -ari,  -atus,  to  encourage. 

hortiis,  -I,  garden. 

hospes,  -itis,  guest. 

host  Ills,  -e,  of  an  enemy,  hostile. 

hostis,  -is,  enemy. 

humanitas,  -tatis,  refinement. 

hunianus,  -a,  -um,  human. 

hranerus,  -I,  shoulder. 

humilis,  -e,  low. 

humus,  -I,  ground. 


ibi,  there. 

idem,  eadem,  idem,  same. 
idoneus,  -a,  -um,  fit,  suitable. 
ignarus,  -a,  -iim,  ignorant. 
ignis,  -is,  fire. 

ignosc5,  -ere,  -novi,  -notiim,  to  for- 
give. 


ignotus,  -a,  -um,  unknown. 

ille,  -a,  -iid,  that,  the  former,  he. 

illiciSj  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectum,  to  decoy. 

imber,  -bris,  rain,  shower. 

imitor,  -ari,  -atiis,  to  imitate. 

immanis,  -e,  immense,  huge. 

immemor,  -oris,  unmindful. 

immortalis,  -is,  -e,  immortal. 

immortalitas,  -tatis,  immortality. 

impatiens,  -entis,  not  able  or  willing 
to  bear,  impatient. 

impedlmentum,  -I,  hindrance. 

impedio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itiim,  to  hinder. 

impello,  -ere,  -pull,  -pulsiim,  to  drive 

on. 

imperator,  -oris,  general,  emperor. 
imperatum,  -I,  order. 
imperitus,    -a,    -um,    ignorant,   un- 
skilled. 

imperium,  -I,  command,  government. 
imperS,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  order. 
impetr5,  -are,  -avi,  -aturn,  to  obtain. 
impetus,  -us,  attack. 
impietas,  -tatis,  undutifulness. 
im-piger,  -a,  -um,  active. 
impleo,-ere,  -plevi,  -pletum,  to  fill. 
iinpono,  -ere,  posui,  -positiim,  to  put 

upon. 
imports,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  bring 

in,  import. 

impotens,  -entis,  unable  to  restrain. 
improbus,  -a,  -um,  wicked. 
imprudens,  -entis,  imprudent. 
imiis,  -a,  -um.     See  inferus. 

n  (with  ace.),  into,  upon;  (with  ahl,,) 

in,  among. 

incendium,  a  burning,  conflagration. 
incendo,  -ere,  -cendi,  -censum,  to  set 

on  fire,  to  burn  up, 
incertus,  -a,  -um,  uncertain. 
.ncido,  -ere,  incidi,  -casiim,  to  happen. 
incipi5,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  to  be. 
gin. 


INCITO 


361 


INVENTOR 


inclt8,  -are,  -avi,  -atuin,  to  set  in  mo- 
tion, arouse,  excite. 
incola,  -OB,  inhabitant. 

inco!5,  ere,  -colui,  to  inhabit,  dwell, 
live. 

incolumis,  -e,  unhurt,  safe. 

inconditus,  -a,  -um,  rude,  uncouth. 

incredibilis,  -e,  incredible. 

incuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  blame, 
censure,  find  fault  with,  accuse. 

indignus,  -a,  -um,  unworthy. 

in-diico,  -ere,  -duxi,  ductum,  to 
lead  on. 

indulge5,  -ere,  -dulsi,  -dultum,  to 
indulge. 

infans,  -antis,  infant. 

infelix,  -ids,  unfruitful,  unhappy. 

infer5,  -ferre,  intuli,  illatum,  to  bring 
upon,  wage  upon,  inflict. 

inferus,  -a,  -um,  low  ;  §  72,  4. 

infmitus,  -a,  -um,  boundless. 

infirmus,  -a,  -um,  loeak. 

in-fluo,  -ere,  -fluxi,  -fluxum,  to  flow 
into. 

infren5,  -are,  -avi,  -atflm,  to  bridle. 

ingenium,  -I,  intellect,  natural  dis- 
position. 

ingens,  -entis,  huge. 

ingratus,  -a,  -um,  disagreeable,  un- 
grateful. 

inimicitia,  -ae,  enmity. 

inimiciis,  -I,  enemy. 

iniquus,  -a,  -um,  unjust. 

initium,  -i,  beginning. 

injaria,  -ae,  injury. 

in-nascor,  -I,  -natus,  to  spring  up. 

innocens,  -entis,  innocent. 

innocentia,  -ae,  innocence,  purity. 

inopia,  -33,  want,  scarcity. 

inquam  (g  11^),  /  say  (used  only 
after  one  or  more  words  of  a  quota- 
tion). 

insidiae,  -arum,  ambush,  snares. 


in-silio,  -ire,  -sllii  and  -silui,  to  leap 

upon. 
instigo,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    to   stir 

up. 
in-stituo,  -ere,  -stitul.  -stitutiim,  to 

arrange,  instruct. 
in-struo,  -erS,  -struxi,  -structum,  to 

set  in  order,  draw  up,  build. 
in-suetus,  -a,  -um,  unaccustomed. 
insula,  -ae,  island. 

integer,    -gra,    -griim,    sound,    un- 
hurt. 

integratio,  -onis,  renewal. 
intelligo,    -ere,    -lexi,    -lectum,    to 

understand. 
inter,   between,  among,  in  the  midst 

of ;  inter  se,  with  or  against  one 

another  ;  inter  spoliandum,  in  the 

act  of  despoiling. 
inter-cedS,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum,  to 

come  between,  intervene. 
inter-dicB,  -ere,  -dixi,   -dictum,    to 

forbid. 

interdum,  sometimes. 
intereo,  -ire,   intern,   interitum,  to 

die,  perish. 

interest.     See  intersum. 
interficiS,    -ere,   -feel,   -fectum,    to 

kill. 
inter-rog5,    -are,    -avi,     -atum,    to 

ask. 

intersum,  -esse,  -fui,  to  be  of  import- 
.  ance,  to  be  between  ;  nihil  interest, 

it  makes  no  difference. 
interus,  -a,  -um,  inward. 
introduco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -duetum,  to 

introduce. 

in  -ut ills,  -e,  useless. 
in-vado,  -ere,  -vasi,  -vasiim,  to  at- 
tack, invade. 
in-veni5,   -ire,    -veni,    -ventum,    to 

come  upon,  find,  invent. 
in-ventor,  -oris,  inventor. 


INVESTIGO 


362 


LEX 


in-vestig5,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,     to 

search  out. 

in-victiis,  -a,  -urn,  invincible. 
invidia,  -83,  envy. 
invito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  invite. 
invitus,  -a,  -urn,  unwilling. 
ipse,  -a,  -urn,  self. 
ira,  -83,  anger. 
iracundia,  -83,  hasty  temper. 
irascor,  -i,  to  be  angry. 
iratus,  -a,  -urn,  angry. 
is,  ea,  id,  this,  that;  §  82. 
iste,  -a,  -ud,  that  (of  yours). 
ita,  thus,  so. 
Italia,  -ae,  Italy. 
Italic!,  the  Italians. 
Italicus,  -a,  -urn,  Italian. 
itaque,  and  so,  therefore. 
item,  likewise. 
iter,  itineris,  journey,  march,,  way. 

J. 

jacio,  -ere,  jeci,  jactum,  to  throw. 

jacto,  -are,  -avi,  -atiiui,  to  throw 
about,  discuss. 

jam,  now,  already. 

jeciir  ($45),  the  liver. 

jiibar,  -aris,  sunshine. 

jubeo,  -ere,  jussi,  jussum,  to  order. 

jucundiis,  -a,  -um,  delightful. 

judex,  -ids,  judge. 

judic5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  judge. 

jugum,  -i,  a  yoke.  Two  spears  set 
upright,  with  a  third  laid  across  the 
top,  were  called  jugum. 

Jtigurtha,  -89,  king  of  Numidia. 

jumentum,  -i,  beast  of  burden,  work- 
horse or  ox. 

Jupiter,  Jo  vis,  Jupiter. 

Jura,  -83,  Jura,  a  mountain. 

jus,  juris,  law,  right  (usually  un- 
written law,  as  opposed  to  lex, 
statute  law). 


jusjurandiim  ($  45),  oath. 
Justus,  -a,  -unij/w-sZ. 
juvat,  -abat,  juvit,  it  pleases. 
juvenis,  -is,  young  man. 
juventus,  -tutis,  youth. 
juvO,  -are,  juvi,  jutuin,  juvaturus,  to 
help,  please. 


Labienus,  -i,  a  lieutenant  of  Csesar. 
labor,  -oris,  labor. 
lac,  lactis,  milk. 
Lacedagmon,  -onis,  Sparta. 
lacesso,    -ere,    -ivi,    -itum,    to    pro- 

voke;   injuria    lacessere,    to    in- 

jure. 

lacrima,  -83,  tear. 
lacus,  -us,  lake. 
lastus,  -a,  -um,  joyful. 
lanio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to   tear  to 

pieces. 

lapis,  -idis,  stone. 
largior,  -iri,  -itiis,  to  bribe. 
lateo,  -ere,  latui,  to  lie  hid. 
latitudo,  -inis,.  breadth. 
latro,  -onis,  robber. 
latiis,  -a,  -um,  wide,  broad. 
latus,  -eris,  side,  flank. 
Iaud5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  praise. 
laus,  laudis,  praise,  glory. 
Iav5,  -are,  lavi,  lotiim,  lautum,  lava- 

tiim,  to  bathe. 
legatio,  -onis,  embassy. 
legatus,  -i,  ambassador,  lieutenant. 
legio,  -onis,  legion. 
lego,  -ere,  legi,  lectum,  to  read. 
Lemannus,  -I,  the  lake  of  Geneva. 
leo,  -onis,  lion. 
lepus,  -oris,  hare. 
levis,  -e,  light,  slight. 
levo,   -are,  -avi,  -atum,    /<?    lighten^ 

relieve. 
lex,  legis,  law. 


LIBENTER 


363 


MERGES 


libenter  (adv.),  willingly,  gladly. 

liber,  -a,  -urn,  free. 

liber,  -bri,  book. 

llberi,  -orumr  children. 

libero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  free. 

libertas,  -tatis,  liberty. 

licet,  licuit,  it  is  allowed,  permitted; 
right,  lawful. 

lignum,  -I,  wood. 

lingua,  -as,  tongue,  language. 

linter,  -tris,  boat. 

Liscus,  -I,  an  sEduan  chief. 

Htera,  -&,  a  letter  (of  the  alpha- 
bet). 

litus,  -oris,  shore. 

locuples,  -etis,  rich. 

locus,  -i,  pi.  -I  and  -a,  place. 

longe  (adv.),  by  far. 

longitiido,  -in is,  length. 

longus,  -a,  -uui,  long. 

loquor,  -I,  locutus,  to  speak. 

Lucius,  -I,  Lucius. 

ludus,  -I,  game,  play. 

lumen,  -inis,  light. 

luna,  -93,  moon. 

lupus,  -T,  wolf. 

lux,  lucis,  light. 

M. 

Macedonia,  -oe,  Macedonia. 

macto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  sacri- 
fice. 

mEeror,  -oris,  grief ;  pree  mrerore, 
for  grief  (a  preventing  cause). 

magls  maxime,  more,  most. 

magister,  -I,  master  (of  a  school, 
etc.). 

magiianimiis,  -a,  -um,  great-souled, 
magnanimous. 

magnitude,  -inis,  greatness. 

magnus,  -a,  -um  (major,  maximus), 
great. 

male  (pejus,  pessime),  badly. 


maledico,  -ere,  -dixi,  -dictum,  to  be 
abusive,  revile,  curse. 

malO,  malle,  malui,  to  prefer. 

malum,  -I,  apple. 

maliis,  -a,  -um  (pejor,  pessimus), 
bad,  wicked,  evil. 

malus,  -I,  mast  of  a  ship. 

mandatum,  -i,  a  thing  intrusted,  coqi- 
mand. 

man  do,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  intrust. 

maneo,  -ere,  mansi,  mansum,  to  re- 
main. 

Manilius,  -a,  -um,  of  Maniliua. 

Manlius,  -I,  Manlius. 

manus,  -us,  hand. 

Marcus,  -I,  Mark. 

inare,  -is,  sea. 

maritiuius,  bordering  on  the  sea. 

Marius,  -I,  Marius. 

marmor,  -oris,  marble. 

mater,  -tris,  mother. 

materfanulias,  matron  ($  45). 

mature  (adv.),  quickly,  soon. 

maturo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  hasten. 

maturus,  -a,  -um,  ripe. 

mediciimcntum,  -I,  drug,  dose. 

medicma,  -se,  medicine. 

medicus,  -I,  physician. 

medius,  -a,  -um,  middle. 

melior,  -us,  better. 

membrum,  -I,  limb. 

memini  (^  113),  I  remember. 

niemor,  -oris,  mindful. 

memoria,  -33,  memory,  recollection. 

mendacium,  -I,  falsehood,  lie. 

mendax,  -acis,  false,  lying. 

mens,  mentis,  mind. 

metosa,  -93,  table. 

mensis,  -is,  month. 

mentior,  -m,  -itus,  to  lie. 

merciitor,  -oris,  merchant. 

Mercurius,  -I,  Mercury. 

merges,  -itis,  sheaf. 


MERIDIES 


364 


NECO 


meridies,  -el,  mid-day. 

mSritus,  -a,  -urn,  deserving. 

Messala,  -ae,  Messala. 

metior,  -iri,  inensus,  to  measure. 

meto,  -ere,  messui,  messum,  to  reap. 

metu5,  -ere,  metui,  rarely  metutum, 

to  fear,  be  apprehensive. 
mgtus,  -us,  apprehension,  fear. 
metis,  -a,  -urn,  my,  mine. 
Mieipsa,  -33,  Mieipsa. 
miles,  -itis,  soldier. 
Miletus,  -i,  Miletus,  a  city  of  Asia. 
militaris,  -e,  military. 
militia,  -ae,  military  service. 
mille  (g  64,  6),  thousand. 
minime,  least,  not  at  all. 
minor,  -ari,  -atus,  to  threaten. 
minor,  -us,  less. 
minuo,  --ere,   minui,    minutum,   to 

make  less,  weaken. 
miror,  -ari,  -atus,  to  wonder. 
mirus,  -a,  -um,  wonderful. 
miser,  -a,  -uni,  wretched. 
misereo,  -ere,  -ui,  to  pity  (generally 

used  impersonally,  §  135  c). 
miseresco,  -ere,  to  pity. 
mitt5,  -ere,  misi,  missum,  to  send. 
modus,  -I,,  manner,  measure,   limit; 

praeter   modurn,  beyond   measure, 

unduly. 

mo3nia,  -iuin,  etc.,  walls. 
moaror,  -oris,  grief. 
mollis,  -e,  soft. 
moneo,  -ere,   monui,    monitum,    to 

advise,  remind. 
monile,  -is,  necklace. 
mons,  mont-is,  mountain. 
monstr5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  show. 
mordeo,  -ere,  moinordi,  niorsiim,  to 

champ,  bite. 

Morini,  -Drum,  the  Morini. 
morior,  -I  and  -ill,  mortuus,  moritu- 

rus,  to  die. 


moror,  -ari,  -atus,  to  delay. 

mors,  mortis,  death. 

morsus,  -us,  biting. 

mortalis,  -e,  mortal. 

morti-fer,    -a,    -um,    death-bearing^ 

mortal. 

mortuus,  -a,  -um,  dead. 
mos,  moris,  manner,  custom. 
motus,  -us,  moving,  insurrection. 
moveO,  -ere,  movl,  motum,  to  move. 
mulier,  -eris,  woman. 
multitudo,  -in  is,  multitude. 
multus  (plus,  plurimiis),  much,  many. 
mundus,  -1,  icorld. 
munio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itiim,  to  fortify. 
munus,  -eris,  duty,  present. 
murus,  -I,  wall. 
mus,  muris,  mouse. 
musa,  -83,  muse. 
musica,  -8Q,  music. 
muto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  change. 

N. 

nactus,  participle  from  nanciscor. 

nam,  for  (conj.). 

namque,  for  indeed. 

nanciscor,  -I,  nactus  and  nanctus,  to 
get. 

narro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  tell,  relate. 

nascor,  -I,  natiis,  to  be  born. 

natura,  -s&,  nature. 

natus,  -us,  birth. 

nauta,  -ae,  sailor. 

navale,  -is,  dock-yard. 

navigatio,  -onis,  navigation. 

navigo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  sail. 

navis,  -is,  ship. 

ne  (final  conj.),  that — not,  lest. 

nee  (conj.),  neither,  nor,  and  not. 

neccssarius,  -a,  -um,  critical,  neces- 
sary. 

neco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  murderf 
kill. 


NEGLIGEES 


365 


OCCUPO 


negligens,  -entis,  negligent;  part, 
adj. 

negligd,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectum,  to  neg- 
lect. 

nego,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  deny. 

negotium,  -I,  business. 

nemo,  -ini,  inein,  no  man,  no  one. 

nSmus,  •  oris,  grove. 

i)  epos,  -otis,  grandson. 

Neptunus,  -i,  Neptune,  god  of  the 
sen. 

neque,  and  not,  neither,  nor. 

ne  —  quidcm,  not  even. 

Nervius,  -a,  -urn,  Nervian. 

nescio,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  not  to  know. 

neuter,  -a,  -um,  neither  (of  two). 

neve,  neu,  and  —  not,  nor  (neg.  fin. 
conj.). 

nidif ico,  -are,  -avi,  -atuin,  to  build  a 
nest. 

nidus,  -I,  nest. 

niger,  -a,  -um,  black. 

nihil  (indecl.)  ornihilum,  -I,  nothing. 

nimius,  -a,  -um,  too  much,  excess- 
ive. 

nisi  (cond.  conj.),  unless,  if  not. 

nitor,  -i,  nisus  or  nixus,  to  strive. 

nobilis,  -e,  noble. 

nobilitas,  -atis,  nobility. 

noceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  to  hurt,  harm. 

nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  to  be  unwilling. 

nomen,  -inis,  name. 

non,  not. 

nondum,  not  yet. 

non  ne  (in  direct  questions,  §  81, 
4;  in  indirect  questions),  if  not, 
whether  not. 

noniis,  -a,  -um  (§  63),  ninth. 

nos,  §  78. 

nosco,  -ere,  novi,  notum,  to  know. 

noster,  -a,  -um,  our,  ours. 

novem  (§  63),  nine. 

noviis,  -a,  -um,  new,  late. 


nox,  noctis,  night. 
noxius,  hurtful. 
nlibes,  -is,  cloud. 
nudo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  strip. 
nudus,  -a,  -um,  naked. 
nullus,  -a,  -urn  (§  56),  none,  not  any, 
num,  §  81,  3. 
Numa,  -ae,  Numa. 
Niimantinus,  -a,  -um,  Numantian. 
numero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  count. 
numerus,  -i,  number. 
Numida,  -as,  a  Numidian. 
Numidia,  -ae,  Numidia. 
numquis,  g  89. 
nunc,  now. 

nunciS,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  an- 
nounce. 

nuncius,  -i,  messenger. 
nunquam  or  numquam,  never. 

0. 

ob,  for,  on  account  of. 

obliviscor,  oblitiis,  to  forget. 

obscurd,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  ob- 
scure. 

ob-secr§,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  be- 
seech. 

obses,  -idis,  hostage. 

ob-sideo,  -ere,  -sedi,  -sessum,  to  be- 
siege. 

obsidi5,  -5nis,  siege. 

ob-sto,  -are,  -stiti,  -statum,  to  stand 
before,  hinder,  prevent. 

ob-trunc5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  slay. 

occasus,  -us,  going  down,  setting. 

oc-cido  (ob  —  caedo),  -cidi,  -cisum, 
to  cut  down,  kill. 

oc-cido  (ob  —  cad5),  -ere,  -cidi, 
-casum,  to  fall,  set. 

occulto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  hide. 

oc-cultus,  -a,  -iim,  hidden. 

occupo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  seize, 
take  possession  of. 


31* 


OCEANUS 


366 


PASTOR 


oceaniis,  -i,  ocean. 

octaviis,  -a,  -iim  (g  63),  eighth. 

octingenti,  -ae,  -a  ($  63),  ciyht  hun- 
dred. 

octo  (g  63),  eight. 

oculus,  -I,  eye. 

odi  (g  113,  .Rero.  I),  7/iate. 

odium,  -i,  hatred. 

offendo,  -ere,  ofiendi,  offensum,  to 
offend. 

officium,  -I,  duty,  service. 

olim  (adv.),  formerly,  anciently; 
(of  the  future,)  some  time  or  other. 

omnino,  altogether,  wholly,  at  all. 

omnis,  -e,  all,  every. 

onerarius,  -a,  -iim,  of  burden. 

onero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  load,  lade. 

onus,  -eris,  burden. 

opera,  -ae,  pains,  work,  labor. 

opiniS,  -onis,  opinion,  belief. 

opinor,  -ari,  -atus,  to  be  of  opinion. 

opis  (gen.),  of  help,  strength,  $  51; 
summa  ope,  with  all  one's  might. 

oportet,  -uit,  it  is  necessary,  proper, 
it  behooves. 

oppidaniis,  -a,  -iim,  of  a  town. 

oppidiim,  -I,  town. 

opportunities,  -atis,  fitness,  suitable- 
ness. 

opportuniis,  -a,  -urn,  fit,  favorable. 

opprimS,  -ere,  -press!,  -pressiim,  to 
press  down,  put  down,  'suppress, 
overcome,  crush,  oppress. 

oppugnS,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  as- 
sault. 

optimus,  -a,  -iim  (bonus),  best. 

Spulens  or  opiilentus,  -a,  -iim, 
ful. 

8pus,  -eris,  work. 

opus  (indecl.),  need,  necessity  ;  opus 
est,  it  is  necessary,  there  is  need. 

Braciiliim,  -I,  oracle. 

5rati5,  -5nls,  speech,  oration. 


orator,  -oris,  orator. 

orbis,  -is,  circle;    orbis    terrarum, 

the  world. 

ord5,  -inis,  rank,  order. 
Orgetorix,  -igis,  a  Helvetian  chief. 
origo,  -inis,  origin. 
orior,  -iri,  ortus,  orituriis,  to  rise. 
os,  oris,  mouth,  face. 
os,  ossis,  bone. 
otiiim,  -i,  leisure,  ease. 
Ovidiiis,  -i,  Ovid. 
ovis,  -is,  sheep. 
ovum,  -i,  egg. 
Oxiis,  -i,  the  Oxus. 

P. 

pac5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  subdue. 
pagus,  -i,  canton. 
palus,  -udis,  marsh,  bog. 
paluster,  -tris,  -tre,  marshy. 
panis,  -is,  bread. 
par,  paris,  equal. 

paratus,  -a,  -iim,  ready,  prepared. 
parc5,  -ere,  peperci,  parsi,  parcitum 

and  parsum,  to  spare. 
parens,  -entis,  parent. 
pareo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itiim,  to   obey,  be 

obedient. 

paries,  -etis,  wall  (of  a  house). 
pariS,  -ere,  peperi,  partiim,  to  beget, 

bring  forth. 

Parmeni5,  -onis,  Parmenio. 
pSr5,  -arg,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  prepare. 
parricida,    -ae,    killer   of  a  father ;, 

parricide. 
pars,  partis,  $>art;  una  ex  parte,  on 


pa 

parviis,  -a, 

passiis,  -us,  pace ;    mille  passus, 

mile. 
pastor,  -5ris,  shepherd. 


PATEFACIO 


367 


PHILOSOPHUS 


p&tefacio,  -fed,  -factum,  to  lay  open, 

$  107,  Bern.  L 

pateo,  -ere   patui,  to  lie  open. 
pater,  patris,  father. 
paterfamilias,  $  ^,  father  of  a/am- 

ily. 
patiens,  -entis,  capable  of  enduring, 

patient. 

patienter,  patiently. 
patientia,  -83,  patience. 
patina,  -ae,  dish. 
patior,  -I,  passus,  to  suffer,  endure, 

permit. 

patria,  -ae,  country. 
pauci,  -ae,  -a,  few. 
paulatiin,  by  degrees. 
paulus,  -a,  -urn,   little;    usually  in 

the  ace.  and  abl.  neuter, 
pauper,  -is,  poor. 
paupertas,  -atis,  poverty. 
pavor,  -oris,  trembling. 
pax,  pacis,  peace. 
peccatum,  -I,  fault,  sin. 
pecco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  do  wrong, 

sin. 

pectus,  -oris,  breast. 
pecunia,  -ae,  sum  of  money. 
pecus,  -oris,  cattle,  flock,  herd. 
pedes,  -itis,  footman. 
pedester,  -tris,  -tre,  on  foot. 
pejor,  -us  (malus),  worse. 
pellis,  -is,  skin,  hide. 
pel!5,  -ere,  pepuli,  pulsum,  to  beat, 

drive,  rout. 
pend5,   -ere,   pependi,    pensum,   to 

cause  to  hang,  weigh,  pay. 
penes  (prep,  with  a^^t'n  the powe 

of- 

pensu 

penus,  -u§  ancT^T,  storehouse. 
per,  through. 
per-ciiti5,  -ere,   -cussi,   -cussuin,  to 

strike  through,  kill. 


perdo,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum,  to  destroy, 
lone, 

per-duco,  -ere,  -duxi,   -ductum,    to 
lead  through,  extend. 

per-eB,  -Ire,  -ii,  -itum,  to  perish. 

pcr-facilis,  -e,  very  easy. 

per-fringo,  -ere,  -fregi,  -fractum,  to 
break  through. 

perfuga,  -ae,  deserter. 

pergo,  -ere,  perrexi,  -rectum,  to  pro- 
ceed. 

periculosus,  -a,  -um,  dangerous. 

periculum,  -I,  trial,    danger;    peri- 
culum  facere,  to  make  a  trial. 

perinde  (adv.),  exactly, precisely. 

peritus,  skilled. 

permagniis,  -a,  -um,  very  great. 

per-moveo,  -ere,  -movi,  -motiim,  to 
move  thoroughly,  alarm. 

perm-ltus,  -a,  -um,  very  much. 

pernicies,  -ei,  destruction. 

perpetuo  (adv.),  continually. 

perpetuiis,  -a,  -urn,  unending. 

Persa,  -ae,  Persian. 

per-sequor,    -I,    -secutus,    to  follow 
pcrseveringly,  overtake. 

per-suadeo,  -ere,  -suasi,  -suasum,  to 
persuade. 

per-terreo,   -ere,   -terrui,   -territum, 
to  frighten  thoroughly,  terrify. 

per-t!ne5,  -ere,  -tinui,  to  reach,  ex- 
tend, pertain,  belong. 

per-turb8,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  con- 
found. 

per-veni5,   -ire,   -ve"nl,  -ventum,  to 
come  through,  arrive. 
>,  pedis,/oo#. 
Isirniis,  -a,  -um  (malus),  worst. 

pet5,  -ere,  -ivT,  -itum,  to  seek,  ask. 

phalanx,  -gis,   phalanx ;    ace.  sing, 
-em  and  -a ;  ace.  pi.  -es  and  -as. 

Philippiis,  -I,  Philip. 

philosophiis,  -I,  philosopher. 


PHOCION 


368 


PR^ETER-EO 


Phocion,  -onis,  Phocion. 

pietils,  -atis,  dutifulness. 

piger,  -a,  -um,  slow,  lazy. 

pigct,  piguit  and  pigitum  est,  it  dis- 
gusts, irks,  troubles;  piget  me  tui, 
I  am  disgusted  with  you. 

pilum,  -I,  javelin. 

piruta,  -as,  pirate. 

piscis,  -is,  fish. 

Piso,  -onis,  Piso. 

plus,  -a,  -urn,  dutiful,  pious. 

placeo,  -ere,  -ui,  itum,  to  please. 

Plat5,  -onis,  a  Grecian  philosopher. 

plebes,  -el  and  -is,  and  plebs,  plebis, 
common  people. 

plenus,  -a,  -urn,  full. 

plerumque  (adv.),  for  the  most  part. 

pluma,  -33,  feather. 

plus,  pluris.(§  72,  7),  more. 

poculuqs,'-!,  drink  ing-cup. 

poema,  -atis,  poem. 

PoenI,  Carthaginians. 

poenitet,  -uit,  it  repents;  p.  me 
peccati,  /  repent  of  my  sin. 

poeta,  -33,  poet. 

polliceor,  -eri,  -itus,  to  promise. 

pollicitatio,  -onis,  promise. 

Pompeius,  -I,  Pompey. 

pomum,  -I,  fruit. 

pondtis,  -eris,  weight. 

pono,  -ere,  posul,  positum,  to  put, 
place. 

pons,  pontis,  bridge. 

populor,  -ari,  -atus,  to  lay  waste. 

populus,  -i,  people. 

porrigS,  -ere,  porrexi,  porrectum,  to 
stretch  out. 

port  a,  -33,  gate  of  a  city. 

porto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  carry. 

portus,  -us,  harbor. 

poscS,  -ere,  poposcT,  to  demand. 

possum,  posse,  potui,  to  be  able. 

post,  after,  behind. 


postea,  afterwards. 

posterus,  posterior,  postremiis  or 
postumus,  coming  after;  comp., 
of  less  account,  inferior. 

postquam  (temp,  conj.),  after. 

postiilo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  demand. 

potens,  -entis,  powerful. 

potentia,  -as,  power,  ability. 

potestas,  -atis,  power,  right. 

potior,  -iri,  -itus,  to  get  possession 
of,  acquire. 

prse,  before,  in  comparison  with)  for; 
pras  maarore,  for  grief. 

pra3be5,  -ere,  -ui,  itum,  to  furnish. 

praa-ceptiim,  -I,  precept.     From 

praecipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  to  in- 
struct, order,  command. 

praecipito,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  hurry 
forward. 

praecipue,  especially. 

praecipuus,  -a,  -iim,  especial. 

praaclarus,  -a,  -iim,  very  distin- 
guished. 

prasco,  -onis,  crier,  herald. 

praada,  -ae,  booty. 

pra3-dico,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  boast. 

prae-ditus,  -a,  -iim,  endowed. 

praedor,  -ari,  -atiis,  to  plwider. 

prae-ficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fecttim,  to  put 
over. 

prae-mitto,  -ere',  -misi,  -missiim,  to 
send  forward. 

praemium,  -i,  reward. 

prae-pono,  -posui,  -positiim,  to  place 
before,  to  prefer. 

praeeens,  -entis,  present. 

praesidiiim,  -i,  garrison. 

praestans,  -antis,  excellent,  distin- 
guished, [statum,  to  excel.] 

prae-sto,    -are,    -stiti,    -stitiim    and 

prae-sum,  -esse,  -fui,  to  be  over. 

praeter,  past,  besides,  beyond. 

pra3ter-e5,  -ire,  -Ivi,  »itum,  to  pats  by. 


PR^TER-MITTO 


369 


QUALIS 


praeter-mitt5,  -ere,  -misi,  -missfim, 

to  let  slip. 

prseter  modum,  beyond  measure,  un- 
duly. 

praetor,  -oris,  prsctor,  chief. 
pravus,  -a,  -urn,  crooked,  depraved. 
prSmS,    -ere,    press!;    ^ressum,    to 

press. 

pretium,  -i,  price,  value. 
Priamus,  -I,  Priam. 
primus,  -a,  -urn,  first. 
princeps,  -ipis,  chief. 
prior,  primus,  former,  sooner. 
pristmus,  -a,  -um,  former. 
priusquam,  before. 
prlvatus,  -a,  -um,  private. 
pro,  for,  before. 
probitas,  -atis,  honesty. 
pro-cedo,  -ere,  -cessl,  -cessum,  to  go 

forward. 

procul,  at  a  distance. 
pro-curr5,  -ere,  -cucurri  and  -curri, 

-cursum,  to  run  forward. 
proditio,  -onis,  treachery. 
proditor,  -oris,  traitor. 
prcelium,  -I,  battle. 
profectio,  -onis,  departure. 
pro-ficiscor,  -I,  -fectus,  to  set  out. 
pro-fligo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  dash 

in  pieces. 
pro-fugi5,  -ere,  -fugi,  -fugitum,  to 

flee,  run  away,  escape. 
progenies,  -ei,  offspring. 
progredior,  -i,  -gressiis,  to  go  forth 

or  forward. 
pro-hibeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  to  prevent, 

Jccep  off. 

promissum,  -i,  promise. 
prornptus,  -a,  -um,  ready,  quick. 
pronus,  -a,  -iim,  headlong,  bending 

over. 
prope,  -ius,  proxime,  near,  nearer, 

next. 


properS,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  hasten. 

propinquus,  -a,  -um,  near. 

propior,  proximus,  nearer,  next. 

pro-pono,  -ere,  -posul,  -positum,  to 
set  up. 

propooitum,  -I,  jmrpose. 

propter,  on  account  of. 

propterca,  on  this  account. 

pro-pulso,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  re- 
pel. 

pro-sequor,  -i,  -secutus,  to  pursue. 

pro-sum,  prodesse,  proful,  to  benefit, 
to  do  good. 

providentia,  -ae,  foresight,  provi- 
dence. 

provincia,  -ae,  province. 

proxiine  (adv.),  nearest,  next. 

proximus,  -a,  -um,  nearest,  next. 

prudens,  -entis,  prudent. 

prudentia,  -ae,  prudence. 

publicus,  -a,  -um,  public. 

pudet,  puduit,  it  shames. 

pudor,  -oris,  shame,  modesty. 

puella,  -ae,  girl. 

puer,  -I,  boy. 

pugna,  -ae,  fight. 

pugno,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  fight. 

pulcher,  -a,  -iim,  beautiful. 

pulchritud5,  -inis,  beauty. 

pulvis,  -eris,  dmt. 

Punicus,  -a,  -um,  Carthaginian. 

punio,  -ire,  -Ivi,  -itum,  to  punish. 

purgo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  cleanset 
excuse. 

put8,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  think. 

Pythagoras,  -ae  (g  219),  Pythagoras. 


qualragesimus,  -a,  -urn,  fortieth. 


qnadraginta  ( 


),  forty. 


qusero,  -ere,  quassivi,  quaesitum,  to 


qualis,  of  what  kind,  as. 


QUAM 


370 


RENUNCIATIO 


quam,  than,  as. 

quamquani,  although. 

quanivis,  however  much,  although. 

quantus,  -a,  -um,  how  great,  as  j 
tantus  —  quantus,  as  great  —  as. 

quasi  (I  203),  as  if. 

quatriduum,  -I,  four  days. 

quatuor  (g  63),  four. 

queror,  -I,  questus,  to  complain. 

qui,  quae,  quod,  who,  which. 

qui  a  (conj.),  because. 

quicumque,  whoever. 

quidam  (§  89),  a  certain,  a  certain 
one,  some  one,  some. 

quidem,  indeed. 

quin,  but  that,  that,  but. 

quindecim  (§  63 ),  fifteen. 

quingenti,  -33,  -a  (g  63),  five  hun- 
dred. 

quippe,  surely,  since. 

quis,  $  89 ;  quis,  §  88. 

quisnain,  g  88. 

quispiam,     "| 

quisquam,    I    ^  89. 

quisque,       J 

quisquis,  §  87,  4. 

qulvis,  qullibet,  ^  89. 

quo,  whither. 

quo-ad,  to  what  point,  as  long  as, 
until. 

quod,  because. 

quo-minus,  §193,  Bern.  5. 

quoniain,  since,  because. 

quoque,  also. 

quot,  how  many,  as. 

quot  mnis,  yearly. 

quotUie,  daily. 

quiini,  when,  since,  although,. 

R. 

ramus,  -I,  branch,  bough. 
rapina,  -ae,  plunder,  pillage. 


rapiB,  -ere,  rapui,  raptura,  to  snatch, 

seize,  carry  off. 

raptO,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  seize  vio- 
lently. 

ratio,  -onis,  plan,  reasoning,  cause,, 
Rauraci,  -oruin,  a  tribe  of  Gauls. 
rebellio,  -onis,  rebellion. 
recens,  -entis,  recent. 
reeeptus,  -us,  retreat. 
recipioj  -cepi,  -ceptum,  to  take  back, 
regain,    recover;    se    recipere,    to 
retreat,  to  recover  oneself. 
rectus,  -a,  -um,  straight,  right. 
reciipero,   -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to   re- 
cover. 
recuso,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  object, 

repudiate. 
red-do,  -ere,  -didl,  -ditum,  to  give 

back,  render,  make. 
red-e5,   -ire,   redii,   reditum,  to  re- 
turn. 

redigS,    -ere,   -egi,   -actum,   to    re- 
duce. 

red-integr5,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  re- 
new. 

reditus,  -us,  return. 
re-duco,    -ere,    -duxi,    -ductum,    to 

lead  back. 

re-fero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum,  to  with- 
draw. 

re-fert,  retulit,  it  concerns. 
reficio,  -ere,  -feel,    -fee turn,  to  re- 
pair. 

r-egina,  -se,  queen. 
regi5,  -onis,  region,  tract. 
re2:num,  -I,  kingdom. 
rego,  -ere,  rexi,  rectum,  to  rule. 
Regulus,  -i,  Regulus. 
religio,  -onis,  vow,  religion. 
re-linquo,   -ere,    -liqul,    -lictiim,    to 

leave. 

reliquiis,  -a,  -um,  the  rest. 
renunciatio,  -onis,  report. 


EENUNCIO 


371 


SEDES 


re-nuncio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  carry 
back  word. 

reor,  reii,  ratus,  to  suppose. 

repens,  -eutis,  sudden. 

repente,  suddenly. 

repentlnus,  -a,  -urn,  sudden. 

reperio,  -ire,  reperi,  repertum,  to 
find  out. 

repeto, -ere,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  seek  lack. 

reprehendo,  -ere,  -di,  -sum,  to  re- 
buke. 

repudio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  refuse. 

res,  rei,  thing. 

re-scind5,  -ere,  -scidi,  -scissum,  to 
cut  down. 

re-sist5,  -ere,  -stiti,  to  resist. 

re-spondeo,  -ere,  -spondi,  -sponsum, 
to  answer. 

respublica  (§  49,  5),  commonwealth. 

rete,  -is,  net. 

retineS,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum,  to  hold 
back,  restrain. 

re-vello,  -ere,  -velli,  -vulsum,  to  tear 

off. 

re-vereor,  -eri,  -itus,  to  reverence. 

re-voco,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  recall. 

rex,  regis,  king. 

Rheniis,  -I,  the  Rhine. 

Rhodanus,  -i,  the  Rhone. 

robur,  -oris,  heart  of  oak,  strength. 

rogo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  ask. 

Roma,  -se,  Rome. 

Romanus,  -a,  -um,  Roman. 

rosa,  -SQ,  rose. 

ruber,  -a,  -um,  red. 

rudens,  -entis,  rope,  cable. 

rudis,  -e,  rude,  uncivilized. 

rumpo,  -ere,  rupl,  ruptum,  to  break. 

tupcs,  -is,  rock. 

rursus,  again. 

rus,  ruris,  country. 

rusticus,  -a,  -Um,  living  in  the  coun- 
try, rustic. 


S- 

Sabini,  -orum,  Sabines. 

sacer,  -a,  -uni,  sacred. 

sacerdos,  -otis,  priest. 

saepe,  often. 

saevus,  -a,  -um,  savage,  fierce. 

sagitta,  -se,  arrow. 

Sagittarius,  -I,  archer. 

salar,  -aris,  trout. 

salto,  -are,  -avi,,  -atum,  to  dance. 

saluber,  -bris,  -bre,  wholesome. 

salus,  -utis,  safety,  health. 

sanctus,  -a,  -um,  sacred,  pure. 

sanguis,  -inis,  blood. 

sanus,  sound,  healthy. 

sapiens,  -entis,  wise. 

sapientia,  -se,  wisdom. 

satis,  enough,  sufficient,  sufficiently. 

saucius,  -a,  -um,  wounded. 

saxiim,  -I,  rock. 

scapha,  -ae,  boat,  skiff. 

scelus,  -eris,  crime,  wickedness. 

sci5,  -ire,  -ivi,  -itum,  to  know. 

Scipio,  -onis,  Scipio. 

scrib5,   -ere,    scrips!,    scriptum,    to 
write. 

scriptor,  -oris,  writer. 

scutum,  -I,  shield. 

se-cedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum,  to  se- 
cede. 

se-cern§,   -ere,    -crevi,    -cretiim,  to 
separate. 

seco,  -are,  secui,  sectuin,  secaturua, 
to  cut. 

secum,  I  79,  2. 

secundiim,  following,  according  to. 
secundus,  -a,  -um,  following,  second, 

favorable. 
securis,  -is,  axe. 
sed,  but. 

sedeo,  -ere,  sedi,  sessum,  to  sit. 
sedes,  -is,  seat,  settlement. 


SEDILE 


372 


SUBITO 


e,  -is,  seat. 

seditio,  -onis,  sedition. 

semper  (adv.),  always. 

sempiternus,  -a,  -um,  everlasting. 

senutus,  -us  and  -I,  senate. 

senex,  senis,  old. 

sens  us,  -us,  feeling. 

scntentia,  -s&,  opinion;  ex  senten- 
tia,  satisfactorily. 

senti5,  -Ire,  sensi,  sensum,  to  per- 
ceive. 

Sequanus,  -a,  -fim,  Sequan.  As  a 
noun,  a  Sequan. 

sequor,  -I,  secutus,  to  follow. 

sermo,  -onis,  conversation,  talk. 

serpens,  -entis,  serpent. 

servi5,  -Ire,  -IvI,  -Itum,  to  be  a  slave, 
serve. 

servitus,  -tutis,  slavery. 

servo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  preserve. 

servus,  -I,  slave. 

sex  ($  63),  six. 

sibilo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  hiss. 

sic,  thus. 

sicut  or  sicuti,  as,  just  as. 

sidus,  -eris,  star,  constellation. 

signuin,  -I,  sign,  signal. 

silentium,  -I,  silence. 

silva,  -ae,  wood,  forest. 

ifilvestris  or  -ter,  -e,  woody. 

simTlis,  -e,  like. 

gimul,  ot  the  same  time. 

simul  uc,  as  soon  as. 

sine,  without. 

singull,  -83,  -a,  single,  one  at  a  time. 

sino,  -ere,  sivi,  situm,  to  put,  per- 
mit. 

sinus,  -us,  gulf,  bay. 

sitio,  -ire,  -ivi,  to  be  thirsty. 

Sitis,  -is,  thirst. 

situs,  -a,  -um  (part.  sin5j. 

socer,  -I,  father-in-law. 

gocius,  -I,  companion. 


Socrates,  -is,  Socrates. 

s5l,  soils,  sun. 

sole5,  -ere,  solitus,  to  be  used,  wont. 

solus,  -a,  -urn,  only,  alone. 

solv6,  -ere,  solvl,  solutum,  to  loose. 

somnus,  -I,  sleep. 

sonus,  -I,  sound. 

soror,  -oris,  sister. 

sors,  sortis,  lot.  ,- 

spatiiim,  -I,  room,  space,  time. 

spectatiis,  -a,  -iim,  looked  at,  ap- 
proved. 

spect5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  look  at. 

speculator,  -oris,  scout. 

specus,  -us,  den,  cave,  grotto. 

spelunca,  -se,  cave. 

sper5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  hope.      . 

spes,  -el,  hope. 

spoli5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  spoilf 
rob,  plunder. 

stabuluin,  -I,  fold. 

statim,  immediately. 

statuo,  -ere,  statui,  statutum,  to 
place,  put,  determine. 

statura,  -ae,  stature ,  size,  height. 

stella,  -83,  star. 

stimulS,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  goad. 

stimulus,  -I,  goad. 

stipendiariiis,  -a,  -um,  tributary. 

stipendium,  -I,  tax,  tribute. 

st5,  stare,  stetl,  statum,  to  stand. 

strenuiis,  -a,  -um,  nimble,  active. 

stude5,  -ere,  -ui,  to  attend  to,  be 
eager  for. 

studium,  zeal,  desire;  pi.  studies. 

stultitia,  -3d,  folly. 

stultus,  -a,  -um,  foolish. 

suade5,  -ere,  suasl,  suasum,  to  ad- 
vise. 

subefi,  -ire,  -ii,  itiim,  to  go  under. 

sublg5,  -ere,  -egi,  -actum,  to  sub^ 
due. 

SubitS  (adv.),  suddenly. 


SUBITUS 


373 


TIMOR 


Silbitus,  -a,  -urn,  sudden. 

sub-levo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  re- 
lieve. 

subsequSr,  -I,  -secutus,  to  follow 
closely. 

subsidiura,  -i,  reserve,  support,  help. 

sub-venio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventum,  to 
come  to  one's  assistance,  help. 

«mccedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum,  to  come 
close  up. 

Suessiones,  -uin,  the  Suessiones. 

sm,  J  78. 

sum,  esse,  fui,  futurus,  to  be. 

summus,  -a,  -um,  the  highest,  the  top, 
I  72,  4,  §  128,  Eem.  8. 

sumo,  -ere,  sumpsl,  sumptum,  to 
take. 

supellex,  -lectilis,  furniture. 

superbia,  -se,  pride. 

superbus,  -a,  -um,  proud. 

supero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  over- 
come. 

superstitiS,  -onis,  superstition. 

superus,  -a,  -iim,  ^  72,  4. 

supplicium,  -I,  punishment. 

gurgo,  -ere,  surrexi,  surrectum,  to 
rise. 

sus-cipiS,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  to 
undertake. 

suspicor,  -an,  -atus,  to  suspect. 

sustineo,  -ere,  -tinul,  -tentum,  to 
sustain. 

suus,  -a,  -um,  his,  her,  its,  their,  $  80, 
Rein.  2. 

Syphax,  -acis,  Syphax. 

Syracusae,  -arum,  Syracuse. 

T. 

taceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  to  be  silent. 
tasdet,  -nit,  it  wearies,  disgusts. 
talentum,  -I,  talent. 
tails,  -e,  such. 
tarn,  so. 


32 


tamen,  nevertheless. 

tametsi,  although. 

tandem,  at  length. 

tango,  -ere,  tetigl,  tactum,  to  touch. 

tanquam  or  tamquSm,  as  if, 
§203. 

tantiis,  -a,  -iim,  so  much,  so  great. 

tantus-dem,  -adem,  -undem,  just  as 
much. 

tardo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  delay, 
retard. 

tardus,  -a,  -um,  slow. 

Tarqumil,  -orurn,  Tarquinii. 

Tarquinius,  -I,  Tarquin. 

taurus,  -i,  bull. 

tectum,  -I,  roof. 

tellus,  -uris,  earth. 

telum,  -I,  dart. 

temere,  (adv.),  rashly. 

temperantia,  -38,  self-control,  tem- 
perance. 

tempestas,  -tatis,  time,  weather  (good 
or  bad),  tempest. 

templum,  -I,  temple. 

tempus,  -oris,  time. 

tenax,  -acis,  tenacious. 

tene§,  -ere,  tenui,  tentum,  to  hold. 

tento,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  attempt. 

tenuis,  -e,  slender. 

tergum,  -i,  back. 

terminus,  -I,  end,  limit. 

terra,  -se,  earth,  ground,  land. 

terreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  to  frighten. 

terror,  -oris,  terror,  fright. 

tertius,  -a,  -um  (g  63),  third. 

testis,  -is,  witness. 

Thebse,  -arum,  Thebes. 

Thrax,  -acis,  Thracian. 

thronus,  -i,  throne. 

Tiberis,  -is,  the  Tiber. 

timeo,  -ere,  timui,  to  fear. 

timidiis,  -a,  -um,  cowardly. 

timor,  -oris,  fear,  panic. 


TITUS 


374 


UTINAM 


Titus,  -i,  Titus. 

tolero,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  endure. 

tondeo,  -ere,  totondl,  tonsum,  to 
shear. 

tonitrus,  -us,  thunder. 

tot,  so  many. 

totus,  -a,  -urn,  whole. 

tra-dO,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum,  to  deliver 
over,  hand  down. 

tra-jicio,  -ere,  -jeci,  -jectum,  to  ship 
over. 

trames,  -itis,  by-path. 

tra-no,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  swim 
across. 

trans,  across,  beyond. 

trans-duc5,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum,  to 
lead  over.. 

trans-eo,  -ire,  transil,  transitiim,  to 
go  across,  pass  over,  pass  away,  to 
spend. 

transjicio.     See  trajici§. 

tres,  tria  (§  63),  three. 

tribiinus,  -I,  tribune. 

tribuo,  -ere,  -ui,  -utum,  to  give,  as- 
sign. 

tribus,  -us,  tribe. 

triduum,  -i,  three  days'  time. 

triennium,  -I,  three  years'  time. 

trlginta  (g  63),  thirty. 

tripartite,  in  three  divisions. 

triplex,  -icis,  triple. 

tristis,  -e,  sad. 

Troja,  -ae,  Troy. 

trucido,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  slay, 
butcher. 

tuba,  -ae,  trumpet. 

tueor,  -eri,  tuitus  and  tutus,  to  pro- 
tect. 

Tullia,  -83,  Tullia. 

Tullianum,  -I,  a  prison  at  Home, 
built  by  king  Serviua  Tullius. 

Tulliiis,  -i,  Tully. 

turn,  then. 


tumultus,  -us,  tumult,  uproar. 

tumulus,  -i,  mound. 

tune,  then. 

turba,  -93,  crowd. 

turbidus,  -a,  -um,  disordered,  muddy. 

turbo,  -are,   -avi,    -atum,    to    thron 

into  confusion. 
turbo,  -inis,  whirlwind. 
turpis,  -e,  base. 
turris,  -is,  tower. 

tutor,  -ari,  -atus,  to  defend,  protect. 
tutus,  -a,  -um,  safe. 
tuus,  -a,  -um  (g  80),  thy,  thine,  your, 

yours. 
tyrannus,  -I,  tyrant. 

u. 

ubi,  where,  when. 
ubic[ue,  everywhere. 
ulciscor,  -I,  ultus,  to  avenge. 
ullus,  -a,  -urn  (g  56,  1),  any. 
ulterior,  -us  (g  74,  1),  farther. 
ultimus,  -a,  -um  (§  74,  1),  farthest, 

last. 

ululo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  howl. 
umbra,  -83,  shadow,  shade. 
umquam  or  unquam,  ever. 
una  (parte),  in  one  place,  together. 
unda,  -83,  icave. 
unde,  whence,  from  which. 
undique,  on  all  sides. 
universiis,  -a,  -um,  all,  universal. 
unquam  (adv.),  ever. 
uniis,  -a,  -iim,  one. 
unusquisque,  each  ($  89,  7). 
urbs,  urbis,  city. 
uro,  -ere,  ussi,  ustum,  to  burn. 
usus,  -us,  using,  use,  practice. 
ut  or  uti,  that,  in  order  that. 
uter  ?  -a  ?  -um  ?  which  of  the  two  ? 
uterque,  -aque,  -umque,  both. 
utills,  -e,  tiseful. 
utinam,  0  that  I 


UTRIMQUE 


375 


VOLO 


tltrimque  (adv.),  on  both  sides. 
fitor,  -i,  usiis,  to  tise. 
uxor,  -oris,  tvife. 

V. 

rac5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  be  unoc- 
cupied. 

vacuus,  -a,  -urn,  empty. 

vadum,  -I,  ford. 

va^or,  -ari,  -atus,  to  wander  about. 

valeo,  -ere,  -ui,  to  be  strong,  well. 

vallis,  -is,  valley. 

vallum,  -I,  rampart. 

varius,  -a,  -um,  various. 

Varro,  -onis,  Varro. 

vastitas,  -atis,  devastation. 

vasto,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  lay  waste. 

vatcs,  -is,  prophet. 

vectigal,  -alls,  tax. 

vehementer,  excessively. 

veho,  -ere,  vexi,  vectum,  to  carry. 

vel,  or,  even. 

veles,  -itis,  skirmisher. 

velox,  -ocis,  swift. 

velum,  -I,  sail. 

veluti  (g  203)>t;««<  as,  like. 

venator,  -oris,  hunter. 

vend5,  -ere,  vendidi,  venditum,  to 
sell. 

venenum,  -I,  poison. 

Veneti,  -orum,  the  Veneti. 

veniS,  -ire,  veni,  ventum,  to  come. 

venter,  -tris,  belly. 

ventus,  -I,  wind. 

ver,  veris,  spring. 

verbum,  -I,  word. 

vereor,  -eri,  -itus,  to  reverence,  fear. 

vergo,  -ere,  versi,  to  turn,  incline. 

veritas,  -atis,  truth. 

Verres,  -is,  Verres  (boar). 

versus,  -us,  verse. 

verto,  -ere,  verti,  versum,  to  turn. 

Verus,  -a,  -urn,  true. 


verutum,  -I,  javelin. 

vescor,  -I,  to  eat. 

vesper,  -I  and  -is,  evening. 

vester,  -a,  -um,  §  80. 

vestigium,  -I,  footprint. 

vestis,  -is,  clothing. 

vetus,  -eris,  old,  ancient. 

vexillum,  -i,  flag,  ensign. 

vex 5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  vex,  harass, 

annoy. 

via,  -88,  way. 

vicesimiis,  -a,  -um,  twentieth. 
victor,  -oris,  conqueror. 
victoria,  -ae,  victory. 
vicus,  -I,  village. 
video,    -ere,    vidi,   visum,    to    see; 

passive,  to  seem. 
vigilia,  -aB,  watch. 
vigi!5,  -are,  -avi,  -atfim,  to  watch. 
vlginti  (§  63),  twenty. 
vincio,  -ire,  vinxi,  vinctum,  to  bind. 
vinc5,  -ere,  vici,  victum,  to  conquer. 
vinculum,  -I,  chain. 
vinum,  -i,  wine. 
vio!5,  -are,  -avi,   -atum,    to   injuret 

maltreat;  (of  a  law,)  to  break. 
vir,  viri,  man,  husband. 
Virgilius,  -I,  Virgil. 
virgS,  -inis,  virgin. 
viridis,  -e,  green. 
virtus,  -tutis,  courage,  virtue. 
vis,  strength,  $  45. 
vita,  -ae,  life. 
vitium,  -i,  vice. 
vit5,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    to    shun, 

escape. 

vitreus,  -a,  -urn,  made  of  glass. 
vivo,  -ere,  vixi,  victum,  to  live. 
vivus,  -a,  -um,  alive. 
vix  (adv.),  scarcely. 
voc5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  call. 
vo!5,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  to  fly, 
volo,  velle,  volui,  to  will. 


VOLUPTAS 


376 


VULTUS 


voluptas,  -tatis,  pleasure. 

volv5,  -ere,  volvi,  volutum,  to  roll. 

vor5,  -are,  -avi,  -atiim,  to  devour. 

votiira,  -I,  vow. 

voveo,  -ere,  vovi,  votum,  to  vow. 

vox,  vocis,  voice. 


vulgus,  -I,  common  people. 
vulnero,     -are,     -avi,     -atum,      to 

wound. 

vulnus,  -eris,  wound. 
vultur,  -uris,  vulture. 
vultus,  -us,  countenance. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


ABILITY 

A. 

ability,  potestas. 

able  (to  be),  possum. 

abound,  abundB. 

about,  circiter,  de. 

above,  super,  supra. 

absent,  absens ;  to  be  absent,  abesse. 

abuse,  abuti  (use  amiss)  ;  maledlcere 
(speak  amiss). 

abusive  (to  be),  maledicS. 

access,  aditus. 

accomplish,  conficio ;  for  the  accom- 
plishment of  those  things,  ad  eas  res 
conficiendas. 

account  (on  account  of),  ob. 

accuse,  arguB,  accus5. 

accustom,  consuesc5. 

accustomed  (to  be),  sole5. 

acquire,  compar5. 

acquit,  absolv5. 

across,  trans. 

active,  agilis. 

add,  add5. 

address,  appellare,  compellare. 

Adherbal,  Adherbal,  -alls. 

admire,  miror. 


ALL 

admonish,  mone5. 

adorn,  decor5. 

advance,  progredior,  pr5ce"d5. 

advantage,  commodum. 

advice,  consilium. 

advise,  moneS. 

jEditan,  ^Iduus. 

affair,  res. 

afford,  prsebeS. 

afraid  (to  be),  timeo,  metuS,  vereor. 

after  (prep.)t  post ;  (conj.),  postquam, 

posteaquam. 
afterwards,  postea. 
against,  contra,  ad,  adversiis. 
age,  setas. 

agreeable,  acceptus,  gratus. 
agreement,    pactum,    -1;    conventtis, 

-us. 

agriculture,  agricultura. 
ah  !  heu. 

aid  (n.),  auxilium. 
aid  (v.),  subvenio,  auxilium  fer5. 
air,  aer. 

alarm,  perturbS,  permoveS. 
Alexander,  Alexander. 
all,  omi^is. 


ALLEGE 


377 


BECOME 


allege   (as  you  allege,  etc.),  by  the 

subjunctive,  §  190 ;  to  allege,  dic5, 

prsedico. 
allure,  illiciS. 
already,  jam. 
also,  etiam,  quoque. 
altar,  ara. 
although,  licet,  quamvis,  quanquam, 

etsi,  etc. 
always,  semper. 
ambassador,  legatui. 
ambassy,  legatiS. 
ambush,  insidise. 
among  (of  things),  inter }  (of  persons), 

apud. 

ancient,  vetus,  antiquus. 
anger,  Ira. 

angry,  iracundus,  iratus. 
angry  (to  be],  Irascor. 
animal,  animal. 
announce,  nuncio. 
annoy,  vex5. 
another  (of  two),  alter;    (of  many), 


alms. 

answer,  responded. 
any,  §  89. 
apiece,    expressed    by    distributive 

numerals  ($  63,  1  c). 
Apollo,  Apollo,  -inis. 
approach   (v.),   aggredior,    acced5; 

(n.),  adventus. 
archer,  Sagittarius. 
^.riovistus,  Ariovistus,  -I. 
arise,  orior. 
Aristides,  Xristides. 
arm  (v.),  arm5. 
arms,  arma. 
army,  exercitus. 
around,  circum. 
arrange,  constituS. 
arrival,  adventus. 
arrow,  eagitta. 
art,  ars. 


as  (cow/.),  quam ;  as  great  —  as,  tan- 
tus  —  quant  us ;  as  many  —  as,  tot 
—  quot ',  just  as  much — as,  tantus- 
dem  —  quantusdem ;  such  —  as, 
talis  —  qualis. 

ascend,  ascendo. 

ascertain,  cognosc5. 

ashamed  (to  be},  pudet,  §  135  c. 

ask,  rogo,  pet§,  interrog5. 

asleep  (to  fall),  dormltS. 

assault,  oppugn5. 

assert,  confirmo. 

assistance,  auxilium ;  to  come  to  one't 
assistance,  subveniS. 

atrocious,  atrox. 

attack  (n.),  impetus. 

attack  (v.),  oppugn 5,  aggredior. 

attempt,  tent5,  conor. 

authority,  auctoritas. 

auxiliaries,  auxilia,  -orum. 

avarice,  avaritia. 

avenge,  ulciscor. 

avoid,  vito. 


await,  exspect8. 

aware  (all  are),  constat  inter  omnSs. 

B. 

Babylon,  Babylon,  -onis. 

back,  tergum. 

bad,  malus. 

badly,  male. 

\Balbus,  Balbiis. 

banish,  patria  pel!8. 

barbarian,  barbariis. 

base,  turpis. 

bathe,  la>5. 

battle,  proelium. 

be,  esse. 

bear,  ferS,  toler5. 

beat  (defeat),  pe!15,  vinc8. 

beautiful,  pulcher. 

beauty,  pulchritudS. 

because,  quod,  quia,  quum. 

become,  £16  j  it  becomes, 
32* 


BEDCHAMBEK 


378 


CANTON 


bedchamber,  cubiculum. 

bee,  apis. 

before  (prep.),  ante;    (conj.),  ante- 

quam,  priusquam. 
beg,  rogo,  peto. 
begin,  ccepi,  incipiS. 
behold,  conspicio,  aspiciB. 
behoove,  it  behooves,  oportet. 
Belgian,  Belga. 
believe,  cred5. 
benefit,  beneficium. 
beseech,  obsecrS. 
besiege,  obside5. 
best,  optimiis. 

bestow  (labor, pains),  operam  daYe. 
between,  inter. 
beware,  cave5. 
Bibrax,  Bibrax,  -actis. 
big,  magnus,  amplus. 
bind,  vinciS. 
bird,  avis. 
birth,  natus,  -us ;  before  one's  birth, 

ante  aliquem  natum. 
bite,  mordeB. 
biting,  morsus. 
blame,  reprehend^,  inciis5. 
blind,  csecus. 
blood,  sanguis. 
boar,  aper. 
boast,  praedicS. 
boat,  scapha,  linter. 
Bacchus,  B ocellus,  -I. 
body,  corpus ;  nobody,  nem5,  nullus  j 

anybody,  $  89. 
bold,  audax. 

boldly,  audaciter,  audactSr. 
book,  liber. 
booty,  prseda. 
born  (to  be),  nascor. 
both,  amb5  (both  together) ;   iiterque 

(both  separately) ;    on  both  sides, 

utrimque;    by    both    parties,   ab 


boundary,  finis. 

boundless,  infinitus. 

bow,  arcus. 

bowl,  catinus  or  -urn. 

boy,  puer. 

brave,  fortis. 

bravely,  fortiter. 

bread,  panis. 

break  (a  law),  violB. 

break  through,  perfringS. 

bribe  (n.),  largitio,  pecunia. 

bribe  (v.),  largior. 

bridge,  pons. 

bridle  (v.),  infren5;  (n.),  frenjim. 

bring,    fero ;     bring   word,    nuntiu  j 

bring  back  word,  renuntiS. 
Britain,  Britannia. 
Briton,  Britannus. 
broad,  latus. 
brother,  fratSr. 
build,  aedificare,  condS ;  build  nest, 

nidificB. 
bullt  taurus. 
burden,  onus. 
burn,  incend5,   exur5;    burn   downt 

be  burnt  down,  deflagr5. 
business,  negotium,  res  (pi.), 
but,  sed,  verum,  ver5. 
buy,  em5. 

by,  a  or  ab,  with  abl.;  per,  with  ace. 
byfar,longe. 
bypath,  trames. 


Cadmus,  Cadmus. 
Caesar,  Caesar. 
Caius,  Caius. 
calamity,  calamitas. 
call,  vocarej    call   together, 
care  ;  call  back,  revocare. 
camp,  castra. 
can,  possum. 
canton,  pagus. 


CAPITAL 


379 


CKASSUS 


capital,  cSput. 

captive,  captlvus. 

care,  cur  a. 

cares  not  a  straw,  flood  n5n  fScit. 

carry,  port§,  fer5. 

Carthage,  Carthag5. 

Carthaginian,    Poenus,    Carthagini- 

ensis. 

case  (this  is  the),  res  ita  se  habet. 
Catiline,  Catillna. 
Cato,  Cat5. 
cause,  causa. 
cavalry,  equitatiis. 
cave,  spelunca. 
cease,  desisto. 
centurion,  centuri5. 
certain,  certus ;  a certainone, quidam. 
certainly  (he  will  certainly  come),  fieri 

non  potest  qum. 
chain,  vinculum. 
champ,  morde5. 
chance,  casus,  fora. 
change,  mut5. 
characteristic  (it  is  characteristic  of  a 

poor  man),  pauperis  est. 
chariot,  curriis. 
chief,  princeps. 
children,  HberL 
choose,  delig5. 
citizen,  civis. 
city,  urbs. 
civil,  civllis. 

civilization,  culttts,  h&manitas. 
claim  (v.),  postfilo. 
cloud,  nubSs. 
colleague,  collSga. 
collect,  collig5,  comparS. 
combatant,  pugnans,  -antis. 
come,  veniS. 

command,  jube§,  imper5. 
commander,  imperator,  praefectus. 
commence  (battle),  committS. 
commit  (to  any  one),  maad&. 


common,  commtmis ;  common  people^ 

plebs. 

commonwealth,  respublica. 
companion,  comes,  socius. 
compel,  cog5. 
complain,  queror. 
conceal,  ce!5. 
concerning,  de. 
concerns,  refert,  interest. 
concord,  concordia. 
condemn,  condemnS. 
confer,  colloquor. 
confej*cnce,  colloquium. 
confess,  confiteor. 
conquer,  vincS. 
conscious,  conscius. 
conspiracy,  conjuratiS. 
conspire,  conjiir6. 
consul,  consul. 
consult,  consul5. 
contend,  contends,  cert5. 
contest,  certamen. 
continual,  perpetuus. 
control  (unable  to),  iuip5te 
convenience,  commoduni. 
conversation,  sermS. 
converse,  colloquor. 
cook,  coquS. 
corn,  frumentum. 
corpse,  cadaver. 
correct,  corrig5. 
corrupt,  corrump5. 
cost,  stare  aliqua  r5. 
council,  concilium. 
count,  numerS. 
countenance,  vultus. 
country,  terra,  regi5 ;  flnSe,  pi. 
courage,  virtus,  fortitude5. 
course,  cursus. 
covetous,  avarus. 
cow,  bos,  vacca. 
cowardly,  coward,  timidus. 
Cravsue,  Grassus. 


CREATE 


380 


DRAW    UP 


create,  cre5. 

crime,  scelus. 

cross,  trans  e5. 

crown,  corona. 

cruel,  crudelis,  atrox. 

cruelty,  crudelitas. 

cultivate,  col5. 

cup,  poculum. 

custom,    consuetudS ;    according 

custom,  ex  consuetudine. 
cut,  seco. 

cut  down,  rescinds.  / 
cut  off,  interdict,  interdic5. 

D. 

dance,  salt5. 

danger,  periculum. 

dare,  aude§. 

dart,  telum. 

daughter,  filia. 

day,  dies;  to-day ,  hodie. 

dead,  mortuus. 

dear,  i&wtf£~ 

death,  mors. 

debate,  disput5.J 

deceive,  fal!5. 

declare,  confirm5,  prsedicS. 

decoy,  illiciS. 

dedicate,  dic5. 

deem,  existimS,  ducb,  habe5. 

deep,  altus. 

defend,  defend5,  defensS,  tueSr. 

defer,  diflferS. 

delay,  moror. 

delight,  delectS,  juv5. 

Delphi,  Delphi,  -orum. 

demand,  posc5,  postu!8,  flagXtS. 

dense,  densus. 

deny,  neg§. 

depart,  discedS. 

depraved,  pravus. 

deprive,  privS,  sp5H5. 

depth,  altitudS. 


design,  consilittm,  consulttim. 
desire  (v.),  ciipio  ;  (7i.),cupidltas,  ctt- 

pld5. 

desirous,  avidus,  cupidus. 
despair,  desperS. 
destitute,  expers,  inops. 
destroy,  deleS. 

destruction  (part,  o/deleo,  §  185, 3  c). 
determine,  constitu5. 
devoid,  vacuus,  expers. 
devour,  vor5,  devorS. 
dictator,  dictator. 
die,  morior. 

differ  (in  opinion),  dissentiS. 
difference    (what    difference    does   it 

make  ?)  quid  interest  ? 
difficult,  difficilis. 
diligence,  dlligentia. 
diligent,  diligens. 
disagreeable,  ingratus. 
disagreement,  dissensi5,  discordia. 
disaster,  calamitas. 
discuss,  jact5. 
disgrace,  dedecus. 
disgusts,  piget,  taedet. 
dish,  catinus,  catinum. 
dismiss,  dimitt5. 
displease,  displice5. 
dispute,  disput5. 
distant  (to  be),  absum. 
distinguished,  praestans,  praeclarfig. 
ditch,  fossa. 
divide,  dividS. 
do,  faci5. 
do  good,  prosum. 
dock-yard,  navalS. 
dog,  canis. 

double,  dfiplex ;  to  double,  duplic5. 
doubt,  dubitati5 ;  to  doubt,  dublt5. 
doubtful,  diibius. 
dove,  columba. 
down-hill,  deorsum. 
draw  up,  instru5. 


DEEAD 


381 


FIGHT 


dread,  formid5. 

drink,  bib 5. 

drive,  pello. 

Druids,  Drtrides. 

Dumnorix,  Dumnorix,  -igis. 

dust,  pulvis. 

duty,  officium,  munus;  it  is  the  king's 

duty,  my  duty,  $  133. 
dwell,  habit5,  incolS. 

E. 

each,  quisque,  iinusquisque. 

eager,  avidiis,  cupiens. 

eagle,  aquila. 

earth,  terra,  telliis. 

earthen,  fictilis. 

easy,  facilis ;  easily,  facile;  very  easy, 

perfa&ilis. 
eat,  ed5,  vescor. 

edict,  edictum;  to  issue  an  edict,  edlc5. 
egg,  ovum. 
eight,  oct5,  $  63. 
either  —  or,  aut  —  aut. 
eloquence,  eloquentia. 
eloquent,  eloquens. 
embassy,  Iegiiti5. 
encamp,  castra  pon5,  considS. 
encourage,  hortor,  cohortor. 
end,  finis. 
endeavor,  Conor. 
endure,  ferS,  patior,  tolerS. 
enemy,  hostis. 
enjoy,  fruor. 
enmity,  inimicitia. 
enough,  satis. 
err,  err5. 

especial,  praecipuus. 
especially,  praecipue. 
establish,  confirmS,  constitu5. 
esteem,  aestimS. 

even,  etiam ;  not  even,  ne  quidem. 
every,  omnis. 
evil  (adj.),  malus ;  (n.),  malum. 


excellence,  praestantiS. 

excellent,  praestans. 

exchange,  niuto. 

excite,  concito,  excit5,  instigo. 

excuse,  purg5. 

exercise,  exerce5. 

exhort,  hortor,  cohortor. 

expect,  exspectS. 

expel,  pello,  expel!5. 

explain,  causain  afferre. 

F. 

face,  facies. 

fact  (in  fact),  re. 

faith,  fides. 

faithful,  fidus,  fldelis. 

fall,  cad5. 

fame,  f^ma. 

family,  familia. 

famous,  clariis. 

far  (adv.),  longe. 

farmer,  Sgricola. 

farthing,  as,  assis. 

fasten,  fig8,  destinS. 

father,  pater. 

father-in-law,  socer. 

fault,  culpa,  delictum,  peccatum;  it 

is  my  fault,  per  me  stat. 
favor,  fave5. 
favorable,  secundus. 
fear,  timor,  metus ;    to  fear,  timeS, 

metu5,  vereor. 
feather,  pluma. 
feeling,  sensus. 

fellow  (that  fellow),  iste  hom5. 
fertile,  fera^x. 
fecer,  febris. 
few,  pauci. 
field,  ager. 
fierce,  acer,  atrox. 
fiercely,  acriter. 

fifty,  I  «3. 

fight  (».),  pugnS;  (n.),  pugnS. 


FIGURE 


382 


GOVERNMENT 


figure,  figura. 

fiU,  compleo,  expleo,  imple5. 

find,  invenio,  reperio. 

fine  (v.),  condemno,  mulct5. 

finish,  conficio. 

fire,   ignis;    with   fire   and    sword, 

ferro  ignique. 
first,  primus. 
fish,  piscis. 
fit,  aptus,  idoneus. 
five,  $  63. 
fiag,  vexillum. 

flank,  latus  ',  on  the  flank,  ab  latere. 
flattering,  blandiis. 
flattery,  adulatiS. 
fiee,  fugi5,  perfugiS. 
fleet,  classis. 
flesh,  car5. 
flight,  fuga. 
flock,  grex. 
flog,  verberS. 

flow,  flu5 ;  flow  into,  influ5. 
flower,  flos. 
fly,  v615. 
follow,  sequor. 
folly,  stultitia. 
fond,  amans,  cupldus. 
food,  cibus. 
fool,  foolish,  stultus. 
foot,  pes  j  at  the  foot  of  a  mountain, 

sub  inonte. 
footman,  pedes. 
for  (con/.),  nam,  enim,  etc. 
for   grief   (preventing    cause),    prse 

maerore. 

for  the  purpose,  causa. 
for  these  things,  6b  has  res. 
forbid,  prShibeo,  interdlc5. 
force,  vis. 
forces,  copise. 
forest,  silva. 
forget,  obliviscor. 
form,  forma, 


form  a  design,  consilium  capere. 

fortify,  communio,  munio. 

fortitude,  aequus  animus,  fortitud3» 

fortune,  fortuna. 

four,  I  63. 

fratricide,  fratricida. 

free  (adj.),  liber ;  (v.),  Hber5. 

frequently,  saepe. 

fresh,  integer. 

friend,  amicus. 

friendship,  amicitia. 

fright,  pavor,  timor,  terror. 

frighten,  terre5. 

from,  a  or  ab. 

fruit,  fructus. 

full,  plenus. 

furnish,  praebe5. 

furniture,  supellex. 

a. 

Galba,  Galba,  -83. 

garden,  hortus. 

gate,  porta. 

Gaul,  Gallia;  a  Gaul,  Gallus. 

general,  imperator. 

German,  Gerinanus. 

Germany,  Germania. 

gift,  doniim. 

gird,  cing5. 

girl,  puella. 

give,  d5. 

glory,  gloria. 

glutton,  comedS. 

go,  eo,  proficiscor  j  go  out,  exe<5. 

goad,  stimulus. 

God,  deiis. 

goddess,  dea. 

gold,  aurum. 

golden,  aureus. 

good,  bonus ;  to  do  good,  prosiim. 

goose,  anser. 

govern,  reg5,  imper5. 

government,  imperium. 


GRAMMAR 


383 


INCREASE 


grammar,  grammatical 

grandson,  nepos. 

great,  magnus. 

greatness,  magnitudS. 

Greece,  Grsecia. 

green,  viridis. 

grief,  dolor,  msertfr. 

ground,  terra,  humus. 

grove,  nemus. 

grow,  crescS. 

guard,  prsesidium,  custos. 

guest,  hospes. 

guidance    (e.g.   of   nature),   natura 

duce. 

guide,  dux. 
gulp  down,  devSrS. 

H. 

half,  dimidium. 

hand,  man  us. 

happily,  bente. 

happy,  beatus. 

harbor,  portus. 

hard,  durus. 

haste,  properatiS. 

hasten,  proper5,  festinS,  matur5. 

hasty  temper,  iracundia. 

hatred,  odium. 

have,  habe5,  esse  with  dative. 

he,  him,  is,  §  83,  1. 

head,  caput. 

hear,  audi5. 

heart,  cor. 

heavy,  gravis ;  heavily,  graviter. 

heel,  calxr*" 

height,  altitud5,  statura. 

help,  auxiliuin. 

Helvetian,  Helvetia's. 

hide,  abdB,  latefi. 

high,  altus. 

highly  (at  a  high  price),  magni,  §  137. 

hill,  collis. 

himself,  se;  ipsum. 


hinder,  impediS,  obstO. 

hindrance,  impedimentum. 

hold,  teneo,  habeo ;  hold  in,  contmeS. 

home,  domus. 

honesty,  probitas. 

honor,  honor. 

honorable,  honestus. 

hope,  spes  j  to  hope,  sper5. 

horn,  cornu. 

horned,  corniger. 

horse,  equus ;  on  horseback,  ex  equO, 

ex  equis. 
horseman,  eques. 
hostage,  obses. 
hour,  hora. 
house,  domus. 
howl,  ulu!5. 
huge,  in  gens. 
human,  humanus. 
hunger,  fames. 
hungry,  esuriens. 
hunter,  venator. 
hurl,  conjici5. 
hurt,  noceo. 
hurtful,  noxius. 


if,  si. 

ignorant,  ignarus,  inscius,  impSritfis. 

image,  effigies. 

imitate,  imitor. 

immediately,  statim. 

immortal,  immortalis. 

immortality,  immortalitas. 

impatient,  impatiens. 

implore,  obsecrS. 

import,  import5. 

important  (it  is),  interest. 

impossible  (it  is),  fieri  non  potest. 

in,  into,  in. 

incapable  of  restraining,  impotens. 

increase,  augeS,  crescS. 


INCREDIBLE 


384 


LET 


incredible,  incredibilis. 

indulge,  indulgeo. 

infant,  in  fans. 

infantry,  pedites. 

inferior  (of  less  account),  inferior. 

infinite,  infinitus. 

inflict,  inferre. 

inform,  certiorein  facere. 

inhabit,  inco!5. 

inhabitant,  incola. 

injure,  noce5,  injuria  Iacess5. 

injury,  injuria. 

innocent,  in  sons,  innocuuS. 

insolence,  insolentia. 

instigate,  incit5,  instigS. 

instruct,  institu5,  prsecipi5. 

instructions  were  given,  praeceptum 

est. 

integrity,  probitas. 
intellect,  ingenium. 
intimacy,  conjuncti5. 
into,  in. 

introduce,  introducS. 
intrust,  mando. 
invade,  invadS. 
inventor,  inventor. 
invincible,  invictus. 
invite,  invitS. 
Ireland,  Hibernia. 
iron,  ferrum. 
island,  insula. 
issue  (an  edict),  edicS. 

J. 

javelin,  pilum. 
journey,  iter. 
joyful,  Isetus,  jucundus. 
judge,  judex, 
Jugurtha,  Jugurtha,  -89. 
Jupiter,  $  45. 
Jura,  Jura. 

just,  Justus,    aequusj  just  as,  tan- 
quam ;  just  as  if,  pSrinde  quasi. 


K. 

keep,  serv8;  keep  in,  contlneS;  keep 

of,  prohibeS. 
key,  clavis. 
kid,  haedus. 

kitty  occid5,  trucid5,  ngc6. 
kind,  benignus. 
kindness,  beneficiiim. 
king,  rex. 
kingdom,  regnum. 
knife,  culter. 
know,  nosc5,  sci8 ;  not  to  know,  nesciS. 

L. 

Labienus,  Labienus. 

labor,  labor. 

lake,  lacus. 

lamb,  agnus. 

lame,  seger  pedibus, 

land,  terra,  ager. 

language,  lingua. 

last,  ultimus. 

law,  lex,  jus. 

lawful  (it  is),  licet. 

lay  waste,  vastS. 

lazy,  piger. 

lead,  duc5 ;  to  lead  on,  adduc5,  in- 
duc5 ;  to  lead  over,  transducS ;  to 
lead  against,  adduc5;  to  lead 
back,  reduco. 

leaf,  folium. 

leap  (v.),  sali5;  leap  upon,  insiliS. 

learn,  disc5. 

learned,  doctus. 

leave,  relinqu5. 

legion,  Iegi5. 

Leman,  LemannuS. 

length,  longitudS. 

less,  minor. 

let  (him),  third  person,  imperative. 

let  (»w),  first  person  plural,  subjunc- 
tive, I  183,  fiemark. 


LETTER 


385 


NEAR 


letter    (of     the     alphabet),     litera; 

(epistle),  epistola. 
levy,  conscribS. 
liar,  mendax. 
liberty,  Hbertas. 
lie  (falsehood),  mendacium;    to  lie, 

mentior. 

lie  (to  lie  hid),  late§. 
lieutenant,  legatus. 
life,  vita,  anima. 
light  (adj.),  levis;  (n.),  lux. 
like,  similis. 
limbs,  membra. 
line  of  battle,  acies. 
lion*)  Ie5. 

Liscus,  Liscus,  -1. 
little,  parvus. 
live,  vlv5,  habit5. 
liver,  jecur. 

load,  onus;  to  load,  onerS. 
lock  (of  wool),  floccus. 
long  (adj.),  longus;  (adv.),  diu. 
look  at.,  aspicio. 
look  to,  consulo  (with  dative), 
lose,  amitto. 

love,  amor;  to  love,  am5. 
lover,  amans. 
low,  humilis. 
lurk,  late§. 
lust,  cupido,  libido. 
lute,  fides,  -ium. 
Lycurgus,  Lycurgus,  -I. 

M. 

magnanimous,  magn animus. 

maid-servant,  ancilla. 

make,  facio,  redd5. 

maltreat,  violo. 

man,  homo,  vir. 

Manlius,  Manlius. 

manner,  modus. 

many,  multi ;  how  many,  quot. 

marble,  marmSr. 


33 


Mark,  Marcus. 

marriage,  matrimonium. 

marry,  in  matrimonium  ducere. 

mast,  malus. 

master,  magister,  dominus. 

means,  facultas. 

measure,  metior. 

medicine,  medicina. 

memory,  memoria. 

merchant,  mercator. 

Mercury,  Mercuriiis. 

messenger,  nuntius. 

Micipsa,  INIicipsa,  -ae. 

mile,  mille  passus. 

Miletus,  Miletus. 

milk,  lac. 

mind,  animus,  mens. 

mindful,  memor. 

miserable,  miser. 

money,  pecunia,  nummiis. 

month,  mensis. 

moon,  luna. 

morals,  mores. 

more,  plus,  amplius,  magis. 

mother,  mater;  of  a  family,  mater- 

familias. 
mountain,  mons. 
move,  moveS. 
much,  multus. 
mullet,  mugilis. 
multitude,  multitudS. 
murder,  neco,  occidS. 
music,  musica. 
must,  $  178. 
my,  meus. 

N. 

naked,  nudus. 
name,  nomen. 
nation,  natio,  gens. 
nature,  natura. 
navigation,  navigatio. 
near  (prep.),  prop e;   (adj.),  propin- 

quus. 


NECKLACE 


386 


PEOPLE 


necklace,  monile. 

need}  opus. 

neglect,  negligo. 

neighboring,  f  initimus. 

neither  (of  two],  neuter. 

neither  —  nor,  neque — neque,  nee 

—  neque. 

Neptune f  Neptunus. 
nest,  nidus  ;  to  build  a  nest,  nidif  icO. 
net,  rete. 
never,    nunquam,    ne    unquani,    $ 

194. 

new,  novus. 
next,  proximus. 
night,  nox. 
nine,  $  63. 
no,  nulliis. 

no  one,  nem5,  ne  —  quisquarn,  g  194. 
nobility,  nobilitas. 
noble,  nobilis. 
noise,  clamor,  strepitus. 
none,  nulliis. 
not,  non. 
nothing,  nihil. 
Numantian,  Numantinus. 
number,  numerus. 
Numidia,  Numidia. 
Numidian,  Numida. 

0. 

0!  0!  oh! 

0  that!  utinam. 

oath,  jusjurandum. 

obedient,  dicto  audiens. 

obey,  pareB. 

obscure,  obscuro. 

obtain,  potior,  nanciscor. 

occupy,  occup5. 

off,  —  two  miles  off,  a  duobus  milli- 

bus. 

often,  saepe. 
old,  senex  j  Jive  years  old,  quinque 

annos  natus. 


oldest,  maximus  natu. 

on,  in. 

on  horseback,  ex  equ5  or  equis. 

one,  unus;  one  of  two,  alter;  one  of 

many,    aliiis     (when   followed    by 

another}. 

opinion,  sententia. 
opportunity,  facultas,  potestas. 
oppress,  opprimo. 
or,  vel,  ve,  aut,  §  123,  2. 
oracle,  oraculum. 
oration,  oratio. 
orator,  orator. 
order,  impero,  jube5. 
origin,  origB. 
ought,  oportet,  gerundive  with  esse, 

§  178. 

our,  noster ;  our  men,  nostri. 
out  of,  e,  ex. 
over,  trans. 

overcome,  supero,  vinco. 
overtake,  consequor. 
ox,  bos. 

P. 

pace,  passus. 

pain,  dolor. 

pains,  opera. 

panic,  timor. 

paper,  charta. 

parent,  parens. 

parricide,  parricida. 

part,  pars;  for  the  most  part,  pi? 

rumque. 

parties  (by  both],  ab  utrisque. 
partly,  partim. 
pass  away,  transe5. 
pass  by,  praetereo. 
patiently,  aequO  animO. 
pay,  pendo. 
peace,  pax. 
people,    populus;     common  people^ 

plebs,  plebes. 


PERCEIVE 


387 


REDRESS 


perceive,  intelligS,  animadverts. 

perish,  pereo. 

persuade,  persuadeo. 

philosopher,  phllosophus. 

pirate,  pirata. 

pitch  camp,  castra  ponere. 

pity,  misereor,  miseret,  §  135. 

place,  locus. 

plan,  consilium. 

play  (v.),  ludo. 

pleasant,  gratus. 

please,  placed. 

pleasure,  voluptas. 

plough,  aro. 

plunder  (v.),  prsedor,  dmpiSj  («.), 


poet,  poeta. 

point,  acies. 

poison,  venenum. 

Pompey,  Pompeius. 

poor,  pauper. 

post,  locus. 

poverty,  paupertas,  egestas. 

power,  potestas,  vis. 

powerful,  potens. 

praise  (v.),  Iaud5j  (n.),  laus. 

pray  (who,  pray  ?),  quisnam? 

precept,  praeceptum. 

prefer,  prsepono. 

prepare,  paro. 

presence  (in  the  presence  of  many), 

multis  prsesentibus. 
present,  praesens. 
preserve,  serv5,  conservS. 
prevent,  impedib,  obsto,  deterreS. 
prey,  prasda. 
Priam,  Priamiis. 
price,  pretium. 
pride,  superbia. 
priest,  sacerdos. 
prison,  career. 
prisoner,  captivus. 
private,  privatiis. 


productive,  ferax. 

promise  (v.),  polliceor;  (n.),promis« 

sum,  fides. 

property  (wealth),  res  f  amiliaris. 
protect,  tutari. 
proud,  superbus. 
providence,  providentia. 
province,  provincia. 
provoke,  Iacess5. 
prudence,  prudentia. 
prudent,  prudens. 
public,  publicus. 
punish,  puni§. 
punishment,  supplicium. 
purpose,   propositumj    on  purpose, 

consulto. 

pursue,  persequor. 
put,  pon5 ;   put  into  winter  quarters, 

in  hiberna  collocare. 
put  over,  praeficio. 
Pythagoras,  Pythagoras. 

Q. 

queen,  regina. 
quickly,  celeriter. 

K. 

race,  cursuB. 

rain,  imber. 

ram,  aries. 

rampart,  vallum. 

rank,  ordo. 

reach,  ad  locum  pervenire. 

read,  lego. 

ready,  promptus,  paratus. 

reason  (mental  faculty),  rati5. 

rebellion,  rebelli5. 

rebuke,  reprehend5. 

recall,  revoco. 

receive,  accipiS. 

recent,  recens. 

recollect,  memini. 

redress  (to  ask),  res  repetSre. 


EEFINEMENT 


388 


SET 


refinement,  hiimanitas. 

refrain,  sib!' temperare  quin. 

reign  (in  the  reign  of),  aliquO  reg- 

nante. 

reject,  repudiS. 
rejoice,  gaudeo. 
relieve,  levo. 
religion,  religio. 
remain,  maneo. 

remember,  memini,  memoria  teneo. 
remind,  moneo,  admone5t 
render,  reddO. 
renew,  redintegro. 
repair,  reficio. 
repent,  poenitet,  §  135. 
reply,  respondeo. 
report,  renuntiatio. 
reprove,  reprehend5. 
republic,  respublica. 
resolve,  statu5. 
respect,  revereor. 
rest,  reliquus,  §  l2S^Rem.  8. 
retard,  tardo. 
retire,  excedo,  se  recipere. 
retreat,  recipio. 
return,  redeo,  reddO. 
reverence,  revereor. 
reward,  praemium. 
Rhine,  Rhenus. 
Rhone,  Rhodanus. 
rich,  dives. 
riches,  divitiaB. 
ride,  equit5. 
river,  flamen,  amnis. 
road,  via,  iter. 
robber,  praedo,  latrS. 
rock,  rapes,  saxum. 
fl»nian,  Romanus. 
Ho  ne,  Roma. 
fopc,  rudens. 
i-oxe,  rosa. 
rough,  asper. 
rout,  fug5,  profligd. 


rule,  regS. 
run,  curro. 
run  forward,  procurrS. 

S. 

sacred,  sacer,  sanctus. 
sacrifice,  macto. 
safe,  tutus. 
safety,  saliis. 
spgtf&ious,  argutus. 
sail,  velum;  to  sail,  navig5. 
sailor,  nauta. 
sail-yard,  antenna. 
sake,  causa. 
same,  idem. 

satisfactorily,  ex  sententia. 
satisfy,  exple5,  satisfaci5. 
savage,  atrox,  ferus. 
save,  servo. 
say,  dico,  inquam. 
scout,  explorator. 
sea,  mare. 

search  out.  exploro,  investig5. 
seat,  sedile. 
secede,  seced5. 
second,  secundus. 
see,  videS. 
seek,  peto,  quaer5. 
seem,  videor. 

seize,  occupo,  rapio,  arripiS. 
select,  delig5. 
self,  ipse. 
sell,  vend5. 
senate,  senatus. 

send,  mitto ;  send  forward,  prsemitto 
sense,  sensus. 
separate,  divide,  secern5. 
Sequan,  Sequaniis. 
serpent,  serpens. 
servant,  servus. 
serve,  servi5. 
service,  officium. 
set,  pon5  \  set  up,  colloc5,  propon5. 


SEVEN 


389 


SUPPKESS 


seven,  $  63. 

severe,  gravis. 

severely,  graviter. 

shade,  umbra. 

shame,  pudor. 

sharp,  aeer,  acutus. 

sheaf,  merges. 

shear,  tondeo. 

sheep,  ovis. 

shepherd,  pastor. 

shield,  scutum. 

ship,  navis. 

shore,  litus. 

short,  brevis. 

shortness,  brevitas. 

shout,  clamor;  to  shout,  clamS. 

show,  monstro. 

side,  latus,  pars. 

signal,  sigrmm. 

silver,  argentum. 

sin,  peccatum. 

since,  quum,  quoniam. 

sing,  canto. 

singing,  cantus. 

sister,  soror. 

sit,  sedeo. 

six,  I  63. 

size,  magmtud5. 

skirmisher,  veles. 

slave,  servus. 

slavery,  servitus. 

slay,  trucido,  occld5. 

sleep,  dormio. 

slight,  levis. 

slinger,  funditor. 

slow,  tardus,  piger. 

small,  parvus,  exiguiis. 

snares,  insidias. 

snatch  up,  ariipio. 

soldier,  miles. 

some,  aliquis,  quidam,  etc.,  %  8i 

son,  filius. 

son-in-law,  gener. 


soon,  mature. 
soul,  animus. 
space,  spatium. 
spare,  parco. 
speak,  loquor. 
speech,  orati5. 

spend,  consum5  ;  to  spend  iume,  ag5. 
spoil  (booty),  praeda. 
spur,  calcar. 
stag,  cervus. 

stand,  stO ;  to  stand  out,  exoistS. 
state,  civitas. 
stature,  statura. 
stay,  maneo. 
still  (as  yet),  adhuc. 
stir  up,  excito,  conclt5. 
stone,  lapis. 

storm,  tempestas ;  to  stor 
strength,  robur,  vis. 
stretch  (out),  porrigo. 
strike,  percutio. 
strip,  nudo. 

strong,    firmus,  validus. 
strongly,  vehementer. 
study,  studia,  pi. 
subdue,  paco,  domo. 
subjugate,  siibigo. 
such,  talis. 

sudden,  subitus,  repentinus. 
suddenly,  repente,  subito. 
sue  for,  pet5. 
su/er,  patior. 
sufficiently,  satis. 
suitable,  aptiis,  idoneus. 
summer,  sestas. 
sun,  sol. 

sunset,  solis  occasus. 
snp,  cceno. 

superior,  prsestantior. 
superstition,  superstiti6. 
support,  sustineo. 

suppose,  arbitror,  oplnor,  existlmo. 
suppress,  opprimo. 
33* 


SURRENDER 


390 


TURN 


surrender,     deditiS ;     to    surrender, 

trado,  dedo. 

surround,  circumdO,  circumfundo. 
suspect,  suspicor. 
sustain,  sustineo. 
sweet,  dulcis. 
swell,  augeo. 
swift,  celer,  velox. 
swiftly,  celeriter. 
swiftness,  celeritas. 
swim  across,  tranS. 
sword,  gladius ;  the  sword,  ferrum. 

T. 

table,  mensa. 

take,  sumo,  capi5;    take  possession 

of,  oecupo. 
talent,  talentum. 
talk,  loquor,  colloquor. 
tame,  doino. 
teach,  doceo. 

teacher,  doctor,  magister. 
teaching,  doctrina. 
tear,  lacrima. 
tear  to  pieces,  Iani5. 
temper  (hasty),  Iracundia. 
tempest,  tempestas. 
temple,  templum. 
ten,  I  63. 
tenacious,  tenax. 
tenth,  decimus,  §  63. 
terrible,  atrox,  terribilis. 
terrify,  perterre5. 
thani,  quam. 

their,  suus,  eorum,  §  83,  2. 
then,  turn. 
thick,  densus. 
thief,  fur. 

thing,  res.       [m.ore  of,  pluris  faciS.] 
think,  reor,  cogito,  existimd,  put5.  — 
third,  tertius,  §  63. 
thirst,  sitis;   to  thirst,  Siti5. 
thirty,  §  63. 


this,  hie. 

though,  I  200. 

thousand,  mille. 

ThraciaK,  Thrax. 

threaten,  minor. 

three,  tres,  §  63. 

through,  per. 

throw,  jacio,   jactS ;    throw    across, 

transjicio. 

thrust  through,  transfigS. 
thunder,  tonitru. 
till,  dum,  donee,  quoad. 
time,  tempus. 
to,  ad,  in. 

together,  una,  con-. 
too,  $  68,  Bern.  S. 
too  much,  minium. 
tooth,  dens. 

top,  summus  (mons,  etc.). 
torture,  cruciatus. 
towards,  ad,  adversus. 
tower,  turns. 
town,  oppidum. 
townsman,  oppidanus. 
traitor,  proditor. 
transport,  transport?. 
treachery,  proditi5. 
treaty,  foediis. 
tree,  arbor. 
tribune,  tribunus. 
tribute,  stipendium. 
triple,  triplex. 
trouble,  opera,  labor. 
true,  verus. 
trumpet,  tuba. 
trust,  confidB. 
trusting,  fretus. 
truth,  veritas. 
Tullia,  Tullia. 
Tally,  Tullius. 
tumult,  tumultus. 
turf,  caespes. 
turn,  verto. 


TWELVE 


391 


WILD   BOAR 


twelve,  twelfth,  $  63. 
twenty^  two,  etc.,  §  63. 

U. 

unable,  impoteris ;  to  be  unable,  non 

posse. 

unaccustomed,  insuetuS. 
unarmed,  inermis. 
uncertain,  incertus. 
under,  sub. 
understand,  intellig5. 
undertake,  suscipi5. 
unduly,  prseter  modum. 
undutifulness,  impietas. 
uneasy,  anxius,  sollicituS. 
unfortunate,  infelix. 
ungrateful,  ingratus. 
unhurt,  integer. 
unjust,  iniquus. 
unknown,  ignotus. 
unless,  nisi. 
unlike,  dissimilis. 
unmindful,  immemor. 
until,  dum,  donee,  quoad. 
unwilling,  invitus  j    to  be  unwilling, 

no!5. 

uproar,  tumultus. 
urge  on,  conclt5,  inclto. 
use,  usus. 
useful,  utilis. 
useless,  inutilis. 

V. 

vacant  (to  be),  vac5. 

valor,  virtus,  fortitudo. 

value,  pretiiim. 

vast,  ingens,  immanis. 

very,  valde,  maxime  (superlative). 

vex,  vex5. 

vice,  vitium. 

victory,  victoria. 

village,  vicus, 

violate,  violS. 


violence,  vis. 

virgin,  virg5. 

virtue,  virtus,  probitas. 

voice,  vox. 

vow,  votum. 

vulture,  vultur. 

W. 

wage,  gero ;  wage  upon,  inferS. 

icaitfor,  exspecto. 

walk,  ambul5. 

ivall,  murus. 

wander,  err5,  vagor. 

want  (to  be  in  want  of),  ege§. 

war,  bellum. 

warlike,  ferox,  acer. 

warn,  moneo,  admone5. 

watch,  vigilia;  to  watch,  vigilS. 

water,  aqua. 

wave,  fluctus. 

way,  via,  iter. 

weak,  infirmus. 

weary,  fessus,  defessus. 

weep,  lacrimo,  fleo. 

weight,  pondiis. 

well,  bene;  to  be  well,  vale5. 

what?  quid?    qui?   whatr    quod 

when,  quum. 

whence,  unde. 

where,  ubi. 

where  in  the  world,  ubi  gentium. 

whether,  num,  utrum,  an. 

which  ?  quis  ?  uter  (of  two). 

whirlwind,  turb§. 

white,  albiis. 

whither,  quo. 

who?  qui?  quis? 

whole,  totus. 

why?  cur?  quare? 

wicked,  improbus. 

wide,  latus. 

wife,  uxor,  conjux. 

wild  boarf  aper. 


WILLING 


392 


YOUTH 


willing  (to  be),  vo!5. 

wind,  venttis. 

wine,  vlnum. 

winy,  ala. 

winter,  hiems;    to  winter  (spend  the 

winter),  hiemo. 
winter  quarters,  hlberna. 
wisdom,  sapientia. 
wise,  sapiens. 
wi»h,  vo!5. 
with,  cum. 
without,  sine. 
witness,  testis. 
wolf,  lupus. 
woman,  mulier. 
wonder,  miror. 
wonderful,  minis. 
wood,  silva. 

word,  verbuin;  briny  word,  nuntiS. 
work,  opus. 
work-horse,  jumentum. 
world,  mundus,  orbis  terrarum. 


worse,  worst,  pejor,  pessimus. 

worship,  co!5. 

worthy,  dignus. 

wound,  vulnus ;  to  wound,  vulnerS. 

wrath,  Ira. 

wretched,  imser. 

write,  scribS. 

writer,  scriptor. 

wrong  (to  do),  pecc5,  male  facio. 

Y. 

yard,  antenna. 

year,  annus. 

yearly,  quotannis. 

yesterday,  herl. 

yet,  tamen. 

yield,  ced5,  concedS. 

yoke,  jugum. 

you,  tu,  vos. 

young,  juvenis,  adolescens. 

your,  tuus,  vester. 

youth,  juventus. 


THE   END. 


ELECTROTYPED  BY  L.  JOHNSON  &  CO. 
PHILADELPHIA. 


LD  21-100m-8,'34 


IB  .UUIJb 

U.C.BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


